Джордж Скваер. Перу. Происшествия во время путешествия и исследования по земле Инков.
GEORGE SQUIER. PERU: INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS (1877).
PERU
INCIDENTS OF TRAYEL AND EXPLORATION
IN THE
LAND OF THE INCAS
BY E. GEORGE SQUIER, M. A, F. S. A.
LATE V. S. COMMISSIONER TO PERU, AUTHOR OF ” NICARAGUA,” ” ANCIENT MONUMENTS
OP MISSISSIPPI VALLEY,” ETC., ETC.
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS
NEW YORK
HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS
FRANKLIN SQUARE
1877
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1877, by
HARPER & BROTHERS,
In tlic Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
Mr. Prescott on the Inca Monuments.—Influence of his Words.—The Author’s Aspi-
rations and Purposes.—Threatened with Blindness.—Appointed United States
Commissioner to Peru.—Restoration to Sight.—Commencement of Explorations.
—Extent of the Region explored.—Plans, Drawings, and Photographs.—Value
of the Material secured.—General Survey of the Inca Empire.—Its Boundaries.—
Physical Characteristics. — Lake and River Systems. — Mountain Ranges.—The
Coast Desert.—Fertile Valleys.—The Inhabitants of the Valleys.—The Cordillera.
— The Despoblado.—Distinction between the Cordillera and the Andes. — The
Basin of Titicaca.—Only two other Similar Basins in America.—Lake Aullagas.—
Lake Titicaca.—Its Sacred Islands.—The Bolsoncs, or Valleys.—The Bolson of
Cuzco.—The Montana.—The Incas and the Peoples of the Montana.—Probable
Population of the Inca Empire.—Divisions of the Ancient Inhabitants of Pern.—
Their Character and Institutions determined by Physical Conditions.—Design of
this Work………………………………………………Page 1
CHAPTER II.
NEW YORK TO LIMA.
New York to Panama.—The Remains of George R. Gliddon.—The Bay of Panama.
—Embarking for Peru.—The Island of Taboga.—Under Way.—The British Steam-
ship Company.—Dead Man’s Island.—The Island of Puna.—The Gulf and City
of Guayaquil.—Balsas.—Pine-apples.—The Rio Guayas.—Las Bodegas.—Along
the Coast.—Paita.—Arrival at Callao.—Disembarking.—The Harbor.—Sea-lions.
—Aspect of the Town.—The Plaza.—Merchandise.—Loungers and Lazy Officials.
—notol de la Marina.—The Road to Lima.—First Impressions of the City.—The
Hotel Morin.—New Quarters……………………………………17
CHAPTER III.
LIMA-THE CITY OF THE KINGS.
The City of the Kings.—Its Foundation and Aims.—Early Civil and Ecclesiastical
Supremacy.—Historical Reminiscences.—Ancient and Modern Sources of Wealth.
viii
CONTEXTS.
—Geographical Position.—Climate and Temperature.—Fogs and Mists.—Topo-
graphical Situation.—Prevailing Winds.—Health.—Origin of the Name of Lima.
— The Walls. — Municipal Divisions. — Population. — The River Rimae. — The
Bridge. — Style of Architecture.—Mode of Erection.—Balconies, Courts, and
Roofs.—Poultry and Buzzards.—Furniture and Pictures.—The Governor’s Pal-
ace.—Peruvian Soldiers.—The Cabildo and other Public Buildings.—The Cathe-
dral.—Other Churches.—The Plaza Mayor.—The Arcades.—Fountain, with Statue
of Fame.—The Plaza de la Constitucion and Equestrian Statue of Bolivar.—The
Pasco of the Barefoot Friars.—The Alameda de Acho.—Monument to Columbus.
—Public Institutions.—The General Cemetery.—Flower Gardens.—The Feast of
Roses.—Amusements.—Lima under the Viceroys.—Improvements since the In-
dependence.—The Central Market.—Varieties of Fruits.—Fish.—Meats.—The
Abattoir.—Poultry.—Cookery.—Puehero.—Chupe.—Picantes of various Kinds.—
Other Dishes.—Dulees.—:Dietetie Maxims.—A Dinner with a Hidalgo.—A Diplo-
matic Dinner. ………………………………………….Page 34
CHAPTER IV.
PACHACAMAO.
Visit to the Ruins.—The Ancient Sacred City.—Paehaeamae.—Miguel Estete’s Ac-
count of the Famous Shrine.—The Spoils taken by the Spaniards.—Sugar Estate
of San Pedro.—Condors.—Present Aspect of Paehaeamae.—El Castillo.—Mama-
cuna.—The Arch.—A Vast Burial-place.—Mummies.—Ancient Tenement-house.
—The Family Tomb.—The Bodies.—Articles found with them.—Tweezers.—
Blanket.—Shroud.—Spindle.—Wallet.—Girl’s Work-box, and Contents.—Boy’s
Sling.—Dried Parrot.—Child’s Rattle.—Vases and Pottery……………..62
CHAPTER V.
RUINS TN THE VICINITY OF LIMA.
The Valley of Cañete and its Ruins.—The Palace of El Rey Inca.—Ruins of Hervai.
—Temple at Magdalena.—Limatambo.—Ruins in the Valley of the Chillon.—
Burial-places of the Ancient Poor.—Relies found in Graves.—Ruins of Cajamar-
quilla.—Exploring and Surveying.—Meet the Robber, Rossi Arci.—His Subse-
quent Fate…………………………………………………82
CHAPTER VI.
IT THE COAST TO TRUXILLO.
Starting for Paita.—The Rocky Coast.—Sea-lions.—The Oasis and Port of lluacho.
—The Town.—Rock-salt.—How it is formed.—Supe and Patavilca.—The Rio de
la Barranca.—Ruins of Paramanea.—Traditions.—Ancient Works on La Horca.
—Iliiarrncy or Oiiarmey.—Casnia.—Bays of Simanco and Fcrrol.—The Valley of
Cliirnboto.—Ancient Monuments.—Silver Mine of Micate.—Port of Santa.—The
Rio Santa.—Riilge crowned with Ruins.—Huaca near Santa.—Ride to Santa.—
The City.—Guano Islands of Guafiape.—Eagles, Pelicans, and Vultures.—Port of
CONTENTS.
ix
‘ Huanchaco.—Singular Craft.—Sardinas.—’Getting ashore.—The Prefect of Truxil-
lo.—Departure for Truxillo.—The Grand Chimu.—Beautiful Lizards.—Entrance
to Truxillo…………………………………………….Page 98
CHAPTER VII.
TRUXILLO-RECONNOISSANCE OF GRAND CHIMU.
Truxillo. — Hotel del Comercio. — The Chinese Fonda. — Churches, Convents, and
Public Buildings.—Colonel La Ro^a.—His Collections of Antiques..— Supposes
the Author to be in Search of Hidden Treasure.—Reconnoissance of Chimu.—
Hamlet of Miraflores.—The Great Aqueduct.—General Survey of the Ruins.—
The Huacas, Walls, and Gardens.—Girls’ Tombs without the Walls.—Azequias.
—Remains of a Village of the Excavators of El Obispoi—How” the Huaca was
built.—A Solitary Scorpion.—Almost under Arrest:—Unearthed Palace.— The
Royal Tombs-.—El Castillo.—The Dead of a Great Battle.—Skulls of Various
Races.—Cemetery of Girls.—The Prison.—Huaca of Toledo.—Miles of Graves.
—The Watering-place of Huaman.—Return to Truxillo.—Photographic Annoy-
> ances…………………………………………………….114
CHAPTER VIII.
THE RUINS AT MOCIIE.
Ride to Mochc.—Diminished Area of Cultivation.—Alleged Effects of Earthquakes.
—Incident on the Rio Moche.—The Indian Pueblo.—The Gobernador.—Many-
horned Sheep.—The Ladies of the Family.—Primitive Spinning Apparatus.—The
Church.—Reception by the Cura.—Present and Past Condition of his Flock.—
Ruined by having the Right of Suffrage.—The Cura’s Lamentations.—His Opin-
ion upon Treasure-hunting.—Offers to guide us to the Ruins.—The Ride.—Tem-
ple of the Sun.—View from the Summit.—The Great Pyramid.—Farewell to the
Cura.—Subsequent Exploration of the Pyramid.—Its Form and Dimensions.—
Alleged Secret Passages.—A Modern Adit.—Probable Purpose of the Structure.
—Visit to the Prefect of Truxillo.—His Magnificent Mansion.—His Want of Hos-
pitality…………………………………………………..125
CHAPTER IX.
EXPLORATIONS AT GRAND CIIIMU.
Ride to the Ruins.—Hall of the Arabesques.—The First Corridor.—Figures in Stuc-
co.— The Second Corridor.—Vaults and Store-rooms.—Cotton Mattresses.—An
Upper Edifice.—Walls, Passages, and Chambers. — The Furnace.—Vessels of
Gold and Silver. — Many Relics melted down. — Prospects left for Research.—
Conjectural Features of the Structure. — Exterior Walls probably Decorated.
— The Destruction by Treasure-hunters. — The Necropolis of Chiuiu. — Niches
with Unman Remains. — Fine Cloths of Cotton and Alpaca Wool.—Silver Or-
naments attached to Fabrics.—Decorated Skulls. — A Mysterious Structure.—
Covered Tomb. — Our Way of Life at Chimu. — Plans for the Future. — Ruins
Described by Rivero and Tschudi. — The “First Palace.” — Ornamented Court
and Hall.—Forms of Ornamentation.—The Great Reservoir.—El Presidio, or
the Prison.—An Evidence of Former Civilization.—The ” Second Palace.”—Hu-
aca of Misa. — Barrios, or Wards. — Sub – barrios. — The Cabildo, or Municipal
House.—Dwellings of the People.—Other Squares.—Reservoirs and Gardens.—
Huacas of Las Conchas and Toledo.—Ancient Smelting-works. — Evidences of
Trade Localities………………………………………..Page 135
CHAPTER X.
LEGENDARY HISTORY OF THE CIIIMUS.
Accounts by Feijoo and Garcilasso de la Vega: Extent of their Territory.—Their
Chief, Chimu-Canchu.—The Invasion by the Inca Yupanqui.—Stubborn Resist-
ance.—Final Submission of Chimu-Canchu.—Beneficent Measures of the Inca.—
Relation by Montesinos: The Inca Empire threatened by the Chimus.—Wars be-
tween the Chimus and Incas, from the Eleventh to the Twenty-fifth.—The Chimus
conquered by Topa-Yupanqui, the Ninety-seventh Inca.—Relation by Balboa: War
between the Inca Capac-Yupanqui and Chimu-Capac.—The Chimus subjugated by
Topa-Inca.—The Account by De Leon.—Different Customs and Dialects among
the Chimus.—Some Legends of their own Origin.—The Idol Llampallec at Chot.—
Its Removal, and the Consequences.—Accession of Chimu-Capac, who was con-
quered by the Incas.—The Ancient Language of the Chimus still spoken at Etcng.
—Different from the Quichua and that of the Incas………………….165
CHAPTER XL
THE ART, CUSTOMS, AND RELIGION OF THE CHIMUS.
Skill of the Chimu Artificers.—Their Productions easily Recognized.—Their Conven-
tional Symbols.—Animals, Birds, aud Reptiles.—The Lance as an Emblem of
Royalty.—Vases and other Works in Gold and Silver.—Groups of Figures.—
Some Remarkable Examples.—Implements and Weapons.—Their Chief Excel-
lence in Pottery.—Various Forms of Vases and other Vessels.—Ornamentation
of these.—Pictures on Pottery.—Musical Instruments and Performers.—Repre-
sentations of the Human Head.—Of Animals and Fruit.—Sacred Character of
their Ceramic Art.—The Best Source of our Knowledge of their Religion.—Sym-
bolical Character of their Religion.—The Symbols of the lour Elements.—A De-
basing Fctichism coincident with their Purer Religion.—Padre Arriaga’s Book on
the Extirpation of the Idolatry of Peru.—His Account of their Various Supersti-
tions.—Their Village, Household, and Personal Idols.—Worship of Ancestors.—
Results of Arriaga’s Efforts to extirpate Idolatry.—The Purer Religion of the
Chimus.—Worship of the Original, Pure, Incorporeal Being……………17’J
CONTENTS.
XI
CHAPTER XII.
EXPLORATIONS NEAR THE COAST.
Farewell to Chimu.— Voyage down the Coast.— Landing at Samanco.— A Day and
a Night there.— Set out for the Estate San Jacinto.— Curious Megalithic Rock.
—Ruins of Huacatambo.—The Fortaleza de Tierra Firme.—Rich Vineyards.—
The Huaca de la Culebra.—Sun-worship and Serpent-worship.—Arrival at San
Jacinto.—The Hacienda.—A Renovated Estate on the Verge of the Desert.—
Ancient Ruins.—Lines of Walls on the Mountain Side.—Ancient and Modern Ir-
rigation.—Cultivation of Cotton.—A Mountain Ride.—El Palacio del Padrejon.
—The Village of Mora.—Estate of Motocache.—Four Terraced Pyramids.—An-
other Stone Work.—Vases in the Walls.—Return to San Jacinto.—A Midnight
Adventure.—Voyage resumed.—Coast Ruins.—Calaveras or Chancayillo.—For-
tress of Quisque.—Pyramidal Structure in the Valley of Santa.—Ruins of Alpa-
eote.—Ancient Works at Huanuco, as described by Raimondi.—Ancient Irriga-
tion on the Coast……………………………………….Page 103
CHAPTER XIII.
FROM LIMA TO TACNA.
Start for Explorations Southward.—Voyage along the Coast.—Islay the Port of
Arequipa.—Arequipa and the Earthquake of 1868.—Author’s Experiences of
Earthquakes in Peru.—Arica the Port of Tacna.—The Earthquake at Arica.—
A Peruvian Railway.—Tacna.—Its Architecture and Trade.—The Alameda.—
The Bola de Oro.—Preparations for a Journey among the Andes.—Berrios, our
Muleteer.—On the Way.—About Mules…………………………..221
CHAPTER XIV.
OVER THE CORDILLERA TO TIAHTJANUCO.
Equipped for the Journey. — The Tambo at Paehia. — Chupe. — The Quebrada de
Palca.—Palca.—Mule Travelling among the Mountains.—Chulpas.—An Aymarii
Skull.—The Soroche.—Climbing the Crest.—La Portada. — Llamas.—The Alps
and the Andes.—Tambos.—The Pass of Guaylillos.—Effects of the Soroche.—The
Rio de Azufre.—Veruga Water.—The Peak of Tacora.—Shot at a Vicuna.—The
Tambo of Tacora.—A Hospitable Host.—La Laguna Blanca.—The Divide between
the Basin of Lake Titicaca and the Pacific.—In the Despoblado.—The Rio Cuño,
the Boundary between Peru and Bolivia.—The Biscacha.—The Rio Maure.—Al-
pacas.—The Pass of Chuluncayani.—An Expensive Hotel.—Descending the Slope.
—First Signs of Cultivation.—A Cretin.—Santiago de Machaca. — The Aymara
Hat.—A Solitary Church.—Shot at a Condor.—St. Andres de Machaca.—The Go-
bernador and the Cura.—Fine Church.—Nasacara and its Floating Bridge.—The
xii
CONTENTS.
Rio Desaguadero.—Our Rascally Berrios.—Jesus de Machaca and its good Cura.
—The Crown of the Andes.—First View of Lake Titicaca.—Magnificent Panora-
ma.—Descent to the Plain.—Tiahuanuco.—The Drunken Cura.—Supposed to be
a Treasure-hunter………………………………………Page 238
CHAP TEE XV.
TIAHUANUCO, THE BAALBEC OF THE NEW WORLD.
Tiahuanuco a Centre of Ancient Civilization.—Difficulties.—The Chufio Festival.—
Death of my Photographer.—Studying the Art.—My Assistants.—The Edifices of
Ancient Tiahuanuco.—The Ruins a Quarry for Modern Builders.—Their Extent.
—The Temple.—The Fortress.—The Palace.—The Hall of Justice.—Precision of
the Stone-cutting.—Elaborate Sculptures.—Monolithic Gate-ways.—The Modern
Cemetery.—The Sanctuary.—Symbolical Slab.—The great Monolithic Gate-way.
—Its Elaborate Sculptures.—Monuments described by Cieza de Leon and D’Or-
bigny.—Material of the Stone-work.—How the Stone was cut.—General Resume.
—Tiahuanuco probably a Sanctuary, not a Seat of Dominion…………..272
CHAPTER XVI.
AT TIAHUANUCO, AND TO THE SACRED ISLANDS.
Suspected of Treasure-hunting.—The Guardian of the Tapadas.—The Potato-feast
and Corpus Christi.—The Indian Celebration.—Music, Dancing, and Costumes.—
Departure from Tiahuanuco.—Village of Guaque.—Cattle feeding in the Lake.—
Tortora Bridge over the Outlet of the Lake.—Entry into the Village of Desagua-
dero.—A Convivial Cura.—Hospitalities of the Caballeros and Señoritas.—Mine
Host the Comandante. — Zepita. — Scenes on the Road. — Comparatively Fertile
Region.—Village of Yunguyo.—A Pressing Invitation.—A Dinner Compliment.
—A Legal Luminary………………………………………..302
CHAPTER XVII.
THE SACRED ISLANDS OF TITICACA.
Copaeabana.—Its Famous Shrine.—Saluted as Viraeocha.—The Church of La Se-
ñora de Copaeabana.—The Camarin. — Votive Offerings. — A Pilgrimess from
Spain.—The Statue of La Señora.—An Idol of Blue Stone formerly worshipped
here.— The Fountain of the Inca.— The Ladera.— Yampapata.—Waiting for a
Balsa.—Night in a Tambo.—Balsa Voyage.—Description of the Lake.—The Sa-
cred Island of Titicaca.—Manco Capac and Mama Ocllo here began their Mis-
sion.—The Sacred Grain.—Etymology of the Name Titicaca.—Ruins of the Tem-
ple, Convent, and Palaec.—The Island of Coati.—The Island of Soto, or of Peni-
tence.— Landing on Titicaca.— Ascending the Terraces.— The Sacred Rock of
Manco Capac.—Landing-place of the Incas.—Alleged Triune Statue.—The Laby-
rinth.—Night at the Hacienda.—St. John’s Fires.—The Garden of the Incas.—
The Bath of the Incas.—The Paiace of the Inca……………………317
CONTENTS.
xiii
CHAPTER XVIII.
DETOUR TO PUNO.
Return to Copaeabana.—Set out for Puno.—Views by the Way.—The Towns and
their Inhabitants.—Resting-place of the Inca.—Ancient Sepulchres at Acora.—
Chulpas, or Burial-towers.—Arrival at Puno.—Welcome by an American Mer-
chant.— Lofty Situation of Puno. — Its Modern Origin. — Neighboring Silver
Mines.—Story of Jose de Salcedo.—The Wool-trade of Puno.—Aspect of the
Town.—Preparations for revisiting the Sacred Islands and exploring the Lake.
—Our Altered and Improvised Craft.—Voyage on the Lake.—Night on the Isl-
and of Titicaca.—Sail to the Island of Coati…………………..Page 34 V
CHAPTER XIX.
THE SACRED ISLAND OF COATI, AND REVISIT TO TITICACA.
The Island of Coati, Sacred to the Moon.—Small, but Fertile.—The two Groups of
Ruins.—The Gates of Purification.—Remains of Tambos.—The so-called Palace
of the Sun probably the Temple of the Moon.—The Shrine of Coati.—Situation
and Structure.—Interior Construction.—Curious Apartments.—Court or Corral
for the Sacred Llamas and Vicunas. — Platforms and Terraces.—Magnificent
View.—Origin of the Structures.—Derivation of the Name of the Island.—Priests
and Vestals.—An Accident.—Titicaca revisited.—Search for the Temple of the
Sun.—Statements of the Chroniclers.—Identification of the Ruins.—Places where
the Sun was tied up.—A Lofty Terraced Promontory.—View from its Summit.—
The Hamlet of Challa.—Real Historical Importance of the Island of Titicaca.—
Date and Origin of its Structures.—Embark for Puno.—A Stormy Voyage.—Put
in at Escoma.—Ruins here.—Becalmed on the Lake.—Reach Puno……..35′.)
CHAPTER XX.
SILLUSTANI—ITS CHULPAS AND SUN-CIRCLES.
»
Lake Umayo.—The Town of Vilque.—Ruins of a Temple.—Sillustani.—Numerous
Chulpas.—A Round Chulpa.—Its Construction and Arrangement.—Manner in
which the Stones were raised.—A Broken Chulpa at Sillustani.—Chulpas and
the Topes of Ceylon.—The Stones cut to Plan before being placed in Position.—
Sun-circles.—A Submerged Town and Palace. — Hatuncolla.— Hill-fortress of
Quellenata. — Chulpa at Ullulloma compared with Pelasgic Tower in Italy.—
Square Chulpas in Bolivia.—The Chulpas evidently Tombs.—Las Casas’ Account
of Peruvian Modes of Burial.—The Region in which they are found.—Aymara,
not Quichua Structures……………………………………….37ft
xiv
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER XXL
FROM LAKE TITICACA TO CUZCO.
Sliores of Lake Titicaca.—Huancanc.—Quellenata.—Sondor-huasi.—Thatched Roofs.
—Santa Rosa.—A Bull-fight.—A Condor introduced.—Attempt to send two Birds
of this Species to the Coast.—Pedro Lobo’s Correspondence.—Bleak Mountain
Gorges.—Tambos.—The Pass of La Raya.—Descending the Mountains.—The
Aguas Calientes.—The Valley of the Vilcanota.—Cacha and the Temple of Vi-
racocha.—Gareilasso’s Account of the Inca Viracoeha.—Apparition of the Spirit
of Viracoeha to him.—His Miraculous Victory over the Chinchasuyas.—He erects
the Temple.—Gareilasso’s Account of the Temple and Statue.—Present Condition.
—Dependent Structures.—Modern Potteries among the Ruins.—Gables and Win-
dows in Inca Architecture.—Error of Humboldt and Prescott.—Niches.—Ety-
mology of the Name Viracoeha.—Tupac Amaru.—Quijijana.—Curious Ruins and
Tombs.—Ureos.—The Bolson of Andahuaylillas.—Huayna Capae’s Gold Chain.—
A Night on Andahuaylillas.—The Inca Quarries.—Method of Quarrying.—The
Fortress of Piquillacta.—Ruins of the Inca Town of Muyna.—The Llautu or In-
carial Badge. — Muyna, an Ancient Walled Town. — Oropesa. — The Angostura
Pass.—San Sebastian, with its People of the Ayllos, or Inca, Stock…..Page 390
CHAPTER XXII.
CUZCO, THE CITY OF THE SUN.
Signification of its Name.—Its Situation.—Climate.—Historical Importance.—An-
cient Divisions. — The Hill of Saesahuaman. — Its Principal Structures. — The
Huacapata, or Great Square.—Terraces.—Cyclopean Walls.—The Stone of the
Twelve Angles.—Style of Public Buildings.—Perfection of the Stone-cutting.—
Error of Prescott.—Houses of more than One Story.—The Temple of the Sun,
and Subsidiary Edifices.—Its Site now occupied by the Church and Convent of
Santo Domingo.—The Field and Gardens of the Sun.—The Water Supply.—Pro-
lusion of Golden Decorations.—The House of the Virgins of the Sun.—The Place
of Serpents and Palace of Huayna Capac.—The Palace of the Yupanquis.—An-
cient Walls incorporated into Modern Buildings.—System of Palace-building by
the Incas.—Schools.—Galpones.—The Public Square.—The City commanded b?
the Fortress of Saesahuaman.—The Terrace of the Granaries, and Palace of
the First Inca.—Honors to Agriculture.—Probable Population of Ancient Cuzco.
—Its General Aspect.—Modern Cnzco.—Moorish Style of Buildings.—The Cathe-
dral and Church of La Merced.—Cnzco superseded in Importance by Lima.—At
present little known by Peruvians.—Population mostly Indians.—The White
Inhabitants.—The Old Families.—Sefiora Zentino and her Museum of Antiqui-
ties.—Notice of Lorenzo St. Ori(|, alias “Paul Marcoy.”—An ancient Trepanned
Skull.—Paucity of Sculptures in Pern.—The Alameda.—The Pant eon, or Cem-
etery.—Pablo Biliaea.—Processions and Cock-fighting.—The Dog Laws. .. . 42f>
CONTENTS.
XV
CHAPTER XXIII.
SACSAIIUAMAN, THE ANCIENT FORTRESS OF CUZCO.
Import of the Name.—Situation of the Fortress.—The Ravine of the Rodadero.—
Aqueduct and Water-falls.—The Gate of Sand.—The Rock Rodadero.—Char-
acter of the Rock.—Gareilasso’s Description of the Fortress.—Plan of its Con-
struction.— System of Drainage. — Immense Stones. — Entrances. — The Round
Building, and other Subsidiary Works.—Mistake of Prescott.—How the Stones
were moved. — The Piedra Cansada, or Tired Stone. — El Rodadero, and Von
Tschudi’s Error in respect to It.—The Seat of the Inca.—Curiously carved Stones.
—Rock Seats.—Chingana, or the Labyrinth.—Contrasts between Saesahuaman
and the so-called Fortress at Tiahuanuco.—Date of the Construction of Saesahua-
man.—Modern Cuzco mostly built of its Materials.—Lamentation of a Descend-
ant of the Incas over its Destruction.—Treasure-hunters and their Traditions.—
Legend of Doña Maria de Esquivel………………………….Page 464
CHAPTER XXIV.
TIIE VALLEY OF YUCAY.-OLLANTAYTAMBO.
The Yucay the Parent Stream of the Amazon.—The Valley of Yucay.—Roads lead-
ing to It.—Chinchero and its Ruins.—The Table-land.—View of the Valley of
Yucay.— Climate of the Valley.—The Andenes, or Gardens of the Incas.—Their
Summer Palace.—Urubamba.—The Hacienda Umeres.—Ride to Ollantaytambo.
—Ancient Cliff Cemetery.—The Bolson of Antis.—Ancient Fortifications.—The
Governor of Ollantaytambo.—Village of Ollantaytambo.—The Ancient Fortress.
—Porphyry Slabs.—The Tired Stones.—View from the Fortress.—The Hill of
Flutes. — The School of the Virgins. — The Horca del Hombre and Horca de
Mujer.—Inca Houses in the Village.—Plan of the Ancient Town.—The Present
Inhabitants.—Ride to the Quarries.—Mimbres, or Suspension Bridges.—Perilous
Travelling.—The Mountain Road.—Diminutive Shrines.—The Quarries.—Ollan-
taytambo a Frontier Town.—The Legend of Ollautay………………..482
CHAPTER XXV.
THE VALLEY OF YUCAY.-PISAC.
Excursion to Pisac.—The Sacred Rock at Calca.—The Circular Building.—Serpen-
tine Channel in the Rock.—Its Design.—Worship of Isolated Rocks.—The Boun-
dary of the Inca Dominion.—The Great Frontier Fortress of Pisac.—Its Com-
manding Position.—The Approaches to it.—The Inti-huatana, or Solstitial Tur-
ret, the best preserved in Peru.—Other Inti-huatanas.—Gareilasso’s Account of
them.—Ascent to the Fortress of Pisac.—Complex and Elaborate Character of
the Works.—Auxiliary Fortifications.—The Burial-place.—Desiccated Corpses.—
Character of Peruvian Defensive Works………………………….SIT
xvi
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER XXVI.
OVER THE CORDILLERA, FROM CUZCO TO THE COAST.
Departure from Cuzeo.— Our two Extra Horses, El Nevado and Napoleon.— The
Plain and Town of Anta.— Surita, and its Post-keeper.— Limatambo, and its
Ruins.—Mollepata.—Guarding our Animals by Night.—Mountain Paths.—Perils
of the Road.—Approach to La Banca.—An Aqueduct built upon Arches.—Drunk-
enness and Goitres.—The Hacienda of Bellavista.—Waiting for Mules.—The Ar-
tist is afraid to cross the Hanging Bridge over the Apurimac.—La Banca again.
—More Delays about Mules.—Gesticulating with the Lips.—Our Artist separates
from us.—The Ancient Inca Roads.—Exaggerated Accounts of them.—They
must have followed the Present Lines of Travel.—Character of the Road from
Cuzeo to the Valley of Yucay.—Obstacles to Travel among the Cordilleras’—The
Rivers.—Few Stone Bridges.—Hanging Bridges of Withes.—Present Mode of
Construction and Maintenance.—The Great Hanging Bridge over the Apurimac.—
The Approach to it.—Its True Dimensions.—Crossing it.—The Tunnel Beyond.—
Meeting a Mule-train.—Curahuasi.—A Strange Visitor.—Searching for the Artist.
—Ultimate Tidings of his Fate.—Abancay.—Sculptured Rock at Concacha.—
Inta-huatana near Abancay.—Stone Bridge over the Pachachaca.—Andahuaylas.
—Talavera.—Moyobamba.—A Stormy Ride.—Chinchero.—Hanging Bridge over
the Rio Pampas.—Ocras.—Ayacucho, formerly Guamanga.—Scene of an Impor-
tant Battle, December 9th, 1624.—Reported Subterranean Palace, with Statues,
at Guinoa.—The Cordillera de la Costa.—Through the Despoblado.—A Five Days’
Ride.—Lose our Horses.—A Perilous Night Adventure.—The Posada of San An-
tonio.—First Sight of the Pacific.—Descent to the Coast.—Arrival at Pisco.—
Homeward-bound from Lima……………………………..Page 533
CHAPTER XXVII.
CONCLUSION.
Inca Civilization.—The People, as found by the Spaniards.—Rapidity of their Con-
quest.— The Civilization of Peru Indigenous.— Nature of Inca Superiority.—
Originally Several Tribes.—Quichuas and Aymaras.—Differences not solely owing
to Physical Conditions.—Probable Course of Union and Development.—Growth
of Separate Historical Legends, merging into each other.—Legends as transmitted
by Garcilasso and Montesinos.—How the Traditions were perpetuated.—Their
Quippus very Imperfect Means of Record.—Consequent Importance of the Monu-
ments.—What we may learn from them.—Probable Course of the Inca Empire,
without the Spanish Conquest.—Date of Peruvian Monuments wholly Uncertain.
—Some of them among the Oldest existing.—Reasons why they are not more Nu-
merous.—No Evidence that the Peruvians came originally from Abroad. .. . 568
APPENDIX
IXDEX
577
589
ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
Gate-way and Valley of Ollantaytam-
bo …………………Frontispiece
Map of Peru, indicating the Route of
the Author…………….faees 17
The Rampart, Panama………… 18
City and Bay of Panama………. 20
Las Bodegas, Guayas River…….. 25
Interior Court, Lima………….. 44
Peruvian Infantry and Cavalry….. 47
Interior of the Chapel of the Ceme-
tery, Lima……………….. 52
View in the Cemetery, Lima……. 53
Hut on the Estate of San Pedro. … 66
Shot at a Condor…………….. 67
View at Paehaeamae…………. 68
Plan of Temple of Paehaeamae….. 69
Plan of Mamacuna, Paehaeamae. … 70
Niche in the Wall, Paehaeamae—- 71
Arch at Paehaeamae………….. 71
Peruvian Mummies…………… 73
Plan of the Tenement………… 74
Peruvian Tweezers…………… 75
Pattern of Alpaca Blanket……… 75
Pattern of Cotton Shroud………. 76
Ancient Spindle……………… 77
Wallet, folded………………. 77
Wallet, unfolded…………….. 77
Spool of Thread……………… 7S
Knitting Utensils……………. 78
Skein of Thread…………….. 79
Toilet Articles………………. 79
Netting Instrument…………… 79
Dried Parrot……………….. 80
Boy’s Sling…………………. 80
Infant’s Burial-net…………… 80
Pottery from Paehaeamae……… 81
Palacio del Rey Inca,Valley of Cañetc 83
Ruins of Hervai, Valley of Cañete… 84
PAGE
Demolishing Huaca, Limatambo. … 86
Portion of Wall of Huaca near Lima-
tambo …………………… 87
Fortified Hill of Colliqui……….. 88
Plan of Ruins at the Hacienda Arria-
ga, with Section……………. 89
Carved Wooden Idol………….. 90
Wooden Bowl………………. 91
Ear of Maize, in Stone………… 91
Ruins of Cajamarquilla……….. 92
Section and Plan of Subterranean
Vaults…………………… 92
Part of Ruins of Cajamarquilla, Val-
ley of the Rimac…………… 93
Door-ways…………………. 94
Vase, from Santa…………….. 10^
TheCaballito……………….. 109
The Great Pyramid of Mocho…… 131
Plan of the Pyramid………….. 131
Palace, Chimu………………. 136
Hall of the Arabesques, Chimu….. 137
Figures in Stucco……………. 138
Silver Cup…………………. 142
Excavation of the Necropolis, Chimu 144
Specimen of Cloth, Chimu……… 145
Silver Ornament from Chimu…… 146
Fish Ornaments from the Chincha
Islands……………….147, 148
Gold Feather Ornament……….. 149
A Strange Structure………….. 150
Tomb B, Necropolis, Chimu…….. 150
Plan of “First Palace,” Chimu…..152
Sectional View of Walls, Chimu. … 153
Figures on Wall, Chimu……..153, 154
Ruined Walls, Chimu………faces 154
Plan of Reservoir……………. 155
Prison (“First Palace”), Chimu. . . . 157
Plan of ” Second Palace,” Chimu … 159
xviii
ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
Plan of Sub-square, Ruins of Grand
Chimu…………………… 160
Golden Vase, Chimu………….. 171
Silver Vase, Chimu…………… 171
Golden Plate, Chimu. One-fourth
size…………………….. 172
Silver Medal, Chimu. One-fourth size 172
Gold and Silver Coins, Chimu. Full
size…………………….. 172
Silver Lizard, Fish, and Serpent, Chi-
mu. Reduced…………….. 173
Bird cast in Alloyed Gold. From Ca-
ñete. Half size……………. 174
Agricultural Implements of Bronze.. 175
Trowel……………………. 176
Knives, Chimu………………. 176
War-club………………….. 177
Peruvian Pottery………….177, 178
Pictorial Design from a Vase, Chimu 180
Model of an Ancient House, from a
Vase, Chimu……………… 181
Tambourine-player…………… 181
Syrinx, or Pan’s-pipe………….. 182
Trumpet, baked clay…………..182
Peruvian Vases……………… 183
Modern Peruvian Head………… 184
Peruvian Vases……………… 185
Combat between the Man of the
Earth and the Man of the Sea…. 186
The Serpent Symbol………….. 186
Snail from Chimu Vase……….. 187
God of the Air………………. 188
Ruins of lluaeatambo, Valley of Rio
Ncpeña………………….. 199
Pyramid of Tierra Firme………. 201
El Padrejon, Valley of Nepciia….. 206
Stone Works of Mora…………. 207
Vase at Motoeache…………… 209
Stone Fortress of Chancayillo, Valley
of Casma………………… 211
Plan of the Fortress of Quisque.. . . 213
Plan of the Ruins of Alpacotc…… 215
Plan of Ruins of Iluanueo V\ejo. faces 216
The Castillo of Iluanueo Viejo….. 217
Mcdanos……………………222
Grand Plaza and Market-place of
Arequipa………………..223
Arequipa ami the Volcano of Mis-
ti……………………faces 225
PAGK
Port of Islay……………….. 227
Tambo of La Joya, Pampa of Islay.. 227
Chart of the Harbor of Arica…….22S
The Port and Morro of Arica.. faces 229
The Alameda of Tacna………..233
Equipped for the Cordillera…….. 239
Chulpa, or Burial-tower………… 243
Aymara Skull……………….. 244
The Llama………………….246
The Nevados of Tacora and Chipicaui,
from the Pass of Guaylillos.. faces 249
The Vicuna………………… 250
Nevado and Tambo of Tacora……252
The Casitas of Uchusuma………255
Our Dormitory at Uchusuma……. 256
Street View in Santiago de Machaca. 261
Aymara Female Head-dress……..262
Balsa Bridge over the Rio Desagua-
dero……………………..265
Illampu (the Crown of the Andes)
and Lake Titicaca……….faces 268
Plan of a Part of the Ruins of Tia-
huanuco…………………. 276
The American Stonehenge,Tiahuanuco 277
Outer Terrace Walls of Fortress, and
Scattered Blocks of Stone……. 280
Lesser Monolithic Door-way…….. 283
Gate-way at Cemetery—front view.. 284
Gate-way at Cemetery—rear view… 285
Symbolical Slab……………… 287
Front of Great Monolithic Gate-way. 288
Back of Great Monolithic Gate-way. 289
Centre Figure on Great Monolith… 291
Sculptured Figure on Great Monolith. 292
Head of Statue near Tiahuanuco…. 296
Columns and Figures in Stone in Tia-
huanuco…………………. 297
Head-dress of Indian Female Dancer. 305
Indians celebrating the Chuuo, or Po-
tato Festival, Tiahuanuco……..306
Cattle feeding on Lake-weed, Lake
Titieaea…………………. 308
Totora Bridge over the Outlet of Lake
Titieaea…………………. 309
Entry into the Pueblo of El Dcsagua-
dero……………………. 311
A Dinner Compliment in Yunguyo.. 315
View of the Bay of Copaeabana, Lake
Titicaca………………faces 317
ILLUSTRATIONS.
xix
PAGE
Shrine of Nuestra Señora de Copaea-
bana……………………. 319
Seats cut in the Rock, Copaeabana.. 324
The Bath of the Incas, Copaeabana. 325
View from the ” Ladera,” the Island
of Titicaca in the Distance……. 327
Balsa Navigation on Lake Titicaca.. 328
Map of Lake Titicaca………….330
Plan of Ancient Buildings at the
‘Landing, Island of Titicaca……333
Niche in Ruins at Landing, Island of
Titicaca…………………. 334
The Sacred Rock of Manco Capac… 337
Pila, or Fountain, of the Incas, Titica-
ca……………………… 342
Side-view of Palace of the Inca, Island
of Titicaca…………….faces 343
Chambers in the Palace of the Inca. 343
Ground-plan of the Palace of the
Inca, Island of Titicaca………. 344
Plan of Second Story of the Palace of
the Inca…………………. 345
Island of Coati and the ” Crown of
the Andes,” from Esplanade.of Pal-
ace of the Inca…………faces 346
The Inca’s Chair……………..350
Ancient Sepulchres, Acora………351
Chulpas, or Burial-towers, Acora…. 352
Plan and Section of Square Chulpa.. 353
Plan and Section of Round Chulpa.. 353
Ancient Monument at Chucuito…..354
Plan of Palace of the Virgins of the
Sun, Island of Coati……..faces 360
Palace of the Virgins of the Sun,
Coati……………………. 361
Temple of the Sun, Island of Titicaca. 368
Section of Aymara Chulpa………372
Aymara Chulpa, or Burial-tower, and
Hill Fort, at Escoma…………373
Map of Lake Umayo………….. 377
Round Chulpas, Sillustani……….378
Foundation-stone of Chulpa…….. 379
Broken Chulpa, Sillustani………. 381
Platform Stone of Sun-circle……. 383
Sun-circle, Sillustani………….. 384
Stone Pillars of Hatuncolla…….. 385
Ornaments on Pillar…………..386
Frog on Pillar………………. 386
Hill Fortress of Quellenata……..387
PAGE
Pelasgic Tower at Alatri, Italy……387
Chulpa at Ullulloma, Peru………387
Turf House near Mouth of the Rio
Ramis…………………… 391
Remains of Structure, Acarpa……393
The Sondor-huasi…………….. 394
The Condor and the Bull………. 396
Plan of Inca Tambo, La Raya……401
Ruins of Temple of Viracoeha……407
Plan of Temple of Viracoeha and De-
pendent Structures…………..408
Stone Houses near Temple of Vira-
coeha ……………………410
Gate-way of Fortress of Piquillacta.. 420
Plan of Piquillacta……………421
View of Cuzeo, and the Nevada of
Asungata, from the Brow of the
Saesahuaman………….faces 427
Plan of Cuzeo, Ancient and Mod-
ern………………….faces 429
Church and Convent of Santo Do-
mingo, Cuzeo……………… 430
View in the Plaza del Cabildo, Cuzeo 431
Inca Bridge over the Huatenay, Cuzeo 432
Cyclopean Wall, Palace of the Inca
Rocca, Cnzco……………… 433
Inca Door-way, Cuzeo…………. 435
Court of Convent of Santo Domingo,
and Ancient Inca Fountain, Cuzeo 440
Plan of the Temple and Convent of
the Sun, Cuzeo…………….441
End Wall of the Temple of the Sun,
Cnzco…………………… 443
Side Wall of the Temple of the Sun,
and Ancient Street, Cuzeo…….445
View of the Pampa Maroni, with Inca
Wall, Cuzeo……………….446
“The Schools,” Cuzeo………….447
House of Garcilasso de la Vega,
Cuzeo…………………… 449
View of the Hill of the Saesahua-
man from the Plaza del Cabildo,
Cuzeo…………………… 450
Remains of Palace of the First Inca,
Cuzeo…………………… 451
Church of La Merced, Cuzeo…….454
Trepanned Skull…………….. 457
Terra-cottas from Cuzeo……….. 458
Ancient Stone Sculpture, Cuzeo…..458
XX
ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
Dog-killing in Front of the Convent
of Santa Ana, Cuzeo…………4G1
Aqueduct over the Rodadero…….465
Lower Fall of the Rodadero……..466
Upper Fall of the Rodadero……..467
Part of Inca Aqueduct…………468
Section of the Walls of the Fortress. 470
Plan of the Inca Fortress of the Sae-
sahuaman…………….faces 470
Salient Angle of the Fortress……471
Part of the Fortress of the Saesa-
huaman, from the ” Seat of the
Inca “………………..faces 476
Niche in Terrace Walls of the Col-
compata………………….477
Rock Seats, near Fortress………. 478
Map of the Valley of Yucay……. 483
Coped and Niched Terrace Walls,
Chinehero…………………484
Section of Terrace of Chinehero. . . . 485
Terrace Wall and Azeqnia, Yucay.. 487
View in the Valley of Yucay from
Corridor of the Hacienda Umeres. 490
Rock Tombs, Ollantaytambo…….491
Map of Valley and Monuments of
Ollantaytambo………….faces 493
The Fort, Ollantaytambo………..493
Principal Fortress of Ollantaytambo. 495
PAGK
Door-way to Corridor, Ollantaytambo 496
Niched Corridor, Ollantaytambo…. 497
Ollantaytambo Fortification……..499
Porphyry Slabs, Fortress of Ollantay-
tambo…………………… 500
Horea del Hombre, Ollantaytambo.. 502
Inca Buildings, Ollantaytambo……503
Ancient Block in Ollantaytambo…. 504
Inca Bridge, Ollantaytambo……..506
Small Houses, Ollantaytambo……. 509
Plan of Palace of Ollantay……..515
View of Part of Palace of Ollantay. 515
Sacred Rock and Circular Building
near Calca, Valley of Yucay…..518
View of Point of Fortress, Pisac. … 521
Stairway, Pisac………………. 522
Fortified Pass, Pisac………….. 523
The Inti-hnatana of Pisac……… 525
The Inti-huatana of Pisac (Plan)… 527
Rock Tombs, Pisac…………… 531
Bridge of the Apurimac…….faces 545
The Artist and the Indians……… 554
The Roek of Coneacha—Front and
Back……………………. 555
Hanging Bridge over the Rio Pam-
pas…………………….. 558
Looking across the Bridge……… 559
The Post-house at Ocras……….. 560
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
IN
THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
CHAPTER I.
INTEODUCTORY.
Mr. Prescott on the Inca Monuments.—Influence of his Words.—The Author’s Aspi-
rations and Purposes.—Threatened with Blindness.—Appointed United States
Commissioner to Peru.—Restoration to Sight.—Commencement of Explorations.
—Extent of the Region explored.—Plans, Drawings, and Photographs.—Value
of the Material secured.—General Survey of the Inca Empire.—Its Boundaries.—
Physical Characteristics.—Lake and River Systems.—Mountain Ranges.—The
Coast Desert.—Fertile Valleys.—The Inhabitants of the Valleys.—The Cordillera.
— The Despoblado.—Distinction between the Cordillera and the Andes.—The
Basin of Titicaca.—Only two other Similar Basins in America.—Lake Aullagas.—
Lake Titicaca.—Its Sacred Islands.—The Bolsones, or Valleys.—The Bokon of
Cuzeo.—The Montana.—The Incas and the Peoples of the Montana.—Probable
Population of the Inca Empire.—Divisions of the Ancient Inhabitants of Peru.—
Their Character and Institutions determined by Physical Conditions.—Design of
this Work.
MANY years ago, Mr. Prescott, in the Essay on the Civiliza-
tion of the Incas, prefixed to his ” History of the Conquest of
Pern,” said, in words which were echoed by every thoughtful
student of antiquities:
” The hand of the conquerors fell heavily on the venerable
monuments of Peru; and, in their blind and superstitious search
for hidden treasure, they caused infinitely more ruin than time
or the earthquake. Yet enough of the monuments of the In-
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
cas remain to invite the researches of the antiquary. Those
only in the most conspicuous situations have hitherto been ex-
amined. But, by the testimony of travellers, many more are to
be found in the less-frequented parts of the country, and we
may hope they will one day call forth a kindred spirit of enter-
prise to that which has so successfully explored the mysterious
recesses of Central America and Yucatan.”
At that time a mere youth, I was engaged, with limited re-
sources but an earnest purpose, in investigating the aborigi-
nal monuments of the Mississippi Yalley, and these words of
Prescott did not fall on unheedful ears. One of the results of
those investigations was the warm, personal friendship of that
distinguished historian. It was, in a great degree, through his
influence that I was subsequently sent as representative of the
United States to Central America, where every interval of lei-
sure was dedicated to the discovery of the resources and the
illustration of the ante-Columbian, and as yet imperfectly un-
derstood, history of that interesting region. In all my labors I
was constantly and earnestly supported by the sympathy, and,
so far as my researches deserved it, by the appreciation, of that
most estimable man and conscientious student. To visit the
land of the Children of the Sun, and to realize, in some degree
at least, his aspirations, became a leading purpose of my life.
But inexorable circumstances, distracting occupations, and
the thousand vicissitudes which make us what we are, and of-
ten prevent us from becoming what we might have been, inter-
fered to defeat my hopes and aspirations; till at length, owing
to undue exposure and protracted over-exertion, the light began
to fade away before my eyes, and a dark veil fell between them
and the bright and moving world without. The skill of emi-
nent oculists was exerted in vain, and I was told that my only
alternative lay between absolute mental rest and total blindness.
Rest, and an entire change of scene and occupation, might per-
haps restore, at least partially, my failing vision.
Then, and not till then, an unexpected concurrence of cir-
cumstances enabled me to realize the hope which I had so long
cherished. I received the appointment of Commissioner of the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
3
United States to Peru, charged with the settlement of the con-
flicting claims between the two countries. Away from the rush
of business, and the irritation of the morning newspaper; in the
cool corridors of the gray old Palace of the Inquisition, in Lima,
the city of the kings, which Pizarro founded, and in which he
died; listening calmly to quotations from Vattel, Puffendorf,
and \Vheaton; valuing guano with an indifference that might
startle thrifty farmers; and disjjosing, in a day, of reclamations
which had sent more than one war-vessel around the Horn, and
had. even brought on the direful catastrophe of striking the flag
of an envoy extraordinary: here, close by the spot where more
than a hundred heretics had been burned alive, and more than
three hundred had been beaten with rods—here the day came
back to the failing vision, and the glorious light once more
vibrated on responsive nerves, and filled the sinking heart with
joy and gratitude.
It was on the conclusion of my duties as Commissioner that
I commenced, my explorations in Pern; explorations directed
mainly to the elucidation of its aboriginal monuments, the only
positive and reliable witnesses of the true condition of its an-
cient inhabitants. My travels and investigations occupied me
actively for more than a year and a half. During that time I
probably went over more ground than any of my predecessors
in the same field. I carried with me the compass, the measur-
ing-line, the pencil, and the photographic camera; knowing
well that only accurate plans, sections, elevations, drawings, and
views can adequately meet the rigorous demands of modern
science, and render clear what mere verbal description would
fail to make intelligible.
My expeditions carried me first through the coast region of
Peru, lying between the Cordillera and the sea, from Tumbez
to Cobija, or from latitude 2° to 22° south. Within this region
lie the vast ruins of Grand Chimu, Paehaeamae, and Cajamar-
quilla, besides numberless others, less known but equally inter-
esting, in the valleys of Santa, Nepeña, Casma, Chillon, Rimac,
Cañete, Pisco, and Arica. From the port of Arica my course
4
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
was inland over the Cordillera into Bolivia, where are the re-
markable ruins of Tiahuanuco; thence to Lake Titicaca and
its sacred islands, whence the Incas dated their origin. I be-
lieve I am the only traveller who ever thoroughly traversed
this great and interesting lake, lying 12,500 feet above the sea;
an ‘undertaking of no little difficulty and danger, when carried
out in a small open boat. From the Titicaca basin my course
was still northward, over the great divide, or water-shed, sepa-
rating the head-waters of the streams flowing into the grand
basin of Lake Titicaca from the sources of the Amazon; down
the valley of the Yilcanota, which is probably the true parent
stream of the Amazon, to the cluster of mountain-circled hoi-
xo?ies, or high valleys, in which the Incas founded the capital
of their mighty empire. From Cuzeo my expeditions radiated
for one hundred miles in every direction, and were carried to
the savage frontier, on the Atlantic declivity of the Andes.
Several months were spent in and around the Inca capital, in
many respects the most interesting spot on the continent.
Thence my course was to the north-west, very nearly on the
line of the great interior road of the Incas, which extends from
Cuzeo to Quito, crossing the head-waters of the streams which
combine to form the Amazon, through Abancay, the ancient
Gnamanga, now called Ayacucho, and thence back to Lima.
With a longer time and more adequate means at my com-
mand, I could have greatly extended the field of my explora-
tions ; but, so far as my principal object—that of illustrating
Inca civilization from its existing monuments—is concerned, I
believe that the results would have been merely cumulative.
As it was, I brought back with me more than four hundred
plans, sections, and elevations; about as many sketches and
drawings; a large number of photographs, and a considerable
collection of works of art and industry. A selection of the
most important and interesting of these will be embodied in
this volume, leaving little to be desired by the student in re-
spect of Peruvian archaeology, so far as its elucidation depends
on the monuments of the country.
These materials will, I think, show not only that there were
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
5
originally several detached and distinct civilizations in Peru,
but that some of them antedated the Incas; while my observa-
tions on the geography and topography of the country will
show how the Incas were enabled to establish their extensive
dominion, and how their expansive and astute policy was sug-
gested and developed. My researches will, I think, correct
many mistakes and exaggerations as regards ancient Peru, and
enable us to form a rational and just estimate of the power and
development of the most thoroughly organized, most wisely ad-
ministered, and most extensive empire of aboriginal America,
concerning which we have hitherto had little for the guidance
of our judgment, except the vague traditions of the natives
themselves, and the too often partial and distorted chronicles
of the conquerors. The absence of written records of the Incas
and the tribes consolidated with them unhappily leave us only
these traditions and chronicles whence to deduce their charac-
ter and original condition; and hence researches like those I
undertook become invested with a value less to be measured
by the capacity of the individual who made them, than by the
number and nature of the facts presented by him.
The Inca empire had attained its greatest extension and
power precisely at the period of the discovery by Columbus,
under the reign of Huayna Capac, who, rather than Huascar or
Atahualpa, should be called the last of the Incas. His father,
the Inca Tupac Yupanqui, had pushed his conquests on the
south, beyond the great desert of Atacama, to the river Maule,
in Chili; while, at the same time, Huayna Capac himself had
reduced the powerful and refined kingdom of the Sciris of Qui-
to, on the north. From their great dominating central plateau,
the Incas had pressed clown to the Pacific, on the one hand, and
to the dense forests of the Amazonian valleys, on the other.
Throughout this wide region, and over all its nations, princi-
palities, and tribes, Huayna Capac at the beginning of the six-
teenth century ruled supreme. His empire extended from four
degrees above the equator to the thirty-fourth southern parallel
of latitude, a distance of not far from three thousand miles;
while from east to west it spread, with varying width, from the
6
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Pacific to the valleys of Paucartambo and Chuquisaca, an
average distance of not far from four hundred miles, covering
an area, therefore, of more than one million square miles, equal
to about one-third of the total area of the United States, or to
the whole of the United States to the eastward of the Missis-
sippi River.
The geographical and topographical features of this vast re-
gion are singularly bold and remarkable, and reacted powerful-
ly on its ancient, as they do on its present, inhabitants. The
physical characteristics, the mental and moral traits, the polity
and religion, the architecture and arts, the manners, customs,
and modes of life of the aboriginal population could not escape
being moulded or controlled by natural conditions and circum-
stances so extraordinary and potential as prevailed throughout
the Inca dominions. The empire itself could never have exist-
ed, nor the Incas have obtained any extraordinary ascendancy
over their neighbors, or have developed a civilization so ad-
vanced as theirs, had it not been for exceptional circumstances
of position, influencing alike climate and productions, and di-
recting their power and ambition in fixed channels.
In no part of the world does nature assume grander, more
imposing, or more varied forms. Deserts as bare and repulsive
as those of Sahara alternate with valleys as rich and luxuriant
as those of Italy. Lofty mountains, crowned with eternal snow,
lift high their rugged sides over broad, bleak punas, or table-
lands, themselves more elevated than the summits of the White
Mountains or of the Alleghanies. Rivers, taking their rise
among melting snows, precipitate themselves through deep and
rocky gorges into the Pacific, or wind, with swift but gentler
current, among the majestic but broken Andes, to swell the
flood of the Amazon. There are lakes, ranking in size with
those that feed the St. Lawrence, whose surfaces lie almost level
with the summit of Mont Blanc; and they are the centres of
great terrestrial basins, with river systems of their own, and
having no outlet to the sea.
The two great mountain ranges which determine the physical
aspect of the South American continent attain their maximum
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
7
of bulk, and have their most decided features in what was the
Inca Empire. The western range, popularly denominated the
Cordillera, runs nearly parallel to the coast throughout its whole
length, and at such short distance inland that, to the voyager,
the ocean seems literally to break at its feet. Even where it
recedes farthest from the shore, it throws forward outliers, or
spurs, which cease to be imposing only when contrasted with
•the mighty masses of the mother mountain. There is, never-
theless, a narrow but often interrupted strip of land between
the Cordillera and the sea, which, however, from Guayaquil
southward is throughout as desert as the flanks of the moun-
tains themselves are bare and repulsive. A waste of sand and
rock, it is the domain of death and silence — a silence only
broken by the screams of water-birds and the howls of the sea-
lions that throng its frayed and forbidding shore.
Bold men were the conquistador es, who coasted slowly along
these arid shores in face of the prevailing south wind and
against the great Antarctic current. Nothing short of an ab-
sorbing love of adventure, and a consuming and quenchless ava-
rice, could have prevented them from putting down their helms
and flying shudderingly from the Great Desolation before them.
For the most part the sand is hard, swept smooth by the
winds, and unrelieved by anything except an occasional stone
and the more frequent skeletons of mules and horses that have
perished by the way. In places, however, the traveller comes
upon great heaps formed by the drifting sands, called medanos.
They are all crescent-shaped, with the bow of the crescent .tow-
ards the wind, and as regular and sharp in outline as the new
moon itself. Some, which have a core of rock, are permanent;
but most are shifting, varying in shape and position with the
varying winds.
This desert strip, averaging perhaps forty miles in width,
where rain falls only at rare and uncertain intervals, is never-
theless intersected here and there by valleys of great fertility
and beauty, and often of considerable size. They are formed
by the streams and torrents from the mountains, which are fed
by the melting snows, or by the rains that fall, during a part of
8
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the year, in the interior. Some of these streams are swallowed
up by the thirsty sands before they reach the sea, and only form
oases at the outlets of the gorges whence they emerge. But
both oasis and valley, in the ancient time, were densely popu-
lated by men who exhausted the utmost capabilities of the nar-
row valleys, and who have left many monuments of their skill
and greatness. Under the pressure of peculiar conditions and
limited means, they developed a social and industrial system (as
is shown by their remains) that Fourier might have envied, and
the apostles of economical organizations may study with profit
and admiration.
These valleys are often separated from each other, in their
lower portions, by many leagues of trackless desert, and in their
upper portions by impassable mountains. Their inhabitants,
therefore, constituted separate communities, independent in gov-
ernment, and with little, if any, intercourse or relationship. In
a few instances, however, where several considerable valleys con-
verge and come closely together, as near Truxillo and Lima,
large and efficient civil and political organizations were effect-
ed, and the united communities took the form and status of a
state. But, in general, the inhabitants of the varions valleys
were isolated and relatively weak, owing their security from
the avarice or ambition of their more powerful neighbors to
the barriers of mountain and desert which shut them in. AVe
can understand, from these conditions, how it was that the Span-
iards encountered no serious opposition when they landed on
the coast.
Back of this narrow strip of coast lies the giant bulk of the
Cordillera. It is a vast terrestrial billow, bristling with volca-
noes and snowy peaks, and supporting a minor net-work of hills
and mountains. Although of probably less average elevation
than the Eastern Cordillera or the Andes, it is nevertheless the
true water-shed of the South American continent. The Andes
are pierced by numberless deep valleys, through which most of
the waters collected between the two ranges flow, in uncounted
streams and rivers, into the Amazon, the Orinoco, and the Pla-
ta ; but the Cordillera of the Pacific is throughout unbroken.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
9
Its summit often spreads out in broad, undulating plains, or
punas, varying from fourteen to eighteen thousand feet above
the sea, frigid, barren, desolate, and where life is only represent-
ed by the hardy vicuna and the condor. This inhospitable
region is the great Despoblado, or unpeopled region, of Peru.
Here, except on some of the more important trails over the
mountains, where we find the ruins of Inca tambos, or huts of
refuge, badly represented by the few and wretched postas of
modern times, no trace of human habitation is discovered. The
traveller is happy to obtain the protection of a cave or the shel-
ter of a rock at night, and by day hurries as fast as his starving
and unsteady mule, suffering from the rarefication of the atmos-
phere, will enable him, across the dreary waste.
The Despoblado, sometimes called the Black Puna, has a gen-
eral breadth of perhaps a hundred and fifty miles. It narrows
in Northern Peru, and widens as we approach Chili. It varies
also in elevation, but sustains throughout its desolate and repul-
sive character.
Beyond the Despoblado, we descend into the lower yet lofty
plateau intervening between the Cordillera of the coast and the
glittering Andes. The average elevation of this valley is consid-
erably more than eleven thousand feet above the sea. Though
we cannot characterize it better, by a single word, than plateau,
or table-land, yet we must remember that it is an extensive re-
gion, with mountains and hills, plains and valleys, lakes and riv-
ers—a microcosm of the earth itself, lifted up into the frosty
air, and held in its place by the mighty buttresses of the Andes
and the Cordilleras.* In some portions of South America these
two great ranges are from one to two hundred miles apart; in
* As there will be frequent occasion to speak of these two great chains, and to
distinguish them, I shall use the designations Andes and Cordillera, as they are used
in the country itself. The great backbone of the South, the Central, and the North
American portions of the continent is, unquestionably, the Eastern Cordillera, bear-
ing in South America the specific name of Andes. Yet the Western Cordillera,
the Pacific, or Volcanic Coast-range, forms, almost throughout, the water-shed of the
entire continent. The streams which gather their supplies between the two chains,
with few exceptions, break through the eastern range, and pour into the Atlantic.
10
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
others they approach each other, and at a few points actually
come together, forming a “knot,” where they become indistin-
guishable. One of these knots is at the point known as the
Pass of La Raya (latitude 14° 30′ south, longitude 70° 50′
west), where, in an inky tarn, is the true source of the Amazon,
here represented by the Rio Vilcanota, and whence also flows
the Rio Pacura, which falls into the great interior Lake Titi-
caca. Another point of contact is in Northern Peru, near the
important mines of Cerro de Pasco (latitude 10° 15′ soiith, lon-
gitude 76° 10′ west).
To the southward of the pass of La Raya, the Andean
plateau is represented by the grand terrestrial basin of lakes
Titicaca and Aullagas, to which I have already alluded as hav-
ing no outlet to the sea, and possessing a fluvial system of its
own. In this basin we find ruins of ancient architecture singu-
lar in character, and having an antiquity possibly higher than
any other of advanced civilization on the continent. It was in
the islands of Lake Titicaca that, as tradition affirms, the found-
ers of the Inca Empire had their origin. These circumstances,
not less than the remarkable physical characteristics of the basin
itself, entitle this portion of the Andean plateau to receive our
particular attention. Viewing it from the cumbre, or crest,
of the Cordillera, we have spread before us a region unlike
any we have ever seen, and which seems to be lifted above
the rest of the world in spirit as well as in fact, looking down
upon it coldly and calmly like the winter stars, sharing none of
its sympathies, and disturbed by none of its alarms; the silent,
wondering vicuna gazing at us with its large liquid eyes; the
gliding llama; and the condor, circling high up in the air, or
swooping down towards us as if in menace; the absence of for-
ests ; the white clouds surging up from the plains of Brazil,
only to be precipitated and dissipated by the snowy barriers
which they cannot pass; the clear metallic blue of the sky; the
painful silence—all impress the traveller with the feeling that
lie is no longer in the world that he has known before. There’
is nothing with which he is familiar, nothing suggestive of oth-
er scenes. Not an unfitting region this for the development of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
11
an original civilization, like that which carved its memorials in
massive stones, and left them on the plain of Tiahuanuco, and
of which no tradition remains, except that they are the work of
the giants of old, who reared them in a single night.
The American continent affords but three really notable ex-
amples of that interesting physical phenomenon to which the
basin of Titicaca belongs. The first is the great Utah basin, with
its salt lake; the second is the smaller basin of Lake Itza, in
Central America; the third is the vaster, more elevated, and, in
all respects, more interesting basin under notice. Its greatest
length, almost due north and south, is about six hundred miles;
its average width may be estimated at not far from one hundred
and fifty miles; thus giving a total area of about one hundred
thousand square miles. The slope of this basin is gentle towards
the south. At or near its northern extremity lies Lake .Titicaca,
a magnificent body of fresh water, and the recipient of several
considerable streams. It discharges its waters through a deep,
broad, and swift, but not turbulent stream, El Desaguadero,
one hundred and seventy miles long, and having a fall of about
five hundred feet, into Lake Aullagas, of which we as yet know
next to nothing. The most that seems to be established is, that
it has no visible outlet to the sea; that it receives the drainage
of Lake Titicaca; that its principal feeder, the Desaguadero, is
swollen by some considerable streams, after leaving Lake Titi-
caca ; and that it has itself a number of important feeders. Its
size, contour, depth, and the possible disposition of its affluence
of waters, are open questions. It must be of vast superficies, in-
deed, if its excess of water be carried off, as has been suggest-
ed, by evaporation. The eastern border of the Titicaca basin is
bounded by the loftiest section of the Andes—a vast, unbroken,
snow-crowned range, whose loftiest peaks rival Chimborazo in
altitude.
The islands and promontories of Lake Titicaca are for the
most part barren. The waters hide a variety of strange fishes,
which contribute to support a population necessarily scanty in
a region where barley will not ripen, except under very favor-
able circumstances, and where maize, in its most diminutive
12
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
size, has its most precarious development; where the potato,
shrunk to its smallest proportions, is bitter; where the only
grain is the quinoa (Che?iopodium Quinoa) ; and where the only
indigenous animals fit for food are the biscacha, the llama, and
the vicuna.
In the islands of Lake Titicaca, if tradition be our guide,
were developed the germs of Inca civilization. Thence, it is
said, went the founders of the Inea dynasty, past the high
divide between the waters flowing into the lake and those fall-
ing into the Amazon, and skirting the valley of the river Yil-
canota for more than two hundred miles, they established their
seat in the bolson of Cnzco.
A brief description of these valleys, which nothing can bet-
ter describe than the Spanish word bolson, or “pocket,” will
help us to understand the original condition of the various peo-
ples and families which constituted the Inca Empire, and how
the inhabitants of one valley, by uniting with those of another,
through policy or by forcible pressure, grew gradually in power
until they overflowed the Despoblado on one side, and the val-
leys of the Andes on the other, spreading themselves north and
south past Atacama and up to the equator.
“While the narrow valleys of the coast are separated by track-
less deserts, the bolsones are isolated by ranges of hills or moun-
tains, or by cold, uninhabitable punas, and encircled by the
mighty gorges of rivers which, like the Apurimac, are impassa-
ble, except by the aid of bridges, swinging dizzily in mid-air.
The bolsones are of varying altitudes, and, consequently, of vari-
ous climates and productions. Some are well drained; others
are marshy, and contain considerable lakes. They discharge
their gathered waters through streams which plunge down
dark and narrow ravines into the gorges of the great rivers.
The passage from one to another is over the intervening ele-
vated ridges and punas, frequently among frost and snow, and
always by rocky and wearisome paths, fit only for the vicuna
and the sure-footed llama.
It was in one of these bolsones, the centre one of a cluster
lying between the valleys Vilcomaya and Apurimac, that the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
13
Incas built their capital. It is not only central in position,
salubrious and productive, but the barriers which separate it
from the neighboring valleys are relatively low, with passes
which may be traversed with comparative ease; while they are,
at the same time, readily defensible. The rule of the first Inca
seems not to have extended beyond this valley, and the passes
leading into it are strongly fortified, showing the direction
whence hostilities were anticipated in the early days of the em-
pire, before the chiefs of Cuzeo began their career of conquest
and aggregation, reducing the people of the bolson of Anta in
the north, and that of Urcos in the south.
There remains a comparatively small portion of the Inca Em-
pire to describe. This is what is called the Montana, as distin-
guished from the Costa, the Despoblado, and the Sierra. The
Montana comprises the eastern declivity of the Andes, or, rath-
er, the valleys of the rivers flowing eastward towards the vast
plains of Brazil. The Incas did not extend their empire far in
this direction. They pushed down the valleys until they en-
countered the savage forests, and their still more savage inhabit-
ants. Here their implements were inadequate to the subjuga-
tion of nature; and the fierce Antis, creeping through the dense
thickets, launched unseen their poisoned arrows against the Chil-
dren of the Sun, who protected themselves by fortifications from
an enemy they could not see, and whom it was vain to pursue.
They nevertheless succeeded in securing the upper portions of
some of these valleys, with their wealth of tropical products:
the cocoa and cotton, the skins of wild beasts, the gorgeous
feathers of the birds, and many other articles of use, luxury, or
beauty which rigorous nature denied them in their native eyries.
Perpetual war seems to have been waged between the Incas
and the savages of the lower valleys. Even in the plenitude
of their power, the Incas were unable to carry their conquests
far to the eastward, certainly not more than sixty miles from
their capital in that direction. The massive and complicated
fortresses of Paucartambo, Pisac, and Ollantaytambo define, in
part at least, the limit of their sway. They possessed none of
the modern auxiliaries to material conquest, and could only
2
11 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
look down wistfully and hopelessly on plains where every rood
of land might, almost spontaneously, yield a return far greater
than their utmost labor could gain from a corresponding por-
tion of their undisputed empire.
The survey of the monuments of Peru brings the conviction
that the ancient population was not nearly so numerous as the
accounts of the chroniclers would lead us to suppose. Prom
what I have said, it will be clear that but a small portion of the
country is inhabitable, or capable of supporting a considerable
number of people. The rich and productive valleys and bol-
sones are hardly more than specks on the map; and although
there is every evidence that their capacities of production were
taxed to the very utmost, still their capacities were limited.
The ancient inhabitants built their dwellings among rough
rocks, on arid slopes of hills, and walled up their dead in caves
and clefts, or buried them among irreclaimable sands, in order
to utilize the scanty cultivable soil for agriculture. They ex-
cavated great areas in the deserts until they reached moisture
enough to support vegetation, and then brought guano from
the islands to fertilize these sunken gardens. They terraced
up every hill and mountain-side, and gathered the soil from the
crevices of the rocks to fill the narrow platforms, until not a
foot of surface, on which could grow a single stalk of maize or
a single handful of quinoa, was left unimproved. China, per-
haps Japan, and some portions of India, may afford a parallel to
the extreme utilization of the soil which was effected in Peru
at the time of the Inca Empire.. No doubt the Indian popula-
tion lived, as it still lives, on the scantiest fare, on the very min-
imum of food; but it had not then, as now, the ox, the hog,
the goat, and the sheep, nor yet many of the grains and fruits
which contribute most to the support of dense populations.
The llama was too highly valued to be lightly slain; the hua-
naco and alpaca were few; and the vicuna, whose soft fleece
farmed what may be called the ermine and purple of the Inca
aristocracy, was protected by royal edict, and no one not of roy-
al blood could use its fleece, under penalty of death. Of other
animals available for food there were next to none. These con-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
15
ditions, apart from the scantiness of arable land, must have been
a powerful check to the increase of population. This, however,
was encouraged by the wise and beneficent social and civil in-
stitutions of the Incas, who recognized the right of every hu-
man being born into the world, not only to light, water, and
air, but to a portion of the earth, and to the direct protection
and fostering care of the State.
The present population of the three states which were wholly
or in part included in the Inca Empire—namely, Ecuador, Peru,
and Bolivia—does not exceed five millions. I think it would
be safe to estimate the population under the Inca rule at about
double that number, or perhaps, somewhere between ten and
twelve millions; notwithstanding Las Casas, the good, but not
very accurate, Bishop of Chiapa tells us that, ” in the Province
of Peru alone the Spaniards killed above forty millions of peo-
ple.”
The ancient population of Peru may be divided into the peo-
ple of the coast and those of the Sierra, the main characteristics
of each being determined by the physical conditions of the re-
gion in which they dwelt. The people of the Sierra were sub-
divided into tribes, or families, through physical conditions less
strongly marked. The inhabitants of the coast had a compara-
tively mild climate, although they were sometimes subjected to
fervent heat direct from the sun, and augmented by reflection
from desert sands and treeless hills. Rain never fell in most
parts of the coast, or if at all in any part, it was so rarely and in
such small quantities, that to guard against it became a second-
ary consideration. They had no domestic animals, except, per-
haps, the cue, or guinea-pig, and their available lands were too
precious to permit the growth of timber and its use in their ed-
ifices, except in the smallest quantity. How these conditions
would, from necessity, qualify, if not dictate, their architecture,
and how they would mould their social and political life, no re-
flecting mind can fail to perceive.
In the Sierra, on the other hand, where, owing to altitude,
the climate is often severe, where rains fall during a great part
of the year, where the llama is equally a beast of burden and of
16
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
food, and where the stalks of the agave or the forests of the
Amazonian valleys furnish some timber, we can comprehend
that the architecture of the people would evince a marked dif-
ference from that of the coast, and that very different organiza-
tions—civil, social, and religious—must spring up, even though
we were to assume that the people of the coast and Sierra were
originally of one blood and one family. The great sea, break-
ing in thunder on the rocky coast, would naturally impress the
dweller on its shores with reverence and awe, lead him to per-
sonify its irresistible power, and induce him to give to Yira-
cocha, the divinity of the ocean, the first place in his rude pan-
theon. To the shivering dweller among snowy mountains, or
on frosty table-lands, by an equally natural process, the sun, the
source of light and heat, the visible dispenser of all that sup-
ports life, or makes it endurable or even possible, would natural-
ly become the chief object of worship, and would be personified
under some name or symbol.
The general physical characteristics of the land of the Incas,
in relation to the development of the people who inhabited it,
at the period of the Spanish conquest, have now been pre-
sented. To investigate this people in the light of the works
which they constructed, of which the remains, more or less per-
fect, still exist, was the main design of the travels and explora-
tions the results of which are embodied in this volume. The
scenes herein described were all visited by me; the ruins were
explored, surveyed, and as far as possible photographed by my-
self or under my own supervision; and I can vouch for the ac-
curacy of the plans and other illustrations. To select from the
vast mass of materials gathered by me has been no easy task.
I have performed it as best I could.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
IT
CHAPTER II.
NEW YORK TO LIMA.
New York to Panama.—The Remains of George R. Gliddon.—The Bay of Panama.
—Embarking for Peru.—The Island of Taboga.—Under Way.—The British Steam-
ship Company.—Dead Man’s Island.—The Island of Puna.—The Gulf and City
of Guayaquil.—Balsas.—Pine-apples.—The Rio Guayas.—Las Bodegas.—Along
the Coast.—Paita.—Arrival at Callao.—Disembarking.—The Harbor.—Sea-lions.
—Aspect of the Town.—The Plaza.—Merchandise.—Loungers and Lazy Officials.
—Hotel de la Marina.—The Road to Lima.—First Impressions of the City.—The
Hotel Morin.—New Quarters.
IT is not a quarter of a century since the voyage from New
York to Lima occupied several months. Under favorable cir-
cumstances the journey can now be accomplished in about eigh-
teen days, by steamer from New York to Aspinwall, or “Colon;”
thence by rail across the isthmus to Panama; thence by the
vessels of the British South Pacific Steamship Company to Cal-
lao, the port of Lima. I shall not describe the voyage to As-
pinwall, nor the ride across the isthmus; nor even the quaint,
dilapidated, picturesque old city of Panama, where we were de-
tained several days awaiting the arrival of the British steamer,
which was behind time.
This delay at least gave me time to perform a melancholy
duty in caring for the remains of my old friend, George R.
Gliddon, known to the world in general as former Consul of
the United States in Egypt, and as agent of the Yiceroy of
Egypt in the United States; known also to the scientific world
by having supplied Dr. Samuel G. Morton with most of the
material for his ” Crania ^Egyptica,” and as the associate of Dr.
J. C. Nott in the production of the ” Types of Mankind,” and
“Indigenous Races.” He was also the friend of Humboldt,
Jomard, and Lepsius; was a fascinating Lyceum lecturer, and ,
18 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
contributed largely towards popularizing Egyptian research in
America. Having several years before had important business
relations in Honduras, Mr. Gliddon acted as my agent in that
country. On his return to the United States, he was attacked
by sudden illness, and died at Panama.
THE RAMPART, PANAMA.
During the flush period of emigration to California, and be-
fore the Panama Railroad was built, and while there were no
adequate means of speedy communication with California,
hundreds and thousands of American emigrants were stricken
down with fever at Panama, and died there. The then pre-
fect of the city assigned a piece of ground in the suburbs as a
burying-ground for them. In this Gliddon was buried ; and,
acting in behalf of my associates, I sent to the American con-
sul the materials for erecting an inclosure around his grave,
and a marble slab to mark the spot. It was a sad duty for
me now to visit the grave of my old friend. I early directed
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
19
my steps to the “American Cemetery.” I found it literally a
golgotha—” a place of skulls.” The shrubbery which had cov-
ered it had been cut away, and from numerous little hillocks
projected skulls and human bones; many others had been piled
up in heaps and burned. A somewhat pretentious building
was in course of erection in one corner of the area, and into the
walls were built the bricks and head-stones of the few graves
whieh had ever been so marked. The ground had been made
over to one of his friends by the very prefect who had original-
ly conceded it for an American cemetery. I sought in vain for
the tomb of my friend; all that I could find were two or three
half-calcined fragments of the marble slab whieh I had sent out.
I found out a German carpenter, who had acted as undertaker,
and with him returned to the cemetery, and with great difficul-
ty we were able to identify the grave, and that only by my rec-
offnizino; the bricks which I had sent for the foundation of the
monument. I caused the remains to be gathered together and
sent to Philadelphia, to Mr. Lippincott, his friend and publish-
er, by whom they were deposited in the Laurel Hill Cemetery,
the spot being marked by an appropriate monument.
The Bay of Panama, viewed from the shore, is equally beau-
tiful and picturesque. Its high and brightly tinted islands
break what would otherwise be a dull, monotonous horizon,
and afford a relief to eyes gazing seawards. But, unhappily,
Panama has only a bay. It has, in no just sense of the word,
a port. Inshore the bay is shallow and rocky, the black reefs
extending out a mile or more beyond the base of the fortifica-
tions. The British steamers lie at the island of Taboga, six or
eight miles distant, and the American steamers swing at their
anchors at points almost as remote. And as the tide rises from
eighteen to twenty-two feet, setting in and running out with a
strong eurrent, the matter of embarking and disembarking is
both difficult and dangerous, and can only be performed with
any degree of comfort or safety at what is ealled “half-tide.”
Then small steamers, ” tenders,” and lighters are brought along-
side the wharf, where they bound up and down, and lurch ” off
and on” to the swell of the waves, in a manner startling to
’20
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
delicate nerves. Passengers and baggage are bustled aboard in
reckless confusion, and, should it come on to rain, as it is most
likely to do, the only refuge is a hot, fetid little cabin, not big
enough to hold a fourth of the passengers. If they cannot face
the tropical, pouring rain on deck, below they may enjoy the
odors of rancid oil from the machinery in the intervals, when
not occupied in evading the vagrant trunks and parcels that
tumble from side to side with the movements of the vessel.
CITY AND BAY OF PANAMA,
After an hour or more of this discomfort, drenched through
and through, the south-bound passenger discerns at last the
black sides of the steamer Bogota looming through the blind-
ing rain, like a rampart.
Put our troubles had scarcely begun. Getting aboard the
tender was bad enough, but getting off her was worse. While
the Bogota rocked with a certain gravity to the swell of the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
21
sea, our little craft bobbed about like an egg-shell, now banging,
in a small way, against the larger vessel, and just as soon as the
slippery gang-plank was supposed to be adjusted, falling away
to a distance. I know not how many collars were torn from
the coats of the men, or how many arms of the women were
dislocated by the sailors in dragging — I suppose, in nautical
phrase, I should say in ” hauling “—us aboard the Bogota. We
were more fortunate than some of our fellow-passengers in not
having our baggage dropped overboard, and were duly grateful
when, saturated with rain from without, and clammy with per-
spiration from within, we found ourselves in our state-room.
It was hot and close; but what with the drifting rain and the
splash and spatter of the sea, it was impossible to open the
ports, and so we had to sit, sweltering and steaming, until the
wretched little tender had gone ashore and brought off a string
of lighters, loaded with luggage and freight.
This occupied most of the day, and it was not until near
night that we were able to make our appearance on deck, woe-
begone and bedraggled, to select from a confused heap of drip-
ping luggage our own especial articles. This achieved, and the
aforesaid articles, under the persuasive appeal of a half-crown,
having been transferred to our cabin, we were able to exchange
our saturated habiliments for dry clothes, and to make ourselves
relatively comfortable. Our improved temper was further im-
proved when, towards night, the rain ceased, the clouds lifted,
and the sun burst in a flood of gold on the island of Taboga,
in front of which we lay. The little town looked wonderfully
cheerful and picturesque, with its red-tiled and pointed thatch-
ed roofs, over which tall palms, with their russet fruit, drooped
gracefully, while the broad leaves of the plantain and banana
formed a background of translucent green.
Canoes and pit-pans now began to come off the shore, filled
with oranges, bananas, pine-apples, cocoa-nuts, aguacates, nispe-
ros, and all the multitndinous tropical fruits that grow on the
islands and shores of Panama Bay. We laid in an ample sup-
ply of those we liked best, and, moreover, invested in a ” mon-
key.” Not-one of those gibbering, prehensile creatures that
22
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
mock humanity, but a porous earthen jar, in which, if it be sus-
pended in front of the open port, water soon beeomes delicious-
ly cool.
It was dark when the Bogota lifted anchor and started on her
voyage southward; and when morning came, we found our-
selves clear of the Bay of Panama, on the broad Paeifie, and out
of sight of land. The day turned out pleasantly; the deck of
the vessel was clean and dry, and an awning broke the some-
what fervid rays of the sun. The sea was smooth, and our ves-
sel rose and fell slowly and gracefully to the long, gentle swell
of the mighty Pacific, which contrasts so strongly with the fret-
ful and turbulent Atlantic. Before night we had forgotten the
trials and disgusts of the preceding day; and as no one was sea-
sick, we began to look upon our voyage in the light of a pleas-
ure-trip. We were not crowded; the service was good, the of-
ficers civil, albeit reticent; the crew prompt and orderly—the
whole in violent contrast with our experiences in that den of
horrors, the steamer from New York to Colon. It is only just
to say that there is not, under all the adverse circumstances of
the case, a line of steamers better managed than that of the
British South Pacific Company. It was projected by Mr. Wil-
liam Wheelwright, an American, as an American company, and
he procured the necessary data and concessions for its establish-
ment, all of which he presented to the “merchant-princes” of
New York, from whom he received neither ” aid nor comfort,”
and was obliged to take his enterprise to England. The conse-
quence is that the whole passenger trade of the South Pacific,
and nearly all its commerce, have passed into British hands.
Except a few hulks employed in carrying guano, not an Amer-
ican keel ploughs the Pacific from Panama to Cape Horn !
The morning of our third day out was marked by a yellow
haze through whieh only the Isla del Muerto, ” Dead Man’s
Island,” was dimly visible, looking really like some gigantic
corpse floating on the waters. This island lies off the Gulf of
Guayaquil, and is an unmistakable landmark for seamen. Al-
though the main-land was not discernible through the mist,
wc could readily detect its odors—a mixture of dampness and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
23
fragrance impossible to describe. Our course was now changed,
and we steamed sharply eastward. The fog lifted, and we. soon
found^ ourselves in the gulf. On our left was the island of
Puna, on which Pizarro bore up so long and persistently against
open foes and treacherous friends, and organized that force with
which he conquered the richest and most powerful of the an-
cient empires of America.
The Gulf of Guayaquil is large, and its channel tortuous. At
times our steamer ran close to the low, slimy shores; lined with
mangrove-trees, among the gnarled roots of which numbers of
alligators find congenial repose. The city of Guayaquil stands
on the right bank of the river Guayas, sixty miles from the sea.
The site is low, and the town itself is utterly without architect-
ural pretension, the houses being mainly of wood, and as fiimsy
in fact as in appearance. The cathedral is a large edifice of a
style that must have been devised by a lunatic architect during
an attack of severe indigestion. A broad street extends along
the bank of the river, against which is huddled every variety
of craft, from the ponderous ocean steamer down to the shal-
lowest canoe.
The voyager can not help being both interested and amused
by the incongruity and quaintness of the floating devices that
meet his eye, but more especially by the balsas, or rafts, con-
structed of what is known as balsa-wood, as light as cork. These •
are lineal descendants of the old Peruvian contrivances for navi-
gation, and probably differ little from those which Pizarro saw
when he entered the Guayas River. From five to ten of the
trunks of the balsa-trees are lashed together with wires and
withes; the whole stayed and strengthened by cross-pieces. On
a flooring of bamboos or split palms, huts are built, consisting in
some cases of several rooms, with a place for cooking, and with
hammocks swinging in all convenient positions. Pigs, fowls,
parrots and macaws, chattering monkeys, and naked children
hardly distinguishable from them, occupy the balsa on terms
of easy confidence and familiarity; while bunches of bananas
and plantains, and a net-work bag, filled with oranges and pine-
apples, depend from the rafters.
24
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The piña blanca, or pine-apple, of Guayaquil is a proverb of
excellence all over South America, on account of its size and
flavor. No traveller fails to secure a dozen or so before leaving
port. When we left, our steamer resembled a first-class fruit-
shop. On deck and between decks, in the purser’s cabin and
the sailors’ forecastle, on every projection from which they could
be suspended, swung the fragrant piña blanca of Guayaquil;
for it is a perquisite of “all hands” to carry along the coast,
for sale in the different ports, as many pine-apples as their
finances will permit them to buy, or the space at their com-
mand enable them to stow away.
Above Guayaquil, although still substantially an estuary,
the Rio Guayas narrows and becomes more like a river. It is
navigable for more than sixty miles, and steamers ply to a point
or landing-place, called Las Bodegas, whence the traveller for
Quito commences his long and weary journey.
The trip to Bodegas takes about six hours, and should not be
omitted by the transient voyager to Guayaquil, if his time will
permit. The river-bank is lined with a superb tropical vegeta-
tion, relieved at intervals by cane-built and picturesque native
huts, in front of which graceful canoes and unwieldy balsas are
moored, preparatory to being loaded with fruit for the port.
The steamer seems utterly out of place in these placid waters
• and amidst this slumberous scenery, sacred to drooping palms,
broad-leaved plants, interlacing vines, gaudy parrots, and
dreamy alligators that literally line the shores. It is well for
the traveller, if bound for Peru, to feast his eyes on the verd-
ure that surrounds him in such profusion, for he will see little
of the grateful green of tree or plant after he leaves Guayaquil.
Under favorable circumstances, it is said, the great volcano of
Chimborazo, flaunting its banner ox smoke over the ranges of
high Cordillera, may be seen from the port; but clouds rested
on the mountains, and we missed the view.
From Guayaquil southward—which the people persist in say-
ing is up the coast—there is little to interest the voyager. The
wooded shores of Ecuador soon disappear, and the aspect of the
continent becomes entirely changed. High, bare rocks, frayed
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
25
and crumbling, line the shore, and behind them spread out
broad, parched deserts, unrelieved by tree, or shrub, or blade of
grass. From repeated descriptions we have all formed some
faint notion of the deserts of Africa and Arabia, and explorers
have pictured to us the wide wastes of Utah and New Mexico;
but Sahara is a ” thing of beauty,” and Arizona ” a joy forever,”
compared with the coast of Peru.
LAS BODEGAS, GUAYAS RIVER.
The first port in Peru at which the steamer touches is Paita,
the sea-gate of Piura, a considerable city, in the midst of a re-
stricted but rich district, near the base of the mountains, be-
yond the desert of Sechura. Imagine a series of the mud nests
of the barn – swallow, set close together on a narrow, sandy
beach, at the base of a ledge of pale-gray and disintegrating
rock, with no sign of vegetation far or near, and you will get a
pretty accurate picture of the town of Paita. It is neverthe-
less a place of some importance commercially, and is a favorite
resort of whalers, who rendezvous here for supplies and repairs.
Its little bay forms a good anchorage, and its blue waters are
relieved by a variety of vessels, European and native; the lat-
26
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ter of a nondescript order, reminding one of the picturesque
fishing-boats and coasters of the Mediterranean.
There is here a very good mole and commodious custom-house
of iron. Landing is easy, and a visit to the town should not be
omitted. It consists mainly of a single narrow street, lined by
the quaintest shops and dwellings imaginable. The houses are
mere wieker-baskets of cane, thinly plastered over with mud,
through the walls of whieh it seems quite feasible to thrust
one’s fingers. Some of them present interiors well completed,
and set out with furniture which would not disgrace a Fifth-
avenue parlor; but they are few—the residences of expatriated
agents of foreign commercial houses, who seem to think that
the wealth of Ormus and of Ind might be a compensation for
a residence in Paita. We went ashore at Paita, and traversed
the narrow, pale-gray streets, between the comical houses of
canes and mud; mounted the pale-gray cliffs, and looked out
upon the vast plain of pale-gray sand whieh stretehed away
twenty leagues to Piura. We were thirsty when we returned
from this pale-gray expedition, and were told that the watef
we drank, to wash out our pale – gray reminiscences, was
brought from a distance of thirty miles on the baeks of don-
keys.
We were not sorry when we left Paita; but were wondering
what this portion of burned-out ereation was made for, when the
captain tells us that we had seen Peru, or at least its coast, fair-
ly typified in and around Paita, and that for two thousand
miles we would find only this dreary waste of barren roek and
sand, treeless and lifeless, traversed only here and there, at long
intervals, by ribbon-like valleys of green, marking the course of
some small stream or river struggling down from the mountains
to the sea.
The route from Paita, passing too far from the shore to en-
able us to see the city of Truxillo—around which spread out
the vast ruins of Grand Chimu—we find rising before us the isl-
and of San Lorenzo, inside of which is the harbor of Callao,
with its busy huddle of steamers and forest of masts, standing
out in relief against the yellow walls of the Castle of San Felipe,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
27
above whose massive battlements the Spanish flag waved for
the last time in continental America.
The approach to the harbor of Callao is certainly very flne.
As the steamer heads inshore, the high, bare island of San Lo-
renzo is seen rising boldly on the right, its lofty northern ex-
tremity crowned by a light-house, literally a ” light-house in the
skies,” more imposing, it is said, than useful. On the left is a
low shore, with trees and a sloping plain, with yellowish verdnre,
extending back to a series of high brown hills, each receding
tier becoming higher, until, above them all, and above a stratum
of dim, motionless clouds, we discern the Nevados, or Snowy
Cordilleras. At the base of these bare brown hills, six miles
inland, stands Lima, the renowned ” City of the Kings.”
In the morning a thin mist almost alwa}Ts rests over the har-
bor of Callao, the condensation of the moisture of the atmos-
phere by contact with the cold Antarctic current that sweeps
northward along the coast of Peru, and greatly modifies its cli-
mate. Through this mist the fleet of steamers, sailing-vessels,
store-ships, coke-hulks, lighters, and other craft thronging the
harbor loomed up in exaggerated proportions, as did the build-
ings of the town, and the cheese-shaped turrets of the famous
old Castle of San Felipe.
We slowed up among this huddle of vessels to our anchorage,
close by the quaint old British store-ship Naiad, with high
poop-galleries and hanging decks, which had done good service
with Nelson at Trafalgar, but is now condemned to swing lazily
at her moorings, and eternally rise and dip to the monotonous
swell of the sea, her ‘tween – decks crammed with musty cord-
age, rusty chains, and useless lumber of all sorts.
Our anchor was scarcely down before the marineros, or boat-
men, of Callao came swarming around us like buzzards, in boats
of every kind and size; but they were not allowed to come
within a certain distance of the steamer until the autocratic cap-
tain of the port had made his official visit. This he took his
own time to do, and in the interval the captain of the Bogota
paced his bridge impatiently, and the purser stood gloomily at
the head of the gangway, muttering something probably not
23
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
complimentary to the captain of the port. Everybody was on
deck. The secretary was there, with his long Springfield rifle
slung over his shoulder, and arrayed as if about to commence a
campaign against the cannibals, while the attorney looked grave
and thoughtful, as if already oppressed with the responsibilities
of his position. Waiting under such circumstances, with your
baggage carefully piled together on deck, after the last scru-
tiny of your disordered cabin, ” to see if you haven’t forgotten
something,” is tedious always, and sometimes provoking.
For a while the chattering of the boatmen — a variegated
crowd in color, and polyglot in language—amused us. There
were Chinamen and cAoIos, Englishmen and Frenchmen,
Swedes and Genoese, among them, vociferating together, in the
free jargon of sea-ports all over the world: ” Havee boatee ?”
” Much bueno boatee!” ” Ver good embarcation, sare !” ” All
paints, sweet for lady !” ” Tolda boat, mister; keep sun off!”
” I take all de Yankee ! Good Yankee me!” ” Don’t mind
the yellow beggars, sir! They are only wharf-rats, sir; ’11 be
sure to wet you, sir!” and so on for half an hour, and yet no
sign of the captain of the port.
Meantime the sun’s rays dissipated the mist, the ships around
us dwarfed in size as they became more distinct, the town con-
tracted and looked shabby, and San Felipe itself ceased to be
imposing. Impatience began to run into indignation, and ev-
ery passenger was fast getting into condition for being disgust-
ed with everything in Peru, its government and officials in par-
ticular, when a man-of-war’s boat, swept by strong .and prac-
ticed arms, was seen rapidly approaching, but from quite a differ-
ent direction from that in which the port official was expected
to appear. There was a gratified little flutter, and people began
to gather up their bundles, when the boat circled round grace-
fully under our stern, displaying our own national ensign. She
had been sent from the Fredonia to land our party; and as we
moved cheerfully, if not triumphantly, down the ladder to em-
bark, a perceptible cloud settled over the brows of our fellow-
voyagers, and I think their “good-byes” were not altogether so
cordial as they would have been had they also been going to land.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
29
On our storm-swept coast the harbor of Callao would scarce-
ly deserve a better name than that of roadstead; but hereabout
the only winds that blow are from the south and south-west,
and from these it is protected by a projecting tongue of land,
marking the site of old Callao, and by the high island of San
Lorenzo. There is, nevertheless, a considerable swell; for the
heave of the great breast of the Pacific is- proportioned to its
own vast expanse, and is felt in every nook and corner of the
South American coast, however well sheltered it may be. In
consequence, a kind of mole, or breakwater, has been built out
into the harbor or anchorage, with stairs behind, where all small
boats and lighters receive and land their passengers and car-
goes.
As we rowed along, I was startled by the sudden projection
above the water, close by the side of the boat, of a head resem-
bling that of a calf, accompanied with a snort and a spluttering
of the water, like those made by a diver on reaching the sur-
face, after having been a long time under. The captain smiled
as I glanced at him in a bewildered way. “It is only a sea-
lion,” he said; ” this coast is thronged with every variety of
these great seals, whose diabolical music you will get familiar
with by and by, and who are common enough right here, among
the shipping. They are not at all inclined to be crowded ont;
and we who are obliged to live on board ship are often amused
by their gambols, jealousies, and flirtations. There are as ras-
cally Blue-beards and Lotharios among them as you will find on
land, anywhere.”
If Callao looked shabby from the deck of the ship at a mile’s
distance, how much more rickety and tumble-down and tawdry
did it appear on closer inspection! Built generally of canes,
plastered over with mud and painted a dirty yellow, its flimsy
houses stand askew, with scarcely a perpendicular or horizontal
line among them, and look as if they were trying to straighten
themselves up after a grand debauch, in a vain endeavor to ” toe
the line ” of the street. There are several modern buildings of
some architectural pretensions in the place. One of these—
the railway-station, close to the mole—is visible from the water.
3
30
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The landing-stairs was thronged with a motley assemblage,
more variegated even than the crowd of boatmen who had be-
sieged our steamer; a filthy, fetid, hustling crowd, who gaped at
the ladies, and obstructed the landing, so that we could with dif-
ficulty push our way through their ragged ranks.
“We were welcomed warmly by the American consul and
other countrymen, and cordially received by some of the offi-
cials of the port, arrayed in gorgeous, uniforms loaded with
gold-lace sufficient to have fitted out a regiment of brigadiers
at home. The little plaza at the landing-place presented a
strange if not a busy scene. There were gigantic piscos, or
jars, shaped like Roman amphorae, and filled with italia, a na:
tive spirit, ranged in long rows ; bales of cinchona-bark from the
forests of the distant interior; great heaps of wheat from Chili,
waiting to be carried to the mills on the Rimac, and left with
impunity in the open air; piles of white and rose-colored blocks
of salt, resembling alabaster, from the salt-quarries near Hua-
cho; pyramids of loaves of chancaca, or coarse, unrefined sugar,
roughly wrapped in dry plantain-leaves, through which the mo-
lasses oozed and dripped for the delectation of clouds of flies
that hovered around them; and conspicuous among all a stack
of massive bars of silver from the mines of Cerro de Pasco,
awaiting shipment to England. Mixed confusedly among these
products of the country were many commonplace and familiar
bales and boxes from Europe and the United States, besides old
anchors and iron shafts half buried in the soil, and logs of tim-
ber that had evidently lost their owners, and become the pre-
scriptive lounges of idle porters and dozing wharf u bummers.1′
There were many people with dilapidated hats and greasy
ponchos in the plaza, but they seemed to be principally en-
gaged in the easy task of dawdling, or in making up their
minds whether they should do any work that day, or creep into
the shade between the piscos, and go to sleep again. The cus-
tom-house officials sat astride their chairs in the corridor of the
aduana, resting their chins on their arms, with their empty cof-
fee-cups on the stone pavement beside them, lazily puffing their
cigars. Everybody looked drowsy and languid, except the dusky
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
31
and extremely decollete females who had established their lit-
tle charcoal braziers in various odd corners, and were engaged
in compounding picantes—wonderful aggregations of fish, fresh
and salt meat, potatoes, crabs, the juice of bitter oranges, lard and
salt, but chiefly peppers (the more pungent and fiery the bet-
ter), ladled out with gleeful alacrity into the earthen dishes or
calabashes of the cholos and wharfingers, who have no better
or other fare than this from one year’s end to another. Filthy
and incongruous as is the wharf picante of Callao, it is certain-
ly fragrant in odor, and we were by no means indisposed for
breakfast when we ascended the stairway of the hotel, to await
the landing of our baggage. I must say, however, that our ap-
petites would have been better, had we not been obliged to
pass the steaming kitchen, with its unwashed and unkempt in-
mates, and its horrible hangings of mangled flesh, in our way
from our apartment to the dining-room. Still, there was
enough strange and interesting to reconcile or blind us to what
was disagreeable and repulsive, and we were in favorable humor
when we took the train for Lima.
The distance between Callao and Lima, as I have said, is a
little more than six miles; but as Lima is five hundred and
twelve feet above the sea, the ascent is somewhat slow, occupy-
ing, with the prevailing wheezy locomotives, the best part of
an hour. The road first takes a sweep along the shore of the
harbor and around the Castillo of San Felipe, now called Forta-
leza de la Independencia, and then passes through a cane-built
suburb of the town, and strikes off in a right line, past the aldea
and cemeteries of Bellavista, to the capital. Throughout it
runs parallel with the old camino real, once paved and lined
with trees, but now broken up and deep with loose stones and
sand, through which the big-wheeled carts of the carreteros are
dragged with difficulty by struggling mules. The ascent is so
slow that the traveller has ample opportunity to view the coun-
try, which is mainly a parched waste, divided up into squares
by ruined mud walls, with here and there a dilapidated, flat-
roofed dwelling, and occasionally a bright green field of alfalfa,
or lucern. The whole, however, might be made a garden’ by
32
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
irrigation; and the courses of the azequias, or irrigating canals,
that do exist are everywhere marked by long lines of willows,
canes, vines, creepers, and flowers. Conspicuous among these
were the bright-red, orange, and yellow flowers of the nas-
turnum, whieh flourishes here with unrivailed luxuriance.
Scattered all over the sloping plain are mounds of mamjyosteria
and adobes of greater or less regularity, some of them of im-
mense size. There are the huacas of the ancient inhabitants,
of which I shall have much to say. They have supplied vast
numbers of sun-dried bricks, of excellent composition, for the
construction of the towns and villages of the plain.
As we approach the city we come to fruit and vegetable gar-
dens surrounded by high walls, above whieh rise orange, paita,
and plantain trees, with their pleasant contrasts of green and
gold. Then we reach the gas-works, and passing through the
walls, a section of whieh is here demolished, enter the city by
the Street of San Jacinto, by no means one of its most aristo-
cratic or attractive avenues, and move slowly to the railway-sta-
tion, whieh occupies the site of the suppressed monastery of
San Juan de Dios.
\Ve found the secretary awaiting us on the platform. He
had secured rooms in the Hotel Morin, and had obtained a cart
to transport our baggage ; but he had not been able to secure a
carriage, and so we were obliged to make our entrance into the
capital on foot. The traveller’s first impressions of the place
are not likely to be pleasing. The houses are squat and irregu-
lar, painted fantastically, some of them in squares, like a cheek-
er-board; others in stripes, like a barber’s pole; and nearly all
having Moorish balconies, or jalousies, of a size out of all pro-
portion to the buildings themselves, on which they appear to
hang by a most uncertain hold, and with which they seldom
harmonize in color. The sidewalks are narrow and uneven;
but as they are flagged, and .less rough than the roadways, they
are preferred by the troops of donkeys carrying panniers’, filled
with offal, lime, sand, bricks, etc.; that rush pell-mell along them
before the cracking whip of a mounted driver, jostling and
crushing against whomsoever may be in their way.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
33
“We nevertheless succeeded in reaching our hotel without be-
ing bruised or trampled on by the donkeys, and were ushered,
under a high archway, into the court of a relatively imposing
building, surrounded by three tiers of corridors, on which open-
ed the doors of the various apartments and dormitories of the
establishment. One side of the court was occupied by a bar
and billiard-saloon, as flashy with mirrors and tinted lithographs
as any billard in Paris; another side by a dining-room, through
the open door of which we could see a long table, with squad-
rons of glassware and snowy napkins, which gave us a rather
favorable preliminary notion of the resources and cleanliness of
the Grand Hotel Morin. These, however, were not well sup-
ported by an inspection of our apartments, which were decided-
ly dusty and frowzy, and which we only accepted on the assur-
ance of being supplied with better ones on the following day.
Happily, however, we were not obliged to call on the land-
lord to keep his promise, thanks to the hospitality of onr min-
ister, who offered us a suite of rooms in the Legation, a large,
new house in the Calle de Coca, in the heart of the city, and
not far from the hotel, where we found it more convenient to
take our meals than to establish a menage of our own. Here
we remained for six months, until my duties as commissioner
were concluded; when I started on my explorations. It is to a
narrative of these that this book is mainly dedicated, but it would
hardly be complete without some account of Lima and its peo-
ple. Few cities of this continent, historically or in other re-
spects, possess equal interest with the old vice-regal, luxurious,
bigoted, and corrupt capital of Peru, the richest and most im-
portant of all the kingdoms of Spain in the JSTew “World, and
which even now has no rival in population, wealth, or impor-
tance outside our own country, except perhaps in Pio de Ja-
neiro and Mexico.
31
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAP TEE III.
LIMA-THE CITY OF THE KINGS.
The City of the Kings.—Its Foundation and Aims.—Early Civil and Ecclesiastical
Supremacy.—Historical Reminiscences.—Ancient and Modern Sources of Wealth.
—Geographical Position.—Climate and Temperature.—Fogs and Mists.—Topo-
graphical Situation.—Prevailing Winds.—Health.—Origin of the Name of Lima.
— The Walls. — Municipal Divisions. — Population. — The River Rimac. — The
Bridge. — Style of Architecture.—Mode of Erection.—Balconies, Courts, and
Roofs.—Poultry and Buzzards.—Furniture and Pictures.—The Governor’s Pal-
ace.—Peruvian Soldiers.—The Cabildo and other Public Buildings.—The Cathe-
dral.—Other Churches.—The Plaza Mayor.—The Arcades.—Fountain, with Statue
of Fame.—The Plaza de la Constitucion and Equestrian Statue of Bolivar.—The
Paseo of the Barefoot Friars.—The Alameda de Acho.—Monument to Columbus.
—Public Institutions.—The General Cemetery.—Flower Gardens.—The Feast of
Roses.—Amusements.—Lima under the Viceroys.—Improvements since the In-
dependence.—The Central Market.—Varieties of Fruits.—Fish.—Meats.—The
Abattoir.—Poultry.—Cookery.—Puchero.—Chupe.—Picantes of various Kinds.—
Other Dishes.—Dulees.—Dietetic Maxims.—A Dinner with a Hidalgo.—A Diplo-
matic Dinner.
2STo other city founded by the Spaniards in America possesses
so much interest, historical or otherwise, as does Lima. Its site
was designated by Pizarro, as the capital of his conquered do-
minions, on January Gth, 1535, old style, that being the day
of the festival of the Epiphany, or the manifestation of our
Saviour to the magi, called in our English version of the New
Testament the “wise men” from the East, and who are by old
tradition styled the “Three Kings.” Hence Pizarro gave to
his • projected capital the name of Ciudad de los Reyes, the
” City of the Kings.”* The pompous celebration of the foun-
* Many towns of Spanish America derive their names wholly, or in part, from
the saints or martyrs upon whose festival days they were captured or founded, or
from some doctrine of the Church. Henee there are several towns with such names
as “Asuncion,” ” Santa Fe,” ” San Pedro,” “San Pablo,” and ” Santa Maria.” Each
of these had also a special designation; and one or the other is usually dropped in
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
35
dation of the city took place twelve days later, on the 18th
of January. The arms of the city, granted by the Emperor
Charles V., in allusion to the ” Three Kings” and the star by
which they were guided to ” the place where the young child
lay,” are three golden crowns on an azure field/and a rayed
star. The emperor also conceded to it the title of ” Most Noble
and Most Loyal.” The origin of its present name, Lima, will
be explained hereafter.
The ” City of the Kings ” became the seat of the haughtiest,
and perhaps the most luxurious and profligate, of the viceregal
courts. Its viceroys ruled with almost independent sway, not
only over what now constitutes Peru, but also over the vast
provinces of Chili, La Plata, and New Granada, including the
modern states of Bolivia and Ecuador. Here was the seat of
the most important ecclesiastical dependency of the Church of
Pome in America. The Inquisition was active and powerful
in Lima long after it became inert and decadent in Madrid.
Its churches and convents were as magnificent as those of Eu-
rope, and were endowed with almost fabulous wealth. The
College of San Marcos, the oldest university in America, was
founded at Lima in 1551: fifty-six years before the English
settlers landed at Jamestown ; fifty-eight years before Hudson
sailed into the bay of New York; and sixty-nine years before
the Mayflower touched the shores of New England. Here Pi-
zarro was assassinated by ” the men of Chili,” the avengers of
the stout and generous Almagro ; and here his bones repose.
Here was born, and here died, Santa Posa, La Patrona de todas
las Americas, “the Patroness of all the Americas,” the only
American woman who has ever attained the honor of canonization.
From the turrets of the fortress of San Felipe, in Callao, the port
of Lima, the flag of Castile and Leon floated for the last time on
the continent of America as the emblem of Spanish sovereignty.
But, apart from these clustering historical recollections, we
popular usage. Thus the full name of Bogota*is Santa Fe de Bogota, and of Tacna,
San Pedro de Tacna. Children are usually named after the saints on whose day their
birth occurred. Hence the frequency of such names as Jose, Pedro, and Pablo;
Maria, Catarina, and Teresa.
36
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
know that here centred the products of the mines of Potosi and
of Pasco, and the marvellous wealth of # Castro-Yeireina and
Puno. Here, too, in 16S1, the viceroy, La Palata, rode through
the streets of his capital on a horse whose mane was strung
with pearls, and whose shoes were of gold, over a pavement of
solid ingots of silver. Here, too, centred the galleons of the
East, laden with silks and spices from the Philippines and
Cathay; and on the verge of the horizon, off the land, hovered
the sea-hawks Rogers, Anson, Hawkins, and Drake, swift to
snatch from the heavy ” treasure – ships” of Manilla the rich
booty which even the Yirgin Queen did not disdain to share
with the freebooters of the South Sea and the Spanish Main.
Now California quicksilver is carried past the open shafts of
the cinnabar mines of Huancavelica; the argentiferous vetas of
Salcedo are abandoned; the sands of Carabaya are no longer
washed for gold; and the infant State of Nevada supplies more
silver every year than Pasco and Potosi, and all the mines of
Peru put together, ever did. The Indians can no longer be
parcelled out to the favorites of power, and the negro no long-
er pays the tribute of unwilling labor to the rich proprietors of
Lima. But the ancient City of the Kings is still rich, still gay,
still flourishing, and more luxurious than in her proudest colo-
nial days. If the sources of her ancient wealth have dried up,
fortune has opened new and richer fountains, and the rough,
rocky, and repulsive guano islands which line the arid Peruvian
coast, the terrors of the ancient mariners, and still the haunts
of howling seals and screaming sea-birds, pour into her lap a
more than Danaean shower of gold; alas, with all its concomi-
tants of social, civil, and political demoralization!
Lima is situated in latitude 12° 2′ 31″ south, and longitude
77° 7′ 36″ west of Greenwich. Its elevation above the sea is
512 feet.* Under these conditions, and being “under the
* I follow Paz Soldan because, as I suppose, he must have had, as Superintend-
ent of Public Works, the exact results of the levelling for the Callao and Lima Rail-
way before him. His figures relate to the height of the Plaza Mayor, or Central
Square. Humboldt gives the height at 570 English feet; Riveiro at 505; Herndon
at 475£; and Gay at 172 Spanish varus, each equal to about 3.3 inches.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
37
tropics,” it might be supposed that its climate would be essen-
tially tropical. Such, however, is not the fact.
During the six months constituting what is called the winter
season—that is, from June to November inclusive—it is posi-
tively cold, the thermometer ranging from 57° to 61° Fahren-
heit, so that thick clothing becomes necessary for comfort within
doors, and wrappers almost indispensable without. The mean
average of the thermometer during this period, from eight
o’clock in the morning to eight o’clock in the evening, for the
year 1861, as derived from the observations at the telegraph
office, was 56.4° Fahrenheit. During the summer season, from
November to May, the average mean is much higher, the mer-
cury sometimes reaching 82° Fahrenheit. This low temper-
ature of Lima may be partially accounted for by the proxim-
ity of the snowy Cordillera, and partly from the fact that
the great, cold Antarctic current of the Pacific sets from the
south-west full on the coast, where it has a temperature of thir-
teen degrees less than the waters of the open sea a hundred
miles from land.* The prevailing winds are also from the
south-west, following the direction of the ocean current, and
sharing its temperature.
During the winter season (I use the word ” winter ” in its re-
stricted, local application), it is not the cold which contributes
wholly to render life in Lima unpleasant or unbearable, but
the fog and the damp. For days and even weeks the sun is
invisible, and a drizzle not unlike a Scotch mist makes the
sidewalks slippery and pasty, and so permeates the air that the
sheets of one’s bed are chill and sticky; the walls drip; the
hand slips in endeavoring to turn the clammy door-knobs; a
feathery and almost ethereal fungus sprouts up in a single night
from the depths of one’s inkstand, or replaces the varnish on
one’s boots with a green and yellow mildew. Bone-aches and
neuralgies walk the streets, ransack the houses, and outrage
* Von Tschudi suggests that the cold waters of the river Rimac, which descends
from the glaciers of the interior, may have an influence on the temperature of the
city.
3S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
their occupants unchallenged, and the noise of the church-bells
is stifled in the damp and lifeless atmosphere. We are assured
that ” it never rains in Lima;” but the dense permeating mist
not unfrequently forms itself into minute drops, when it is call-
ed guara. These soak through the flat thatched roofs, discolor-
ing the ceilings, trickling upon the floors, and rendering an
umbrella necessary for the pedestrian in the streets.
It is a singular but unexplained fact that while Lima is thus
frequently enveloped in mists, and while its temperature rules
so low, the other towns and villages on the same plain, and not
far distant, generally enjoy a clear sunshine, and are compara-
tively warm. I have stood on the heights of Morro Solar, over-
looking Chorillos, the watering-place of the capital, and only
nine miles distant from it, when the sun was almost blinding,
while a cloud, like that which rests over London in November,
enveloped the city; due, however, not to the smoke of half a
million fires, but to meteorological causes not yet sufficiently
explained. Miraflores is an embowered village, situated on the
same plain as Lima, and about five miles distant. Von Tschu-
di found that, during ten days in December and January, the
temperature was here ten degrees higher than in the capital.
During the six months for which I have given the mean aver-
age in Lima, the mean average in Callao was 67.4°, a difference
of eleven degrees in favor of Callao.
The topographical situation of Lima may help to solve some
of the anomalous meteorological phenomena which I have no-
ticed. It is built at the head of the plain which bears its name,
very nearly at the point where the river Rimac debouches
from the outliers of the Cordillera, which rise close at hand, on
every side except towards the sea. One of these, a buttress of
the range of Amancaes, the Cerro de San Cristobal, a steep, con-
ical peak, surmounted by a cross, and a conspicuous object from
every part of the city, rises’, to the north-west of Lima, to the
height of 1275 feet above the Grand Plaza, or 1787 feet above
the sea; while, on the opposite side of the river, and occupying
a position scarcely less dominating, is the Cerro de San Bartolo-
meo, but little inferior in elevation. The cold air, which seems
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
39
to pour down the valley of the Rimac with more or less con-
stancy, encounters the sea-winds concentrated at this point by
the funnel-shaped plain, and induces a precipitation of the
moisture of the latter, which, if greater, would descend in rain.
Certain it is that the south-west or prevailing winds are felt
but a little distance up the narrow valley of the Rimac, where
the guar a is a thing unknown. The precipitation around Lima
is so great as sensibly to affect vegetation, and the arid slopes of
the Cerro de San Cristobal and Amancaes, during the months
of August and September, lose something of their ashy hue un-
der a struggling vegetation, made up chiefly of the plants of
the amancaes, a kind of lily with yellow blossoms. This is a
festival period, wdien all classes of the population resort to the
hills as &paseo, or ride, to eat camarones, drink chicha, and pluck
the flowers, with which every one returns decorated in great
profusion.
But, however they may be accounted for, these meteorologi-
cal anomalies are not favorable to health; and Lima may be
regarded as the most unhealthy capital in America, Havana not
excepted. Her most ardent eulogists and most enthusiastic
sons have ceased to number salubrity among her merits or at-
tractions. Señor Paz Soldan, while claiming for Lima an an-
cient good reputation in this respect, admits that she no longer
deserves it, but that, ” without doubt, the frequent and rapid
communication with Panama, the immense immigration of Chi-
nese and other foreigners, have produced a notable change in
the atmosphere “—less notable, perhaps, than this apologist im-
agines. It is said that, when the last of the Incas heard where
Pizarro had resolved to found the Spanish city, he was great-
ly rejoiced, exclaiming that soon none of them would remain
alive. And there is a tradition that, long before the arrival of
the Spaniards, this portion of the valley of the Rimac was set
apart as a kind of presidio for criminals — an Inca Cayenne,
in fact—in which conspirators and evil-doers soon ceased from
troubling. Nor can the change have been altogether recent,
since Von Tsehudi wrote, more than thirty years ago, when
communication with Panama was rare enough, that it might
40
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
” be regarded as certain that two-thirds of the people of Lima
are suffering at all times from tercianas (intermittent fevers), or
from their consequences.”
The name Lima is a corruption, or rather modification, of
the Quichua word Rimac, which was formerly applied to the
valley or plain, and is still borne by the river which waters it.
The word is the past participle of the verb rimay—” to speak ”
—from a famous oracle that existed here in ancient times, and
whose shrine was probably among the extensive ruins near the
present little town of La Magdaleua.*
The old walls of the city described an irregular oval on the
left bank of the Rimac, inclosing an area about three miles
long by one and a half broad, within which is the city proper,
although there is an extensive suburb—that of San Lazaro—on
the light bank of the river. These walls were built by the vice-
roy, La Palata, in 1683. They were of adobes, from eighteen
to twenty-four feet high, and about twenty feet thick, with thir-
ty-four bastions, and were entered by twelve gates. They have
been of but little use except to facilitate the collection of local
imposts, and affording a paseo, or elevated bridle-path, for eques-
trians. For defensive purposes they were contemptible. They
have lately been entirely demolished.
The ground on which the city is built slopes gently towards
the river, parallel to which—nearly cast and west—the princi-
pal streets, eight in number, are laid out. Municipally, the city,
* including San Lazaro, is divided into 5 quarters, 10 districts, 46
wards, 346 streets, and 33 public squares, exclusive of the prin-
cipal square. The number of houses in 1864 was stated at
4500, and of doors—a novel item of statistics—at 14,209.
The population of Lima is about 120,000 souls. At the pe-
riod of the Independence the population was 64,000, showing
an increase of upwards of 57,000, or nearly one hundred per
cent, since that event. Under the crown, we are informed,
* ” This name,” says an anonymous author, ” came from the idol Rimac, and not
from the river; for it is only in a poetical and figurative sense that a river can be
represented as speaking.”
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
41
the average annual increase was only 225. Under the repub-
lic, it has been 1275. This fact is certainly significant, and
is not the only one tending to disprove the common allegation
of the decline and deterioration of Spanish America since the
Independence.*
The Rimac is an errant stream, variable in volume, flowing
through a broad and shallow bed, full of stones and sand-bars,
half overgrown with willows and other shrubbery. During the
dry season it is separated into a dozen channels, and the water
barely dribbles over the stone platform.on which the bridge is
built. But during the summer season—the season of melting
snows and rains among the mountains—it swells into a large,
swTift, and turbulent stream of yellow water, closely resembling
the Upper Rhone. It is tapped at numerous points above Lima,
not only for irrigating the valley, but to supply the city and
plain of Lima with water. The bridge across it, leading to San
Lazaro, is an ancient and ungraceful but massive stone structure
of six arches, built in 1610. It has recesses on each side, lined
with seats, for foot-passengers and idlers, which are much fre-
quented by the lower orders on summer evenings. The view
from the bridge, especially up the valley, is very fine, with the
tall willows of the Paseo de Acho on one hand, the bulk of the
Church of San Francisco on the other, and in front the Cerro
of San Cristobal, with a long succession of brown mountains
shutting in the green valleys, altogether forming a grand vista
only terminated by the snowy Cordilleras. On the side of the
city proper the bridge is reached by a lofty arch, painted in
fantastic colors, and supporting a clock.
* Navarrete gives the population at different periods as follows: In 1600,14,262;
in 1614,25,455; in 1700,37,259; in 1746,60,000; in 1755,54,000; in 1781,60,000;
in 1790, 52,627. He, however, suspects that the first census, in 1600, was below
the fact, ” from the circumstance that the common people refrained from giving cor-
rect statements as to their numbers, fearing that the census was only a preliminary
to some new tax.” This suspicion is borne out by the greatly reported increase at
the next census, which shows an augmentation of about eighty per cent, in fourteen
years; an increase wholly unwarranted by any thing else in the successive censuses.
The decrease in 1746-55 and 1781-90 is accounted for by earthquakes and epi-
demics.
42
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The private buildings of Lima are apparently of a most frail
and unsubstantial character; but the style of architecture is the
result of conditions too imperative to be disregarded. The city
stands in the very centre of a region in which rain never falls,
and in whieh earthquakes are of frequent occurrence, and may
be looked for at any moment. The most substantial structures
of brick or stone could not resist the severe convulsions to
whieh the city is exposed, and the buildings are consequently
of the lightest materials—little more than huge cages of canes,
plastered over with mud on the outside, and frescoed in imita-
tion of stone. They are generally of one story, seldom more
than two, in height. The roofs are flat, because the absence of
rain renders a pitched roof unnecessary. They are sometimes
formed of poles, over -which is spread cane matting, support-
ing a layer of sand or ashes to absorb the damp of the guaras /
but usually the roofing is of boards, correspondingly protected.
The apparently massive towers and buttresses of the churches
are only great wicker-baskets—deceptive combinations of poles
and canes tied together with hide-thongs, stuccoed over, and
painted. Under a brisk shower, such as we often experience
on a summer afternoon, the whole city would melt away, leav-
ing only a withered cane-brake in a gigantic mud-puddle.
I claim to be versed in the mysteries of house-building in
Lima, for a dwelling went up in the Calle de -‘oca, during my
stay, right opposite my window. I watched its almost imper-
ceptible growth from day to day, and had a distinct notion of
how little an able-bodied man can contrive to do in a day, if he
really exerts himself in that direction. The site was a little
elevated above the street, which, as regards the matter of drain-
age, is an advantage. Cellars and basements are things wholly
unknown here. A most unpromising series of poles was set in
the ground, along the front and sides of the proposed building.
Transverse poles were fastened to these by thongs of raw hide,
kept in a proper state of pliancy by immersion in water. This
frame-work, wonderfully like a skeleton, having been finish-
ed, split canes were tied to the horizontal ribs, and wattled to-
gether, basket-wise. Then came a negro, with two boys, bring-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
43
ing boxes of mud tempered, I should say, with the sweepings
of the nearest stable, Avhieh they rolled up in balls and flung
against the wattles, smoothing them down with their hands.
The amount of work accomplished by the man was hardly
worth mentioning. While this was going on, two or three
other men were marking out the interior plan of the building,
dividing it up into sahts, bedrooms, etc., in the like basket-
making fashion. These partitions were in the same manner
bespattered and jammed with mud by the negro and his juve-
nile assistants, whom he assailed opprobriously and with uncom-
plimentary reflections on their ancestry whenever they bungled
—sitting himself meanwhile on an adobe, smoking his cigar.
At the end of the third month I began to discover indica-
tions of a purpose to put up a seeond story. A ladder ap-
peared, and veritable sawed timber was brought, I suppose
from Maine, to serve as sills for the seeond floor. These were
tied in place as I have described, Avhile men below, with their
backs braced against the wicker-work, foreed it into a perpen-
dicular position. Then came the negro, and his mud, and his
low-born apprentices, and there were more vituperation, and sit-
ting on adobes, and smoking, and at last the second story was
daubed as the first had been before it. Then came the man
who made roofs, and he who tarred them,* and he who covered
■them with fine gravel; and then the Irish carpenter, who sus-
pended a balcony outside on such frail pretexts of support, that
I never ventured on one thereafter without fear and trembling;
and then a Frenchman came, who stuccoed the mud, and after-
wards an Italian with pots of pigments of rainbow hues, who
freseoed the stueco most gorgeously.
I came to look upon this building as in some sort my own;
and when on my return from the Sierra, a couple of years af-
terwards, although the Italian’s work was a trifle faded, I was
more than compensated for the loss of color by glimpses of
dark eyes and ivory shoulders through the tantalizing Venetian
blinds that now formed the front of the balcony.
I should like to know precisely what portion of each day the
beauties of Lima spend in these cages, whence they can look
4A:
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
down on everything that passes in the street below, with the
pleasing assurance that no upturned eye can penetrate the mys-
teries of their retreat, or discover if their toilets have been
made. Thrown open on festival days, these balconies are as
gay as flower-beds, and as brilliant in color. They are pleasant
albeit unsightly contrivances, to which the foreigner takes kind-
ly, happily unconscious of their insecurity.
Most of the houses have courts, with open galleries extending
around the four sides. The lower story on the street is usually
occupied by shops, and the remaining rooms are devoted to
storage, or used as stables and kitchens — the two latter often
adjoining and sometimes united. This part of the building is
generally damp, and the better class of the people live in the
altos, or upper stories. These are partly lighted and ventilated
by projections above the roof, not unlike the wind funnels
which we see on board steamers; but instead of being movable,
so as to be turned to catch the breeze, they are fixed with their
openings towards the south, the direction from which blows the
prevailing wind.
INTERIOR COURT, LIMA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
45
Some of the older and better class of houses have a mirador,
or tower, from which some very fine and extended views may
be commanded. But from these eminences the views near at
hand, although striking, are not usually pleasing, for the shiftless
inhabitants and worthless servants heap the flat roofs with every
kind of abomination. All the refuse and filth that does not go
into the azequias, or sewers, and much that ought to go there,
is deposited on the roofs. Such rubbish ! and occasionally such
spectacles! old hats, old shoes, broken crockery, rags, cast – off
crinoline, everything worn out and displeasing to the eye, is
strewed about or piled up on the roofs of Lima. No wonder
the sun refuses to shine for six months of the year. The mu-
nicipality pass ordinances that are never enforced, bristling with
fines and penalties never collected, against the nuisance. The
roofs still remain unsightly and offensive, and will do so until
the very nature of the population is changed.
Sometimes the tecJtos, or roofs, are utilized as grand henneries.
The first morning that dawned on us in Lima, at the Hotel
Morin, was ushered in by vehement crowing of cocks, and
strenuous gobbling of turkeys, apparently close to my head.
I rubbed my eyes, and wondered if I was dreaming, after a sur-
feiting Thanksgiving dinner, and if the ghosts of slaughtered
and undigested gcdlince had returned to torment me. I found
later, when I ascended to the roof for my first bird’s-eye view
of the city, that it was a gigantic cage for fowls of every kind;
and that when I lay down at nights, only an inch board, two
inches of sand, and a crowded chicken-roost intervened between
me and the stars and the angels. These roofs are also the
roosting-places, and, I suppose, the brooding-places, of the great
and noble army of zopilotes, or buzzards—those invaluable trop-
ical scavengers. They make deliberate explorations among the
garbage and rubbish of the house-tops—stalking about quietly
and solemnly, but occasionally quarrelling over the last dead kit-
ten that the lazy servant has thrown there.
Internally, the residences of the better classes of the people
of Lima are not only well, but in some instances luxuriously,
and even elegantly, fitted up and furnished, too often showily,
4
46
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ill a rather exaggerated French fashion, with highly colored car-
pets and paper-hangings, and furniture, in which veneering and
varnish and gilding, satin and brocatel, dispute predominance.
Mirrors are abundant, and of the largest dimensions; but pict-
ures are few, chiefly old family portraits of the grimmest kind,
or saints and Virgins as grimy as any of those which are sold
nightly at auction in cheap shops in the Bowery as the pro-
ductions of Salvator Rosa and the other masters of lamp-black.
But the lithographs are numerous, occasionally somewhat ques-
tionable in subject, but always gorgeous in tint.
Excepting the churches, the public buildings are few. The
Palace of the Government, which ought to be the best of these,
is the meanest—a low, irregular pile, occupying the whole of
the right side of the principal square, and entered by a single
portal in the centre. A rickety corridor, not a foot of which
follows a right line, runs along the front of the second story,
beneath which are a great number of low chiccherias,picante-
rias, and what may best be described as “junk-shops.” AVith-
in are several courts, around which are the various Government
offices, the official residence of the head of the Government for
the time being, and quarters for a detachment of troops.
The Peruvian army is made up almost exclusively of Indians
and negroes, or sambos. The Indians constitute the infantry,
and, being accustomed to travel on foot in the mountainous in-
terior from infancy, they have wonderful rapidity and endur-
ance on the march. The negroes are confined to the plains of
the coast, and are accustomed to riding and the management of
mules and horses. Hence the peculiar distribution.
The Peruvian soldiers are tractable, and, if well led, as brave
as any in the world. The native Indian tenacity and stubborn-
ness are excellent elements in the composition of the soldier.
Almost every Peruvian foot-soldier is attended by his rabona,
who may be, but is not generally, his wife. She marches with
him, cooks and mends for him, often carries his knapsack, some-
times his musket, and always the little roll of matting which,
when unfolded and supported on a couple of sticks, constitutes
his tent. It is of little moment on which side the Indian fights.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
47
PERUVIAN INFANTRY AND CAVALRY.
He knows nothing about the political squabbles of the country,
and cares less.
Various improvements have been attempted in the Palace of
the Government without the slightest regard to architectural
proprieties, but with some success in making a few spacious
and comfortable apartments. Altogether, “El Palacio,” as de-
scribed by a native writer, is ” a confused, intricate, heterogene-
ous agglomeration of disproportioned rooms, parlors, and closets
of all shapes and eras, forming a veritable labyrinth.” It is,
however, of some historical interest, having been founded by
Pizarro; and from 1535 to 1821, a period of nearly three hun-
dred years, it was occupied by three governors and forty-three
viceroys. Since 1821, that is to say, since the Independence, it
has been the residence of some fifty or sixty chiefs of state, of
various titles, to say nothing of five Councils of Government!
It is only in their churches that the old and new inhabitants
45
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of Lima have undertaken to overcome the physical hostilities
to their position and circumstances. They have tried to con-
struct imposing temples in spite of the earthquakes, and with a
certain success, making allowance for the semi-Moorish and
somewhat grotesque taste which has ever prevailed throughout
Spain and its former dependencies. The cathedral, although
the largest, is by no means the most impressive of the religious
structures of Lima. It was founded by Pizarro, and his bones
are alleged to rest in its vaults. The original edifice cost
8594,000. Owing to earthquakes and other retarding causes,
it was ninety years in building. Nearly destroyed by earth-
quakes in 1T4C, the present structure was raised by the viceroy,
Saperanda, and was for a long time surrounded by petty shops,
which obstructed and disfigured the approach from the front.
These were removed many years ago, and a broad platform,
reached by a series of steps, supplies their place. The lower
part of the building is of stone and brick, but the towers are of
canes and mud. The whole is stnecoed and painted in a style
which may be designated as the “Eminently Mixed.” The in-
terior is badly cut up, poorly lighted, and without any grand ef-
fects. There are many paintings, but of little merit: among
them, however, is a ” Veronica,” by Murillo. The plan and
adornments of the edifice are said to have been closely copied
from those of the great church of Seville, in Spain. The or-
gan is a fine instrument, and among the bells that clang in its
towers is one of wonderful tone, called the Cantabaria, which
weighs thirty thousand pounds.
There are some seventy-six churches, conventual and others,
in Lima, besides the cathedral, but only a few of them are in
any way remarkable. That of San Francisco is most imposing,
and, with its convent, is said to have cost fifteen million dollars.
That of Santo Domingo is distinguished for its lofty and sym-
metrical towers, for the spaciousness of its central aisle, and for
having a chapel dedicated to Santa Posa. The churches of San
Augustin and La Merced are really remarkable for their elabo-
rate facades, which are wonderful specimens of what may be
called stucco fretwork. San Pedro has a fine position, a mas-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
49
sive aspect, and is the fashionable church of the city, the favorite
worshipping-place of the well-to-do señoritas, and consequently
of devout young men. Owing to its exceptional popularity,
the frayed, flea-infested, rough brick pavement, common to all
the churches, was replaced, while I was in Lima, by one of
bright encaustic tiles.
The Plaza Mayor, or great central square, is spacious, cover-
ing nearly nine English acres. Two of its sides are occupied by
the Government House and the cathedral. The other two sides
are lined byportales,’or arcades, behind which are shops. The
Portal de Escribanos, or Arcade of the Scriveners, takes its
name from having been the place where this class of persons
had their desks, precisely as we see them still under the portales
of San Carlo in Naples. They have now disappeared, and their
place is supplied by the trays and tables of toy-venders. The
Portal de Botoneros, or Arcade of Trimmers, is still occupied,
between the piers, by that class of artisans, who manufacture
gold-lace and other similar articles, under a privilege from the
municipality. They do not overwork themselves, and are a
gossiping set altogether.
As the sidewalks are generally narrow, and not often clean,
these arcades are favorite promenades of the ladies of the city
and of saunterers of the other sex. They not only afford pro-
tection from the sun, but the shops that line them are gay with
the fabrics which delight women’s eyes, or flash with the jewel-
lery which dazzles them. Although not generally large, these
shops, in their fltting-up, and the variety, elegance, and value of
their contents, compare favorably with the finest in the great
cities of Europe and America. There is scarcely an article of
taste or luxury that is not to be found in them, and they are con-
stantly filled by a bright and ever-varying throng of the beauty
and wealth of Lima. They are nearly all kept by foreigners,
chiefly French and Germans, who spare no money or effort in
supplying the extravagance of the capital from every quarter
of the globe.
In the centre of the plaza is a bronze fountain, rising from
a basin of the same material, supported by lions and griffins, to
50
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the height of forty-two feet, the whole surmounted by a statue
of Fame. It is very ancient, having been erected in 1578, and
is of the best workmanship of that period. At the time of my
visit the plaza was an open, unpaved, dusty area, and the foun-
tain was always surrounded by a chattering crowd of water-car-
riers with then* donkeys. It has since been paved; jpilas for
the accommodation of the aguadores have been placed at the
corners, and the central fountain inclosed within a tasteful gar-
den of tropical plants and flowers.
The only other square worthy of notice is the Plaza de la
Constitucion, formerly called of the Inquisition, from the cir-
cumstance that the edifice of that institution fronted on it, as
did also the old college of San Marcos. Its principal feature
is a spirited bronze equestrian statue of Bolivar, cast at Mu-
nich, from a design by Adam Tadolini. It is thirteen feet nine
inches high, and closely resembles that of Andrew Jackson at
Washington; but is much superior in design and execution.
The horse is represented as rearing, and is, consequently, sup-
ported only by the hind legs and tail; while the Libertador, in
the act of salutation, waves his chapeau with his right hand, thus
throwing open his cloak and displaying his uniform beneath.
The marble pedestal has let into its side bronze rilievi repre-
senting the decisive battles of Ayacucho and Junin, which se-
cured Peruvian independence. Two bronze tablets are sunk in
the ends of the pedestal; that in front bearing the inscrip-
tion : UA SIMON BOLIVAR, LIBERTADOR ) LA NACION PERUANA, AÑO
MDCCCLVIII.” The remaining tablet bears the national arms.
Among the 2)aseos, or public walks, that called El Paseo de
los Descalzos, or Nuevo, on the farther side of the suburb of
San Lazaro, is most important. It is a parallelogram fifteen
hundred feet long, planted regularly with trees, having extend-
ing longitudinally through its centre an area surrounded by tall
iron railings, laid out in gravelled walks, with seats, vases, stat-
uary, and a great variety of shrubs and flowers. It is entered
by a rather elaborate iron gate-way, and at its farther extremity,
a little in front of the Convent of the Barefoot Friars, whence
it takes its name, is a fountain. In its present form it dates
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
51
back only to 1856. In every respect this paseo is a tasteful and
most creditable public work, worthy of any metropolis.
The Paseo or Alameda de Acho, on the same side of the
river, is much more picturesque than that of the Descalzos.
A terrace extends along the river for half a mile or more, and
here is a paved walk, while the rest of the area is divided by
rows of tall willows into long, leafy aisles, terminating in an
oval open space, in which is erected an allegorical monument to
Columbus. It is a marble group, in which America is repre-
sented as a crouching Indian girl, receiving a cross, the symbol
of Christianity, from an elaborately draped figure of the great
discoverer, while she drops an arrow, the symbol of savage life,
at her feet. The whole is supported on a highly ornamented
pedestal. The group is from the chisel of Salvatore Pevelli,
an Italian sculptor of some eminence, and is a wrork of much
merit.
The viceroy Amat projected another paseo on the San Laza-
ro side of the river — the Paseo de Aguas — but it was never
finished. The road leading to Callao was formerly lined with
trees and seats, with fountains at intervals, for upwards of a
mile, and was called the Alameda del Callao; but it has been
suffered to fall into decay and ruin.
The public institutions of Lima of beneficence or charity, if
not numerous, are creditable. Principal among them is the
Sociedad de Beneficencia, founded in 1825, which has the guar-
dianship and supervision of public charities, and also the direc-
tion of the bull-ring, the cock-pit, and the lottery, from the
gains of all of which it derives a large part of its resources—
much to the scandal of a small minority of the good people of
Lima.
The general cemetery, situated outside of the walls, was in-
augurated in 1808. The chapel has a pleasant exterior, and the
altar in the interior is finely executed. There are pretty gar-
dens, finely kept, and some costly monuments. Vaults are built
up, like rows of ovens, tier upon tier, each numbered in order,
and in them the coffins are deposited.
One of the favorite resorts of the elite of Lima formerly, and
52
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
still, to some extent, is Conroy’s Garden, on the left bank of the
Rimac. Conroy was an Irishman of cultivated taste and some
wealth, who brought together here, in grounds well laid out, a
great variety of trees and plants, some of them exotics, but
mostly indigenous. Since his death, and in part owing to its
inaccessibility, it has lost most of its prestige, and is becoming
a mere matter-of-fact fruit and flower garden.
There are many fine gardens, private or semi-public, in the
outer squares of the city, especially in that part which is only
partially built up, and known as the Cercado. In all these,
during most of the year, is to be found a vast profusion and
INTERIOR OP THE CHAPEL OF THE CEMETERY, LIMA.
variety of roses, of the most exquisite and marvellous tints.
The pride of the old burgomasters of Amsterdam in their tu-
lips is rivalled by that of the true Limenian in his roses, which
are trained, trimmed, grafted, and attended with the utmost
care, and in a spirit of intense yet friendly rivalry. Perhaps
the fact that Santa Rosa is a native of Lima had something to
do with the growth of this local passion for the queen of the
flowers. Indeed, if a passion for flowers of all kinds can be
taken as evidence of taste and refinement, Lima may claim to
rank among the most refined and cultivated of capitals. High
and low, rich and poor, are more or less adorned or more or less
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
53
surrounded by flowers. They bloom in courts and blush on
balconies; they enliven alike the dwellings of the rich and the
humble, and the heavy tresses of the belle as well as the curly
shock of the samba. They tempt you under the Arcade of the
Trimmers, and they have the place of honor in the market-
house. And yet the stranger hears unfeigned lamentations on
the decline of the public taste for flowers ! The famed puchero
de flores, the matron tells you, has almost disappeared, or is only
to be found, sadly degenerated, at the station of Miraflores, on
VIEW IN THE CEMETERY, LIMA.
the road to Chorillos. It was a grand bouquet of mingled
fruits and flowers, roses and violets and camellias, with cherries
and strawberries and downy peaches, all tastefully arranged, and
(what does the reader suppose?) sprinkled with pungent essences
to give them fragrance! On the whole, it is well enough that
the puchero de fiores went out with the saya y manta, to give
place to a simpler and purer taste.
The public amusements of Lima consist mainly of the thea-
tre, the cock-fight, and the bull-fight, enumerating them inverse-
ly in the order of their popularity. Despite the opposition of
54
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the press, the bull-fight retains its favor, and may be styled the
passion of the Liinenians, Sunday being invariably chosen as
the day for the exhibition. Cock-fighting was formerly prac-
tised in the streets and publie places. Many years ago, an at-
tempt was made to suppress it altogether. This being found
impossible, it was decided to confine the exhibition to a single
building erected for the purpose, and to regulate it by law.
The regulations comprise many chapters, and the official code is
about twice as long as the Constitution of the United States.
One cannot help thinking what a filthy, ill-supplied, uncom-
fortable city Lima must, after all, have been under the Span-
ish viceroys, when it was utterly without most of the establish-
ments and appliances which modern civilization regards as in-
dispensable. There are many of the inhabitants who deplore
the ” good old times,” when there was no gas, no adequate sup-
ply of water, nor a market, nor a slaughter-house, not even a
cemetery worthy of the name, and who fix the date of the In-
dependence as that of the commencement of Peruvian deca-
dence. Yet four-fifths of all the material ameliorations of the
city have been effected since that event; not precisely as a
consequence of it, perhaps, but with a rapidity that would have
been impossible under the old system. Although much re-
mains to be done to bring Lima up to the standard of the day,
yet her people deserve great credit for what they have accom-
plished. Old customs and habits are hard to be eradicated; arid
were it not for the grand institution of death and renovation,
progress would be next to impossible.
The Central Market of Lima is better, in many respects, and
more commodious than any now existing in New York. It
covers an entire square, being part of the Convent of the Con-
ception, whieh was, I believe, in 1851, forcibly appropriated by
the Government, at the risk of an outbreak. It is built around
a great court, with exterior shops and an inner corridor, and is
traversed by pathways, radiating from a fountain in the centre,
forming a series of smaller courts, appropriated to special prod-
ucts. There are stalls for the principal dealers; but the mass
of venders, who are women, squat on the pavement at the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
55
edges of the galleries or in the open spaces, with their fruits, or
fish, or vegetables heaped up in flat baskets, or on mats before
them in little piles, called montones, each monton having a cer-
tain price. Like their congeners in all parts of the world, they
chatter and ” chaff” with each other and their customers, nurs-
ing children perhaps, or performing some other less pleasing
maternal duty, at the same time. These children, when they
have attained the requisite strength, tumble and sprawl about
in a very promiscuous way, not at all appetizing to purchasers.
People keeping establishments in Lima had better leave their
marketing to a confidential major-domo possessed of a strong
stomach.
The market is certainly very well supplied with products, in-
cluding those of the tropics and the temperate zone. Most of
these are found together in the exceptional climate of Lima and
its adjacent valleys, while others are brought clown from the
mountains, wThose elevation and irrigation supply the necessary
conditions for nearly every variety of production. Tomatoes,
potatoes, the ears of green corn (choclas), radishes, and cucum-
bers are to be found side by side with yucas and plantains;
while oranges and peaches, chirimoyas, grapes, granadillas, pal-
tas, and tunas appeal with equal freshness to the eye of the vis-
itor. The people are infatuated with the notion that their pal-
tas, the aguacate of Central America, and the alligator-pear of
the Antilles, are the best in the world; but they are no more to
be compared with the aguacates of Nicaragua and the Isthmus
than rancid lard to fresh-churned butter in the clovery month
of June!
The waters of Peru abound with fish, which are largely con-
sumed in Lima. The commonest are bonitos, a kind of mack-
erel ; corbinas, resembling our “weak-fish;” and thepejerey, lit-
erally, ” king-fish,” a fine variety of the smelt, which, it is said,
for some unknown reason, is fast disappearing from the coast.
Fresh meats—beef, mutton, and pork—are sufficiently abun-
dant in Lima, and of fair quality. One of the best establishments
in the city is the Carnal,the ahattoir,ov slaughter-house,situated
just outside of the gate of Monserrat, on the banks of the Pi-
56
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
mac, near the so-called Botanic Garden of Conroy. The Carnal
was erected in 1855 by the same enterprising person who estab-
lished the garden, under a contract from the Government. The
place is not easy of access, but it merits a visit, if for no other
reason than as showing how much more neatly and efficiently
the act of slaughtering the animals is accomplished than with
us. They are fastened to cross-bars extending between stout
columns, side by side, in such a manner as to leave an open
space between their heads, through which a person may pass.
This person is an experienced butcher, who carries in each hand
a sharp, thin, broad, triangularly shaped knife. He pauses be-
fore each animal, with his upraised knife firmly clutched, and,
cautiously measuring his blow, drives it down in the neck, at
the base of the skull, severing the vertebrae at that point. The
animal drops as if struck by lightning, and stiffens out on the
instant, while another expert severs the jugular. According to
received theories, sensation must be suspended the instant the
knife falls; but if in no respect more humane than our system
of stunning the animal by blows on the head, this certainly ap-
pears less brutal to the eye, besides being more rapid and effec-
tive. It is to be regretted that the skill exhibited in slaughter-
ing is not equalled by that of preparing the carcass for market.
These are often literally hacked in irregular pieces, such as no
American household would permit to appear on its table. For-
eigners stipulate to have their meats cut in a designated man-
ner.
The traveller in Central America who complained that he felt
every morning a disposition to perch himself on the first rock
and crow, and who examined himself every night to see if his
hirsute adornments had resolved themselves into feathers—and
all in consequence of his unvarying diet of chickens and tur-
keys—may visit Peru with safety. “Hay gaU’tnas hoy/” was
occasionally the exuberant announcement of Perez, our favorite
and especial waiter, as we entered Maury’s dining-room. But
when we saw Perez solemn and mysterious, with a deep expres-
sion of significance in his eyes, we were pretty sure to be in-
formed in a stage-whisper, “Pavo hoy /” (turkey to-day), an an-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
57
noimeement too momentous in Lima to be lightly made. And
when I tell my readers that turkeys sell at from twelve to
twenty dollars each, ” in gold,” and none of the biggest at that,
and that chickens bring from six to eight dollars a pair, and
are seldom to be got at that price, they will understand better
the impression of rarity and respect they produced on Perez’s
simple mind.
Lima cookery, like Lima society, is in a transitive state, and is
a rather incongruous mixture of foreign and native styles, the
latter predominating in private meals, the former in all formal
or public repasts. First on the list of national dishes, and that
likely to resist longest foreign innovation, and which leads in
every true Lima dinner, is the jpucliero. The following recipe
for its composition is given by Fuentes, with evident gusto:
” To make a puchero according to strict gastronomic rules,
put in a kettle a large piece of beef or mutton, some cabbage,
sweet-potatoes, salt pork, sausage-meat, pigs’ feet, yucas, ba-
nanas, quinces, pease, and rice, with annotto and salt [and Chili
peppers, of course], for seasoning. Add a sufficient quantity of
water, and let the whole stew gently for five or six hours; then
serve in a tureen or deep dish.”
Chupe is a favorite breakfast dish, having a certain resem-
blance to puchero, but simpler in composition. Picantes seem
to be going out of fashion with the better classes, although it is
said they are pretty freely indulged in by the ladies between
meals. On the lower orders, however, they retain their ancient
hold, and in some parts of the city almost every second shop is
a picanteria, around which the water-carriers, porters, and negro
and cholo laborers cluster in swarms. There are many varieties
of picantes, but all have the predominating ingredient of red
pepper. The variety called scoicha is most pungent, composed
of small pieces of fish or crabs, potatoes, and bread-crusts, soak-
ed in the juice of the bitter orange, with an excess of peppers
and salt. The other varieties are carapulca, composed of meat
and potatoes finely pounded; the lagua, of Indian-meal and
pork; acloba, of pork alone; and many others. All are colored
more or less red by the peppers and the addition of achote (an-
5S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
notto). Formerly it was the custom of the best people after
some outdoor funeion—a bull-fight, for instance—to resort to
the picaiitei’ias to picar. Speaking from long observation and
experience, I am confident that there is a certain craving among
all dwellers in tropical regions, strangers as well as natives, for
stimulating, high-seasoned food, and the free use of the numer-
ous kinds of peppers found there soon becomes a habit, if not a
necessity. Salt destroys or neutralizes very sensibly the rank,
acrid taste of the peppers, whieh, after having been treated with
it, may be made into a pleasant salad.
Among the numerous other native dishes may be mentioned
the chicharron, lean pork fried in lard, one of the commonest of
the viands cooked by zamba women over braziers, on the side-
walks and in way-side tambos. The tamal is a preparation of
ground maize, with lard, pistachios, peppers, and slips of pork,
grilled, and wrapped in plantain or maize leaves; it is of Cen-
tral American origin. The ensalada de frutas (literally, fruit
salad) is a common dish, not generally liked at first, but whieh
improves on acquaintance; as its name implies, it is made up
of all sorts of fruits, sweet and sour, mild and pungent, stewed
together. Dulces, or “sweets,” are coincident with Spanish
America, and are of infinite variety. Leche asada (literally,
cooked milk) is a kind of clotted cream. Hand, sweetened
yolks of eggs, and empanadas, gigantic cakes, are among the
staples of the dessert. These sweets are taken not for the grat-
ification they may afford to the palate, but in virtue of an an-
cient dietetic maxim, “Tomar didce para beber agua” (take
sweets in order to drink water), for it is orthodox to believe
.that no dinner can do a man good unless a glass of water fol-
lows.
The Limeños had formerly many queer conceits and maxims
about diet and medicine, which have greatly given way under
foreign contact, but which still lurk among the masses. As
among the Chinese everything resolves itself into yin and yang,
positive and negative, white and black, male and female, so in
Lima all food is held to be frio 6 caliente (hot or cold), cosas
que se oponen (things hostile), and whieh, if introduced into
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
59
the stomach at the same time, would be dangerous, if not dead-
ly. It will never do to take chocolate and rice at the same
meal, because se openen, ” they are opposites;” and a dram of
italia, or brandy, on a banana would inevitably produce an em-
pacJio. Chickens are frio, but beef is caliente, and agua de
polio (chicken-tea), instead of beef-tea, is the proper thing to
give a patient suffering under acute or inflammatory disease.
You must not take cold water after a fit of anger, nor wash
yourself after a hard ride, or when you have a fever.
We once dined with Señor J-, a thorough representative
of the old school of Limeños, at his house in the Cercado, which
had once been the semi-suburban residence of the viceroys.- It
was a spacious, rambling building, repulsive enough on the ex»
terior, presenting more the aspect of a prison than of a palace.
The mountainous line of whitewashed wall on the side of the
street is relieved only by a high saguan, closed by massive
doors, with great bronze knockers, like the heads of Roman
battering-rams, and almost as heavy, and by two or three win-
dows grated like those of the old Bastile. A place roughly
chipped over the entrance showed where the arms of Spain had
been cut away by patriot chisels. Within, however, were wide
and lofty solas, wainscoted and draped as in the olden time,
with quaint furniture, and quainter portraits of forgotten digni-
taries arrayed in velvet doublets, and tipped out with plumes,
each with his armorial blazonings and list of titles in opposing
corners of the dark and stained canvas out of which he looked
with stern, unblenching eyes. A few ragged viceregal banners
were draped here and there, and a faded missal or two in parch-
ment rested on marble tables along the walls. The corri-
dor of the building formed one side of a large garden filled
with fruits and rare flowers, divided into terraces, with foun-
tains, pigeon-houses, and graperies, all sufficiently decayed and
out of repair to make the establishment picturesque and the
visitor pensive and poetical. The pigeon-houses had few occu-
pants, and these were old and plethoric; the fountains barely
dribbled; the trees were unpruned and mossy; and the great
brown gnarled trunks of the grape-vines twined themselves in
60 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
many a serpentine fold over windrows of stones, which answer
the purpose of trellises, and give out at night the heat they
have absorbed by day, to enrich and ripen the great clusters of
bursting fruit which blushed among the scanty leaves.
“We were received by Señor J-and his daughter with the
lofty ceremonials of other days, but with a cordiality peculiar to
no period. Our dinner was served in a grand old comedo?7, our
host and hostess occupying the head and foot of the table re-
spectively, but partaking of none of the articles served. Such
was haute etiquette before the Independence, and we were dining
with the representatives of the ancien regime. We had sqpa
teologa (priest’s soup) and puchero, and then came a whole roast
kid; then kid again, in another form; next, mutton in two or
three forms, in one case almendrado, stuffed with almonds;
and after that a,pica?ite (in fact, &picante paste was all the time
on the table), pigeons, tamales, etc., etc., through twenty courses,
ending with dtdces, not forgetting a gigantic emjmnada, which
it took an able-bodied man to carry, with fruits and liqueurs, in-
cluding a glass of ripe and rare italia—the supremest stomachic
of their sunny land.
The Second Vice-president, acting in place of the President,
deceased, and the First Vice-president, absent, gave the Mixed
Commission a formal dinner in the rickety old Palacio del Go-
bierno, which was in striking contrast with that which we en-
joyed so much in the Cercado. The diplomatic corps was pres-
ent, as were the officers of state; but great and grievous had
been the discussions as to where the commissioners should be
placed—those anomalous fellows who were clothed with abso-
lute powers over all questions in dispute between the United
States and Peru, and whose decisions it was impossible to re-
view. Could they be classed as diplomatists, and sit next the
envoy extraordinary from Ecuador, or with the representative
of the potentate of the Sandwich Islands ? Or were they judi-
cial characters, to be ranked with the Judges of the Supreme
Court? Or what were they? How the momentous question
was settled I never knew, but I suspect the matter was com-
promised, as we found ourselves ranged opposite the represent-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
(31
atives of Ecuador and Kamehameha, with the table between us
and their dignity. And then came the dinner, which, like the
uniform of the soldiery, was of a Frenchy character. It was
a tedious affair, made up of eight courses, with an average of
four dishes each, which were all scrupulously served, but with
the slight drawback of being exceedingly cold. Patent heaters
would be a desirable addition to the culinary apparatus of El
Palacio.
A custom of the dinner-table, which was once common, and
is not yet entirely in disuse, even in Lima, is the bocadito—a
demonstration of politeness, or something warmer, consisting in
selecting a choice morsel from the dish before you, and hand-
ing it on your fork to some lady present, who is privileged
to return the attention. In some parts of the country the com-
pliment is intensified, if not rendered a little startling, by the
lady’s taking the delicate bit between her thumb and fore-
finger, and placing it in the mouth of the caballero who has
made the challenge.
5
02
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTEE IV.
PACHACAMAC.
Visit to the Ruins.—The Ancient Sacred City.—Paehaeamae.—Miguel Estete’s Ac-
count of the Famous Shrine.—The Spoils taken by the Spaniards.—Sugar Estate
of San Pedro.—Condors.—Present Aspect of Paehaeamae.—El Castillo.—Mama-
cuna.—The Arch.—A Vast Burial-place.—Mummies.—Ancient Tenement-house.
—The Family Tomb.—The Bodies.—Articles found with them.—Tweezers.—
Blanket.—Shroud.—Spindle.—Wallet.—Girl’s Work-box, and Contents.—Boy’s
Sling.—Dried Parrot.—Child’s Rattle.—Vases and Pottery.
DURING my residence in Lima I visited the ruins of Paehaea-
mae, twenty miles south of the capital, on the right bank of the
Rio Lurin, close by and overlooking the sea. \Ve started from
Chorillos, where we had spent the night, by sunrise, prepared
for a stay of several days. Our route lay to the southward,
over the dusty Pisco road, and we were soon out of sight of
the gardens and cultivated fields of the Rimae Valley, riding
over barren and sandy hills, and plains none the less sandy and
barren. The sun beeame scorchingly hot long before we ob-
tained our first view of the green valley of Lurin, and the
sparkling waters of the river of the same name, whieh flow
to the southward, and in sight of the celebrated ruins that we
had come to visit, and which we found without any difficulty.
They cover wholly, or in part, four considerable hills of regu-
larly stratified but somewhat distorted argillaceous slate, the
strata varying from two inches to a foot in thickness, breaking
readily into rectangular blocks, which were used by the old
builders for the foundations of the walls, and to a great extent
worked into the structures themselves. The site of the ruins
is most forbidding iiuaspeet, and is a waste of sand, which has
been drifted into and over a large portion of the buildings with-
in the outer walls, some of whieh have been completely buried.
The desert extends northward to the valley of the Rimac, and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
63
inland to the mountains, that rise, naked and barren, in the dis-
tance. In contrast to these are the green and fertile little val-
ley of Lurin on the south, and the blue waters of the Pacific on
the west, with its picturesque rocky islands, against which the
waves chafe with a ceaseless roar, and over which constantly
hovers a cloud of sea-birds. The ruins consist of large adobe
bricks, and the stones already mentioned. Some of the walls
are in a fair state of preservation, considering the heavy and
frequent shocks of earthquakes to which they are exposed on
this coast; but, owing to the absence of rain and frost, they
have suffered little from the effects of the weather.
Paehaeamae is one of the most notable spots in Peru, for
here, as we are told by the old chroniclers, was the sacred city
of the natives of the coast, before their conquest by the Incas.
Here was the shrine of Paehaeamae, their chief divinity, and
here also the Incas erected a vast Temple of the Sun, and a
house of the Yirgins of the Sun, side by side with the temple
of Paehaeamae, whose worship they were too politic to sup-
press, but which they rather sought to undermine, and in the
end merge in that of their own tutelary divinity. The name
Paehaeamae signifies “He who animates the universe,” “The
Creator of the world.” The early Spanish priests thought they
had discovered in this definition ” that it was the Unknown God
the people here worshipped, and rendered respect and honor to
his name.” They also tell us that ” it was the same among the
Greeks and Latins, with the Pantocrator and Omnipotent, by
which names were invoked the True God, Creator of the Uni-
verse, and Verifier of all things. In this way there was estab-
lished the worship of the Supreme Deity, who from his incom-
prehensibility was not represented by any figure in this tem-
ple, whieh, although constructed of fragile materials, equalled
in wealth of gold and silver those of Cuzeo and Titicaca.
” Profuse were the oblations and sacrifices of the Indians in
this temple. Of the precious metals the Spaniards took away,
among their spoils, twenty-seven cargas of gold* and two thou-
* A cargo, is two and a half arrobas, or sixty-two and a half pounds.
64
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
sand marks (sixteen thousand ounces) of silver, without having
discovered the place where were hidden four hundred cargas of.
these two metals, which is presumed to be somewhere in the
desert between Lima and Lurin. Señor Pinelo affirms that a
pilot of Pizarro asked for the nails and tacks which had sup-
ported the plates of silver, bearing the sacred name on the walls
of the temple, as his share of the spoil, which Pizarro granted
as a trifling thing, but which amounted to more than four thou-
sand marks (thirty-two thousand ounces). We may judge from
this what was the wealth of the temple in its greatness.”
After Pizarro had seized on the person of Atahualpa, not
satisfied with the immense ransom that he offered, he sent his
brother Hernandez from Cajamarca to the coast, to seize on the
treasures reported to exist in the Temple of Paehaeamae. Her-
nandez Pizarro had with him one Miguel Estete, by no means
an insignificant persouage among the conquistador’es, who wrote
a report of the expedition, to which Oviedo had access, and
which he seems to have quoted verbatim. The expedition ap-
pears to have followed the great inner or mountain road from
Quito to Cnzco, until it reached a town called Pachacoto, where
it left the main road for that of the plains. This was followed
for three days to a place called Perpunga, overlooking the sea.
Here they took ” a very broad road ” extending through all the
coast towns, and on the fourth day reached Paehaeamae, where
they were received in a friendly manner and lodged in certain
great buildings.
Hernandez then summoned the chiefs, and informed them
that he had come for the gold which they were to send for
the ransom of Atahualpa. They said it had already been sent;
but, nevertheless, they afterwards brought a little, and declared
that this was all which remained there. Hernandez pretended
to believe them, but said that he wished to see the temple and
the idol within it.
“This-idol,” says Estete, “was in a good house, well painted
and finished. In one room, closely shut, very dark and stink-
ing, was the idol made of wood, very dirty, which they call
God, who creates and sustains us. At its feet were some offer-
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
65
iiiffs of golden ornaments. It is held in such veneration, that
none except its priests and servants, whom, it is supposed, he has
selected, may enter where it is, or touch the walls. No doubt,
the devil resides in this figure, and speaks with his servants
things that are spread all over the land. It is held throughout
the country as God, and to it they make great sacrifices, and
pilgrimages from a distance of three hundred leagues or more,
with gold and silver and clothing. These they give to the cus-
todian, who enters and consults the idol, and returns with its
answer. Before any of its ministers can enter, they must fast
many days, and abstain from all carnal intercourse. In all the
streets of this town and its principal gates, and around this
house of the idol, are many idols of wood, adorned in imitation
of their devil.
•’All the people from Tacamez, which is the beginning of
the government, pay tribute every year to this temple, having
houses in which to place it. They believe all things in the
world are in the hands of this idol.”
They were greatly scandalized and appalled when Hernandez
entered the temple, who, they believed, would be destroyed, and
had their faith much weakened when they fonnd this did not
occur. Hernandez ordered the vault (hoveda) in which the idol
was, to be demolished, and broke up the idol itself, and then
showed them the cross as an invincible weapon against the devil.
” This town of Paehaeamae,” continues Estete, u is a great
thing; and very near to a part of it, and along-side of the tem-
ple, is a house on a hill, well built, with five enclosures or walls,
which the Indians say is that of the Sun. There are also in
the town many other large houses, with terraces like those of
Spain. It must be a very old place, for there are numerous
fallen edifices. It has been surrounded by a wall, although
now most of it is fallen. It has large gates for entering, and
also streets. Its principal chief is called Taurichumbi, and
there are many other chiefs.”
Many chiefs of Mala, Chincha, and other places, came to see
Hernandez, bringing presents, and wondering much at his au-
dacity in confronting the idol. With what they brought and
66
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
what he got from the temple, he obtained ninety thousand pesos
in gold, though the priests had taken away four hundred loads.
Such is the account of the first Spanish visit, and the overthrow
of the idol of Paehaeamae.
During my stay at Paehaeamae, I was hospitably entertained
at the sugar estate of San Pedro, two and a half miles from the
ruins, in the valley of Lurin. By careful irrigation and intel-
ligent industry, this estate has been rendered one of the finest
and most productive in the country. I present a view of the
residence of a family of laborers on this estate; it is a fair type
of the better class of dwellings of the common people along the
coast. The large population that once surrounded the great
HUT ON THE ESTATE OF SAN PEDRO.
temple is now reduced to a few families, who live in a little
village still called Paehaeamae. The houses are built of canes
and rushes. And in place of what was once the Mecca of a
great empire, we now find only numberless graves, a vast and
ancient cemetery among the crumbling ruins, which, however,
bear authentic testimony to the ancient greatness of the place.
The South Pacific Ocean off the coast of Chili and Peru is
a favorite crnising-ground for whalers, one of which had lately
been in these waters, and had left many carcasses to be drifted
ashore by the Antarctic current, which here sets full on the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
67
land. Two of these were stranded at the foot of the hill on
which stands a part of the ruins. A dozen or two condors had
appropriated this hill as a resting-place, when gorged with the
carrion. Half a dozen would be circling above us at once,
sometimes not more than twenty yards above our heads, and
again wheeling high up in the air. One day, while I was
sketching alone on the top of the ruins, a shadow suddenly fell
upon my drawing, and I heard a sharp report like the noise of
striking two boards togeth-
er. Looking up, I saw an
immense condor, not more
than fifteen feet above me,
apparently ready to pounce
upon me. I sprung to my
feet, drew my pistol, and
hastily fired. I do not
know whether I hit him
or not, but he sailed off,
“on mighty pens,” a few
hundred yards, and then
turned back and poised
himself directly over my
head, but at a more re-
spectful distance. I now
had a chance for a fair
shot at him, and the ball
cut out one of the featlir
ers of his wing close to the socket. It measured two feet four
inches in length. It is bardly necessary to say that I saw no
more of my feathered friend for the remainder of the day.
The two principal edifices now traceable (for, as we have
seen, some were in ruins at the time of the first Spanish visit)
are called “El Castillo,” or the Temple, which supported the
shrine of Paehaeamae, and that reared by the conquering In-
cas, with the convent of the Virgins, now bearing the name of
Mamacuna. The former occupies the snmmit of a considera-
ble hill, or, rather, headland, projecting from the somewhat ele-
SHOT AT A CONDOR.
OS
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
vat eel level behind, and rising about five hnndred feet above the
sea. It reaches close to the shore, so that the ocean may be said
to break at its feet.
About half-way up the hill commences a series of four vast
terraces built around the natural cone, forming a semilunar
pyramid. The walls of each terrace are nearly perpendicular,
and are faced with large adobes of uniform size. They were,
no doubt, at one time painted red, as there are still many spots
of red paint to be seen. The surface at the top, covering sev-
eral acres, is reached by a winding passage-way through the
broken-down walls of the terrace. The rectangular work has
VIEW AT PACHACAMAC.
been greatly injured by excavations, but was originally stuccoed
and painted; the walls, after all the destructive agencies that
have been employed to effect their ruin, still bearing traces of
the figures of trees and men. The terre-plehi is covered with
ruins; and at the southern corner, behind two rocks that crop
out, stood the shrine. The most interesting part of these ruins
is a sort of esplanade, at the point commanding the finest view
seaward. Here, though in an exceedingly rninous state, can be
made out pilasters and traces of edifices that once adorned
the spot.
The only building among the ruins having the Inca type is
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
(39
that called Mamacuna, which would seem to imply that it was
a convent rather than a temple. It is situated about a mile and
a half from the ruins of El Castillo, which we have just de-
scribed, and stands on low ground near a small lake. A cluster
of dwarf palms has grown up in what was apparently the court.
Mamacuna is built of the same material as the other structures,
and in like manner, but differs in style, and is unmistakably
Inca, as the door-ways, niches, and other peculiarities show. One
of the niches in the inner room, shown in the following plan, is
depicted on page 71.
70
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The principal and remarkable feature is an arch, so rare in
American ruins. Indeed, in all my explorations in Central
and. South America, it is the only proper arch I ever found.
It is perfect and well turned, is of adobes, of large size, and
surmounts a passage running into the solid bulk of the edi-
fice, which may be considered as of two stories. The sides of
the passage are the solid walls of the structure. The length of
the passage is 14 feet 9 inches, but was, in all probability, much
greater. The width is 5 feet 0 inches, its height 8 feet, and the
spring of the arch 35 inches. There is no key-stone, but it is
filled in with the same material as the adobes.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
71
NICHE IN THE WALL, PACHACAMAC.
This arch is by no means the only example to be found on
the coast; for it is said that others also exist among the ab-
original monuments in the vicinity of Tumbez, in Northern
Peru. It is certain that a kind of bastard arch, formed by
overlapping stones,-or flat stones set at a certain pitch against
each other, like the rafters of a house, was known among all the
relatively civilized nations of the continent; but the true arch
is a thing exceptional, and the one to which I have alluded en-
tirely enigmatical, as I can scarcely conceive that the knowledge
ARCH AT PACHACAMAC.
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and skill of which it gives evidence eonld have existed, even
among those wonderful architects, the ancient Peruvians, with-
out having a wider or more general application.
In ancient times, Paehaeamae was the Mecca of South Amer-
ica ; and the worship of the Creator of the World, originally
pure, invested the temple with such sanctity that pilgrims re-
sorted to it from the most distant tribes, and were permitted
to pass unmolested through the tribes with whieh they might
happen to be at war. Of course, around both the ancient and
the modern temple there gradually sprung up a large town,
occupied by priests and servitors, and containing tambos, or
inns, for the pilgrims. But the desert has encroached on the
old city, and buried a large part of it, with a portion of its Avails,
under the drifting sands. Nothing can exceed the bare and
desolate aspect of the ruins, Avhich are as still and lifeless as
those of Palmyra. No living thing is to be seen, except, per-
haps, a solitary condor circling above the crumbling temple ; nor
sound heard, except the pulsations of the great Pacific breaking
at the foot of the eminence on Avhich the temple stood.
It is a place of death, not alone in its silence and sterility, but
as the burial-place of tens of thousands of the ancient dead. In
Paehaeamae, the ground around the temple seems to have been
a A’ast cemetery. Dig almost anyAvhere in the dry, nitrous sand.
and yon will come upon Avhat are loosely called mummies, but
Avhich are the desiccated bodies of the ancient dead. Dig deep-
er, and you Avill probably find a second stratum of relics of poor
humanity; and deeper still, a-third, shoAving IIOAV great Avas the
concourse of people, and IIOAV eager the desire to find a resting-
place in consecrated ground.
Most of the mummies are found in little vaults, or chambers
of adobes, roofed Avith sticks, or canes, and a layer of rushes,
and of a size to contain from one to four and fiVe bodies.
These are invariably placed in a sitting posture, Avith the head
resting on the knees, around Avhich the arms are clasped, or Avith
the head resting on the outspread palms, and the elboAvs on the
knees, enveloped in Avrappings of various kinds. Sometimes
they are eiiAreloped in inner Avrappings of fine cotton cloth, and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
73
PERUVIAN MUMMIES.
then in blankets of various colors and designs, made from the
wool of the vicuna and the alpaca, with ornaments of gold and
silver on the corpse, and vases of elegant design by its side.
But oftener the cerements are coarse, the ornaments scant and
mean, indicating that of old, as now, the mass of mankind was
as poor in death as impoverished in life. Fortunately for our
knowledge of the people of the past ages, who never attained
to a written language, they were accustomed to bury with
their dead the things they most regarded in life, and from
these we may deduce something of their modes of living, and
gain some idea of their religious notions and beliefs. In fact,
the interment of articles of any kind with the dead is a clear
proof of a belief in the doctrine of a future state, the theory
being that the articles thus buried would be useful to their
possessor in another world.
To ascertain something more about the ancient inhabitants
of Paehaeamae than could be inferred from their monuments,
I explored a number of their graves, during my ten days’ visit
there. I shall not try to give the general results of my inquir-
ies, but will record what I found in a single tomb, which will
illustrate how a family, not rich, nor yet of the poorest, lived
in Paehaeamae.
74
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
I shall assume that the family occupying this tomb lived in
what may be called ” an apartment,” or one of the tenement-
houses in the ancient city, whieh were, in some respects, better
than ours. They were of but one story, and had no narrow,
dark, common passages, but all the apartments opened around
a spacious central court. Some of these tenements were com-
posed of but a single room. This family probably had three: a
large one, about fifteen feet square; a small sleeping-room, with
a raised bank of earth at one end ; and another smaller room, or
kitchen, with niches in the walls to receive utensils, and with
vases sunk in the earth to contain maize,
beans, etc., that seem to have been leading
articles of food. The plan is of such a
dwelling. The implements, utensils, orna-
ments, and stores have disappeared; but we
find many of them in the family tomb in
PLAN OF THE TENEMENT. ,i ‘111 J X” xl x 1
the neighborhood of the temple.
This particular tomb was one of the seeond stratum of
graves, and was, therefore, neither of the earliest nor latest date.
It was walled with adobes, was about four feet square by three
feet deep, and contained five bodies: one, of a man of middle
age; another, of a full-grown woman ; a third, of a girl about
fourteen years old ; a fourth, of a boy some years younger; and
the fifth, of an infant. The little one was placed between fa-
ther and mother: the boy was by the side of the man; the girl,
by the side of the woman. All were enveloped in a braided
net-work or sack of rushes, or coarse grass, bound closely around
the bodies by cords of the same material.
Under the outer wrapper of braided reeds of the man was
another of stout, plain cotton cloth, fastened with a variegated
cord of llama wool. Next came an envelope of cotton cloth of
finer texture, whieh, when removed, disclosed the body, shrunk-
en and dried hard, of the color of mahogany, but well preserved.
The hair was long, and slightly reddish, perhaps from the effects
of the nitre in the soil. Passing around the neck, and carefully
folded on the knees, on which the head rested, was a net of the
twisted fibre of the agave, a plant not fonnd on the coast. The
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
75
threads were as fine as the finest used by our fishermen, and
the meshes were neatly knotted, precisely after the fashion of
to-day. This seems to indicate that he had been a fisherman
— a conclusion further sustained by finding, wrapped up in
a cloth, between his feet some fishing-lines of various sizes,
some copper hooks, barbed like ours, and some copper sinkers.
Under each armpit was a roll of white alpaca wool, and behind
the calf of each leg a few thick, short
ears of variegated maize. A small, thin
piece of copper had been placed in the
month, corresponding, perhaps, with the
obolos which the ancient Greeks put
into the mouths of their dead, as a fee
for Charon. This was all discovered be-
longing exclusively to the fisherman,
except that, suspended by a thread
around the neck, was a pair of bronze tweezers, probably for
plucking out the beard.
The wife, beneath the same coarse outer wrapping of braid-
ed reeds, was enveloped in a blanket of alpaca wool finely spun,
PERUVIAN TWEEZERS.
PATTERN OF ALPACA BLANKET.
76
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
woven in the style known as three-ply,” in two colors—a soft
chestnut-brown and a pure white. The somewhat intricate fig-
ure is reproduced on a reduced scale in the engraving.
Below this was a sheet of fine cotton cloth, with sixty-two
threads of warp and woof to the inch. It had a diamond-shaped
pattern, formed by very elaborate lines of ornament, inside of
which, or in the spaces themselves, were representatives of
monkeys, which seemed to be following each other as Tip and
down stairs.
PATTERN OF COTTON SHROUD.
Beneath this was a rather coarsely woven, but yet soft and
flexible, cotton cloth, twenty yards or more in length, wrapped
in many folds around the body of the woman, whieh was in a
similar condition, as regards preservation, to that of her hus-
band. Her long hair was less changed by the salts of the soil
than that of her husband, and was black, and in some places
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
77
WALLET, FOLDED.
lustrous. In one band she held a comb, made by setting what
I took to be the bony parts—the rays—of
fishes’ fins in a slip of the hard, woody part
of the dwarf-palm-tree, into which they were
not only tightly cemented, but firmly bound.
In her other hand were the remains of a fan,
with a cane handle, from the upper points of
which radiated the faded
feathers of parrots and
humming-birds.
Around her neck was a
triple necklace of shells,
dim in color, and ‘exfolia-
ting layer after layer when exposed to light
and air. Resting between her body and
bent-up knees were several small domestic
implements, among them an ancient spindle
for spinning cotton, half covered with spun
thread, which connected with a mass of the
raw cotton. This simple spinning apparatus
consisted of a section of the stalk of the quinoa, half as large
as the little finger,
and eight inches long,
its lower end fitted
through a whirl – bob
of stone, to give it
momentum when set
in motion by a twirl
of the forefinger and
thumb grasping a
point of hard wood
stuck in the upper
end of the spindle.
The contrivance is
precisely the same
as that in universal
use by the Indian WALLET, UNFOLDED.
ANCIENT SPINDLE.
TS
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
SPOOL OF THREAD.
women of the present day. Only I have seen a small lime,
lemon, or potato with a quinoa stalk stuck through it, instead
of the aneient stone or earthen
whirl-bob.
One of the most interesting ar-
ticles found with the woman was a
kind of wallet, composed of two
pieces of thick cotton cloth of dif-
ferent colors, ten inches long by
five broad, the lower end of eaeh
terminating in a fringe, and the up-
per end at eaeh corner in a long
braid, the braids of both being
again braided together. These
cloths, placed together, were carefully folded up and tied by
the braids. The packet contained some kernels of the large
lupin, sometimes call-
ed u Lima beans ;” a
few pods of cotton,
gathered before ma-
turity, the husks be-
ing still on; some
fragments of an orna-
ment of thin silver;
and two little thin
disks of the same ma-
terial, three-tenths of
an inch in diameter,
each pierced with a
small hole near its
edge, too minute for
ornament apparently,
and possibly used as a
coin; also some tiny
beads of chalcedony,
scarcely an eighth of
an inch in diameter.
KNITTING UTENSILS.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
79
SKEIN OF THREAD.
The body of the girl was peculiar in position, having been
seated on a kind of work-bos of braided reeds, with a cover
hinged on one side, and shut-
ting down and fastening on
the other. It was about eigh-
teen inches long, fourteen
wide, and eight deep, and con-
tained a greater variety of ar-
ticles than I ever found together in any grave of the aborigines.
There were grouped together things childish, and things show-
ing approach to maturity. There were rude specimens of knit-
ting, with places showing where stitches had been dropped;
mites of spindles and implements for weaving, and braids of
thread of irregular thick-
ness, kept as if for sake of
contrast with others larger
and nicely wound, with a
finer and more even thread.
There were skeins and
spools of thread; the spools
being composed of two
splints placed across each
other at right angles, and
the thread wound “in and out” between them. There were
strips of cloth, some wide, some narrow, and some of two and
even three colors. There were pouches, plain and variega-
ted, of different sizes, and all woven
or knit without a seam. There were
needles of bone and of bronze; a
comb, a little bronze knife, and some other articles; a fan,
smaller than that of the mother, was also stored away in the
box.
There were several sections of the hollow bones of some bird,
carefully stopped by a wad of cotton, and containing pigments
of various colors. I assumed at first that they were intended
for dyes of the various cotton textures we had discovered; but
I became doubtful when I found a curious contrivance, made
TOILET ARTICLES.
NETTING INSTRUMENT.
so
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of the finest cotton, evidently used as a ” dab ” for applying the
colors to the face. By the side of these novel cos-
metic boxes was a contrivance for rubbing or grind-
ing the pigments to the (requisite fineness for use.
It was a small oblong stone, with a cup-shaped hollow
on the upper side, in which fits a little round stone
ball, answering the purpose of a pestle. There was
also a substitute for a mirror, composed of a piece
DRIED PARROT. ^ pyrites resembling the half of an egg, with
the plane side highly polished. Among all these many curious
things, I dare say, none was prized
in life more than a little crushed
ornament of gold, evidently in-
tended to represent a butterfly,
but so thin and delicate that it
came to pieces and lost its form
when we attempted to handle it.
There was also a netting instru-
ment of hard wood, not unlike
those now in use in making nets.
The envelopes of the mummy of the girl were similar to
those that enshrouded her mother. Her hair was braided and
plaited around the forehead, encircling
which, also, was a cincture of white cloth,
ornamented with little silver spangles; a
thin narrow bracelet of the same metal
still hung on the shrunken arm, and be-
tween her feet was the dried body of a
parrot, doubtless her pet in life, brought
perhaps from the distant Amazonian val-
leys.
There was nothing of special interest
surrounding the body of the boy; but
bound tightly around his forehead was his
sling, finely braided from cotton threads.
The body of the infant, a girl, had been
INFANT’S BURIAL-NET. embedded in the fleece of the alpaca, then
BOY’S SLING.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
81
wrapped in fine cotton cloth, and placed in a strangely braided
sack of rushes, with handles or loops at each end, as if for carry-
ing it. The only article found with this body was a sea-shell
containing pebbles, the orifice closed wTith a hard pitch-like sub-
stance. It was the child’s rattle.
Besides the bodies, there were a number of utensils, and oth-
er articles in the vault;
among them half a dozen
earthen jars, pans, and
pots of various sizes and
ordinary form. One or
two were still in crusted
with the soot of the fires
over whieh they had been
used. Every one con-
tained something. One
was filled with ground-
nuts, familiar to us as pea-nuts; another with maize, etc., all
except the latter in a carbonized condition.
Besides these articles, there were also some others, illustrating
the religious notions of the occupants of the ancient tomb, and
affording us scant but, as far as they go, certain ideas of the
ancient faith and worship.
POTTERY FROM PACHACAMAC.
52
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER Y.
RUINS IN THE VICINITY OF LIMA.
The Valley of Cañete and its Ruins.—The Palace of El Rey Inca.—Ruins of Hervai.
—Temple at Magdalena.—Limatambo.—Ruins in the Valley of the Chillon.—
Burial-places of the Ancient Poor.—Relics found in Graves.—Ruins of Cajamar-
quilla.—Exploring and Surveying.—Meet the Robber, Rossi Arei.—His Subse-
quent Fate.
IN the vicinity of Lima are many ruins, which I visited and
explored. These will form the subject of the present chapter.
In one of the districts of the fertile valley of Cañete, now occu-
pied by rich sugar plantations, stood, at the time of the Spanish
conquest, a grand fortress, which was to a great extent demol-
ished in the seventeenth century by the viceroy, the Conde de
Mendoza, while he was building the Castle of Callao. Of this
fortress a Peruvian author writes: ” Where the valley of Guarco
terminates, twelve leagues from Lima, on the south coast, and
near the valley of Cañete, were discovered the remains of a
great fortress overlooking the sea. It was a castle of stone,
situated on an elevation washed by the sea. This edifice had
for its foundations great square bricks (adobes). The doors to
the apartments, and entrances to the various interior rooms,
were of a regular architecture, the whole well arranged, with
spacious courts and antechambers, which gave more dignity to
this invincible fortress. From the highest of these a stairway
descended to the sea. The steps were of great stones, so well
united as to appear of a single piece, nor was any mortar visi-
ble between them. Altogether the structure appeared to be of
different construction from the buildings of Cuzeo, and at least
exhibiting equal power and magnificence. The Yiceroy of Pern,
the Marquis of Cafiete, in the year 1595, repaired this fortress,
and appointed an alcalde to guard it, with six soldiers; the for-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
83
mer with a salary of twelve hundred assayed escudos annually,
and the latter with the pay each of twenty-five escudos month-
ly. But the payment of these sums not having been realized,
the guard was withdrawn, and the demolition of the fortress
was commenced by the people of the valley, who used the
stones for new constructions of their own. The ruin thus
made reflects disgracefully on bur intelligence, which requires
that this work should be restored and preserved.”
The ruins known as the Palace of El Rey Inca, in the valley
of Cañete, are shown in the
plan. On the front, a row
of piers gives entrance to an
extensive square court, cov-
ering as much ground as
the structure beyond, and
enclosed by a wall three feet
thick. The building itself
is divided into rooms, with
an open court, and at the
side an extension forming
one apartment between two
terraces. Many of the walls
are niched, especially those
of the two principal rooms.
The ruins of Hervai, in
the valley of Huarcu, one
of the branches of the Ca-
ñete, show excellent work-
manship and materials. As will be seen in the plan, they are
remarkable for the numerous flights of well-laid steps, leading
from one part to another. The passage-ways through the walls,
marked ” W,” are covered.
Between Lima and the sea, protected by the fortress of San
Miguel, is the small village of Magdalena, a place of not more
than five hundred inhabitants. A road leads from it to Bella-
vista, a station on the railroad from Callao to Lima; and as there
is a demand for bricks, the ancient adobe structures are fast
S4
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
being destroyed, the material being remade into bricks for tbe
modern towns. The ruins, now in a very dilapidated condition,
were once highly important, including a temple of the famous
oracle – deity, Rimac. Of this a native author says: “About
half a league to the sonth of Lima are the ruins of a temple
which, if we may credit the old accounts, was scarcely less
adorned than that of Paehaeamae in richness of gold and sil-
ver, although differing from it in the worship to which it was
dedicated and sumptuousness of construction. Here was adored
an idol, which from its oracular utterances was called Rimac,*
which word, if yon pronounce the Ii softly, means a thing that
talks. They pretended that the demon of the temple spoke
through the mouth of this idol, which was of clay, imitating
the figure and habit of the Moanes. It was dedicated, says
Pinelo, speaking of this temple, to an idol which it contained,
which responded as an oracle, and was for this called llhnac,
k he who speaks.’ In this there was nothing more demoniac than
astuteness, for the Moanes, to deceive the people, introduced
one of themselves beneath the statue, which was hollow, who
responded to the consultations according to the character of the
offerings made by the people. They painted in this temple, as
hieroglyphics, the answers most favoring their ideas. And, to
make mysterious these paintings, which are to be seen on the
* From this idol, and not from the river on whose banks it stands, the city of
Lima takes its name; the II changing into L.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
85
walls of this structure, they covered them with other walls,
without allowing the junction of those that served as a curtain
to obliterate the figures they concealed.
“The Padre Calancha adverts to the same things with my-
self, and with animation says: ‘I admired seeing in one of
these palaces or houses two walls, once joined together, which
had been separated by earthquakes, and were painted with
figures of Indians and animals. Asking of some how they
could smooth and paint one wall joining another, they thought
(seeing that the walls are great) that they painted one brick
or section of tapia, and quickly joined its ends; then an-
other. But they do not explain how it was that the divisions
between wall and wall remain visible, and the pictures with
lines and breaks show the separation. vVe are compelled to
believe that the multitnde of Indians had a way of making the
wall entire, and, after smoothing and painting it, joining it to
the other; since the number and obedience of the Indians
would make things much more difficult easy.’
“Of the treasures of this temple the authors say nothing
positive; what they write are conjectures, but well founded if
this is the tradition they favor. It says that there are great
riches buried in the ruins. But the area they cover is not great.
With comparatively few workmen the walls may be torn down,
their materials removed, and the centre excavated, in which
case the truth may be ascertained. My doubts do not relate
to the riches which were unquestionably contained in the tem-
ple before its ruin, but to those alleged to be buried within its
walls. For such burials there was scarcely time, and if there
had been, it is hardly credible that within the walls of Lima
and around it there can remain until now undiscovered so great
a treasure, there being no difficulty in the way of its discovery,
especially as there are men who love more this kind of work
than any other. I do not deny that there are hereabouts some
burials, sufficient to alleviate the poverty of one or two, but
nothing like the treasures which, without dispute, are hidden
in Chuciuto, Cnzco, Truxillo, Paehaeamae, and Cajamarca. If
these were discovered, they would be sufficient to enrich the
86
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
world. It is difficult to find them, from the sitnation of the
deposits; but it would be easy to discover those of Rimac if
any certain information existed concerning them. This temple
was called then Rimac-Tam-Pu (house of him who speaks), a
name now corrupted into Limatambo.”
When I visited these ruins I found a graded way or inclined
plane leading from one court to another, giving on a small
scale, but in a perfectly satisfactory manner, an explanation and
example of the mode in which ascents were accomplished by
the builders of these works. The double wall that surrounds
the temple, or huaca, and other structures at this place is more
than three miles long, and in some places more than sixteen
feet high. The gateway, partly closed by a modern wall, has
two inner piers or square columns, standing a few feet from the
wall inside.
DEMOLISHING HUACA, LIMATAMBO.
On the road to Chorillos, nearly on a lino with this, is the
modern Limatambo, with extensive remains; but these and sim-
ilar works at Amacavilca, which overlooks the present fashion-
able watering-place of Chorillos, need little description. Those
at Limatambo were also undergoing demolition by the hands of
the brick-makers; but their sacrilege was forgiven in return for
the advantage afforded us of studying more in detail than we
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
87
elsewhere enjoyed the mode of construction and system of
building these ancient structures.
In the valley of the river Chillon, ten miles north-west of
Lima, is a fortification similar in design and purpose to the
fortresses of Calaveras and Quisque, in the valleys of the Cas-
ma and jNepiña, hereafter to be described. It is situated on the
Hacienda Collique, near the road to Cerro Paseo, over which we
went on our way down to the ruins. The remains are in shape
an irregular oval, the lines being conformed to the outline of
the hill, which is about five hundred feet in height. The area
PORTION OF WALL OF HOACA NEAR LIMATAMBO.
is fifteen hundred feet in its greatest diameter. The two out-
er walls, with the two supporting ones at the entrance, are of
rough stones without cement; the third and last is of stones
carefully laid in tenacious clay, fourteen feet high, and faced
vertically. There are a number of clusters of ruined buildings
within the walls, and to the left are several small hills, sur-
mounted with adobe buildings in a state of much dilapidation.
After passing the fourth wall, at the entrance we come to an
ss
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
extensive level area, which I have designated as the Plaza, and
whieh is partly surrounded by terraces faced with stones; pass-
ing which we come to a steep stairway, mainly cut in the solid
FORTIFIED HILL OF COLLIQUI.
rock, leading to the top of the hill. Here is the terre-jplein,
nearly level and free from stones, and the round tower or cita-
del. At the base of the hill, upon the right, is a heavy adobe
wall crossing the valley and the Cerro Pasco road, to another
and somewhat similar fortified hill, on the opposite side of the
valley.
On the Hacienda Arriaga, about three miles north-west of
Lima, on the road to the valley of the river Chillon, there is
an extensive ruin, a plan of a portion of which we give. These
remains are part of a large series, of which they are the best
preserved, and are situated on the flank of a considerable hill
or promontory projecting into the valley which they overlook,
besides commanding a fine view of the harbor of Callao. The
hill is about two hundred and fifty feet high, and the ruins are,
perhaps, one-third of the way up the side. At the place where
the hill is steepest the outer wall is reinforced by two others of
less height. On the opposite side of the hill is a broad sandy
valley running high up the mountain, and covered with re-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
89
PLAN OF RUINS AT THE HACIENDA ARRIAGA, WITH SECTION.
mains. It seems formerly to have been in considerable part
cultivated by means of an azequia tunnelled through the hill a
distance of one hundred and fifty yards.
The traces of the tunnel, which is now fallen in or stopped
up, are distinct, and arc situated about one hundred yards to the
left of the works. The remains are distinguished by having
several low door-ways through the wall, besides the open ones.
The ” lower classes,” the ” hewers of wood and drawers of
water,” in Peru, as everywhere else, met in death a treatment
corresponding with that meted out to them in life. They were
thrust into holes in the nitrous sands of the coast, or into crev-
ices of the rocks among the mountains, with such scant para-
phernalia for their wanderings in a future world as their own
limited means or those of their humble friends could supply.
Few and rude are the relics found with these shrivelled remains:
a calabash or gourd; perhaps a carved wooden cup, containing
90
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
amulets or charms; curious stones, to the natural peculiarities
of Yvhieh the superstitious mind rendered reverence ; an imple-
ment of toil; and perhaps a rude wooden idol: such were the
objects most frequently found with the plebeian dead of the
coast, buried in such shallow graves that the winds often ex-
posed them, and the earthquake thrust them up to the day.
To utilize the arable land, the ancient inhabitants were accus-
tomed to pile up the stones that encumbered the ground in
great heaps. In these, to avoid encroaching upon the areas of
cultivation, they often deposited their humble dead. Thou-
sands of such stone-heaps dot the plains around Lima, and the
valleys of the Rimac and Chill on. In one of these I found the
dried-up body of one of the ancient tillers of the soil. He sat
alone among the stones wrapped in rustic cloths, with some
pods of beans and ears of maize pressed between his breast and
knees, testifying that the distinctions of life, real or adventi-
tious, extended to the grave.
At his feet, enveloped in coarse cotton cloth, were two ob-
jects of interest, obviously connected
with his superstitions. The first was
a kind of idol or mask, cut out of
wood, bearing a resemblance to the
carved idols brought from distant
Pacific islands. It is painted red on
the face, and has on -top and sides
holes through which thin cords, still
remaining in place, were passed, as if
to attach it in front of some object.
A projection beneath the chin, ap-
parently designed to fit into a socket,
suggests the possibility that it was
carried surmounting a pole or staff. It is seven and a half
inches vertically, exclusive of the lower projection, by seven
inches broad, and is boldly and freely cut by some sharp in-
strument. Probably the eye-soekets had been filled by oval
pieces of shell, corresponding with what we see in the works of
the Polynesian islands, and of the people of the African coast.
CARVED WOODEN IDOL.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
91
WOODEN BOWL.
There was also a wooden bowl, four and a half inches in di-
ameter, and nearly four inches high, carved with a border of
conventional representations of
some kind of bird running
around its rim. The outer sur-
face is smooth, while the interior
shows the marks of sharp tools.
It was packed full of layers of
variously colored alpaca and vi-
cuna wool, in perfect preserva-
tion. Between each layer were
deposited pebbles, having some
faint likeness to animals, a little strengthened by art. There
were fragments of crystallized quartz, and a very good carving
in a variegated talc of an ear of maize,
three inches long, and of just propor-
tions. These articles were what are
called, according to the Padre Arriaga
in his rare book on the ” Extirpation of
Idolatry in Peru,” canopas, the house-
hold deities, or lares, of the ancient inhabitants. We are told
that “the most esteemed of these were the bezoar stone {quicu)
and small quartz crystals (guispi). The carvings in stone, in
imitation of ears of maize, are specially mentioned under the
name of zaramama.
Some four or five leagues from Lima, following up the val-
ley of the river Rimac, is a side valley, an amphitheatre among
the hills, containing several important haciendas, of whieh those
of Huachipa and La Niverea are the principal. This valley is
watered by a large azequia, deriving its supply from the river
higher up, and which dates from the time of the Incas. The
water, however, cannot, or could not, be carried, under the hy-
draulic system of the ancients, sufficiently high up on the flanks
of the hills to irrigate the whole of this subsidiary and remark-
ably fertile valley. Its upper or higher part, therefore—an ex-
tent of several square miles—like all the rest of Peru where not
irrigated, is an arid area, without vegetation of any kind; while
EAR OF MAIZE, IN STONE.
92
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the lower or irrigated part is covered with luxuriant grain fields
and meadows.
On this plain, and covering nearly a square league, are the
RUINS OF CAJAMARQUILLA.
remains of an ancient town, now known as the ruins of Caja-
marquilla. These consist of three great groups of buildings
on and around the central masses, with streets passing be-
tween them. It would be impossible to describe this compli-
cated maze of massive adobe walls, most of them still standing,
albeit much shattered by centuries of earthquakes, or to convey
f
i
I”
12 ft.
>,’•> ‘»l>l/WWjy./l/»»H’>.’/> y}
‘”/’/’ft.
SECTION AND PLAN OF SUBTERRANEAN VAULTS.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
93
an idea of the pyramidal edifices, rising stage on stage, with ter-
races and broad flights of steps leading to their summits. It is
enough to say that many of the buildings of the ruined city,
the history of which is lost even to tradition, are complicated
■r
-|l
>
— – —
p
–
‘H
30
C
2
CO
< o ? Z o >
– > ” a
»s ^
i >
” O
c
r-
>
J
My
far
T7FBT
SECTION A.B.
structures, their apartments connecting by blind and narrow
passages, and containing many curious subterranean vaults or
granaries, which consisted of excavations made in the hard
ground, of various shapes and sizes. Some were round, like a
vase or jar, and again others were square. They are called
7
94
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ollas, or tinajas (vases, or jars), and were no doubt intended for
the storage of household supplies. The plans on page 92 will
afford a better idea of their construction than can be given by
words.
The privacy of these rooms was insured by walls in front of
the doors. The door-ways are all low, and vary in fomi, a few
of which a”re given in the engraving. There are no windows
DOOR-WATS.
in the dwellings, and the roofs are flat. ISTo traces of gables are
to be seen. In many there was an earthen elevation or dai’s,
and they seem to have been supplied with suitable closets.
Among these edifices an army might conceal itself; and, in
fact, these ruins have several times been made the refuge of
bands of robbers and vagabonds, so as to require, on one oc-
casion, a full regiment of soldiers to hunt them out and expel
them.
I had gone to the hacienda of La Niverea, at the invitation
of its proprietor, Don Pablo, who was also the owner of the
waste lands occupied by the ruins, for the purpose of making
a thorough investigation of them. I was accompanied by a
friend, who was both draughtsman and photographer, and we
intended to spend a week there, and bring away such plans and
views as would give a clear notion of the singular and unde-
scribed remains of the ancient city. We found at the hacienda
a detachment of troops from Lima, a lieutenant and some flve-
and-twenty men, who seemed to be in no hurry to leave the
comfortable foraging afforded by Don Pablo’s well-cultivated
hacienda, with its acre or two of vineyard, now purple with
such grapes as are found nowhere in the world except Peru.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
95
We commenced operations among the ruins the very day of
our arrival, assisted by a couple of Chinese laborers, kindly
lent us by our host. We went to our work early, and returned
late, our interest deepening with every hour’s investigation.
On the second day, the lieutenant and his squad left, alleging
that the ladrones had been heard from over the mountains, in
the valley of Chillon, whither they went “to persecute them.”
I suspected that the ” persecutors ” of the robbers had got some
hint of their approach to La Niverea, and, either from fear or
through complicity, had determined to give them a clear field.
On our third day among the ruins, my companions succumbed
to the heat and glare of the sun reflected from the bare walls,
and returned to the hacienda with many symptoms of fever,
leaving me with but one assistant, A-tau, a Chinese, who could
neither speak nor understand more than half a dozen Spanish
words; but who, nevertheless, I had little difficulty in making
comprehend all that I required in the way of aiding me in my
survey. He carried the measuring-line and stakes, and myself
the compass and note-book.
Having long before recognized the utter impossibility of
making a complete plan of the whole city, I had determined
to run out the most important streets, and make a detailed sur-
vey of a section sufficiently large to convey a clear notion of
the whole. I ran my fines on the walls, which are in general
broad and firm enough to permit one to walk along their tops.
We had proceeded on a single, slightly deviating course for
i nearly half a mile, past the principal pyramidal pile among the
ruins, and nearly to their centre, and were silently intent on
our work, when, being in advance, I was startled in every nerve
by the sudden apparition of three men leaping suddenly to their
feet from the earthen floor of one of the smaller rooms, where
they had been comfortably reclining on a heap of piliones and
ponchos. They were armed, and their hands were on their
weapons in a moment. I gave the universal salutation of the
mountaineers, “Dios y pas” (God and peace), which was re-
sponded to in like manner.
It was Rossi Arci himself, the ” Robber of the Ruins,” and
96 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Ms companions, whom I had surprised. I knew that I was in
for it, so I made a bold advance by clambering down the broken
wall, with outstretched hand, which was accepted reluctantly.
I soon found that I was suspected of being a Government agent,
making a plan of the ruins for official use. I knew there was
no time for trifling, and that a fearless manner was my only
guarantee of safety. I offered him my flask, which he declined,
saying, “After you,” and for reasons afterwards obvious, I com-
menced. My excellent friem. paid profound respects to the
flask when passed to him; and, as I handed him one of my
cards, and he read the name with the appendage, ” Comisionado
de los Estados Unidos,” he said, “Bien [good]; pardon me,” and
lifted his sombrero. He followed the explanation of my plans
with apparent interest, but I fear he was not exactly the man to
appreciate archaeology. One fellow of the party had encoun-
tered me some months previous at the ruins of Amacavilca,
and had seen the great range of my wonderful breech-loading
rifle, and gave a pretty high notion of the efficiency of that
weapon. The robber wished to possess himself of so valuable
an addition to his armory, and immediately made me an offer
of one hundred Bolivian dollars, adding, slowly, “When I get
them ; for, señor, we really are’ not rich.” I, however, declined
the generous offer; but I promiseol to send him a few bottles
of italia, such as I had with me. As we parted, he said, ” You
may come back to-morrow to your nonsense \tonterias~] with-
out fear; and I will send a reliable man for the rifle. Adios,
amigo /” I sent A-tau to carry the bottles, which he did with’
great reluctance. It was after dark when he returned, grossly
intoxicated. It seems that my friend Rossi Arci had insisted
on my drinking first, not from motives of courtesy, but to as-
sure himself that there had been no poisons artfully dissolved
in the tempting italia • and when he got hold of A-tau’s bottles,
the Celestial wretch was compelled to drink a third of each to
give assurance that a similar “doctoring” had not taken place
at the hacienda. Between fright and an overdose of brandy, I
lost my assistant next day, and Don Pablo a laborer for a week.
Four weeks afterwards, a swollen and disfigured corpse was
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
97
exposed in the Grand Plaza of Lima. It was that of Rossi
Arci. He had made a bold attack on a Government guard of
about a hundred soldiers, who were conveying a remittance of
coin, at a place noted in the annals of Peruvian brigandage as
Rio Seco, about half-way between Lima and Cerro de Pasco.
The fight lasted some hours, and frequently swayed in his fa-
vor ; and it is not impossible that he would have captured the
booty had he not received a severe wound in the groin, which
compelled him to retire, and of which he died the next day.
His last request was to be buried in the bottom of an asequia,
so that his body might not fall into the hands of the authori-
ties. His request was complied with; but one of his followers
gave himself up, and purchased clemency by revealing the se-
cret of the brigand’s grave. A commission was sent to verify
the statements of Arci’s follower, and the decaying body was
identified and brought to Lima amid the rejoicings of the peo-
ple. The commander of the remisa was promoted, and a gen-
eral feeling of relief pervaded the community.
9S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER VI.
UP TIIE COAST TO TKTJXILLO.
Starting for Paita.—The Rocky Coast.—Sea-lions.—The Oasis and Port of Huacho.
—The Town.—Rock-salt.—How it is formed.—Supe and Patavilca.—The Rio de
la Barranca.—Ruins of Paramanca.—Traditions.—Ancient Works on La Horca.
—Huarmey or Guarmey.—Casma.—Bays of Simanco and Ferrol.—The Valley of
Chimboto.—Ancient Monuments.—Silver Mine of Micate.—Port of Santa.—The
Rio Santa.—Ridge crowned with Ruins.—Huaca near Santa.—Ride to Santa.—
The City.—Guano Islands of Guañape.—Eagles, Pelicans, and Vultures.—Port of
Huanchaco.—Siugular Craft.—Sardinas.—Getting ashore.—The Prefect of Truxil-
lo.—Departure for Truxillo.—The Grand Chimu.—Beautiful Lizards.—Entrance
to Truxillo.
HAVING completed my official duties as United States Com-
missioner to Peru, and having explored the ruins at Paehaeamae
and those in the immediate vicinity of Lima, I was at liberty to
undertake the far wider researches and explorations which I
had so long meditated. My first expedition was to be north-
ward, up (or as they phrase it here, down) the coast to the an-
cient ruins of Grand Chimu, near Truxillo. I proposed also, on
my return voyage, to visit the ruins lying in the vicinity of the
coast between the port of Truxillo and Lima. I was accom-
panied by Mr. P-as photographer, and Mr. C-, a friend
who was to assist me. After infinite delays, I succeeded, as I
thought, in getting the ” dark tent” for use in photographing
completed, just in time to be put aboard the little, low, long
English-built steamer Inca, plying coastwise between Callao and
Paita. A more uncomfortable craft could scarcely be found.
The cabin was low and without state-rooms, the compartments
for the sexes being merely shut off by dingy curtains. The
deck was uncovered, with only a narrow seat running part of
the way aronnd it, next the guards. AVe were too glad to get
off, to be either critical or complaining, especially as we found
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
99
that the captain was communicative, pleasant, and even con-
vivial.
It was late in the afternoon, and the two remaining hours of
daylight were spent in watching the thousand fantastic forms
of the frayed and barren rocks under whose shadows our little
steamer glided along. AVe were so close to them that they shut
from sight the higher elevations and nevados of the interior,
with their rugged escarpments. Early next morning we were
awakened by the slowing of the vessel, its occasional stoppages,
and the heaving of the lead—indications that we were nearing
the land in a fog. Going on deck, we found the atmosphere of
the color of milk, thick with moisture that hung in beads from
every stay, and stood in pools everywhere. We were cautiously
feeling our way into the port of Huacho, more than a hundred
miles from Callao. But what noise is that, now loud and ap-
parently close at hand, and then fainter and more distant, a
mingled howling and bellowing, rising above the slow splash of
our scarcely revolving wheels ? A dripping sailor, noticing my
amazement, said, with a grim smile,
” They are having a good old time of it this morning.”
“Who are?”
“Why, them sea-lions—seals some folks call ’em. They are
allers lively in such weather. And a good thing it is too; for
you see, sir, the gettin’ into this place is full of rocks that
these beasts live on, and fight on too; real savage, sir, some-
times, especially when courtin’: and if it warn’t for them, we
should never know where we are in thick weather; for these
people would never put up fog-bells.”‘
And so it was; we were really .steering by the racket of the
seals that swarm on the rocky islets off the coast, and especially
in this locality. After a while the man at the lead sung out,
” Three fathoms—half !” and the order to anchor was given. A
gun was fired, and we awaited the lifting of the fog; waited
until breakfast and after breakfast, for four mortal hours, when
a light breeze sprung up and the fog began to scatter, unveiling
fitfully the shore, which was high and green, with a number of
little silvery cataracts from the various azequias pouring over
100 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the declivity. After a while the whole oasis of Huacho was re-
vealed, a verdant interval extending perhaps a mile along the
beach, between two bare, rocky eminences; that to the south
projecting into the sea so as to form a partial protection from
the prevailing south wind. Near this the Government had con-
structed at great cost a long iron mole, which was little used;
for the boats that put off to our steamer, whether with passen-
gers or freight, all started from the beach through the heavy
surf, and landed there, as in the days of old. I was anxious to
go ashore for a few hours in Huacho, but found that, in conse-
quence of the delay occasioned by the fog, this would be im-
practicable.
Huacho is a considerable town, in a high valley watered by
the Rio Huaura, containing many rich haciendas and several
tolerably large towns. It has about six thousand inhabitants,
mainly Indians, engaged in supplying Lima with fowls, pigs,
etc., and in working the salt-pits (salinas), fifteen miles to the
southward. The great blocks of salt which form so conspic-
uous a feature in the shops of Lima are obtained here. The
place where the deposits occur is called Pampa de las Salinas,
a plain (as its name implies) two miles long by one broad, about
three miles from the sea. The centre of this plain is depressed,
and here the salt is found in thick layers of different degrees of
purity; the upper and poorest being called sal de barco, or ship-
salt ; the intermediate variety, sal de garza / and the lowest and
best, sal de corazon. It is chopped out in blocks of from eighty
to one hundred and fifty pounds, varying in price according to
quality, from fifteen to forty cents per Jiundred-weight, at the
works.
Whenever the salt is removed, the excavations soon become
filled by infiltration with saturated salt-water, and in the course
of a year or two they are occupied again by another solid mass
of salt. It was long supposed that this infiltration took place
from the sea; but the investigations of Professor Raimondi
have shown that the supply of water is kept up from the con-
densation on the surrounding hill-sides, and on the plain itself,
of the guaras, or fogs, of the winter season. He supposes that
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
101
the plain, and the basin of which it is the centre, were once be-
neath the sea, and raised up suddenly by one of those convul-
sions of which the whole coast bears so many evidences, thus
forming a great salt lake cut off from the sea, and that by
evaporation thick beds of salt were deposited in the lowest part
of the plain, while the surrounding sands were charged with
it; and that the constant renovation of the pits is due to
the gradual solution of this salt, and its slow accumulation in
depressions formed by the removal of the original deposits.
Hence he rejects the popular notion that these beds are fed
from the ocean, and therefore inexhaustible, and warns the
Government to look to their economical working.
About noon we paddled out of the indentation of the shore
called the bay of Huacho, and passed the low rocky islets.
Many seals were splashing about in the sea, and yet the rocks
were alive with them.
Steaming along and close to the shore, we came in a few
hours to a part of the coast where the high, rocky shore-ridges
broke away, revealing a broad space of sandy beach and rolling
sand-hills, extending back as far as the eye could reach to the
very base of the cloud-capped Cordillera. A cluster of the
rudest possible cane huts near the water, with a few boats and
caballitos drawn up in front and a number of horsemen pranc-
ing behind, were the only signs of life within the range of
vision. This is the port of Supe and Patavilca, towns standing
back some distance from the shore, behind the sand-hills, in the
midst of a fertile region watered by three streams; the largest
of them, called Rio de la Barranca, is, during some seasons, a
powerful and impassable stream, bringing down in its course
great rocks, and piling them in confusion on its banks.
In this neighborhood are a number of remarkable monuments
of the ancient inhabitants, the most important of which, situ-
ated two leagues from the Rio de la Barranca and one from the
sea, and not far from the pueblo of La Fortaleza, are the ruins
of Paramanca. They are described by Paz Soldan ” as occupy-
ing the summit of a hill quadrangular in form, consisting of three
lines of mud-walls, the interior ones dominating the exterior.
102
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The greatest exterior length is nine hundred feet, the length of
the inner wall six hundred feet. Within the latter are remains
of houses separated by narrow streets. Xinety feet from each
angle of the exterior wall are bastions [outworks ?] flanking the
curtains.”
These ruins are described by Proctor as ” a large, square mass
of mud-work, diminishing towards the summit, and forming
large steps. Although,” he continues, ” undoubtedly of great
antiquity, the works do not appear to have suffered materially,
as the sides are square, and the edges sharp. They are partly
covered by a kind of plaster, on which are seen the uncouth
colored representations of birds and beasts.”
There is a tradition that this fortress was erected to com-
memorate the peace between the Inca Capac-Yupanqui and the
King of Chimu, who had his capital near Truxillo, far to the
northward. But it is more probable that it was a frontier
work, defining the limits of the rule of the princes of Chimu
as against the chiefs occupying the valleys of Huaura, Pacas-
mayo, Chillon, Pimac, and Lurin (Paehaeamae), to the southward.
A little to the north of the mouth of the Pio de la Barran-
ca, and where the coast begins again to assume its high and
rocky aspect, is a considerable hill, presenting a bold, scarped
front to the sea, which beats heavily at its base. This is called
La Horca (the gallows). Its top is crowned by massive an-
cient works, with wing-walls running down its slope, connect-
ing apparently with other extensive works near the base; the
whole being conspicuous from the deck of the passing steamer.
Paz Soldan regards these as the prisons of the Chimus, and
thinks that the projecting and precipitous headland was a kind
of Tarpeian rock, from the crest of which criminals were pre-
cipitated into the sea—a suggestion fanciful enough. I passed
these fine monuments with the consoling reflection that, in re-
turning, I should be able to investigate them thoroughly, little
suspecting on how rich a field of inquiry I was entering, or
with what rapidity I should be obliged to return to Lima, if 1
would not forego my great purpose of a trip to the historic in-
terior.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
103
Our steamer, being a mere coaster, stopped at every little
port and roadstead as she proceeded northward, receiving an
occasional passenger, who seldom indulged in the costly luxury
of the cabin, but took a plank on the forward deck, providing
his own rations. Going in this direction, little, if any, freight
was brought aboard. The coast retained its rough, angular out-
line all the afternoon, and presented a long, ragged perspective,
with a white base-line of spray.
Before bedtime we slowed up in front of a mean collection
of huts, called the port of Huarmey, or Guarmey, which, like all
our other stopping-places, was at the mouth of a river and val-
ley descending from the Cordillera. The place is of slight im-
portance, distinguished mainly for its chicha, which, to my
taste, was only a little less disagreeable than that which I found
elsewhere.
Daylight next morning discovered us anchored close to the
shore in the Bay of Casma, which is a good harbor, under the
protection of a lofty headland that shuts off, the south wind.
Here we took in a few passengers, and, hugging the coast, at
noon reached the large and fine bay of Simanco, which, with
that of Ferrol, just to the northward, from which it is separated
only by a sand-spit, constitute the two largest, and perhaps nat-
urally the best, harbors on the whole Pacific coast of South
America. The river ISTepeña falls into the bay of Simanco,
after passing through a rich valley, which, however, is blocked
in by sand-hills and dunes near the coast.
The Bay of Ferrol has behind it the broad valley of Chim-
bote, which has no perennial river, and is consequently now
quite barren and desolate. It abounds, however, in remains,
temples, dwellings, and other edifices of a large ancient popula-
tion, who contrived to irrigate it by means of an aqueduct from
the river Santa, sixteen miles distant. The greater part of this
fine work still exists, and is computed to have a capacity of sup-
plying sixty million cubic feet of water daily. The somewhat
celebrated silver mines of Micate are situated twenty-seven
leagues inland from the Bay of Ferrol.
Early in the afternoon we reached the harbor of Santa, be-
104
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
hind one of the loftiest and ruggedest of the headlands of this
rocky coast. The waves and winds have frayed it into a thou-
sand fantastic shapes, and the water has worn a passage through
it, forming a gigantic natural arch. Myriads of water-fowl soar-
ed and shrieked around its stony pinnacles, or settled in clusters
on its projecting ledges. We rounded close to this headland—
so close that the spray from the heavy surf almost spattered on
our decks. A moment later we were out of the swell of the
sea, and gliding along in smooth water towards a cluster of
cane-built and wattled huts that constituted the port of Santa,
behind which we could discern a belt of shrubbery, and still be-
yond large trees, defining the valley of the river Santa, the long-
est and largest river on the coast of Peru, and possibly, except-
ing the Guayaquil, the largest on the Pacific coast of South
America.
The Santa rises far to the south, behind the first range of the
Cordilleras, in a broad and elevated valley, separated from that
of the principal affluents of the Amazon by the true Cordillera,
or dividing ridge of the continent. Its course is almost due
north for nearly the whole length of the department of Ancachs,
a distance of a hundred and fifty miles, when, receiving a con-
siderable affluent from the north, the Rio Chuquicara, it turns
abruptly to the west, and, after a course of seventy miles, falls
into the Bay of Santa. The valley of this river is salubrious,
and rich in productions, animal, vegetable, and mineral. It con-
tains several important towns, and, although reached from vari-
ous points on the coast through the gorges of the Cordilleras,
its principal commerce is through the town and port of Santa.
Several coasting vessels were loading and unloading in the har-
bor ; and as we were told that the steamer would not be able to
discharge and receive her cargo until late at night, we deter-
mined to go ashore, and visit the town of Santa, situated a
couple of leagues inland.
As we entered the harbor I noticed that the lofty ridge con-
necting the headland with the main-land was covered with
long lines of walls, terraces, and remains of numerous structures
built of uncut stones. So, while the agent of the steamer oc-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
105
cupied himself with procuring horses for our trip to Santa,
Mr. C-and myself made a reconnoissance of the monuments.
Climbing with difficulty the steep and rocky ridge, we found
its summit and flanks for some distance downwards literally
covered with vestiges of edifices which had been built among
the rocks on terraces laboriously constructed. Some were quite
large, especially those upon and near the summit, where a con-
siderable regularity had been observed in their arrangement;
but most were small, square or circular, and scattered confused-
ly wherever a spot could be levelled to support them. There
were several large areas, surrounded with ruins of buildings of
relatively quite a pretentious character, probably public struct-
ures, or the residences of the headmen of the ancient munici-
pality. Flights of stone steps still remained, leading up diffi-
cult places, and traces of carefully smoothed streets or roads.
These ruins covered an area of half a mile wide by a mile long,
terminating towards the sea, on an elevated point of the ridge,
in some stone towers eighteen or twenty feet in diameter, and,
although much ruined, still of about the same height. These
were flanked on and just below the brow of the ridge on both
sides by lines of walls, clearly for defence.
As there is little room for cultivation near the harbor of
Santa, and as we knew that the valley inland was anciently ex-
ceedingly rich and populous, I could not resist the conviction
that here was a large fishing town or station, and that its rugged
site had been selected in part for its salubrity, and in part for
its facilities for defence. The arrangement of the various edi-
fices, so far as the broken nature of the ground would permit, I
afterwards found to be substantially the same with that of the
cities and towns of ancient Chimu, whose princes held sway
over the valley of Santa.
One of the largest and most celebrated huacas, or pyramidal
structures, of Pern stands not far from the town of Santa. It
has been extensively excavated, and many articles of gold and
silver, with vast quantities of pottery, have been taken from it;
among others an interesting vase or vessel, presented to me by
one of the residents of the place, of which an engraving is here
106 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
given. It is of well-burned red clay, five inches high, and
represents a squatting human figure supporting a kind of sack
over his shoulders. Its principal interest
is in the face, which is strongly marked
and artistically modelled, with clearly no
attempt at exaggeration or caricature. I
think it may fairly be regarded as typical.
Proctor, who entered the valley of Santa
overland, from that of Nepeña, speaks of
encountering on the road ” several remains
of Indian towns, particularly two paral-
lel streets, paved with adobes, with walls
about three feet high on each side, twenty
feet wide, and extending in a direct line
as much as a league.”
Returning from our antiquarian ram-
ble, we found Don Federieo, the steam-
er’s agent, awaiting us with horses for our trip to Santa.’ Our
captain, in full uniform, had come ashore, and needed no sec-
ond invitation to accompany us. We set off at a rapid pace,
over a fair road through swampy ground, covered with bush-
es, interspersed with pools of water. Seamen are not noted
as equestrians, and for some reason the captain could not
keep up. There was, he said, no ” go” in his horse, and he
couldn’t get him ” to forge ahead.” So I changed horses with
him, giving him mine, a spirited animal, whieh discovered at
once that his new rider was no horseman, and with a wilful
plunge dashed off at full speed. It was now quite dark, the
road was winding, and horse and rider were out of sight in an
instant. We tried in vain to overtake them; but at the end of
half a mile came upon the captain sitting in the road alone, his
coat torn through from top to bottom, and his hair filled with
sand; but he affirmed that he was not hurt in the least. Don
Federieo vainly urged him to mount his own horse; but he
had made up his mind, he said, to walk the rest of the way to
Santa, and to return in an ox-cart. Happily the distance was
not great, and we soon entered the town, which looked sufti-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
107
ciently shabby in the evening gloom. There was one bright
light in a dirty fonda, or pulperia, where a number of un-
couth Indians and half-naked arrieros Were drinking chicha,
and indulging in noisy, incoherent discussion; there was an-
other light in the corridor of Don Federico’s house, and a third
streamed from the open mouth of an oven in his court-yard—
for, besides being an apothecary and agent for steamers, Don
Federieo was a baker, supplying the town, the port, and the
vessels frequenting it with bread.
Our impression of Santa, derived from a stroll through its
dark and dirty streets, past a tumble-down church, were not
favorable; and we were not sorry, after tasting our host’s italia,
to return to the steamer, whose captain was fain to forego his
ox-cart and trust himself to a mule, led by one of Don Fed-
erico’s servants. The present city of Santa does not occupy
the site of the old town, which was destroyed by the Dutch pi-
rate David in 16S5; but it bears the title of ” city,” given to
it by the crown in recognition of the gallant defence of its in-
habitants against the pirates, and particularly for their having
preserved a miraculous image of Christ, the gift of Charles V.
Between Santa and Huanehaco, the port of Truxillo, whither
we were bound, our steamer made no stoppage. The coast pre-
sented throughout its same rugged outlines ; but as we now stood
farther off shore, we could see the mighty ranges of the Cor-
dillera, piled rank on rank behind, their summits gleaming with
eternal snow. We passed to the right of the high guano islands
of Guafiape. Though not of so good a quality as that of the
Chincha, the quantity of guano here is considerable. Both the
coast of the main-land and these islands are the resorts of
myriads of seals and sea-birds, which find abundant food in the
fishes that swarm in these waters. All day the sea around the
steamer was alive with the darting, leaping varieties, making
the surface fairly boil with their evolutions.
Mr. Davis, an American engineer, who was engaged in the
survey of these islands, gave me a curious account of the habits
of the birds that frequent them. Although of a number of va-
rieties, they live together in perfect harmony, and, so far from
10S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
quarrelling, some of them, like the sea-eagles, will defend their
less powerful neighbors, such as the clumsy and unwarlike pel-
ican. The young of these are regarded by the vultures of the
main-land as delicate food, and they wTill sometimes come off in
hundreds, when the wind blows off shore, and make a forray on
these plump little lumps of flesh and fat. They select the time
of the day when the sea-eagles are accustomed to fish, and when
the fish themselves happen to swarm far out at sea. Then they
swoop down on the islands, creating the greatest alarm and
commotion, except among the stupid pelicans, who will stand
stolidly by wrhile their helpless young are disembowelled by
their rapacious assailants. But woe betide the latter, when, in
response to the alarm carried to them by some fleet messenger,
the warriors of the islands return with rapid wing and sharp
beaks, and open a fierce attack on the intruders. In vain do
the vultures seek safety in flight; the eagles rise high over
them, then close their wings and strike down on them with
the velocity and force of an arrow from a cross-bow, driving
them, wounded and bleeding, into the ocean. The combat is
not an equal one; and out of the hundreds of vultures that join
in the forray, it will be lucky, indeed, if a tenth part escape.
While the fight goes on, the other birds, incapable of coping
with the vultures, will nevertheless hang like clouds in the air,
and with loud and dissonant cries seem to cheer on and encour-
age their champions.
The fourth morning after our departure from Callao found
us slowing np in the open roadstead, in front of Huanchaco, the
place of our destination. The town stands on an unprotected
beach which extends for several miles north and south, beneath
a high, scarped edge of the sandy plain beyond, relieved by a
number of lofty peaks of bare rock, of which the famous Monte
Campana — within whose recesses pious ears hear the eternal
chime of bells—is most conspicuous. A church on the edge of
the plain stands like a sentinel over the mean little town, which
is scarcely visible against its amber-colored background, afford-
ing; a convenient landmark for all vessels bound to this worst of
all the so-called ports of Peru.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
109
We fired our gun, and. after a while we could discern the
great launches or seows, in which landing is effected here, put-
ting off from the shore. But long before they could reach us
we were surrounded by a swarm of Indians, mounted astride of
probably the most novel craft that the world has ever seen, call-
ed caballitos, or ” little horses.” They consist of one or more
bundles of reeds or flags, bound together something like sheaves
of wheat, only more firmly, from one end to the other, alto-
gether forming a float from eighteen to twenty-five feet long,
and of varying width. The taper end is turned up, like the
neck of a swan. They are extremely buoyant, and when not in
use are taken ashore and placed erect to dry. Generally they
consist of two bundles or sheaves of reeds, in which case the
marinero sits astride, or balanced on his knees in the centre, and
propels it by a double-bladed oar, striking the water alternate-
ly right and left. Some of the larger ones consist of three
sheaves lashed side by side, the largest in the centre, astride of
which sits the manager. These will carry several persons, or
two or three bales of goods, and are often the only means of
communication between vessels and the shore. We declined
several urgent offers from
the owners of these queer-
looking craft to go ashore
with them. Among the
many quaint earthen ves-
sels which we found in the
ancient ruins near Huan-
chaco, was one rudely rep-
resenting the cavallito, on
which is a sitting figure,
with two children, engaged
in fishing. He is represent-
ed as just hauling in a ray.
The accompanying cut represents a similar and equally inter-
esting one from Chimu.
The lumbering launches were very tardy in reaching the
steamer; and it was a long time before the officials who had
THE CABALUTO.
110
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
come off in them were able to get through their duties aboard
—one of which was that of taking a most hearty breakfast, with
the accompaniments. Finally, after much bumping against the
steamer’s sides, we got aboard one of the launches, amidst a con-
fused mass of merchandise and baggage which had been hud-
dled into it without system or order. The men, at the expense
of much swearing, ultimately got settled at their sweeps, and
began pulling towards the land, two miles distant. The swell
of the sea was heavy and regular, and we rose and fell with dig-
nified monotony, passing meanwhile through an almost solid
mass of the little fishes, called sardinas every where on the coast,
which were apparently driven inshore by large and voracious
enemies in the sea, the occasional splash of whose tails told the
story of their insatiable appetites. . The little victims crowded
each other, until their noses, projecting to the surface, made the
ocean look as if covered over with a cloak of Oriental mail.
\Ye could dip them up by handfuls and by thousands. Yast
numbers had succumbed in the crush, and floated about dead in
the struggling mass. They filled the sea over a belt more than
a mile broad along the shore, where hundreds of women and
children were scooping them up with their hats, with basins,
baskets, and the fronts of their petticoats, and depositing them
in heaps on the sand.
As we neared the shore, our attention was withdrawn from
the fish and the fishermen by the increased size and more rapid
movement of the rollers, which tossed our heavy launch, now
head, now stern, high up in the air, tumbling boxes and bag-
gage about with little regard to the safety of our legs. Our
men were very expert in managing the launch so as to evade or
glide over the waves, now pulling vigorously, and next resting
on their oars, until we came to rest just outside the breakers,
holding off and on in a perpetual seesaw. But now came the
critical part of the business — the landing. A number of tall,
stalwart cholos and sambos, naked, except that each had a breech-
cloth, came off through the surf to carry us ashore. vYe were
expected to mount, not on their shoulders, with our legs astride
their necks, and clinched under their armpits, but astride their
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. Ill
slippery right shoulders, one leg in front and the other behind.
My confidence in this mode of conveyance was not increased by
seeing one of our passengers slip from his perch in the thickest
of the surf, to be dragged ashore like a half-drowned rat; but I
tried it, and got in with a slight wetting. Our baggage was
brought off with less difficulty on the heads of the men, who
here form a class or guild, with the exclusive right of doing
this kind of work.
Huanchaco, unattractive from the sea, was hardly less so when
viewed from the shore. Caballitos drawn up to dry, with bales
of merchandise piled up and covered wTith hides and old tarpau-
lins, were scattered along the beach above the reach of the
waves, and, with a few high-wheeled and exceedingly rude ox-
carts, formed the foreground of the picture that presented it-
self to us on landing. Back of these, the ground rising rather
abruptly, was a kind of shed, formed of a roof of coarse rush-
matting and canes, supported on crooked posts, each inclining a
different way from any other, beneath which were gathered the
leading inhabitants of Huanchaco and its visitors; for this is
rather noted as a watering-place, and during ” the season ” not
only attracts many people from Truxillo, but from the towns of
the interior. To all of these the arrival of the steamer is an
event of importance, to be celebrated by a general gathering
under the shed on the shore, where the new arrivals and their
mishaps in landing are duly laughed at and criticised.
Happily for us, we were speedily taken in charge by the con-
tador of the port, whose acquaintance I had made in Lima, and
who occupied a house which was rather stylish for Huanchaco,
but which would hardly be dignified by the name of hut in
many parts of the world. It was, however, comfortably fur-
nished, and contained a very agreeable family, including a num-
ber of young ladies dressed in the height of the ruling fashion
at Lima.
During the sitting of the Mixed Commission in Lima, I had
been introduced, under very favorable auspices, to Señor K-,
the Prefect of Truxillo, who had once been Peruvian minister
in Europe, and was reputed to be one of the richest men in
112
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Peru, as well as celebrated for possessing the finest private resi-
dence in all South America. He was courtly in manner, speak-
ing English very well, and extended to me a pressing invitation
to visit Truxillo, and investigate the monuments in its vicinity.
His house and influence, personal and official, were put at my
service with a copiousness and warmth of phrase that, from a
man who had lived abroad, and knew something of the value of
words, made me feel not only grateful, but under an obligation
to report myself to him on the instant of my arrival in Truxillo.
It was not, therefore, without satisfaction that I ascertained
from the contador that he was then in the port, where he had
also a large and commodious residence. As soon as I could
make myself presentable, I waited on him; but, although the
conversation was sufficiently discursive, and, as I thought, rather
adroitly directed to recalling some of the extravagant proffers
that had been made to me in Lima, I failed to get the remotest
reference to the grand establishment in Truxillo, or to any of
the wonderful facilities I was to have received in prosecuting
my researches. In fact, in reply to the direct inquiry if there
were any thing like hotels in -the city, I was told, ” None worthy
of the name; nothing except a Chinese fonda, Bola de Oro,
and a shabby place, Hotel del Comercio. It was possible I
might find some kind of accommodation there.” And, thus en-
lightened and consoled, I had the honor of wishing the prefect
and ex-minister ” Good-morning.”
My companions did not receive the report of my interview
with any marked demonstrations of satisfaction. But our good
contador, in his modest way, not only gave us a tolerable break-
fast, of which the sardines we had seen caught in such vast num-
bers in the morning formed a principal part, but he also helped
us to get a couple of carts for our apparatus and effects, and
some lean and lazy saddle-horses for ourselves.
Mounting the ridge dominating the town, a broad, barren,
treeless, and somewhat irregular plain spreads out before, the
traveller, extending back ten or twelve miles to the base of
the mountains, near which is a belt of verdure, marking the
shallow valley of the river Moche, in which stands the city of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
113
Truxillo. This is properly the plain of Mansiche or Chimu;
but the coast is generally level, or interrupted only by isolated
mountains, as far north as the valley of Chicama, and as far
south as that of Viru, an extent of nearly ninety miles. Prac-
tically, these valleys may be considered as one, affording, with
their ramifications in the mountains, a rich and ample area for
a large and advanced ancient population, the evidences of whose
existence are met with almost immediately after leaving Huan-
chaco. These consist of long lines of massive walls, gigantic
chambered pyramids, or huacas, remains of palaces, dwellings,
aqueducts, reservoirs, granaries, prisons, furnaces, foundries, and
tombs, extending for many miles in every direction. These are
the ruins of Grand Chimu, the most extensive and populous of
all the cities of ancient Peru. The road runs directly through
them, and in their centre, solitary and alone, with no sign of life
or population around it, stands the little church of La Legua,
built here among the deserted and crumbling monuments of
the ancient inhabitants, as if to give some sort of Christian sanc-
tity to the relics of los infieles.
After a long ride, we emerged from the ruins into cultivated
grounds, cut up into fields by thick and high hedges of thorny
bushes and climbing plants, under the shelter of which scurried
hundreds of lizards, of all sizes and colors, some flashing in me-
tallic green, with heads glowing like rubies, and others splendid
in suits of gold. Probably nowhere in the world can be found
so many and so beautiful varieties. No wonder the princes of
Chimu emblazoned them on their arms, embroidered them in
their tissues of cotton and wool, and gave them a prominent
place in the insignia of-their power.
After passing some crazy reed huts and crumbling adobe
houses, the remains of the Indian village of Mauriche, to which
the lower orders of the people of Truxillo resort on holidays,
we came in full sight of the city, and entered upon a ruined al-
ameda, lined with trees, which had two piers of stone-work, now
standing awry, to mark its commencement. One of these bore
a half – obliterated inscription, purporting that the alameda was
dedicated to the beautiful ladies of Truxillo.
114
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER VII.
TRUXILLO—RECONNAISSANCE OF GRAND CHIMU.
Truxillo. — Hotel del Comercio. — The Chinese Fonda.—Churches, Convents, and
Public Buildings.—Colonel La Rosa.—His Collections of Antiques.— Supposes
the Author to be in Search of, Hidden Treasure.—Reconnoissance of Chimu.—
Hamlet of Miraflores.—The Great Aqueduct.—General Survey of the Ruins.—
The Huacas, Walls, and Gardens.—Girls’ Tombs without the Walls.—Azequias.
—Remains of a Village of the Excavators of El Obispo.—How the Huaca was
built.—A Solitary Scorpion.—Almost under Arrest.—Unearthed Palace.— The
Royal Tombs.—El Castillo.—The Dead of a Great Battle.—Skulls of Various
Races.—Cemetery of Girls.—The Prison.—Huaca of Toledo.—Miles of Graves.
—The Watering-place of Huaman.—Returu to Truxillo.—Photographic Annoy-
ances.
A MILE farther on brought us to the walls of the city, at the
western, or Mauriche, gate. We entered by a long, ill-paved
street, leading directly to the great plaza, which is flanked on
one side by the cathedral, and has a fountain in the centre—a
large and silent square, with a solitary figure moving here and
there in the shadow of the buildings, and a single donkey brows-
ing in the middle. Turning from the plaza to the left, into the
Calle del Comercio, the principal street, on which are some pre-
tentious shops, we came to the Hotel del Comercio, a low build-
ing, extending around a large court, and entered beneath a
heavy archway.
We had difficulty in finding either host or servants, but final-
ly discovered them in certain dark and dirty retreats behind a
large room, in which was a dingy bar, and which served the pur-
poses of reception, sitting, and eating room. The proprietor was
a lean, sallow man, with black, irregular fangs for teeth, his head
bound up in a smouched towel, and his whole person closely en-
veloped in a rusty blue cloak. His solitary servant, or major-
domo, was a fitting counterpart of his master, a saturnine, un-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
115
kempt eholo, who evidently thought guests were nuisances,
since they involved some exertion or attention on his part.
AVe finally succeeded in obtaining a large room on one side of
the court, which had once served as some kind of a shop, the
shelves and counter still remaining, and a room in a low second
story, at the front of the house, and looking out on the princi-
pal street. Both apartments were full of dust and cobwebs
and alive with fleas, on which we persuaded a stray zambita, or
mixed Indian and negro woman, whom we found strolling in
the streets, to make vigorous war. The empty shop answered
for a laboratory for preparing our photographic chemicals, and
a store-room for our collections.
AVe retained our quarters in the Hotel del Comercio, but took
our meals, when we took them in town at all, at the Chinese
fonda. This was kept by an association of Chinamen, each
taking a special department, and all performing their work har-
moniously and well. They had cut off their pigtails; and one
of them—the only instance of the kind I heard of in Peru—
had married .a native chola, by whom he had children. The
cooking was good, and the food varied and well-served. Alto-
gether, the Chinese fonda was second to none of the so-called
hotels I found in the country outside of Lima. The enterprise
of its managers was shown in establishing relays of mules for
bringing down a daily supply of ice from the snowy mountains,
four days distant—an enterprise to which we contributed no
inconsiderable support during our stay.
Truxillo stands in a little more than eight degrees of south
latitude, on a level space, at a slight elevation above the sea, and
on ground so flat that the azequias by which it is supplied with
water have a scarcely perceptible current, and are consequent-
ly offensively charged with filth. It was founded, in 1535, by
Francisco Pizarro, who named it after his native town in Spain,
intending it for one of the great capitals of Peru. It is regu-
larly laid out, the streets crossing each other at right angles,
leaving here and there small open plazas or squares, on’ which
the various churches usually face. In 1686 it was encircled by
a wall of adobes, a regular oval in outline, and, with the excep-
lib-
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tion of Lima, is the only walled city in Peru. Its present pop-
ulation is about fifteen thousand, made up largely of hacenda-
dos, or owners of estates in the surrounding valleys, and comer-
ciantes, or traders, with the usual proportions of the lower or-
ders and mixed breeds. It is, on the whole, well built; many
of the houses being of two stories, with spacious and well-fur-
nished interiors, indicative of wTealth and a certain amount of
taste. It has still some importance, but insignificant, compared
with what it possessed under the viceroys, when it was the cen-
tre of an extensive jurisdiction, with high officers, a royal mint,
and numbered families of high and historic titles among its in-
habitants. It was also the seat of a bishop, and had five con-
vents for men and two for women. The former have all been
suppressed; but the latter, largely endowed, are still in exist-
ence, covering large areas within the city walls. The richest,
Santa Clara, had, at the time of our visit, only thirteen inmates.
There are thirteen churches within the walls, besides the cathe-
dral. They are generally well built, and some of them, with
their flying buttresses thrown out to support them against
earthquakes, are both quaint and picturesque. The other pub-
lic buildings are simply mean, neglected, and in decay.
Nearly all the leading inhabitants to whom we had introduc-
tions were absent on their estates at the sea-side; but we were
fortunate in finding the gentleman whom we were most inter-
ested in meeting, and to whom I bore special letters from Lima
—Colonel La Rosa, the most experienced, enthusiastic, and per-
sistent treasure-hunter of Truxillo, where rummaging for tapa-
das, or treasures, has been a passion, I had almost said the main
business, of the people since Juan Gutierrez de Toledo com-
menced the practice nearly three hundred years ago. Years
before, I had seen in London a large collection of articles, both
curious and valuable, obtained by him from the ruins of Chimu,
Moche, and Yiru, and which he had confided to a person call-
ing himself “Dr. Ferris” to dispose of, but who claimed to have
discovered them himself, and sold them on his own account.
A part went to the British Museum, and another portion was
bought by the late Mr. George Folsom, and is now deposited
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
117
with the Historical Society of New York. I had also seen a con-
siderable collection of the colonel’s in Lima, and had purchased
some of the more remarkable articles in the precious metals.
The colonel was neither an archaeologist nor an antiquary,
and had little care for the relics he obtained in his excavations,
except in a mercantile sense. He had rather a contempt for
pottery, and for implements or utensils in bronze. His inter-
est in Chimu architecture was mainly in the way of finding hid-
den vaults and chambers; he cared nothing for arabesques or
paintings; and his knowledge of the ancient modes of sepul-
ture was limited to ascertaining where the rich and powerful
were buried, and where ornaments of gold and silver were most
likely to abound. In these directions he had become proverbi-
ally expert. Of course, he did not sympathize greatly with my
plans of surveying, measuring, and mapping the monuments,
and evidently thought my declaration of such a purpose was
merely a shallow pretext for diverting attention from my real
object—that of finding the peje grande, or “great fish,” as the
yet undiscovered, legendary treasure of the Chimus has been
called from “immemorial days, and in trying to discover which
millions of dollars had been expended. The colonel did not ex-
actly tell me that he was confident I had got hold of some an-
cient itinerary, map, or guide, drawn up perhaps by the same
Indian, Cazique Tello, who had confided to Gutierrez de Toledo
the secret of the peje chica, or “little fish,” and which had been
kept hitherto concealed. His manner implied that he was not
at all deceived in the matter. He hardly waited for me to sug-
gest that we should take a ride over the ruins next morning,
but warmly seconded the proposition. It would be difficult
for the possessor of the great secret to wholly retain that com-
posure, when standing over the peje grande, which a quick eye
and ready wit could not penetrate! Thus, possibly, speculated
Colonel La Rosa. But be that as it may, he reported himself
early next morning at the hotel; and leaving P-behind to
prepare his photographic chemicals and apparatus, we set out in
company with Mr. C-for a reconnoissance of the ruins of
Chimu.
IIS INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
“We left the city by the Portada de Miraflores, one of the
northern gates, past the Panteon, or Cemetery, through a rich,
well – cultivated district, till we reached the hamlet of Miraflo-
res, a league or more from the city, at the foot of the hills that
slope down to the plain in that direction. Here we came upon
the remains of a great azequia, or aqueduct, which had tapped
the Rio Moche many miles up towards its source among the
mountains for the supply of the ancient city, and which was
here carried across the valley on a lofty embankment. This is
still more than sixty feet high, built of stones and earth, with a
channel on top, originally lined with stones, and of the dimen-
sions of our ordinary canals. We followed this to the point on
the slope overlooking the old city, where the water was distrib-
uted, through minor azequias, over the plain below.
All around us, on the arid slope, were remains of rude stone
edifices, suggesting that here, perhaps, had been a suburb of the
city, occupied by the poorer class of inhabitants. Below, how-
ever, stretching away in a broad sweep from the foot of the de-
clivity to the sea in front, and from the base of the rocky pin-
nacle of Monte Campana on the north, to Huaman and the Rio
Moche on the south, over an area hardly less than from twelve
to fifteen miles long by from five to six miles broad, was the’
plain of Chimu itself, thickly covered over with the ruins of
the ancient city. They consist of a wilderness of walls, form-
ing great inclosures, each containing a labyrinth of ruined
dwellings and other edifices, relieved here and there by gigan-
tic huacas, most conspicuous among which were those of El
Obispo, Conchas, and Toledo—great masses, which the visitor
finds it difficult to believe to be artificial.
On the side from which we approached the ruins, the city
seems to have been protected by a heavy wall, several miles of
which are still standing. From this wall, extending inwards at
right angles, are other lines of walls of scarcely inferior eleva-
tion, inclosing great areas which have never been built upon,
and which fall off in low terraces, carefully cleared of stones,
each with its azequia for irrigation. These wrere evidently the
gardens and pleasure-grounds of the ancient inhabitants.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
119
Descending the slope, we encountered, outside of the great
wall, two rectangular inclosures, situated about a quarter of
a mile apart, each containing a truncated pyramid, or huaca.
The first of these inclosures is 252 feet long by 222 feet at the
ends. The wall is still 11 feet high by 6 feet thick at the base.
The huaca is 162 feet square by 50 feet in height, and stands
nearer one end of the area inclosed than the other. It is built,
as are the walls, of compact rubble; that is to say, of tenacious
clay mixed with broken stones, so as to form an indurated mass,
almost as hard as mortar. Notwithstanding this, however, it
has been much excavated and defaced, revealing that, towards
its summit at least, it was made up of sepulchral chambers, from
which great quantities of bones have been taken, which now lie
strewed about in every direction. These were all slight, and
appeared to have been of females, ranging from five to fifteen
years old. I had occasion to observe afterwards that a custom
of burying the dead of certain ages and sexes together, in cer-
tain places, existed among the builders of Chimu.
The other structure referred to corresponds very closely with
this. It is 210 feet long by 210 feet wide, the outer walls 20
‘ feet high by 8 thick, and the interior huaca, or mound, 172 feet
long by 152 wide, and 40 feet high. No human remains were
found here, but the summit of the mound showed that it had
been divided into sections, or chambers, from five to six feet
square, by walls of rubble eighteen inches thick. I could not
resist the conviction that this structure, like the other, had been
built for sepulchral purposes, but had not been used.
We entered the ruined city through a break in the outer
wall, and I was at once struck with the care with which the
open areas, which I have called gardens, had been cleared and
prepared for culture. The principal azequias had been built
close along the walls, and carefully lined with stones; wdiile the
smaller distributing channels had been earned in zigzags from
terrace to terrace, so as to insure an equal and efficient distribu-
tion of water. All were dry now, as they had been for centn-
ries, and a nitrous efflorescence covered the once fertile areas
that they had made to bloom and blossom in past ages.
120 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Directing our course towards the great huaca, Obispo, we
passed a number of broad and deep rectangular excavations,
their sides terraced and faced with rongh but well-laid stones,
and with zigzag slopes, or pathways, leading to the bottom.
These, Colonel La Rosa insisted, were ancient granaries; but it
did not require much intelligence to discern that they had been
reservoirs of water. The vast size of the huaca became more
obvious as we approached it, and the great excavation which
had been carried into it from its north side, a century or more
ago, made it appear like the crater of some extinct volcano.
The materials—stones, rubble, and adobes — that had been
taken out of the excavation were heaped up in a high, irregular
mass on the plain, literally covering acres; and close beside it
were the rnins of an abandoned village, with a little church, in
the plaza of which a cross was still kept up by pious hands.
This village was built for the workmen, Indians (encomendados)
and others, who had been employed, so runs the tradition, for
twenty years in penetrating the huaca. Presuming that they
conducted the work as similar work is still conducted in Peru—
in other words, that the materials were loosened by little picks,
gathered up by hand, and carried out in baskets on the head, or
in improvised sacks made of ponchos—I see nothing improbable
in the story. But, however accomplished, the undertaking was
a gigantic one; yet how insignificant as compared with that of
building the structure in the first instance !
I could not learn that treasure, or indeed anything else, was
found in the huaca to compensate for the great labor and cost
of its excavation. And while I could not help regretting the
defacement and ruin of this fine monument, yet I was gratified
in being able to discover how it was built. Its construction
was similar to that of the Castillo at Paehaeamae, of nearly
equal parts of stones and rough adobes, the whole cast over
with a kind of breccia or rubble-work. The excavation had
been carried below the level of the surrounding ground, and re-
vealed the natural strata. So the notion of subterranean cham-
bers beneath the mass, evidently once entertained, was not sup-
ported by experiment.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
121
Wc ascended to the top of the huaca, from which a distinct
view of the whole plain and its monuments is commanded.
Turning over an adobe for a seat, I discovered a little scorpion,
the first and the only one I saw in Peru. Why he was at the
summit of El Obispo, that scorched and arid heap in a scorched
and arid plain, I did not stop to inquire, but inveigled him into
an empty letter-envelope, and pickled him duly on my return
to the city. Whether he belonged to any variety new or rare,
I do not know; albeit I sent him, with an earnest solicitation, to
a scientific friend, who affects scorpions, but from whom I have
never heard a word in reference to the unique and virulent lit-
tle reprobate.
Subsequently I made a visit to El Obispo, and measured it,
with its surroundings, as well as its dilapidation would permit;
in doing which, both C-and myself were overhauled and
somewhat roughly questioned by a body of mounted rural po-
lice in search of certain ladrones who had committed robbery
and arson in the neighboring valley of Chicama, and, it was sup-
posed, had taken refuge among the ruins. I shall never forget
the blank look of the commander of the squad when he was
assured that we were merely making surveys of the monuments.
If he did not arrest us, I am sure it was because he doubted if
taking charge of idiots and madmen fell within his line of duty.
El Obispo is about one hundred and fifty feet high, and cov-
ers an area five hundred and eighty feet square, equal to about
eight acres; and as its sides are so abrupt, where unbroken, as
to prohibit ascent, its contents may be roughly calculated at
about fifty millions of cubic feet. Its summit was probably
reached by zigzag inclines or a stairway on its northern face.
From the top of El Obispo, Colonel La Rosa pointed out to
me the locality of his latest and most extensive excavations, to
which we made our way through an ancient avenue or street,
lined on both sides by monuments. The excavations were in
what appeared to be a shapeless mound of debris, with very
slight external evidence of having been, what, it probably was,
the palace of the jmnces of Chimu. The surface was rough
and irregular, and we had some difficulty in riding over it.
122
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Suddenly, the colonel, turning abruptly around a huge pile of
rubbish, reined up on the edge of a great pit, in whieh were ex-
posed the lower walls, passages, courts, and apartments of a part
of some great structure long ago buried from the day. A sin-
gle glance satisfied me that, thanks to Colonel La Rosa’s passion
for tajpadas, we had before us a revelation of an entirely unique
and very beautiful style of aboriginal American architecture.
My eye ran with mingled surprise and delight over long walls
covered with intricate arabesques in relief, and here and there
glowing with brilliant colors, such as I had never seen in all my
previous explorations on this continent. The colonel seemed to
attach no importance to them, but eagerly directed my attention
to the spot where he had found a concealed chamber or closet,
piled full of vessels of silver and gold.
As I shall have occasion to speak in detail of these particular
remains, I shall pursue the narrative of our reeonnoissanee.
From the palace the colonel led us to another mound, where
excavation had revealed what there is good reason to believe
were the royal tombs. Hence we took a long sweep past La
Legua to an eminence near the sea, on which stands an exten-
sive work with a huaca and other monuments inclosed, called,
from its position and assumed purpose, El Castillo. The sandy
soil in front of its principal entrance, over an area of several
acres, is stuffed with skeletons, buried irregularly, as if after a
great battle; a supposition supported by the fact that the bones
which had been exposed by excavation or laid bare by the winds
were all of adult men, and that a large part of the skulls bore
marks of violence. Some were cloven as if by the stroke of a
battle-axe or sabre; others battered in as if by blows from clubs
or the primitive hammer to which the French have given the
appropriate name of cassetete / and still others were pierced as
if by lances or arrows. I picked up a piece of a skull showing
a small square hole, precisely such as would be occasioned by
the bronze arrow-heads found here and there among the ruins.
I could not resist thinking, in spite of tradition, that perhaps
on this very spot had been fought the last decisive battle be-
tween the Inca Yupanqui and the Prince of Chimu, and that
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
123
here were mingled the hones of the slain of both armies : a no-
tion supported by finding mixed together the square, posterior-
ly compressed skulls of the peoples of the coast, the elongated
skulls of the Aymaras, and the regular, normal heads of the
Quichuas of the Sierra.
Inside the Castillo we found a terraced cemetery, containing,
however, only the skeletons of young women, carefully envel-
oped in fine cotton cloth. These skeletons were apparently of
persons that had died at between fifteen and eighteen years of
age.
Returning from the Castillo through a wilderness of excava-
tions and gigantic water-reservoirs, we rode in succession to a
series of vast enclosures, themselves containing lesser ones,
crowded with buildings, which are strangely called ” palaces.”
One of the most interesting enclosures contained, besides a
number of open squares of differing sizes, a great reservoir,
and, in one corner, fenced off by massive walls, what we subse-
quently ascertained to be a prison. We visited also the huaca of
Toledo, whence Don Garcia Gutierrez de Toledo had extracted
his enormous treasures. It has been so worked upon and into,
“in the course of three centuries, as to have lost all shapeliness;
and it now stands, a great uncouth mass, honey-combed, and
pierced in every direction by shafts, passages, and adits, some
quite recent, that must have cost hundreds of thousands of dol-
lars to excavate.
At four o’clock in the afternoon, with my head in a whirl of
surprise and excitement over the wide and unexpected revela-
tions of the day, I was not loath to second the suggestion of my
guide to ride along the sea-beach to the little watering-place
and projected new port of Truxillo, Huaman. The sand-dunes,
at a short distance back from the shore, like almost all vacant
and desert spots around Chimu, are vast cemeteries. Skulls
and bones projected everywhere above the surface, and were
crushed under our horses’ hoofs. The whole shore for miles is
a veritable Golgotha.
We found at Huaman only a collection of wicker-work huts,
built of canes and reeds wattled together, belonging to families
121 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
living in the city, accustomed to make a paseo here occasionally
to bathe. The “masses” disdain these modest refuges, and
men and women disport themselves together, alfresco, in the
waves. JS”one, however, were bathing this afternoon, for a
strong wind was blowing into the shallow bight from the
south, in which direction it is open, creating a surf, backed by a
mile or more of breakers—a perfect ” hell of waters,” such as, I
think, I never saw before. The foam from the waves, rolled up
like the fleeces of sheep, drifted over the sands inwards, where
they were caught on the boughs of the cringing trees and torn
into tatters, or tossed high in the air, to fall, pulsating and dis-
solving, in the open fields. AVe were speedily drenched by a
penetrating mist, or spray, and rode back to town hurriedly
over a level road, which, near the Huaman gate, is glorified into
something like an alemada. In other words, there were wil-
low-trees planted on the edge of the interminably stagnant
ditch which flanks it on either side.
Returning to our lodgings, we found P- in a state ap-
proaching frenzy. In the first place, the dark tent was a failure.
AVherevcr the sail-makcr,s spike of a needle had gone through
the oil-cloth, there came in a vicious ray of light, one glance of
which on the sensitive plate was utter ruin. And then the bro-
mide of cadmium, or something of the sort, had been left be-
hind. I got to know the importance of these things when I
was alone in the Sierra ; but just then I was not as tolerant as
I should have been of P-‘s want of prevision.
Happily, there was a kind of photographer in Truxillo, and
from him a few grains of the missing chemical were procured.
A c/iolo, who kept black and yellow cotton mania, and had a
sewing-machine, was also found and engaged to furnish a lining
for the dark tent. As this needful work would occupy a full
day, we resolved to utilize our time by visiting the Indian town
of Moche and the remains in its vicinity, concerning which we
had heard much.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
125
CHAPTER VIII.
THE RUINS AT MOCHE.
Ride to Moche.—Diminished Area of Cultivation.—Alleged Effects of Earthquakes.
—Incident on the Rio Moche.—The Indian Pueblo.—The Gobernador.—Many-
horned Sheep.—The Ladies of the Family.—Primitive Spinning Apparatus.—The
Church.—Reeeption by the Cura.—Present and Past Condition of his Flock.—
Ruined by having the Right of Suffrage.—The Cura’s Lamentations.—His Opin-
ion upon Treasure-hunting.—Offers to-guide us to the Ruins.—The Ride.—Tem-
ple of the Sun.—View from the Summit.—The Great Pyramid.—Farewell to the
Cura.—Subsequent Exploration of the Pyramid.—Its Form and Dimensions.—
Alleged Seeret Passages.—A Modern Adit.—Probable Purpose of the Structure.
—Visit to the Prefect of Truxillo.—His Magnificent Mansion.—His Want of Hos-
pitality.
STARTING early in the morning, we cantered over a level road
through rich green meadows of alfalfa, and fields of cotton,
rice, and the nopal. The cultivation of the latter plant was at
one time quite large, and considerable quantities of cochineal
were produced; but of late years, what with its increased pro-
duction in Guatemala, and the introduction of aniline and oth-
er dyes, this branch of industry has declined. It is stated by
Paz Soldan that the area of arable land around Truxillo was
much larger than now, until the great earthquake of 1087,
which made vast tracts sterile. Stevenson affirms that, after
the severe earthquake of 1729, “some of the valleys near the
coast, which before produced most abundant crops of wheat,
became quite sterile for more than twenty years after.”
Some other writers speak of similar effects from earthquakes;
but it is difficult to conceive how the elements of the soil are
affected by earthquakes. If the fact of sterility sometimes fol-
lowing on the convulsions of the earth be established, we may
perhaps find the explanation, at least on the rainless coast of
Peru, in the upheaval of the earth, whereby considerable tracts
9
126 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of land would be raised above the reach of irrigation. Fertility
Vould follow on any later subsidence of the same areas, where-
by irrigation would again be made possible.
About a league from Truxillo, we reached the river Moche,
a considerable stream, flowing in a shallow, sandy bed, shut in
by alders, acacias, and other trees and bushes. We forded it
without difficulty, and, reaching the opposite bank, our ears
were saluted by a confused noise of a drum and a qidna, or In-
dian flute, accompanied by shouts and laughter, and in a few
moments we came upon an extraordinary scene. A party of
Indians and mestizos were excavating an azeqida, or, rather,
clearing out an old and abandoned one, while another party,
acting as a relay, all half drunk, sat under the trees near by,
around some jars of cldelta and dishes oipicante, eating, drink-
ing, drumming, and cheering the men in the trench. Among
them were several gaudily dressed women, with dishevelled
hair, who formed a fitting adjunct to the bacchanalian scene.
They shouted to us to dismount and join them ; but as we’ did
not seem inclined to do so, some of them seized our horses by
their bridles, and led us into the centre of the throng, where
they besieged us with bowls of cldcha and little gourds oi 2>i-
eante. We made the best of our situation ; that is to say, ate
and drank as little as possible. One of the dusky damsels made
me the object of her special attentions, calling me familiarly
El Blanquito. Observing my disposition to shirk the aji, she
picked out choice bits from her own dish, which she took be-
tween her thumb and forefinger, and held them up to my mouth
with a ludicrously tender leer, insisting that I should take them
u for her own dear sake.” I had great difficulty in avoiding
the proffered morsels, thereby giving her much offence.
We escaped from our inebriated friends with some difficulty;
and a ride of another league, over a flat country and a dusty
road, brought us to the Indian pueblo, a considerable town, reg-
ularly laid out, of low cane huts, their roofs of reed-matting
supported by crooked algarroba posts, and covered with a thin
layer of mud to keep them from blowing away. There were a
few houses of crude adobes, roofed in like manner, the whole
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
127
presenting an aspect of squalid monotony. We rode directly to
the house of the gobernador, a full-blooded Indian. His dwell-
ing was merely an immense shed, with some compartments
fenced off with adobes or canes, for such of the occupants as
affected privacy. The bare earthen floor was strewed with the
aparejo of mules and rude implements of husbandry, for the
gobernador was both muleteer and husbandman. In front of
the house, and partly in its shade, a sheep-driver from Yiru had
halted a flock of sheep, wdiich he was taking to Truxillo. I no-
ticed among them a very large proportion with three, four, five,
and six horns.
The gobernador was not at home; the females were taciturn,
and kept silently and impassibly at their work of spinning cot-
ton, with perhaps the most primitive apparatus ever devised for
the purpose. It was composed of a thin stem of the quinoa, as
a spindle, stuck through half of a small green lime, for a whirl, or
bob. Having vainly interrogated these industrious ladies about
huacas, we resolved to consult the cura, who, we understood,
was an intelligent man. We rode through the silent streets,
fetlock-deep in dust, to the plaza, one side of which was occu-
pied by the church, a quaint, old, tumble-down edifice, its bell-
tower reached by a flight of stone steps outside the building.
We paused a moment before it, when we were startled by a
stentorian command of “Quiten sus sombreros!” (“Take off
your hats !”), proceeding from a stern-visaged, gray-haired man
reclining on a mud-bench under the corridor of a building close
by, which we at once took to be the residence of the cura.
We did as we were ordered, and then rode to the house itself,
where we were saluted with a torrent of invective, kept up by
the cura, without stopping to take breath, until he was purple
in the face. ” None but Jews and infidels would pass in front
of a church without taking off their hats. Even the ignorant
Indian brutes of Moche know better; or, if they didn’t, I would
teach them! Holy Mother of God! I would teach them!”
Here the cura shook his stout cane savagely in our very faces.
We endeavored to explain, but he went on. When he broke
down again, we once more sought to excuse ourselves, but could
12S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
get no hearing, for the reason explained by the cura himself a
little later: ” It is of no use talking to me; I have been stone-
deaf these ten years ; you might fire a battery of artillery in the
plaza, and I couldn’t hear it. If you have got anything to say,
come in here, where there is ink and paper.”
He then led the way into his sitting-room, hung around with
dusky pictures of saints and martyrs. Helping us with courte-
sy to seats, he thumped violently on the table with his stick.
A meek Indian boy entered on the instant, and received the
peremptory order, “Beast! coffee and cigars! Quick! Holy
Mother!” One would have supposed the worthy cura over-
come by rage; but the moment he was seated, his really fine
face assumed a benignant expression, and he motioned with a
smile to the writing materials, saying, “Caballeros, I welcome
you to my poor house; it will be my pleasure to serve you. I
seldom see white faces, except those of the scoundrel politicians
who come down here to corrupt my poor Indians with their
lies and their bribes. It was a woful day, gentlemen, when the
idiots in Lima gave these simple, innocent people the vote.
You should have seen my Moche children forty years ago,
when I first came here. They were industrious, sober, devout,
and happy. You see what they are now: idlers, liars, drunk-
ards, and thieves ! Then, if a stranger or a traveller were to ap-
proach the town, the first man in authority would have sent to
me a chasqui (fleet messenger) to say,’ Our good father, a trav-
eller has come; he is dusty and weary: we will conduct him to
you ; we will bring alfalfa for his horses; we have eggs and
fish, and bread of wheat, which we will bring to yon for him.
Good father, give us your blessing!’ I would have died rather
than witness the change that has taken place since. It has all
come of the ballot, and the political villains of Truxillo. I have
not put my foot within its accursed walls these many years.
These poor people are mere children ; they must be governed
by a father. The Incas were right, after all. This voting is
their ruin.”
The good cura went on for a long time much in this strain,
lamenting the part he took in his youth againt the viceroys
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
129
and in behalf of the republic. There was no longer public or
private virtue; the duties of hospitality even were neglected,
and religion had beeome a sham and a pretence.
We were not altogether sorry when the curds lamentations
were finished, as they were with the entry of the coffee and ci-
gars, and we were enabled to write out a few questions about
the huacas. The cura, I found, regarded them all with aver-
sion : they kept up unholy memories and traditions among the
Indians, and he would like to see them levelled to the earth.
But they were very strange things, nevertheless, very rich in
gold and silver; and that, of course, was the matter in which
we were most interested. We had not then entirely ceased to
protest against being considered searchers after tapadas; but
the cura would not be convinced that we could have any object
except to dig for gold. He advised us to visit Viru, where, he
said, the posts and beams of many of the old buildings were
still standing, and where there were vast numbers of monu-
ments. The most interesting objects around Moehe, he said,
were the Temple of the Sun, at the foot of the eonieal peak
called Cerro Blanco, which he pointed out to us from his corri-
dor, and a pyramid muy disforme (monstrous), surpassing El
Obispo in size. When we inquired for a guide, he volunteered
to go with us himself, if we would ride slowly. This he did,
mounted on a meek burro, his long robe almost trailing on the
ground, and carrying over his broad sombrero a bright pink
umbrella. One Indian servant led the burro, and another the
youth whom the cura had denominated ” a beast” an hour be-
fore, trotted by his side, carrying the euro’s ominous cane and a
fiask of ch icha. As we passed through the streets, the Indian
women and children hurried to the doors of their houses, and,
kneeling with uplifted palms, received the padre’s blessing. It
was rare, he said, of late years, that he ventured out of the
town; it was twenty since he had visited the huacas.
We rode for some distance through cultivated fields, striped
with lines of verdure following the courses of azequias, until
we reached the flank of the hills above the reaeh of irrigation,
where the desert commences. Here we fell into a path in the
130
INCIDENTS -OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
sand skirting the hills, the gray waste relieved here and there
by a white human skull bleaching in the bright snnlight—for
here, as everywhere amidst Chimu, were scattered mementoes
of death.
As we approached the Cerro Blanco, the cura pointed out, as
the Temple of the Sun, a mass of adobe walls, standing on a
bold, rocky projection, or shelf, of the mountain at an elevation
of a hundred feet or more, lie declined to ascend; so, leaving
him below, we clambered up to the structure, which, in position
and style, more resembles a fortress than a temple. We entered
by an inclined plane, through a massive gate-way, into a broad
court, from which passages led off right and left, from one stage
or terrace to another, until we reached the last and highest,
from which we looked over the whole green valley of the Rio
Moehe, past the low towers of Truxillo, to the huacas of Chimu,
El Obispo rising boldly in the distance. The most conspicuous
object which met our view was the great pyramid of which the
cura had spoken, and which, in its magnitude, justified his de-
scription. It stands on the edge of the desert slope, at the base
of Cerro Blanco, just where irrigation begins—a kind of gigan-
tic landmark between luxuriant verdure and arid sands, between
life and death. Viewed from this position, it was the most im-
pressive monument we had yet seen in Peru.
AVe descended to the cura, and rode past the pyramid to a
deep azequia, which was carried along its base on the side tow-
ards the valleys, and was fringed with graceful canes. Cross-
ing it on a shaky bridge of poles, covered with weeds and earth,
we entered a grove of fruit-trees, flanking a field of Chili pep-
pers, in one corner of which, and under the shadow of the pyra-
mid, stood a rude Indian cane hut. The occupants welcomed
the padre, and treated us to chicha. The padre and his attend-
ants soon started back for Moche, while we took a more direct
road to the city.
AVe subsequently returned, and carefully measured and pho-
tographed the pyramid, which is sometimes itself called El
Templo del Sol (the Temple of the Sun). AVe found it to
be a rectangular structure, which the plan alone can make in-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
131
telligible, having a greatest length of a little more than eight
hundred feet, and a greatest width of four hundred and seven-
ty, covering a trifle more than seven acres. Its greatest height,
THE GREAT PYRAMID OF MOCHE.
at the summit of the terraced structure, is upwards of two hun-
dred feet. It is constructed throughout of large adobes, which
appear to have been built around a central core, or nucleus,
having sides inclining inwards at an angle to the horizon of
seventy-seven degrees. The bricks, however, were not laid in a
continuous series around this core, but built up in blocks, like
pilasters, one beside another, unconnect-
ed, and supported by common inclination
around the centre. The whole seems to
have been surrounded by a casing of the
thickness of between thirty and forty
adobes, interlocking, so that originally its
faces were smooth and regular.
To comprehend the structure, we will
ascend it from the side on which, if there
Avere any facilities for ascent, they must
have existed; namely, from the causeway
A. This extends from the base of the pyr-
amid eleven hnndred and twenty feet to a
PLAN OF THE PYRAMID.
.132
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rocky hill, around which are some almost obliterated ruins, and is
about fifty feet wide. From it there was probably a stairway,
leading up to B, which is a level area, elevated nearly one hun-
dred feet above the plain, and is about four hundred feet long
by three hundred and fifty wide. It may have been, and prob-
ably was, level: possibly it supported buildings; but it is now
covered all over with heaps of rubbish from modern excavations
or from demolished buildings. At the southern extremity of
this lofty platform, or terrace, rises another, thirty or forty feet
higher, on which stands a terraced pyramid, about two hundred
feet square. Seven stages are still distinct, but there are traces
of nine. On its summit, as on most of the more important
monuments of the infieles, stands a wooden cross, its elevation
being, by computation, as already said, about two hundred feet.
The platform on which this stands.was probably ascended by
steps; but the ascent to the summit of the crowning pyramid
itself seems to have been from the west, and by a graded way.
The long platform D is eighty feet below that on which rests
the terraced pyramid, and E is still lower.
Here I may explain that if my measurements, estimates, and
descriptions are not more specific and exact, it is due to the
devastation which time and the elements — but, above all, the
‘ ruthless hands of men—have wrought in this grand old monu- •
ment.
Passages and chambers are said to exist in the structure, the
entrances to which are only known to the Indians, and kept
carefully concealed beneath masses of rubbish. One of these
passages, says common report, descends from the work on the
mountain slope that I have already described, and extends be-
neath ground to the very sanctuary of the pyramid, the vault
that contains the body of the mightiest prince of Chimu, and
where, perhaps, the peje grande lies concealed.
We found neither passages nor chambers, but we did find an
adit, or drift, driven in on a level with the natural soil, from the
eastern side of the great mass, under the centre of the terraced
pyramid C. This had been dug by treasure-seekers, and the de-
bris from the excavation formed a real hillock at the month of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
133
the passage. Having brought candles with us, we followed the
passage to its extremity. It was fetid and slippery with the
excrement of bats, which whirred past us when disturbed, dash-
ing out our lights, as if they were the sinister guardians of the
treasures of the Chimu kings. The survey showed us nothing
beyond the constant layers of adobes, with no signs of chambers
or passages, nor the slightest variation from the system of con-
struction I have described.
It is hardly possible to assign any other than a religious pur-
pose to this structure, which, with the huacas of Obispo, To-
ledo, etc., in common with the teocallis of Mexico and Central
America, may have supported buildings sacred to various di-
vinities, or a single naos dedicated to the Supreme Essence.
On reaching the Hotel del Comercio, we found a card had
been left for us by Señor K-, the prefect; and as a part of the
afternoon still remained, we lost no time in returning his visit.
We found his residence, in which were also the offices of the
prefecture, fronting on the Calle del Comercio, in the very heart
of the city, a vast building of two lofty stories, dominating all
the other houses of the city. It is of highly ornate modern
Italian style, built around a court, with corridors to each story
supported by columns. The second story, at the bottom of the
court, is omitted, and a colonnade supplies its place. This is
for the purpose of better ventilation. Although, from the ne-
cessities of the case, built mainly of the ordinary building ma-
terials of the country, these have been put together with the
utmost care, and stuccoed and frescoed in imitation of marble.
Altogether, whether viewed from the exterior or the court, it is
an imposing building; and its interior, in arrangement, archi-
tectural decoration, and furniture, is in harmony with its pa-
latial exterior, and probably justifies the distinction generally
awarded to it, of being the finest private residence in South
America. Nothing that money could purchase was spared in
its construction and adornment. Workmen and artists were
brought from Italy and France, and the furniture was made for
it expressly in Paris. Yet, after wandering from room to room,
rich in hangings, over floors bright with polish or soft with vel-
134 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
vet carpets, it was not without a certain revulsion, when shown
into the grand sal a, we observed the walls hung with meretri-
cious French lithographs of the largest size, representing nude
female figures in every voluptuous attitude. But this was not
the worst. Bungling attempts at vindicating modesty had been
made by sticking strips and patches of green tissue-paper here
and there over some of the most indelicate, or, rather, on the
glass that covered them. As these patches and slips were at-
tached to the glass by wafers, the reader can imagine the effect!
Señor K-‘s library was large ; that is to say, it was lined with
long battalions of the French classics gaudily bound. It was in
rather a confused state at the moment, as the shock of a recent
earthquake had thrown down some of the book-cases, and shat-
tered the plaster busts of the celebrities, ancient and modern,
with which they had been surmounted.
The whole building, not excepting the fine view from the
asotea, was shown with evident pride by Señor K-; but nei-
ther our expressed admiration nor our open appreciation of the
señor’s munificence and taste, nor yet our natural inquiry as
to how he could dispose of so much room, considering that his
whole family consisted of himself and a boy seven years old,
had the effect of eliciting that conventional, if not warm and
cordial, “A la disposition de Vms.” (“At your service”), so com-
mon in Spanish America, and which, after the invitation ex-
tended in Lima, we had resolved to accept literally. We re-
turned to our dirty fonda, determined to put no more faith in
prefects.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
135
CHAPTER IX.
EXPLORATIONS AT GRAND ClIIMU.
Ride to the Ruins.—Hall of the Arabesques.—The First ‘Corridor.—Figures in Stuc-
co.— The Second Corridor.—Vaults and Store-] *ooms. — Cotton Mattresses.—An
Upper Edifice.—Walls, Passages, and Chambers. — The Furnace.—Vessels of
Gold and Silver. — Many Relies melted down.—Prospects left for Research.—
Conjectural Features of the Structure. — Exterior Walls probably Decorated.
— The Destruction by Treasure – hunters. — The Necropolis of Chimu.—Niches
with Human Remains. — Fine Cloths of Cotton and Alpaca Wool. — Silver Or-
naments attached to Fabrics.—Decorated Skulls. — A Mysterious Structure.—
Covered Tomb. — Our Way of Life at Chimu. — Plans for the Future. — Ruins
Described by Rivero and Tschudi. — The “First Palace.” — Ornamented Court
and Hall.—Forms of Ornamentation.—The Great Reservoir.—El Presidio, or
the Prison.—An Evidence of Former Civilization.—The ” Second Palace.”—Hu-
aca of Misa. — Barrios, or Wards. — Sub-barrios. — The Cabildo, or Municipal
House.—Dwellings of the People.—Other Squares.—Reservoirs and Gardens.—
Huacas of Las Conchas and Toledo.—Ancient Smelting – works. — Evidences of
Trade Localities.
OUR tent having been finished to P-‘s satisfaction, we
hired a cart to convey it, our photographic implements, and a
barrel of water to the ruins of Chimu, whither we directed our
dinner to be sent from the Chinese fonda. “We then mounted
our horses, and rode direct to the excavation already mention-
ed, the last made by Colonel La Rosa, in the ruins of what I
shall call the palace. Here, in what we called the Hall of
Arabesques, indicated in the plan by the letter A, we pitched
our tent and commenced operations.
This hall was fifty-two and a half feet wide, but of unknown
length, as on the end by which we approached it the walls are
destroyed. The side walls, however, can be traced for ninety
feet; and it was probably a hundred feet or more in length;
possibly the length was just double the width. The walls on
the right – hand side are much broken down, and covered by
136
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
great heaps of debris from the excavation; but the left-hand
wall is very well preserved; and at the height of seven feet
above, a low terrace, ten feet wide, running along its base and
thence upwards, is covered with an intricate, unique, and very
effective series of arabesques, or stucco ornaments in relief, on
a smoothed surface, made by plastering over the adobes compos-
ing the wall. No description can give an idea of the character
of these relievos. It will be seen from the illustration that they
consist of a succession of reduplicated figures, raised about an
inch above the surface, and modulating, if I may use the term,
into each other. At an elevation of about twelve feet above
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
137
the low terrace alluded to, appears to have been a series of
niches five feet wide, and sunk in the wall four feet. Owing
to the fact that the upper part of the wall is broken down, their
height can not be determined. The arabesque ornamentation,
which, however, leaves a kind of smooth frame-work around
them, runs up between them, and probably completely sur-
rounded them above.
HALL OF THE ARABESQUES, CHIMU.
Looking directly before you, you will perceive that you are
standing on a kind of terrace raised four feet above the general
level of the hall, which you may reach, nevertheless, by an in-
clined plane sunk in the terrace, instead of extending out from
it. This lower area is square, fifty-two and a half feet on every
side. The end wall in front of you has an elevation of about
twenty feet. It is pierced exactly in the middle by a door-way
four and a half feet wide; and on each side, near the corners of
the hall, is a niche six feet high, five and a half feet wide, and
four feet deep. Although this door or passage-way now opens
to the very top of the wall, there is reason to believe that it
13S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
originally reached only to the base of the belt of arabesques,
which were continued around from the side. This belt is yet
from eight to ten feet wide, but the wall is so much broken
down that it is impossible to determine its original breadth.
Entering the door-way through walls tapering slightly up-
wards, and six feet thick at the base, the investigator finds
himself in a corridor twelve feet wide, the floor of which was
originally five feet higher than that of the hall or corridor he
has just left. How far this corridor originally extended on the
right can not be determined, having only been excavated for
about forty feet. On the left it has been excavated about ten
feet from the door-way, to a barrier of adobes that seems to
have been filled in purposely after the corridor was finished, as
if to obstruct or close it up. The wall facing the entrance, like
that we have just passed through, is covered with arabesques
of the same design, but with this difference, that the door-way
leading through it and to another corridor beyond is framed in
by double pilasters—if I may use this term
in default of a better—between which is a
line of stucco figures in relief, designed ap-
parently to represent monkeys, each crown-
ed with a kind of ornament, a demi-lune in
shape — with which we afterwards became
FIGURES IN STUCCO, familiar in the pottery and paintings of the
Chimns, and which was one of the symbols or insignia of rank
and power among them.
Beyond this corridor we enter still another, on a level five
feet higher, but only eight feet wide. Its length, for the rea-
sons already assigned, can not be definitely ascertained. The
walls are much broken down and defaced ; but enough remains
to show that they were also covered with arabesques similar to
those of the great or entrance hall, apparently differing only
in having a border of the monkey-shaped ornaments extending
around them.
These apartments and corridors, so far as exposed by the ex-
cavations, do not connect with others; but there is little doubt
that the corridors led, by ramifications more or less intricate,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
139
or by subterranean passages, to vaults and chambers, in the py-
ramidal structure of which they formed part. We may infer
this from the circumstance that, in the adobe mass back of the
last corridor, and over which, at a still higher elevation, once
stood a large building (D), Colonel La Rosa found several
vaults, which he effectually destroyed, completely obliterating
the passages leading to them, whether laterally or from above.
His recollections of them were very vague. One chamber or
vault, however, seems to have been a kind of store-room, con-
taining a great number of cotton mattresses, which had been
covered with fine cotton cloth. The cloth had, for the most
part, decayed, but the cotton remained perfect, slightly, if at all,
discolored. I brought away a portion of one of these mat-
tresses, the cotton of whieh was, I believe, baled and sent
abroad. The fibre is still as strong and good, perhaps, as it
ever was.
The edifice D, as will be seen from the plan, had its floor
about thirty-five feet above that of the Hall of Arabesques, A.
There is no apparent connection between the two, nor yet be-
tween the superior structure and the halls or corridors, B and C.
This structure seems to have been placed on the summit of the
adobe mound, and its interior dimensions, so far as can be as-
certained in its present state of mutilation, were seventy-six by
twenty-six feet. Its interior has been excavated to the depth
of thirty or forty feet, all the way through adobes, without
reaching the level of the soil. It was in making this excavation
that the vaults to which I have alluded were discovered. The
debris from this vast pit is piled all around the structure, bury-
ing still deeper the remains of the other structures that once
crowned the mound, which must have had on the top an area
of two or three acres. The walls of this particular edifice, D,
are in places eight feet high. They were built of adobes, stuc-
coed over smoothly, without ornaments in relief, but with here
and there traces of colors. It was entered by passages, skirting
the southern wall, flanked on one side by openings, resembling
windows, with sills four feet above the floor. These, however,
are entrances to little square rooms, seven feet by seven, each
140
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
floor being on a level with that of the hall itself. These cham-
bers were continued on both sides of the hall, and possibly across
the northern end, which has been completely broken down. 1
found many of these small dependent chambers connected with
other buildings, but have been unable to form a clear opinion
as to their purpose. They may have been places of deposit or
storage, and possibly dormitories. The latter supposition is not
unreasonable, when we consider the smallness of some of the
sleeping apartments in the dwellings of Pompeii.
Returning now to the Hall of Arabesques, we find its eastern
wall broken through near the south-east corner, and are able to
pass through the opening into a passage or corridor, E, eighty
feet long by fifteen feet wide. Its high walls of adobe have
been plastered over and made smooth, as if glazed, but without
ornament of any kind. Leading from tins to the left is a plain
passage, F, only five feet wide, extending until lost in the mass
of debris to the north. We next observe an isolated wall, G,
eight feet thick, in which, at a height of about six feet above
the floor of the passage, are a number of small chambers, pre-
cisely like those already described as opening from the superior
hall D, only smaller, being but four feet square. The right
wall of the passage E is massive; rising first to the height of
fifteen feet, when it forms a kind of terrace, H, seventeen feet
wide, from which again rises another wall, I, broken down al-
most to its base, where it is twelve feet thick. Beyond this the
terrace, II, is resumed for eight feet, when we come to a suc-
cession of oblong, rectangular chambers or vaults, six feet wide
and twelve feet long, sunk six feet below the level of the ter-
race. Some of these are entirely, and the rest partially, cov-
ered or filled with rubbish. This description will be made more
intelligible by reference to the section.
Advancing along the passage E, we reach a door-way five
feet wide, and originally about seven feet high, through a lofty
wall eight feet thick, and enter a passage, or rather a chamber,
about thirty feet wide, and of unknown length beneath the rub-
bish in front of us. The walls are plain, the most remarkable
feature being a cubical mass, K, K, twenty-four feet long and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
141
eighteen feet wide, and twelve feet high, built up against the
high wall on our right. In the centre of this is a chamber ten
feet square, open at the top. Its walls are burned and blistered
like those of a furnace to the depth of twenty inches, and show
every sign of having been exposed to severe and protracted
heat. By the side of this, and between it and the wall through
whieh we entered, is a sort of bin, M, with a low wall in front.
This, Colonel La Rosa assured us, was filled with calcined hu-
man bones when the hall was excavated; but few traces of
bones, however, were to be found at the time of my visit. The
colonel considered the hollow mass, K, K, as the place of burn-
ing the dead—a practice, however, of which I found no traces
elsewhere, nor do we hear of it among the traditions of the an-
cient occupants of these regions. I am more disposed to regard
this mass as a furnace, in some way connected with ancient
metallurgic operations.
Perhaps this hypothesis is better supported than that of Col-
onel La Rosa, from the discovery by himself of a chamber or
walled-up closet, filled with vessels and utensils of gold and sil-
ver, principally of the latter, close to the supposed furnace on
the left, and indicated by the letter N. This closet, or rather
well, whieh, according to the colonel’s statement, had no en-
trance, except perhaps from above, was about twenty inches
square, and as many feet deep, and was formed by leaving this
space in a second wall several feet thick, which had been built
up against the original outer wall of the chamber or area. The
vessels were piled regularly, one layer above another, and, ac-
cording to the colonel’s notion, had been hidden away here at
the time of the struggle between the Chimus and the Incas, to
preserve them from the clutches of the latter. The vessels
were mostly in the form of drinking-cups or vases, some plain,
and others ornamented, of very thin silver, considerably alloyed
with copper, and oxidized to the extent of making some of
them so brittle as hardly to bear handling. He had melted
them down, except a few, with very poor return in amount of
exportable silver.
Of the few preserved by him, I have two; one is ten inches
10
142 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ill height with a flaring top and bottom, and with a human face,
having a marked aquiline nose, and the hair in plaits at the back
of the head, all struck up from the in-
side. The thickness of the metal is about
that of ordinary tin-plate. There is no
sign of soldering in any part, and the
whole seems to have been hammered out
from a single piece of metal. I can not
accept the suggestion that it was cast, of
which there is not the slightest indica-
tion. The other is a similar but less
ornate vessel, somewhat smaller in size.
Colonel La Rosa affirmed that he had
found some gold vessels here, whieh he
had sold by weight, for exportation as
bullion. It will probably be always a
source of regret to antiquarians that these
articles, infinitely more valuable in an artistic and scientific
view than in any other, should not have fallen into more en-
lightened hands.
The outline of the treasure-well is distinctly marked on the
opposite wall, twelve feet thick, and twenty-eight feet high,
whieh has been excavated through, affording admission to the
oblong rectangular chamber, or hall, O. Flanking this are two
passages, P, P, eight feet wide, divided by projections into two
rooms, and entered by narrow passages. Near the farther ex-
tremity of each inner apartment, sunk in the floor, was found a
vault, three feet by two, and four feet deep, whieh, when discov-
ered, I was assured, was full of silver utensils similar to those to
which I have just alluded.
I have here, as clearly as I am able, described the excavated
portion of the monnd which I have ventured to designate the
Palace,” and which, as I have said, covers several acres. “What
valuables are still hidden under the present shapeless mass, what
secrets of architecture and art, of ancient skill and industry, are
here concealed, remain to be disclosed. The glimpses we have
got are due to the blind greed of treasure-hunters, who spent
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
143
many thousands of dollars over and above the spoils they ob-
tained in their operations, and who have fortunately been dis-
couraged from extending the ruin they have already wrought.
There remains, consequently, a rich mine for the antiquarian
student to explore: but he must have command of ample
means; as, area for area, the amount of material to be re-
moved here is twice that required to be taken away to reach
the streets and dwellings of Pompeii, while fewer facilities for
excavation and the removal of the debris here exist.
I would not undertake to reconstruct the Palace from hints
afforded by the comparatively small portion of it uncovered;
but I have no doubt it was a broad, and rather low, artificial
mound, built of adobes throughout, containing many small sub-
terranean chambers, or vaults, and rising from the plain by a
succession of three or more terraces, eaeh covered with build-
ings of various designs and purposes; some of them connected
by passages, others detached; some ornamented by reliefs or
colors, but all arranged in a harmonious whole—at least, in ex-
terior aspect. If it was the residence of the Prince of Chimu,
it contained, perhaps, as did some feudal castles of the Old
World, store-houses and armories, rooms and shops for attend-
ants and servants, and perhaps, like the Vatican, a place for cun-
ning workmen in metal and in clay, spinners, weavers, and dyers.
Nowhere in the excavations here could we find out if the ex-
terior walls of the structure had been in any wray decorated;
but we may infer that they were, from the fact that the outer
walls of some of the buildings surrounding and standing apart
from the mound were elaborately ornamented with a kind of
crochet-work of small squares, surrounded by a border of vo-
lutes, the former in intaglio, the latter in bass-relief. The in-
terior walls of some of these outstanding buildings had been
painted with vivid colors, among them a delicate purple. The
areas of some of them had been excavated to the depth of fifty
or sixty feet, all the way in the gravelly, semi – stratified drift
of sand, gravel, and pebbles that makes up the plain of Man-
siche. Evidently, the excavators had but slight acquaintance
with geological conditions!
144 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
About a hundred yards to the westward of the great mound
in which the excavations just described were made, is another
low, broad mound, in which treasure – seekers had also been at
work, exposing some interesting features, indicating that here
was a cemetery, probably the necropolis of the princes of Chi-
EXCAVATION OF THE NECROPOLIS, CHIilU.
inn. The excavation is about 100 feet long by 00 feet wide,
and 14 feet deep. It reveals a portion of two sides of a square,
defined by thick, solid rubble walls. The extent of these walls,
and consequently of the area they enclose, is unknown. From
the northern wall projects a platform, C, with a flight of steps
descending on either side into the area. This area seems to
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
145
have been mainly occupied by masses or blocks of rubble-
work, separated by streets or passages, and covering chambers
or vaults of varying sizes, but of the uniform height of about
nine feet. Nearly all have niches at the sides or opposite the
entrances. Two or three have two rows of niches, one above
the other. Occupying the niches in all these chambers or vaults
were found skeletons and desiccated bodies, elaborately clothed
and plumed, and accompanied by ornaments of gold and silver
and various insignia of rank.
These interesting relics were all taken away or destroyed.
I nevertheless found fragments of the cloths and garments in
which the bodies had been wrapped, some of cotton, others of
the wool of the vicuna, called chumbi. The cotton cloth was
SPECIMEN OF CLOTH, CHIMU.
116 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
remarkably line and even, with sixty-two threads of warp and
woof to the inch. I have a piece of what is regarded as a very
tine specimen of Egyptian mummy-cloth, from the wrappings
of a priest unrolled in the Egyptian department of the Paris
Universal Exposition, which has but forty-four threads to the
inch. The finest was plain, or without color, except a yellow-
ish tinge, probably from age. Specimens from graves newly
opened were perfectly white. Some specimens (of which the
cut affords an example, greatly reduced from the original) were
woven in ornamental figures, and those of animals. In this in-
stance the border is made up of a narrow strip of white, fol-
lowed by dark brown, relieved by little squares of white. Suc-
ceeding this is a broad stripe of bright red, relieved by yellow,
leaf-shaped figures. Next a stripe of white, then of black,
shading off into dark brown, which seems to have been the pre-
vailing tint of the article of which the fragment formed part.
Woven in this ground are a succes-
sion of figures of yellow lizards, with
eyes in red, alternating with birds with
red eyes and feet, and yellow legs and
bills. They appear to be striking the
heads of the lizards with their bills,
which are represented longer than
their legs. This device has been ob-
served in several fragments. One of
these was a little square rug, with a
brick-colored ground, on which are
sewed plates of silver, ornamented in
relief, the whole having a double
border of feathers, blue and yellow,
with feather tassels held in silver
knobs. This specimen, with many
others, larger and smaller, was ob-
tained from the tombs of Chancay, to
SILVKH ORNAMENT KROM CIHMU. ^ Qf Q],^
This instance of the ornamentation of cloth by fastening on
it plates of the precious metals, instead of embroidery with
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
147
threads of the same, is by no means an exceptional one. Among
the cloaks or wrappers taken from the Chimu tombs by Colonel
La Rosa, and now preserved
in the museum of the His-
torical Society of New
York, is one spangled over
with silver plates cut in the
form of fishes, of which a
representation is here giv-
en. The original is nine
and a half inches in great-
est length, and five and a
quarter in greatest breadth,
and is in the form of the
fish known as the ” skate.”
It was sewed upon the cloth
through small holes punch-
ed in it. Thin plates of
silver, also eut in the forms
of fishes, with their eyes,
fins, gills, and other feat-
ures ” struck up ” as if from dies, had been found elsewhere,
notably in the guano islands of Chincha.
FISH ORNAMENTS FROM THE CHINCHA ISLANDS.
The other cuts give
FISH ORNAMENTS FROM THE CHINCHA ISLANDS.
148 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
examples, natural size, of a number in my own possession,
taken by Captain John Pardo, an Italian, from the guano at
a depth of about thirty-two feet below the surface. At the
same time, and in connection with these, was found the body
of a female, lacking the head, which, however, was discovered
at some distance from the skeleton. The breasts and the ribs
were covered with thin sheets of gold, and the whole would
have been a valuable relic, had it been preserved as found. But
the workmen divided the gold, part of which was sold to cap-
tains of ships loading guano, and the body thrown into the sea.
FISH ORNAMENTS FROM THE CHINCHA ISLANDS.
It is not improbable that the silver fishes had been attached to
some envelope or article of clothing which had decayed in the
lapse of time.
Many fragments of human skulls and other bones were scat-
tered about this excavation, some of the former showing signs
of having been painted red, and affording some ground for
crediting Colonel La Posa’s statement that among the skulls
discovered here were several that had been gilt, or were en-
circled by ornamented bands of gold or of brightly colored
braids of thread, in which, and rising above the forehead, were
stuck feather-shaped ornaments of thin gold, which vibrated
with every movement, giving motion to little disks of the same
metal, suspended in corresponding openings in the plate. I
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
149
subsequently found a number of these in Lima, of which the
cut is an example. They were all of very
pure gold.
Certainly the strangest, if not the most in-
teresting, object disclosed in excavating these
tombs was the regular and somewhat elaborate
mass of adobes and rubble-work indicated by
the letter A, and of which the cut on the fol-
lowing page, from a photograph, will give a
better idea than the plan. The end towards
the spectator is partly broken down; but, pre-
suming it to have corresponded with the oth-
er, the structure was sixteen feet square, and
twelve feet high, entered at each end by a
door-way or passage three feet wide, leading
into a kind of area, ten feet long by five wide.
The sides of this area or court were furnished
with a series of platforms and demi-niches im-
possible to describe, and only to be compre-
hended by reference to the engraving. They
were all plastered smooth, as were also the up-
per surfaces of the walls themselves, and here
and there exhibited traces of having been
painted. I am utterly at a loss to suggest
even the purposes of this strange monument,
unless indeed it was connected with unknown
burial rites, in the course of which different
grades of functionaries occupied the various
graduations or seats of the interior. It ob- GOLD FEATHER ORXA-
viously had never been covered so as to form
a vault, and seems to have stood wholly isolated from the other
masses containing hidden chambers.
In an open space outside of the excavated area, reached by a
passage through the northern wall, is an isolated, covered tomb,
twelve feet long by six wide, nine feet high exteriorly, and six
and a half feet inside. It has entrances at both ends, one twice
the width of the other, the narrowest showing evidences of
150
INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLORATION
A STRANGE STRUCTURE.
having been once closed with adobes. There are eight niches.
four on each side, in two rows of two each, one above the other.
Small openings lead from
the tops of the upper ones
into the open air. The
walls are smooth-cast, and
were once painted in red
and yellow. The whole is
a compact mass of rubble;
and, as the ceiling sup-
ports itself, was probably
built over a solid core or
model, which was removed
when the mass had become
hard and firm. When this
was first discovered, the
ToMii B, NECROPOLIS, CHIMU. excitement of the discov-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
151
erers was intense: they felt sure that this was the traditional
” big fish;” and they sent to Truxillo for a force to protect
their anticipated wealth from the workmen, who were eager
to break down the adobe barrier between them and the count-
less millions the vault was supposed to contain. 13ut, alas for
their golden visions ! it proved to be only a tomb, containing
some of the most striking relies disclosed by the excavations,
including the alleged gilt skulls. A number of vaults besides
those shown in the plan had been excavated, but were covered
up again by the debris of those finally left exposed.
In studying, planning, sketching, and photographing the re-
mains of the palace and the necropolis Ave spent a week, coming
early and leaving late. Our practice was to rise at daylight, get
a eup of coffee at the Bola de Oro, mount our horses, and gallop
to the ruins. At eleven o’clock our Chinese purveyors would
send out a boy with edibles, wine, and ice for our breakfast.
The remains we had investigated were those exposed last;
but there was a vast number of others, uncovered years and
even centuries ago, whieh claimed our attention. I was at a
loss what to do. To make a good plan of the ruins would oc-
cupy a large corps of engineers for months, and I did not like
to undertake to clo less. I calculated my time, and came to the
conclusion that, by swift’movements, passing over some points
of interest on the coast, I might get back to Lima early enough
to enter on my expedition to the Sierra, and yet have two weeks
more in Chimu, besides a week in each of the valleys of Ne-
peña and Casma. I took my measures accordingly.
I have said that among the ruins of Chimu are many great
blocks, or rectangular areas, enclosed by massive walls, and con-
taining within themselves courts, streets, dwellings, reservoirs
for water, etc., ete. Of two of these, Rivero and Tsehudi have
published plans and brief descriptions, calling them, strangely
enough, “First Palace” and “Seeond Palace.” These plans I
determined to verify before proceeding farther; for if they
were accurate, there was so much gained.
The so-ealled ” palaces ” stand not very widely apart, about a
mile south of the remains which I have described. Both are
152
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rectangular. The first is sixteen hundred feet long by eleven
hundred feet wide at its widest part. The outer wall varies
from twenty-five to thirty feet or more in height, by ten feet
thick at the base, the sides inclining towards each other; so
that on top the wall is probably not quite half that thickness;
PKISOX
□
PLAN OF
“FIRST PALACE”
CHJMTJ.
LIILLLLILLLJ
LTTTTTTTTTT]
PT
i
i±J_
RESERVOIR
I’,””””LL””‘LLL.LLJ
crnnxi
LTJ
1X3
b a
3U.11J.J
2 [11113
B 3
1131X2
RTTTI
n
tfrxm
for from five to seven feet from the ground it is built of rough
stones, laid in tenacious clay, which may have some intermixtnre
to give it greater cohesion over that. At intervals of a few feet
may be seen, projecting above the wall, the tops of tall stems
of the caña brava, or bamboo, which may have been planted in
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
153
the ground to give greater firmness to the wall. It is possible
they were laced together horizontally by other stems, thus giving
greater strength and cohe-
sion to the mass. Inside
this wall, which appears to
have had but a single en-
trance, from the north (al-
though there are now two
others, apparently broken
through forcibly), we find
five lesser rectangular en-
SECTIONAL VIEW OF WALLS, CHIMU. closures, three of them
filled with minor squares, dwellings, and reservoirs, one vacant,
and the fifth containing a strongly walled interior square, in
turn enclosing a strange structure, called El Presidio (the Pris-
on). The relations of these squares and the plans of the build-
ings they enclose can only be understood by reference to the
general plan of the grand enclosure itself, corrected on the spot,
from that published by Pivero and Tschudi. This plan is on
so small a scale that many of the minor features of the work
are necessarily lost, or but imperfectly indicated.
FIGURE ON WALL, CHIMU.
Entering the grand enclosure from the north, and turning to
the right, we find ourselves in a kind of antechamber, evidently
never roofed, from which a gate-way opens into a large, open
plaza, or square, A. In front of the entrance is a raised plat-
154 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
form, d, forty feet square, and three feet high. Beyond this is
a graded way, leading to a narrow terre-plein, or platform, from
whieh there is a narrow street, or passage, to the left. The left-
hand wall of this court is composed of adobes, stuccoed over, and
covered with ornaments in relief, in which the figures shown in
the cut are constantly reproduced. A single line of these oc-
cupies the face of the wall, which is twelve feet high. The op-
posite, or right-hand, wall may also have been ornamented, but
of this there are now no traces. To the right of this court, but
not entered directly from it, are two long and relatively narrow
halls or passages, E, F, the walls of which are also highly orna-
mented in figures of which the following cut affords an exam-
ple. The design is in relief, as are also what may be call-
ed the borders, above and below. The wall is of adobes, and
the relievos were formed by their projections when built in the
wall. The ground on which they appear is of stucco, scratched,
or roughened, horizontally with numerous undulating lines, pro-
ducing the effect of what we call “rustic work” in architect-
ure. In this way, the relievos, having their faces smooth, are
made conspicuous. Here, as elsewhere, there are traces of color.
FIGURE ON THE WALL, CHIMU.
From these ornamented halls we pass into another sala, or
hall, Gr, which has a terre-plein, or platform, running around two
sides, with a graded way leading up to it on the third. The
walls of this, although much broken down, are remarkable. On
the face of a solid backing is a wall of adobes, so arranged as to
form regular, lozenge-shaped figures, as shown in the cut. Sev-
eral other rooms or courts are ornamented in like manner. In
a few instances, the lozenge-shaped opening is carried quite
RUINED WALLS, CHIMU.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
155
Wmm&
1 II’FFTRA’J iiiiifiiii’i’iv.IINIIIII’:,
I—:____
Hip
through the wall, giving the effect of a trellis. Another kind
of ornamentation is to be observed in several places, formed of
square adobes, in which every alternate block is in relief, as
shown in the cut. Occasionally these blocks are so arranged
that every alternate space is an opening entirely through the
wall, .which is as thick as the adobe is long—about three feet.
The honey-combed effect of these walls, when looking over the
ruins from an eminence, is very striking.
Passing now to the rectangular court, B, we find nearly a
similar arrangement wTith that marked A — the raised square,
the inclined plane, and the terre-plein. A little beyond this to
the south, past a row of houses, we come to a wall five feet
high standing on the
berme, or near the
edge of a deep exca-
vation, presumably a
reservoir for water.
I give a plan, and a
section of this struct-
ure, of which the de-
scription must stand
for that of a hundred
others, of greater or less size, among these
ruins. It is 450 feet long by 195 broad,
and 60 deep. The sides fall off by two steps, or gradients, and
were, from top to bottom, faced with unwrought stones, carefully
fitted in place. On the southern and near the left end is a pro-
jection like a wharf, from which there is reason to believe stair-
ways led to the bottom of the excavation. This is 78 feet long,
and projects 15 feet. The wall on the southern berme of the
excavation is double the height of that on the northern side,
and has only one or two gates; while through that on the north,
or populated side, there are several, as also at the ends.
The bottom of this area sunk so far below the general level
is comparatively moist, sufficiently so to nourish a number of
fine fig-trees (probably planted by some enterprising citizen of
Truxillo), from which we obtained a by no means ungrateful
11
PLAN OF RESERVOIR.
156 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
supply of fruit. Eivero and Tschudi mention certain aque-
ducts, or azequias, leading from the Rio Moche into this reser-
voir as ” still visible.” I did not discover such, but it is proba-
ble that they existed anciently.
I shall not stop to describe the groups of structures at the
extremities of the great reservoir, of the purposes of which, ex-
cept in so far as they may have been used as dwellings, I can
form no better judgment than my reader. I therefore come at
once to wThat I regard as the most remarkable and interesting
feature in the group I am describing, namely, El Presidio,
which fills the north-west corner of a large square, defined by
high and massive adobe walls, entered, as is the great rectangle
enclosing the remains I have described, from the north. Other
openings exist, but they are modern breaches to facilitate exca-
vating operations.
El Presidio (if we include the whole area under that name, as
the Palace of the Tuileries may be understood to give name to
.the ground covered by its dependent squares and gardens) is
320 feet long by 210 wide. The wall surrounding it is 5^ feet
thick at the base, 25 feet high, narrowing to about two feet in
thickness at the top. Within the area thus enclosed we find
the most conspicuous object to be a rectangular mound of
mamposteria, measuring at the base 175 by 135 feet, and 17
feet high, the sides inclining inwards. It is level on the top,
which is reached, as shown in the plan, through a rectangular
enclosure, passing several apartments or guard-houses by a
graded way or inclined plane. A low wall of adobes is carried
around the edge of the mound at its summit, where we find, at
the north-east corner, an enclosure 55 feet long by 30 wide. A
trench has been excavated nearly through the mound longitu-
dinally, which, while it has greatly disfigured it, has revealed its
construction. The foundation seems to have been of large,
rough stones, placed on the ground, on which the body of the
work,, of most compact mamjoosteria, was raised. This, how-
ever, was not solid throughout, for no fewer than forty-five cells
or chambers, arranged in five rows of nine each, were left in
the mass, as shown in the longitudinal section.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
157
The roofs of these cells are six feet below the level of the sum-
mit of the mound, and the cells themselves are 13 feet long, 7
wide, and high, entered from above by gradients like steps.
The dimensions of the orifices by which they were entered, ow-
ing to the general ruin, cannot now be exactly ascertained, but
they were probably only sufficiently large to admit the body of
a man — a supposition supported by the circumstance that a
number of heavy quadrangular stones are scattered about, the
only intelligible purpose of which was that of covering over
the entrances to the vaults or cells below. The hypothesis that
the structure wTas really a prison derives favor from the fact
that not only the foundation is composed of heavy stones,
through whieh a convict could not dig, but that such stones are-
158
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
also built firmly in the mamposteria between the cells, as if to
prevent excavation horizontally. The manner in which the
approach to the mound is guarded ; the platform to the left,
with a parapet running around its upper edge, and which com-
mands the only entrance to the great enclosure—all go to indi-
cate the character of the work, which was first suggested to me
by its popular name, El Presidio.
If I am not mistaken in the matter, this monument is evi-
dence of an advanced condition of society and government in
Chimu very nearly up to the standard of what we call civiliza-
tion. The plan and size of the cells would’suggest that “soli-
tary confinement” was a rule in the penal code of Chimu, prob-
ably supjriemented with hard labor—of which the vast block of
edifices containing the prison shows so many proofs. To the
right of the mound, and built up against it, is a supplementary
and lower one, much ruined, but which seems to have had a
number of rather elaborate apartments or chambers; whether
intended as penal cells or as dwellings for the keepers of the
prison, I will not undertake to say.
This detailed account of what Rivero and Tschudi call the
“First Palace” obviates the necessity of describing the “See-
ond Palace,” of which the plan, on the same scale with the
first, gives a very faithful representation. In common with the
other, it is a great parallelogram in outline, defined by heavy
double walls capable of resisting field-artillery; some are of
mamposteria, others of adobes, occasionally backing one against
the other. It also has its open courts, platforms, and squares
of houses; but it is singular in being without a water reservoir.
There is, however, a very capacious one just outside its walls
to the right.
Near its south-east corner is an enclosure, not unlike El Pre-
sidio in the ” First Palace,” also containing a mound known as
the Huaca of Misa. It is, however, very different from that in
El Presidio; originally it was perhaps fifty or sixty feet high;
but now, excavated in every direction, it is a shapeless mass.
Passages and interior chambers, some of considerable size, are
nevertheless still traceable. Pivero reports these to have been
IN THE LAND OF THE LNCAS.
159
lined with cut stones, of which, however, I found no sufficient
evidence. He also states that many relics were discovered here:
mummies, mantles of cloth ornamented and interwoven with gold
and bright feathers, figures of men and animals, in metal, im-
plements of various kinds, an idol of wood, and many frag-
ments of pearl shells.
PLAN OF
“SECOND PALACE”
CHIMU.
HUACA OF 31 ISA.
TTTT1
I 3
rim
TTTT3
U11LLLL1J.111IJ
XLTT
TTTT
H
L±1±±J
r~TTT1
E 3
LlilllJ
en m
TTTTT”
LXXU
I
I made surveys of several other grand enclosures similar to
those noticed, which might, with equal propriety, be called
“palaces.” They may better be described as sections, barrios,
160
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
or wards, each with its special population separated and kept
apart for municipal purposes or social reasons. True, it would
seem that this kind of isolation could be equally well effect-
ed without constructing such high and massive walls as define
these barrios, and whieh are quite as strong and imposing as
those which seem to have enclosed the city on its land side.
Yet each division or square may have been designed to be in it-
self a fortress or citadel. However that may be, some of these
squares not only contain lesser ones, but are also subdivided,
as shown in the subjoined plan.
PLAN OF SUB-SQUARE.
This sub-square or section is one of a number contained in a
great enclosure three or four times the dimensions of that called
by Bivero the ” First Palace,” and may be taken as a type of the
others, which, however, are “not uniform in details. The heavy
outer walls shown in the plan are by no means those of the
grand enclosure, but of a series traversing its area at right an-
gles. Within these walls is an open space, ten feet wide, after
which comes another lesser wall, with openings or entrances on
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
161
three sides. The main entrance, or that from the north, leads
into an open plaza, in the middle of which is a reservoir for wa-
ter, about sixty feet long by thirty broad, and twelve feet deep,
the sides falling off by steps, and are faced with stones. On
the right and left are rows of what originally appear to have
been shops or market-stands, only a few feet square, opening
on the plaza. A low and comparatively thin wall crosses each
door-way, like a threshold, and separates the interior -from the
area outside. A terrace three feet high extends across the end
of the plaza, opposite the entrance, in front of the largest build-
ing in the group. This contained three apartments, along the
walls of which are projections like pilasters, too high for seats,
forming what may be called niches between them. Even our
Chinese attendant recognized the probable purpose of this
building, when, in pointing to it, he ejaculated, “Cabildo!”
Three streets, two crossing the square north and south, and one
east and west, intersect each other on this terrace of the cabildo,
dividing the whole area of the barrio into six subordinate
squares or blocks, exclusive of that which I have called the
plaza. Each of these in turn has its minor court or plaza, and
four of them have their own small cabildos, or municipal houses.
Around each plaza the dwellings of the aneient inhabitants
are grouped with the utmost regularity, but in a manner baffling
description, and which can only be made intelligible by refer-
ence to the plan, which also shows many curious and enigmat-
ical features which it would be tedious to enumerate. Some of
the houses or apartments are small, as if for watchmen or peo-
ple on guard; others are relatively spacious, reaching the di-
mensions of twenty-ñve by fifteen feet inside the walls. These
walls are usually about three feet thick, and about twelve feet
high. The roofs were not flat, but, as shown by the gables of
the various buildings, sharply pitched; so that, although rain
may not have been frequent, it was, nevertheless, necessary to
provide for its occurrence. Each apartment was completely
separated from the next by partitions reaehing to the very peak
of the general roof. There are no traces of windows, and light
and air were admitted into the apartments only by the door.
162
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
it will be observed that, except on the plazas, the doors of none
of the buildings open opposite eaeh other. How far this feat-
ure may be due to regard for individual or family privacy, in a
community organized with an order and system that a social-
istic philanstery might despair of rivalling, I do not undertake
to say, but we must believe that it was not without a clear de-
sign. Altogether there seems to#have existed in this sub-barrio
thirty-nine separate buildings, with from two to five apartments
each, or one hundred and eleven in all, without counting the
twenty-two little tiendas, or shops, facing upon the central
square.
The long, narrow, open spaces, or corridors, running around
the several squares and along the walls of the principal square
itself, are enigmatical, especially as we find them interrupted, on
one side at least, by cross-walls. We might otherwise imagine
them to be the places where refuse and filth of various kinds
were east temporarily.
The sole entrance to this particular square, it will be ob-
served, is from the south-east corner, and through another but
open square, which seems to have been a garden, the indurated
ground still showing traces of cultivation. The square to the
north of this under notice corresponds very nearly with it in
size, and contains a large but ruined truncated mound, sur-
rounded by buildings. Some open squares succeed, followed
by others filled with edifices in perplexing variety, a few stand-
ing on the natural surface of the earth, others on terraces; some
in absolute ruin, others relatively perfect; and altogether so
numerous as to forbid a survey except by a corps of engineers,
limited in their work neither by time nor considerations of
cost.
Outside of these walled enclosures, and scattered with more
or less regularity over the intervening spaces, are the founda-
tions and other remains of a vast number of small buildings,
apparently of ruder construction than “those within the enclos-
ures. Some of the spaces, however, are clear, or marked only
by small piles of stones scattered over them here and there.
We were told that these covered graves; but I removed sever-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
163
al, and excavated the earth beneath them, without finding any
remains.
•I have alluded to reservoirs for water; these are more nu-
merous outside than inside the enclosures, and exist in consider-
able numbers. They are popularly supposed to be granaries,
but I think their purposes are obvious, especially as there are
traces of azequias leading to several of them. They could not
have been roofed over; and the intelligent people who built
Chimu would certainly not have left their grain exposed in a
region where, although rarely, rain sometimes falls in torrents.
Three or four instances have been known in the historical pe-
riod when great damage was done, and indelible traces left on
the plain and its monuments.
Besides these reservoirs,’there are a number of large exca-
vated areas in the sands towards the sea, in the direction of
Huaman, obviously for gardens, in conformity with a practice,
anciently wide-spread on the coast, and not yet extinct, of re-
moving the sand in desert places until a stratum of earth was
reached sufficiently moist to support vegetation.
In speaking of the huaca of El Obispo, I alluded to two oth-
ers, those of Toledo and Las Conchas. The latter, like all the
others, has been excavated from above and from the sides.
Tunnels have been driven into it at various elevations; and
outside a shaft has been sunk, and a drift carried beneath it, in
search of subterranean deposits. This last experiment was
made only a few years ago, by a company of treasure-seekers of
Truxillo, but without much success. They found some pas-
sages and chambers, one of the latter ornamented with shells
inserted in the mamjposteria of the walls. They found the
roofs of the passages supported in places by hewn cross-beams
of algarroba wood, of which I brought away one, perfectly pre-
served. It is five feet long, nine inches wide, and five thick,
hewn flat on the lower surface and the sides. One end is cut
squarely, the other roughly to a point. The marks of the tool
are large, bold, and sharp, as if from an instrument quite as ef-
fective as the iron axe now in use in Peru. The drifts and pas-
sages are dark, noisome with bats, and quite unsafe, so that
164
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
I did not undertake to jjenetrate far into Las Conchas. The
same reasons deterred me from venturing into the labyrinthine
excavations of the huaca of Toledo farther than to ascertain -its
construction. Its core, or central mass, seems to have been of
very hard concrete, in thick layers, inclining to the centre, and
the whole faced over, both on the sides and top, with adobes to
the depth of ten or twelve feet, perhaps more. I can only re-
peat that the ruin here, as in the case of most of the huacas, is
so absolute that close measurements are impossible.
I have omitted reference, up to this point, to a remarkable
sub-barrio, or enclosure, in one of the larger squares, notice of
which now will naturally lead to a fuller consideration of what
may be called the minor works of art of the ancient Chimus.
This enclosure is very nearly of the’dimensions of that last de-
scribed, but with a different arrangement. It has a double row
of buildings on its northern side, but along its southern wall is
a succession of what were perhaps ancient furnaces or smelt-
ing-plaees, so much ruined as to prevent any clear understand-
ing of their construction. Their thick walls were burned deep,
and fragments of slag still cling to them, while in a large open
space near by was heaped a great quantity of slag, or seorise,
which is proved by analysis to be mainly of copper and silver
ores. We have here proofs of a certain proficiency of the Chi-
mus in metallurgy, in addition to those furnished by their orna-
ments and other relics in gold, silver, and bronze. Here, too,
we have further evidence of the hypothesis that the various
great enclosures were occupied by artisans or mechanics of cog-
nate pursuits, and the smaller divisions, by those who followed
out the details of each pursuit—by those who reduced the met-
als from the ores, and those who wrought them into articles of
use or ornament; by those who produced and cleansed the cot-
ton from its seed, and those who spun, wove, and dyed it.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
165
CHAPTER X.
LEGENDARY HISTORY OF THE CHIMUS.
Accounts by Feijoo and Garcilasso de la Vega: Extent of their Territory.—Their
Chief, Chimu-Canchu.—The Invasion by the Iuca Yupanqui.—Stubborn Resist-
ance.—Final Submission of Chimu-Canchu.—Beneficent Measures of the Inca.—
Relation by Montesinos: The Inca Empire threatened by the Chimus.—Wars be-
tween the Chimus and Incas, from the Eleventh to the Twenty-fifth.—The Chimus
conquered by Topa-Yupanqui, the Ninety-seventh Inca.—Relation by Balboa: War
between the Inca Capac-Yupanqui and Chimu-Capac.—The Chimus subjugated by
Topa-Inca.—The Account by De Leon.—Different Customs and Dialects among
the Chimus.—Some Legends of their own Origin.—The Idol Llampallec at Chot.—
Its Removal, and the Consequences.—Accession of Chimu-Capac, who was con-
quered by the Incas.—The Ancient Language of the Chimus still spoken at Eteug.
—Different from the Quichua and that of the Incas.
t
THE history of Chimu and its princes, beyond what can be
deduced from its monuments, is exceedingly vague and scanty.
The relation of Feijoo, although dedicated exclusively to the
city and province of Truxillo, contains little more on the sub-
ject than was presented by Garcilasso de la Yega in his ” Co-
mentarios Reales.” According to this authority, the coast of
Peru from the valley of Parmunca (now Barranca), province of
Chancay, northward to Truxillo, was under the dominion of
Chimu, a powerful chief who was greatly feared by all his
neighbors, north, east, and south. Feijoo states that the au-
thority of Chimu extended northward of Truxillo to Tumbez,
which would have given his dominions an extent of six hundred
miles along the coast. Of the origin of the people of Chimu,
Garcilasso says nothing, and Feijoo only observes that it was
very remote, and he is not sure that it did not antedate that of
the Incas.
During the reign of Pachacutec, ninth Inca, the Chimu ter-
ritory was ruled by a chief whose name was Chimu-Canchu.
166 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
At this time Yupanqui, the warlike son of Pachacutec, was
engaged in extending Inca authority and influence along the
coast; and having, partly by force and partly by diplomacy,
secured the adhesion and qualified submission of the chiefs of
the valleys of Paehaeamae and Pimac, he continued his march
northward to the Chimu frontier, reaching the valley of the
Barranca with thirty thousand men. Hence he despatched
messengers to demand of the Chimu chief that he should be-
come a vassal of the Inca, accept the worship of the Sun, and
abandon the adoration of fishes and animals. Anticipating a
refusal from Chim^i-Canchu, and knowing the strength of the
.latter, he sent hurriedly to Cuzeo for a reenforcement of twen-
ty thousand men. The refusal of Chimu-Canchu was absolute
and defiant, and a bloody war commenced, in which the Inca
was successful, forcing his way northward to the valley of
Santa. Here he met with a stubborn resistance, such as the
Inca arms had never before encountered, and was held in check
until the arrival of the reenforcements from Cuzeo. The Chi-
mu chief, finding further resistance hopeless, reluctantly ac-
cepted the terms of the Inca, and accompanied him through all
the valleys of his dominions, in which the conqueror directed
the construction of various royal edifices, new and more ex-
tensive azequias for irrigating the soil, wells, and other things,
as the beneficent Incas always did. He also, in commemora-
tion of his hardly contested struggle with the chief of Chimu,
directed the construction at the Barranca, where the war com-
menced, of a great fortress, strong, and very beautiful with
paintings and other royal adornments. He then left Chimu-
Canchu in great favor.
To this relation of Garcilasso the early chroniclers add but
little in the way of confirmation or otherwise. Montesinos, in
his apocryphal history, speaks of a body of strangers, called
Chimus, who had introduced themselves on the coast, bringing
new idolatries, and, by superior valor, reducing the scattered
tribes between the mountains and the sea. They were repre-
sented to have come by water, in canoes, and to be giants, and
warlike. The tidings of their arrival caused alarm in Cuzeo,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
167
and Ayatarco – Cupo (the eleventh Inca, according to Monte-
sinos) raised a large army to stop their advance southward, and
prevent their entrance into the mountains. He does not ap-
pear to have encountered them ; but his son, Huascar-Titu, con-
tinued the preparations against them, having meantime heard
that they had reached as high up the valley of Pisco as Gui-
tera, and even to Caxamarca, and threatened Cnzco. Huascar-
Titu died without checking their advance, as did his son, Quis-
pi-Tutu, when the kingdom fell to Titu -Yupanqui, also called
Pachacuti, the fourteenth Inca. He moved against the Chi-
mus, but was refused passage by the cacique of Yilcas, against
whom he consequently threatened war, but died without strik-
ing a blow. Nor did his successors, until Marasco-Pachacuti,
twenty-fifth Inca, who marched along the coast against the
Chimus, but was unable to make head against them; so he di-
rected his course along the flanks of the mountains, inflicting
great loss on them, and checked their advance inland.
We hear no more of the Chimus in Montesinos relatively
until the reign of the ninety-seventh Inca, Topa-Yupanqui,
who, marching from Quito along the coast, found the Chimus
in full revolt (Montesinos nowhere mentions their reduction).
He attacked and defeated them, the survivors taking refuge
among the mountains. They subsequently descended on the
Inca garrisons, and destroyed them; whereupon Yupanqui, in-
stead of attacking them directly, sent a large force to divert the
streams watering their territories, by which means they were
forced to submit, and became afterwards loyal vassals of the
Inca.
Balboa, whose relation is more in accord with that of Monte-
sinos than that of Garcilasso, states that when the Inca Capac-
Yupanqui had finished a campaign against the Chan gas, he turn-
ed against their allies, the Conchucos, who had their capital in
Caxamarca. Their chief made an alliance with Chimu-Capac,
a monarch ruling in the plains from Guarmey to Tumbez; but
he was slain, and his capital captured. The garrison left by
the Inca in Caxamarca was repeatedly attacked by the Yungas
of the hot plains, of whom Chimu-Capac was king, and the
168 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
most redoubtable enemy of the Incas; being not less powerful
in the plains than they were among the mountains.
Topa-Inca, the son of Yupanqui, made a war on the Chimus, of
which Balboa confesses himself unable to give any details, since
the Indians have lost nearly all their traditions, and the Span-
iards preserved none; but, after many terrible combats, the In-
cas conquered the whole country, ravaging all the region water-
ed by the river Pacasmayo. Later, after subdning the Chimus
and other nations, and building a great fortress at Tumbez, he
sent his uncles, with a large force, to traverse the plains ” occu-
pied by warlike nations, who bore impatiently the yoke of Chi-
mn-Capac, instructing them to raise fortresses and leave efficient
garrisons to maintain his authority.” These generals traversed
the plains with little resistance, finding considerable riches in
gold, silver, and precious stones in the valley of Chimu, the
chief of which had gone to pay his duty to the Inca at Caxa-
marca.
Cieza de Leon, corresponding generally with Garcilasso in his
list of Inca emperors, makes the reduction of Chimu by Topa-
Yupanqui take place from the north, on his return from Quito.
He represents the struggle in the valley of Chimu as very se-
vere, and at one time doubtful, and that Yupanqui built the
fortress of Parnnquilla on leaving the Chimu territory.
If we accept the statement that the Chimu authority extend-
ed as far north as Tumbez, we must do it with the qualification
that there were considerable differences in language, if not in
origin, between the intervening families, some of which are
traceable to this day. Balboa affirms that Tumbez was peopled
by natives from the mountains, as were the banks of the Rio
Chira, the valleys of Catacoas, Pinra, etc. The people of 01-
rnos, a town still existing two days’ journey to the north of
Lambayeque, he says, ” in language and customs differ entirely
from their neighbors,” although claiming also to have come
from the mountains.
The people of the valleys farther south give different ac-
counts of their origin. Those of Lambayeque declare that
they came, at a very remote period, from the North, on an im-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
169
mense raft, under a chief of great talent and bravery, named
Naymlap, having with him many followers and concubines.
They landed at the mouth of a river, called Faquisllanga, near
which they constructed a temple, at a place called Chot, placing
in it Llampallec, an idol of green stone, representing their chief,
which they had brought with them. Here the new-comers
greatly’ multiplied. But, after a long succession of chiefs, in
an evil hour they ventured to remove the idol in the temple at
Chot to another place. This enraged the deity, and it com-
menced at once to rain, a thing unknown before, and continued
for thirty days. The destruction thus occasioned was followed
by a year of drought and famine. The chief under whose di-
rection this sacrilege was committed was tied, hand and foot,
and thrown into the sea. Lambayeque took its name from the
idol Llampallec. After the death of the last chief, as recount-
ed above, the district was governed for a long time as a repub-
lic, when it fell under the dominion of the powerful Chimu-Ca-
pac, who appointed governors over it until the conquest by the
Lncas, who appointed the chiefs until the arrival of the Span-
iards.
The inhabitants of the Indian village of Moche still speak,
in confidential intercourse, the ancient language of the Chimus,
which, from all I can learn, is identical with that spoken in the
village of Eten, or Eteng, about one hundred miles to the north,
on the coast. Of this language I have a brief vocabulary. The
statement that the Chinese coolies can converse freely with
these villagers is only a version of that which has been told of
every Indian tribe or family from Behring Strait to the Horn.
The most that can be said of the language of Eteng is that it
has no relationship with the Quichua, or with that of the Incas;
and if it were that spoken by the people and princes of Chimu,
it goes far to show that the latter were a distinct family.
170 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XI.
THE ART, CUSTOMS, AND RELIGION OF THE CHIMUS.
Skill of the Chimu Artificers.—Their Productions easily Recognized.—Their Conven-
tional Symbols.—Animals, Birds, and Reptiles.—The Lance as an Emblem of
Royalty.—Vases and other Works in Gold and Silver.—Groups of Figures.—
Some Remarkable Examples.—Implements and Weapons.—Their Chief Excel-
lence in Pottery.—Various Forms of Vases and other Vessels.—Ornamentation
of these.—Pictures on Pottery.—Musical Instruments and Performers.—Repre-
sentations of the Human Head.—Of Animals and Fruit.—Sacred Character of
their Ceramic Art.—The Best Source of our Knowledge of their Religion.—Sym-
bolical Character of their Religion.—The Symbols of the Four Elements.—A De-
basing Fetichism coincident with their Purer Religion.—Padre Arriaga’s Book on
the Extirpation of the Idolatry of Peru.—His Account of their Various Supersti-
tions.—Their Village, Household, and Personal Idols.—Worship of Ancestors.—
Results of Arriaga’s Efforts to extirpate Idolatry. — The Purer Religion of the
Chimus.—Worship of the Original, Pure, Incorporeal Being.
IN reporting the conquest of Chimu by the Inca Yupanqui,
Cieza de Leon relates that the victor took with him to Cuzeo
many of the artisans of the country, ” because they were very
expert in the working of metals and the fashioning of jewels
and vases in silver and gold.” We may infer from this that the
Inca regarded the workmen and smiths of Chimu as not inferi-
or to those of his own capital. I have already given some ex-
amples of their skill in working silver. Objects of gold are of
course rare, after three centuries of ransacking their ancient de-
positories by men who sought gold for itself alone, and sent to
the smelting-pot the finest productions of ancient art, without
bestowing thought on their artistic or antiquarian value. Yet
some specimens have been preserved in private and public col-
lections, where they are generally loosely classed as ” Peruvian.”
The student, however, will seldom fail to distinguish the Chimu
relics by their style and ornamentation. They are marked and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
171
peculiar, distinguished by certain figures and designs of con-
stant recurrence; sometimes woven into fabrics of cotton, paint-
ed or embossed on pottery, or engraved or ” struck up ” in re-
lief on vases and other objects of metal.
Among these figures I have already mentioned the lizard as
conspicuous. The fish, the serpent, and a long-legged bird,
like the flamingo, are frequent. The monkey is not uncommon.
But the most characteristic is the lance, which nearly all the
representations of the sovereigns and divinities of the Chimus
carry in their right hands, and which has been perpetuated as a
symbol in Truxillo, where a huge lance, like a flag-staff, occupies
the centre of every public square. Crowning the heads of the
representatives of sovereigns and divinities are a number of
conventional figures, evidently symbolical and significant. One
of these, in shape like an inverted leather-cutter’s knife, is
shown crowning the heads of the stuccoed monkeys in the pal-
ace of Chimu. It is constantly found on pottery and in works
of metal.
GOLDEN VASE, CHIMU. SILVER VASE, CHIMU.
The golden vase represented in the accompanying cut exists
in the museum of Lima, and may be taken as a very fair exam-
ple of the better kind of articles in metal. The material is very
thin, and the ornaments are struck up from the inside. The
silver vase is also in the Lima Museum, and bears some resem-
12
172 INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLOEATION
blanee to one in my possession, already described. The three
succeeding cuts represent a plate of gold, bearing a rude figure
of a bird in relief, en-
closed in a border also
in relief; a silver disk
or medal,with engraved
figures; and some small
thin pieces of gold, sil-
ver, and copper, round
and square, each pierced
with a small hole as if
intended to be strung
like the coin of the
Chinese.
Besides works in met-
al, like those described
GOLDEN PLATE, CHIMU. ONE-FOCRTH SIZE. ‘
above, a large, essen-
tially different, and very interesting class has been found in
Chimu, consisting of representations of men, animals, and rep-
tiles cast, sometimes hollow, sometimes solid, with scales, feath-
ers, and other minor features indicated by engraving on the sur-
face. The lizard, fish, and the serpent represented on the fol-
lowing *page may be taken as examples.
SILVER MEDAL, CHIMU. GOLD AND SILVER COINS, CHIMU. FULL SIZE.
ONE-FOURTH SIZE.
Another and more interesting class of relics in silver arc
groups of figures, of men, animals, trees, etc., of such complex-
ity, and exhibiting such striking evidences of proficiency in
modelling and casting, that I was for a long time skeptical as
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
173
to their genuineness. I possess one of these representing three
figures, one of a man and two of women, in a forest. It rises
from a circular base about six inches in diameter, and weighs
forty-eight and a half ounces. It is solid throughout, or rather
is cast in a single piece, and rings, when struck, like a bell. The
trees, whose twisted trunks resemble those of the algarroba, with
SILVER LIZARD, FISH, AND SERPENT, CHIMU. REDUCED.
their branches spreading in every direction, are well represent-
ed. The human figures are well proportioned and full of action.
Unfortunately the scene is not of a kind to bear being engraved.
How the mould for this complicated piece of work was made, is
a difficult question to answer. The most plausible suggestion
is, that the device now in use, of making a model of wax, which
is melted out when the material eomjDosing the mould is suffi-
174
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ciently hardened, was known to the ancient founders of Chimu.
But we have no evidence that wax was known anywhere in
Peru. It is possible, however, that
the model was made of some plas-
tic gum or other material removable
by heat or soluble in water. •
Another group, of like workman-
ship, represents a hammock contain-
ing a child swinging between two
trees, up one of which a serpent is
crawling as if to attack the infant,
while close by a kettle is represented
BIRD CAST IN ALLOYED GOLD. OVd* a fil’C Of Sticks.
Colonel La Rosa introduced me
to a friend of his who had a badly corroded figure in silver,
representing a man seated cross-legged on a kind of dais, hold-
ing in one hand a plate or tablet, bearing some characters,
much eaten away, which an active imagination might conceive
to be letters. The owner was willing to sell it, but at a price
far beyond my modest means. I have some doubts of its au-
thenticity.
Many implements and weapons of bronze have been found
in and around Chimu, and have been collected and sold by the
ton, in former times. They have about the same alloy of cop-
per and of tin with corresponding articles found in other parts
of Peru. Many of them resemble in shape the ruder forms
of bronze celts found so abundantly in Northern Europe and
the British islands, and no doubt had the same use. They may
be described as a kind of chisel, of varying size and weight,
rather broader at the edge than at the shank, which has a socket
to receive a handle. This socket has a slit on one side, so that
the staff or handle might be tightened in its place when the in-
strument was used. AVe notice the same device in some of our
present agricultural implements. The European celts, having
closed sockets, were often attached to their handles by cords
passing through a little loop on one side. The first of the ac-
compan}’ing cuts is a very good type of this class of imple-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
175
ments. It is nine and a half inches long. Precisely similar
tools are still in common use among the agricultural laborers of
Nicaragua, only iron is substituted for bronze. They are used
for loosening and mellowing the soil, somewhat as we do %with
a spade.
AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS OF BRONZE.
But the Peruvian agriculturist had other implements coming
nearer our spade in shape, two of which, one engraved with
figures, are here given. The plain one is 11 inches long and
4 broad, forming a very efficient implement in experienced
hands. That with ornamental engravings is 14 inches long by
4| broad at its widest part. Another agricultural implement,
with a curved blade not unlike some tools now in use, is also
engraved. It measures 10 inches in total length, and shows
that the ancient inhabitants of Peru knew perfectly how to
adapt the forms of their implements to the objects they had in
view.
Yast numbers of a kind of implement, of which an example
is here given, are found not alone in Chimu, but along the whole
Peruvian coast. Although varying in dimensions from a few
inches to nearly two feet in length, they are unvarying in shape.
They are cut, apparently, from thin but stiff plates of bronze,
17b* INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and the curved lower edge is invariably sharp, as is the upper
one occasionally. \\Te know that the knives of the Peruvians
generally were almost identical with those used
by saddlers, having an upright and often orna-
mented handle. Of one of these, the handle
terminating in the figure of some animal sup-
porting a smaller one on its back, I give a
representation below. Other specimens look
more like chopping-knives, the blade being
five inches wide, and weighing nearly two
pounds. Neither of these last, however, seems
to have the same design with the preceding one.
TROWEL. This, since the ancient inhabitants of the coast
worked so largely in clay, in their architecture as well as in
their pottery, I have come to regard as a kind of trowel.
KNIVES, CHIMU.
The most common of the weapons found in Chimu are
bronze javelins or lances, some long, thin, and light, others com-
paratively short and heavy. They are hammered four-sided
from the shank, which is round to the point. The handle of
the spear fitted into a socket, and not the shank of the spear
into the handle. The finest lance in my collection is twenty-
two inches long, and only six-tenths oi an inch in diameter at
the shank. It contrasts with a spear-point, which is but thir-
teen inches long, with a diameter at the shank of one inch and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
177
two-tenths. The sockets of all of these are slit on one side, as
in other bronze implements already described. The shank of
the spear last mentioned still bears
the marks, for an inch from its
base, of the cord by which the slit
was partly closed, and the weapon
fastened firmly to its handle. The
arrow-heads of the ancient inhab-
itants were made in like manner
with the lances, varying in length
from three to five inches. If ar-
row-heads of flint, or weapons of
,.-,1 -r WAR-CLUB.
stone, were ever found here, 1
failed to learn the fact. I heard of bronze swords, but saw
none, although some of the skulls, found near the enclosure
called ” The Fortress,” appeared to have been cleft by swords
rather than by hatchets. Several varieties of bronze war-clubs,
or what the French aptly call cassetetes (head – breakers), are
found here as elsewhere, of which
a specimen is given. Among the
fractured skulls found near ” The
Fortress,” the larger part seem to
have been broken by blows from
some such weapons. Not a few
show the clean, square hole pro-
duced by the bronze arrows. In
fact, I found a portion of one
skull with the arrow still wedged
fast in it.
Remarkable as were the works
of the Chimus in metal, their chief
excellence was in pottery. In this
the coast tribes to the south of
them also excelled; and it is safe
to say that three-fourths of the
pottery found in the museums of
Europe and America, and called
PERUVIAN POTTERY.
178 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
PERUVIAN POTTERY.
Peruvian, came from the
coast or near it, and of this
probably much the largest
portion from the region
ruled by the princes of
Chimu. In variety of
forms and freedom of ex-
ecution, as also in fineness
of material, the pottery
found around Truxillo is
superior to that of any oth-
er portion of Peru, Cuzeo
not excepted. There is a
broad distinction also be-
tween the coast pottery
and that of the interior
in shape, style, and oma-
mentation; and, although
in places the styles may
have run into each other,
and examples from the
two regions been inter-
changed, the difference is
absolute.
A distinguishing feat-
ure of the coast pottery,
or of that class which is
most prized by collectors,
is the occurrence of a
double spout, or, rather, a
bifurcate one, like an in-
verted Y, with two ori-
fices opening into it from
the vessel. The simplest
form is shown in the cut,
in which the spout serves
also as a handle. I have
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
179
one of this shape, covered with a most elaborate picture of
figures, etc., which is more fully described further on. The
next advanced form is where the spout rises from one side of
the vessel, and a handlers curved inwards from it to a corre-
sponding projection, terminating in the head of a bird or ani-
mal on the other, the last, perhaps, with openings for nostrils,
or with open mouth, so that, in pouring water out of the vessel,
air is not only admitted to supply the vacuum, but in passing
in or out often causes a sound imitating the note or cry of the
bird or animal represented. Occasionally there are two spouts.
Very many of these vessels are double. One of these, given on
the opposite page, represents a stag and doe, having an interior
connection at the point of contact; others are treble and quad-
ruple. There are other forms, more in the shape of modern
vases, of which the cut, ornamented with a line of fishes, is an
example.
It would be impossible to enumerate the countless varieties
of forms and combinations of the coast pottery of Peru. There
are hardly two specimens alike. Not only do we find almost
every combination of regular, or geometrical, figures, but earth,
sea, and air are laid under contribution to supply shapes for the
potter. Men, birds, animals, fishes, shells, fruits, and vegetables
all find their reproductions in clay. Even the physical features
of the ancient inhabitants—their architecture, arts, customs, and
religious notions — find illustration and record in these most
fragile, and yet almost imperishable, remains.
The architecture we find represented is not unlike that of
the Indians of Moche at this day, except in that the roof is
pitched instead of being flat. It is shown in the extract (if I
may so call it) from a very elaborate painting on a Chimu vase
in my possession, and represents a building raised on a mound
of four stages, ascended by steps (omitted in the engraving),
and constructed of mainposteria or of adobes, with a corridor
in front, and the roof of thatch, supported by crooked poles.
Seated apparently on a dais in the interior is the figure of some
important personage, with an elaborate plumed helmet or head-
dress, and holding in his hands a kind of goblet, suggesting that
ISO
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
chkha was known in ancient as well as modem Chimu. He is
approached by a helmeted figure of a warrior who holds his
sword, or some equivalent weapon, as if in attitude of salute.
PICTORIAL DESIGN FROM A VASE, CHIMU.
Behind him, in the original painting, is represented a long pro-
cession of men and women, some borne in palanquins, and some
on foot, all hurrying forwards, with every expression of eager-
ness, to the dwelling of the supposed chieftain. What the
painting as a whole signifies, I will not undertake to say; but
it is not very difficult to suppose that it is a rude pictorial story
of a general returning with an array of prisoners from a suc-
cessful forray into an enemy’s country.
Forming an integral part of another vase is a representation
of the houses of that large part of the population of Chimu
which we may call “the lower classes,” which justifies the no-
tions of the character of their edifices that we might deduce
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 181
MODEL OP AN ANCIENT HOUSE.
FROM A VASE. CHIMU.
from the ruins. The building is of a single story, with a pitch-
ed roof, a single door-way, and a circu-
lar window or ventilator’in the gable.
Abundant proof of a musical taste,
vocal and instrumental, is discoverable
in the Chimu relics in clay, not only in
the form of musical instrunfents them-
selves, but in representations of musi-
cians in the act of performance. Who
can doubt the existence of a musical
taste when he sees the illustration be- i
low, a reduced copy of a painted vase,
representing a person singing and ac-
companying himself on some kind of tambourine ? The instru-
ments oftenest represented
are the tambourine, a kind
of drum, the syrinx, or
Pan’s-pipe (of which an ex-
ample in stone is shown on
the following page), a kind
of flute, and the trumpet.
All these are common to
this day.
The pottery representing
the human head has a spe-
cial interest, not only as
probably presenting to us
the characteristic features
of the ancient people of the
coast, the Yungas and Chin-
chas, but as also illustrating
their styles of wearing their
hair and the kinds of head-dress and ornamentation common
among them. I have reproduced a few examples, all accurate
copies of photographic originals, which will afford a ready
means of comparison. How nearly these concur in type with
the existing remnants of the Indian population may be seen
TAMBOURINE-PLATER.
1S2
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
from the cut on page 1S-I, giving the profile of a servant-boy
of mine, having a slight infusion of Spanish blood, as com-
pared with the profiles of two of the huacas. Many of these
relics are painted in the prevailing color of the Indians of the
day, thus making the resemblance more nearly complete. .
SYRINX, OR PAN’S-PIPE.
How well the different varieties of animals, fruits, etc., were
represented will appear from the accompanying cuts, which are
reductions from a large number of originals and photographs in
my collection.
I have said that these works in pottery not only illustrate the
features, but the arts, and
even the religious notions,
of the ancient inhabitants
of Chimu. It would be
difficult to go into elab-
orate proofs of the latter
assertion, in a work like
this, where the discussion
would occupy far too much space. I shall here confine myself
to a resume of the results I have thus far reached, always re-
serving the right to alter, modify, or abandon my present con-
clusions.
TRUMPET, I1AKED CI.AY.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
183
The most we learn directly from the ancient chronicles con-
cerning the religion of the Chimus is, that when they were re-
duced by the Inca Yupanqui, they wor-
shipped animals and fishes; a worship
which they agreed to abandon, and adopt
that of the sun. This was one of the con-
ditions imposed by the Incas. ^
If research into primitive religions has
proved anything, it is that what is called
animal-worship is purely symbolical. The
animal, for reasons usually obvious, is in
some way the type or hieroglyphic of a
power, or a conception of the mind, and is,
or was originally, venerated only in that
sense.
But before going further I must premise
that the class of vessels in pottery of which
I have just given so many examples were not devoted to secular,
but to religious uses. They were huaca, ” sacred,” dedicated to
religious and mortuary services. To them, in default of other
PERUVIAN VASE.
PERUVIAN VASES.
1S4 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
probable or possible means of recording a religions symbolism,
we must look for all the scanty illustrations we are ever likely
to obtain of the religious ideas and conceptions of their makers.
And on them we do find representations, which from their
clearly mythological character, close identity, and frequent re-
currence, indicate that they originated in prevailing notions,
and are exponents of a common system. These representations
MODERN PERUVIAN HEAD.
are in reliefs or paintings, and from them I make the following
deductions: The Chimus adored, as almost every primitive peo-
ple has done, the powers of nature, in their various manifesta-
tions. The visible dominions of these powers, or elements, are
Earth, Air, and “Water. In these all life is centred; from them
it proceeds, and in them it disappears.
In the absence of written language men employ signs and
symbols to indicate their ideas and conceptions; and these sym-
bols are usually obvious and easily intelligible. Among the
Chimus the symbols of “Water were the fish, the turtle, or the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
185
crab; of Earth, the serpent and the lizard; and of the Air, the
u thunder-bolt,” represented by a lance or spear, the typical sym-
bol of the lightning in many parts of the world. The divinities
PERUVIAN VASES.
presiding over ” the three elements ” are not only to be identi-
fied by their bearing these symbols, but by peculiar head-dresses
or crowns, best illustrated by the following engravings from
some interesting vases from Chimu, in which the hypothetical
divinities of Air, Earth, and “Water appear with their distinc-
ISG
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tive crowns, bearing their characteristic symbols—symbols or
insignia constantly repeated in an important class of remains
from Chimu and its dependencies.
COMBAT BETWEEN THE MAN OF THE EARTn AND THE MAN OF THE SEA.
Among the symbolic scenes or mythological illustrations that
have fallen under my notice, whether in the reliefs or paint-
ings, the most common are representations of contests between
the gods of the Earth and those of the Sea: the Man of the
THE SERPENT SYMBOL.
Earth” crowned with a serpent or lizard, and the Man of the Sea
in an armor of the shell of the crab, the lobster, or the turtle.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
1S7
The first, in all cases, seems to be aggressor and victor. I give
a single illustration of this point from a painting on a vase
now in Lima. In many of its accessories, such as the plumed
helmet, the predominant figure recalls the style of the ancient
Mexican and Central American paintings. The serpent, repre-
sented in the same conventional style, occurs among many of
the paintings, as shown upon a vase covered with phallic scenes
and representations. We also find a gigantic horned or plumed
snail on some of the vases. ^
As a rule, the Chimu representations of their divinities do
which remind us strongly of the representations of Tlaloc, the
Mexican god of water, as shown in the terra-cottas and in paint-
ings.
I do not intend here to follow out this abstruse subject; I
shall only add, from the work of Mr. Bollaert, an engraving of
a mythological figure, shown in the following page, copied from
a vase now in the British Museum, found at Yiru (or Berue), the
valley next south of that of Chimu. It will be seen that the fig-
ure is volant, and bears the lance, symbol of the God of the Air.
But while it seems very evident that the Chimus had more
advanced religious notions, a loftier religious system, and wor-
thier objects of worship than their Inca conquerors chose to
accord to them, there is no doubt there existed a popular form
of worship little removed from fetichism, and marked by all the
extravagances of a degraded superstition, such as has always ex-
isted among all peoples contemporaneously with religions rela-
tively exalted and pure.
On this point our evidence is neither scanty nor. uncertain.
It exists abundantly to-day; but I prefer to take it from an
earlier date, when both the State and the Church, scandalized
by the superstitions and idolatries of the Indians, especially
those of the coast northward of Lima, sent commission after
not assume the extravagant
shapes, the strange and often
repulsive symbolic accesso-
ries, of those of the Mexican
gods; yet there are some
SNAIL FROM CHIMU VASE.
13
1SS INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
commission, secular and clerical, ” to extirpate the idolatries,
superstitions, rites, fables, and antiquities of the native infi-
dels.” The reports of many of these commissions are em-
bodied in a very rare and important work entitled “Extirpa-
tion de la Idolatria del Peru,” by the Padre Pablo Joseph de
Arriaga, of the Company of Jesus, and published in Lima in
1G21. The Padre Arriaga was himself one of the commission-
ers, and wrote with authority.
He tells us that in many parts, particularly among the moun-
tains, the natives, perhaps following the teachings of their Inca
conquerors, worshipped the Sun under his proper name of Intij
and also Punchao, or the Day; Quilla, the Moon ; certain stars,
especially Oncoy, the Pleiades; Lilac, the Lightning; Mama-
cocha, the Sea; Mamapacha, the Earth; Puquias, Springs;
and Razu, the Snowy Mountains. To these their adorations
were least imposing, consisting of the act of bowing, raising the
hands in reverence, pulling out hairs from their eyebrows and
blowing them aloft, and taking water in their palms and throw-
ing it into the air.
As the Hindoo races worship, besides their celestial gods and
their representatives, three classes of divinities—the Grama
devetd, or village god ; the Kida devetd, or household god ; and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
189
the Ishta devetd, or personal or patron god — so, too, the Chi-
mus, and the whole Yunga and Chincha family, had their vil-
lage or communal deities, their household huacas (their lares
and penates), and their patron or personal huacas ; and it was
to these that their most conspicuous idolatry was paid. The
communal huaca was carefully preserved by a class of priests
and their assistants; the family huaca, or canopa, was kept in
the family dwelling, and descended from father to son ;* while
the personal huaca, generally a very insignificant objec’t, was
buried with its possessor.
” Ordinarily,” says Padre Arriaga, speaking of the communal
huaca, ” they are of stone, without any figure; but others are in
the form of men and women. Some are in the form of ani-
mals, and all have special names by which they are invoked;
and there is not a child who does not know the name of the
huaca of his ayllo (tribe or clan), and how to invoke it, often
taking its name for his own. Some of these huacas are regard-
ed as guardians or protectors of certain towns, and are called
marca-aparac.
“All have their special priests, who make the sacrifices to
them; and although every body knows where they are kept,
few ever see them, as the priests do not care to have the peo-
ple see what kind of objects they so much fear and worship.
The very places where these huacas are deposited are held
sacred; and so far does this reverence extend, that those that
* “The canopas, called chancas in the mountains, are probably their lures and
penates, and are also called* huacicamayoc, mayordomo, or master or owner of the
house. They are of various substances, of extraordinary figure, and stones peculiar,
whether in shape or color. An Indian finding any singular object at once repairs
to his sorcerer and asks him what it is. If the latter says canopa, he at once cher-
ishes and reveres it. The canopa descends from the father to the eldest son, who
always has charge of the clothing (regalia) used in the festivals. Some canopas are
of bezoar stone, called quicu ; some are little crystals, called lacas. There are spe-
cial canopas of maize, called zarap-canopa ; others of potatoes; others called caulla-
ma, for the increase of herds, sometimes in the shape of llamas. All canopas have
the same kind of worship with the huacas, except that the latter is public, and the
former in its own house, not at fixed intervals, but on occasions of sickness, at
seed-time, etc.”—ARRIAGA.
190
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
have been destroyed by the visitors are still invoked by their
names.
” Wherefore,” continues the padre, ” in throwing the huacas
into the seas or rivers, or otherwise destroying or disposing of
them, care must be taken not to allow any Indian to witness
the act, not even the most faithful; for there is nothing these
people will not do to recover their idols, even to tearing down
the bridge of Lima.”
After the village huacas of stone, the padre assures us, the
objects most venerated were ” the malquis, called in the plains
munaos, which were the bones, or rather entire bodies, of ances-
tors, sons of the Huancas. These were preserved in the fields
in places quite apart, in ancient sepulchres, called machays.
They were wrapped in cumbi (cloth of vicuna wool), and some-
times adorned with feathers. These had also a class of priests
who conducted the sacrifices made to them, the same as to the
huacas. With the malquis were deposited the implements and
arms used in life, and passages or tubes were left in the sepul-
chres, through which food and drink could be conveyed to the
dead, in vases of clay or wood, but sometimes of silver, etc.”
It was one of the complaints made in Arriaga’s time against
these Indians, that “in many parts, and in all where possible,
they had taken the bodies of their dead from the churches, and
carried them to their machays, giving as a reason cuyaspa, the
love they bore the departed.”
As regards the rites and ceremonies attending the worship of
the huacas, etc., “it is necessary,” continues the padre, “to wit-
ness, some day, the Indians coming together, and bringing all
the instruments of their idolatry! The varions ayllos, or fami-
lies, come, carrying the entire dried bodies of their ancestors, to-
gether with those taken from the churches, as if the living and
the dead were coming to judgment! Also the higher and the
lower priests, dressed in their robes and plumes, with the offer-
ings for the huacas, the pots, jars, and vases for holding the
fhichu, with copper and silver trumpets, and large sea-shells, on
which they blow to convene the people, who come with tam-
bourines, well made, hardly a woman being without one, bring-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
191
ing also great numbers of curias* well carved horns of deer,
skins of foxes and lions of the mountains, and many other
things, which it is necessary to see in order to credit.”
It would occupy too much space even to epitomize Padre
Arriaga’s long and minute account of the idolatries, supersti-
tions, rites, and ceremonies of the Indians visited by him and
other commissioners, notwithstanding whose zeal and labors
” it was pitiful to think how little was or could be done towards
the extirpation of idolatry among the nations,” who, the mo-
ment the visitors turned their backs, renewed their ancient
practices. It was difficult to find their huacas, canopas, mal-
quis, and other objects, as they sedulously hid them away, even
in the churches, so that ” when it was supposed they were de-
voutly worshipping God, they were secretly adoring the abomi-
nations concealed beneath the altars!”
Notwithstanding his discouraging account of his labors, the
padre did good work; for in his first visit to the Northern
provinces in 1618, he tells us he “confessed 6794 persons; de-
tected 679 ministers of idolatry, and made them do penance;
destroyed 603 principal huacas, 3418 canopas, 45 mamazaras,
189 huancas (large stones raised in gardens), 357 cunas, and
burned 617 malquis, and 477 bodies taken from the churches, to
say nothing of many chacpas and chuchas,f besides chastising
73 witches: and all this in only thirty -two .towns, many of
them very small.”
All of the superstitions of the Yungas do not appear to have
been as gross as those above described by the Padre Arriaga,
for he himself tells us that they believed in invisible spirits:
spirits of the air, of the snowy mountains, of springs and
* Cuna, “cradle,” formed like a litter, the wooden side-pieces or bearers being
carved, each end terminating in the representation of the head of some animal, by
which it became huaca.
f ” Chacpas are the bodies of children born feet foremost, which are dried and
preserved in jars in the houses of their parents. If they live to grow up, they bear
the name of chacpa, in addition to their own. Their sons are called Masco, their
daughters, Ckachi. Chuchas are the bodies of twins dying young. They are be-
lieved to be children of the lightning.”—ARRIAGA.
192
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
streams; also in elves or spirits of the groves; as in the town
of Tauca, where, under the name of huaraclla, they appeared
among certain clumps of alders near the town, and made re-
sponses to the love-lorn maidens who sung songs to them, and
offered them libations.
But, above all and beyond all, above and beyond the worship
of ancestors and huacas, spirits of sea and land, and the powers
of nature, they probably adored the original, pure, incorporeal
essence, the uncreated Paehaeamae—not with noisy and fantas-
tic rites and sacrifices, but ” in their hearts,” in silence, and in
awe. We cannot deny the prevalence of this spiritual worship
among all, or nearly all, the nations of the coast, without dis-
crediting the authorities that have reached us bearing on the
subject.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
193
CHAPTER XII.
EXPLORATIONS NEAR THE COAST.
Farewell to Chimu.— Voyage down the Coast.— Landing at Samanco.— A Day and
a Night there.— Set out for the Estate San Jacinto.— Curious Megalithic Rock.
—Ruins of Huacatambo.—The Fortaleza de Tierra Firme.—Rich Vineyards.—
The Huaca de la Culebra.—Sun-worship and Serpent-worship.—Arrival at San
Jacinto.—The Hacienda.—A Renovated Estate on the Verge of the Desert.—
Ancient Ruins.—Lines of Walls on the Mountain Side.—Ancient and Modern Ir-
rigation.—Cultivation of Cotton.—A Mountain Ride.—El Palacio del Padrejon.
—The Village of Mora.—Estate of Motocache.—Four Terraced Pyramids.—An-
other Stone Work.-r-Vases in the Walls.—Return to San Jacinto.—A Midnight
Adventure.—Voyage resumed.—Coast Ruius.—Calaveras or Chancayillo.—For-
tress of Quisque.—Pyramidal Structure in the Valley of Santa.—Ruins of Alpa-
cote.—Ancient Works at Huanuco, as described by Raimondi.—Ancient Irriga-
tion on the Coast.
THE day for leaving Cliimn came round too soon. I had
not only become attached to the dry and dusty ruins, but every
hour their purposes, so enigmatical at the outset, became more
obvious. Constantly the evidences of harmonious design, in-
telligence, industry, skill, and well-directed authority in their
construction became more apparent; and, having half unravelled
the tangled skein of their purposes, I was loath to leave my
work unfinished. But neither my time nor my resources, if I
were to carry out my original programme of exploration, would
permit me to remain here any longer. So I reluctantly packed
my effects, the trophies of our explorations, settled my bill at
the Bola de Oro without disputing any of the items, since the
whole was in Chinese characters; and, disdaining to pay the
landlord of the Hotel de Comercio the poor compliment of
an adios, rode out early from his filthy and flea-bitten fonda,
through the now familiar ruins, marked out boldly in light and
shade by the morning sun, to the port of Huanchaco.
191 INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLORATION
From the high natural terrace behind the town we saw with
pleasure the smoke of the steamer Peruano, on her way back
from Lambayique to Callao. “With pleasure, because every
hour’s delay, in view of my limited time, was at the cost of
work I was eager to perform, and of results I was anxious to
achieve. Our good friend the contador urged us to join him
at breakfast, but I knew I could breakfast on board, and my
impatience banished appetite. “We were off in the first launch,
and were the first to clamber over the churning guards of the
steamer. I say guards, because the Peruano was an American-
built vessel, brought into these waters, and put in competition
with the coasters of the British Pacific Steamship Company by
a shrewd American captain, her principal (if not sole) owner,
who well knew that her superior accommodations would soon
force the company to purchase her at double her real value,
besides retaining him as her commander at double the salary
he could command elsewhere—all of which the company did.
The enterprising and excellent captain was not on board, but
his purser, another American, was, and by him we were re-
ceived with the utmost cordiality.
Unlike the little Inca, the Peruano was broad in beam, with
a hurricane deck, over which in fair weather—and in these wa-
ters it is always fair—an awning could be stretched. The din-
ing-saloon was on deck, as also a double row of well-ventilated
state-rooms, all in violent contrast with the dingy, cramped, un-
ventilated cabin of the Inca.
No wonder the Peruano ran full of passengers when the
other vessels of the line, of English build, were empty. The
meanest cholo, escorting his sacks of algarroba beans or coop of
chickens to Callao, waited for the Peruano; so that its popu-
larity became its greatest drawback. Outside of the Levant
steamers, perhaps no more extraordinary spectacle could be
witnessed than its decks afforded. Few of the coastwise pas-
sengers in Pern cared for berths or state-rooms. It is enough
for them to find a place on the bare deck, which, on the whole,
is a great improvement upon their usual dormitories. The
better classes had their mattresses, and the lower orders their
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
195
sheep-skins, all with utensils seldom exhibited in other coun-
tries, a dish of picante and a gourd of chicha, and took posses-
sion of the first vacant plank they could find, from which they
never moved. Comely choices, bejewelled and in silks or gay
alpacas, as well as ragged sambos, sprawl promiscuously over
the deck, thfe only difference in rank being between a plank in
front or one abaft the engine—the latter part of the vessel be-
ing most aristocratic here, as all over the world, although the
bad odors naturally drift to that quarter, and the motion there
is greatest.
I spent the day on a settee in the purser’s cabin, well away
from our none too savory passengers, from which I could look
out on the ever-changing yet monotonous shore—a diversified
waste of rock and sand, frayed headlands and shelving beaches,
fringed by a lace-work of surf, contrasting strongly with the
deep blue of the sea. Beyond a long, dark belt of brown, bare
ridges, and a stratum of motionless clouds, rose the pale, sepul-
chral crest of the snowy Cordillera.
Late in the afternoon, we anchored a second time in the Bay
of Santa. Don Federieo insisted on our stopping over another
steamer with him, and investigating the monuments of the val-
ley ; but the old longing for the interior forbade, and we went
on to the port of Samanco, where we found ourselves anchored
next morning. A schooner from Callao, laden with lumber, sup-
plies, and workmen for Mr. Swayne’s estate of San Jacinto, had
arrived the previous night. Before leaving Lima, Mr. Swayne
had given me letters to Señor B-, his mayordomo, which I
had despatched to him on my upward trip, with a request that
he would send down horses for us from San Jacinto, eleven
leagues inland, at the date of our return. The letter had mis-
carried ; and on landing, we found no animals had arrived, but
we learned that they might be expected next morning.
Reconciling ourselves to the inevitable delay, we took a sur-
vey of the place—a squalid collection of cane and wattled reed
huts, with but a single building, worthy of the name of a human
habitation, going up for Mr. Swayne’s use as a warehouse and
stopping – place, but as yet only half finished. It nevertheless
196 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
was a shelter, and into it our effects were removed. The beach
here has a gentle declivity, and is of the purest sand, the whole
port so well protected that the heavy surf outside comes in soft-
ly, with a purr like that of a well-pleased kitten. A little to the
north of the town, behind a tall mass of disintegrating rock,
through which there is a picturesque natural archway, the riv-
er Nepefia enters the bay. Although the waves of the bay are
not heavy, they are strong enough to sustain an unending con-
flict with the somewhat sluggish current of the stream, so as
sometimes, in bad weather, to form a bar across the mouth,
through which, a little later, the dammed-up water breaks,
sweeping away the sandy barrier, and renewing the labor of
the ocean.
Back of the port, for some miles, the country is a mere desert
of sand-dunes, unrelieved except by the skulls and skeletons of
men and animals, the former in such numbers as to justify the
belief that the ancient occupants of the valley had a considera-
ble fishing-station at the port.
We had been so busy during our stay at Truxillo that our
forced inaction at Samanco was unbearable. So we photo-
graphed the beach, the one squalid street of the town, and the
picturesque natural archway in the rock.
As the afternoon wore away we became conscious that we had
nothing to eat. The coarse provisions on board the schooner,
owing to her protracted passage from Callao, supplied only half-
rations to the men, and there were no signs of food visible in
any of the wretched huts of Samanco. The rancho of the cap-
tain of the port was rather more pretentious than the rest, and
had one or two close apartments, which our imaginations filled
with edibles, and hence we made ourselves very agreeable to
the captain; but he was reserved and distant, and evinced not
the slightest curiosity to know whether wre had dined or not.
It was finally arranged that C-should intimate to the cap-
tain that while, for his own part, he could share rations with his
men, or even fast altogether, it would be a great shame if the
Commissioner of the United States should go hungry in Sa-
manco. He did not think it worth while to say that I was
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
197
then ex-commissioner. The little rase succeeded, and by dark
the captain had prepared what, under the circumstances, seeim
ed a sumptuous repast, whieh he served with his own hands.
All the recompense he desired was that “His Excellency the
Commissioner ” should say a good word for him to the officials
in Lima, which that functionary certainly agreed to do.
We slept on the bare floor of the unfinished house, but our
rest was not so sweet and refreshing as to make us regret the
coming of the dawn. We had coffee with the captain, and soon
after the animals began to come in. They were all cargo-mules.
And then began the task of mounting the workmen, two and
» two, on the backs of the obstinate and wayward brutes. Some
were thrown off at once, others held on while their animals
bolted through the village, only to be deposited head-foremost
in the sands beyond. It was an amusing sight, but annoying
enough to Mr. De C-, who was anxious to get his men at
the hacienda without delay. After a single trial, most of them
preferred to go on afoot, but some of the more persistent deter-
mined to ride.
It was ten o’clock before the last straggler was started on his
way, and then came our trouble. Three rather sorry horses had
come down for the use of the muleteers, who, however, gave
them up to us for a consideration, and finally we also got off.
We soon overtook the rear-guard of the men, struggling through
the deep sand of the desert, and at about two leagues from the
port struck the river, here considerably larger than at its mouth.
A rude bridge of loose poles spanned it, over which our horses
stumbled, in imminent danger of breaking their legs. Our path
now lay along the base of the rocky hills which bound the val-
ley on the north, the valley itself here spreading out several
miles in width, and overgrown with scrubby trees. Two leagues
farther brought us to a rough building, half farm-house, half
tambo, where we got some cheese and chicha, and ñ little char-
qui, which we broiled for breakfast on the end of a stick.
Overlooking the establishment is a rocky, conical hill, on the
slopes of which were evidences of ancient buildings, but so
ruined that we could not make out their plan. From the sum-
19S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
mit, however, we descried two objects of interest: one, a single
huge rock, standing on the very top of a high, bare hill, a con-
spicuous object from a great part of the valley; the other, a
mass of ruins, covering a considerable area, in a dry, transverse
valley entering that of the •Nepeña from the north. Leaving
our companions to pursue their journey, Mr. De C- and
myself rode first to this strange rock, so much resembling those
scattered over the hill-tops of the British islands and Scandina-
via. The people of the tambo told us that it was still regarded
as Imam, and that there was a cavity at its summit, in which
offerings were yet made to Hnari, the god of strength.
By leading our horses part of the way, we managed to reach
it. We found it to be an isolated mass, about sixteen feet in
height and eight feet in diameter at its base, somewhat flaring
towards the top, and standing upon some deeply embedded
rocks of the same material with itself, that is, of the prevailing
rock of the region. By leading one of the horses close up
against it, Mr. De C- managed to clamber to its top, but
found no concavity or traces of recent sacrifice. From its po-
sition and peculiarity, it was, no doubt, once regarded as very
sacred, and it is not improbable that the extensive building half
a mile distant to which I have alluded, and from which this
singular stone is in plain view, was in some way connected, as a
temple or convent of priests, or both, with the worship paid to
it by the ancient inhabitants.
This edifice which bears the name of Huacatambo, and of
which the plan only can give an idea, has a greatest length of
about four hundred and fifty by two hundred and fifty feet in
greatest breadth, and consists of several open courts of various
sizes, with platforms at their ends and sides, the former ascend-
ed by graded ways. The outer walls, which are of adobes, are
in places twenty feet high; the interior ones are from eight to
twelve and from three to six feet thick. All the courts marked
N have niches, square or slightly oblong, in their walls. They
do not resemble those in Inca edifices, which are narrower at
the top than the bottom, and are taller. These niches are three
feet above the floors, preserving the same elevation above the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
199
platforms also; they are twenty inches deep, twenty-four wide,
and twenty-eight high ; their tops are covered by a kind of lin-
tel of cane. Obviously no part of the structure was adapted for
residence except, perhaps, the small and somewhat intricate por-
tion represented in the upper part of the plan. Unless cane
or other huts were built in the courts, of which there is no evi-
dence, we must conclude that this was a temple, probably con-
nected in some way, as already suggested, with the reverence
or worship of the extraordinary and conspicuous megalithic
monument on the hill in front.
Regaining the main road, which now led nearly through the
centre of the valley, over low and, in places, marshy ground, we
resumed our course. “We had not gone far, when we met one
of the mules, with its pack-saddle turned under its belly, rush-
ing down the road. We stopped it with difficulty, and, fasten-
ing its bridle to my crupper, went on, with apprehensions of
trouble ahead, which were soon realized; for, at a distance of
a mile or so, we came up to a very dilapidated group by the
roadside. One man, with his head bound up and covered with
blood, sat leaning against a tree; while another, lying on the
grass, and partly held down by his companions, was having
200 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
his right arm tugged at vigorously by Mr. P-, who added
some pretensions to surgical knowledge to his other accom-
plishments. He said the man’s shoulder was dislocated, and
must be got in place again before swelling set in. The man
writhed’and groaned under the operation, which, however, was
successfully performed. We sent the damaged men back to the
tambo under charge of their friends, and hurried on as fast as
our wretched horses would permit us, over the same low, flat
country which we had struck at the tambo, but which now
opened out, here and there, in grassy glades, covered with sheep
and cattle.
Before reaching Nepeña, we found more cultivation and evi-
dences of thrift, a richer region and a larger population. Al-
most within sight of the town, on the banks of a fine clear
stream, we discovered a massive pyramidal structure of adobes,
rising high above the forests, with lines of walls and ruins of
buildings surrounding it. This we were told was called the
Fortaleza de Tierra Firme.
Leaving it behind, for future examination, we rode on into
the town of Nepeña, a rather large, straggling, tumble-down
place, in which the principal traffic seemed to be pisco, a kind
of brandy made from grapes of exquisite quality, which are
found in great profusion in the neighboring vineyards. Biding
into one of these vineyards, where we saw an old woman gath-
ering the luscious clusters, she literally loaded us down with
them for the small sum of a medio (six cents), and would have
given us more, if we could have carried them away.
Proceeding through a cultivated country, rich in grapes, cot-
ton, and sugar-cane, our course was again deflected to the desert
belt of sand skirting the bare hills in that direction—deflected,
not because that was a better way or a more direct one, but be-
cause the owner of the great hacienda of San Juan, lying in
front, chose to build his fences across the highway, and block
it up.
Just before leaving the proper highway, we passed a rocky
mass, covered and surrounded with ancient remains, called
Huaca de la Culehra, or u Huaca of the Serpent,” from a gigan-
201
pent. I shall not enter into PYRAMID OF TIERRA FIRME.
a discussion of the symbolic-
al problem, or of the connection between sun-worship and ser-
pent-worship, but shall confine myself to the single statement,
that among the sun-worshippers par excellence of this continent
the most frequent, almost the only, sculptured object we find is
the serpent/
“Warned by the approach of night, we pushed ahead over the
stony desert which the owner of San Juan had compelled us to
traverse : it seemed to have no end. Onr horses stopped every
few paces, thoroughly tired out, and we were at last compelled
to dismount and lead them, often losing the trail in the dark-
ness, and becoming involved among rocks and crags, until at
last we determined to stop and wait for morning. Just then
we caught glimpses of a light, which seemed to be approaching
us over a gloomy spur of the mountains in front, and which
202
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
was borne by men sent from the San Jacinto estate to hunt us
up and bring us in. They led three fine horses, well saddled,
on which we soon galloped to the hacienda, where Mr. De
C-and the mayordomo had made the culinary and other ar-
rangements proper for hungry and exhausted travellers, and
where we were warmly welcomed.
The hacienda, or estate, of San Jacinto was anciently one of
the largest and finest in the valley of Nepeña; but when pur-
chased by Mr. Swayne, a few years before our visit, it had very
much run down. It was deserted by the negro slaves soon af-
ter their emancipation; the dwellings had fallen out of repair;
the roof of the church connected with it had tumbled in; the
walls of the cemetery behind it were crumbling down; the aze-
quias had broken their banks, and were dry or only half filled;
while chapparal and scrub, broom and acacias, had invaded the
irrigated grounds, and the desert had encroached on them as
the supply of water on the higher levels had diminished. Its
extent will appear when I say it was nine miles long by not
less than three in average width, covering the entire valley
from one mountain range to the other. Sugar had been the
principal product of the estate, but Mr. Swayne had supplanted
it in great part with cotton, and was bending every effort to in-
crease its production. Ginning-mills and cotton – presses had
been erected, and we found at the hacienda quite a colony of
English, German, and American engineers, mechanics, and over-
seers. The long, narrow, half-ruined dwelling-house, large
enough to shelter a regiment, was in course of renovation; the
church was undergoing repairs; and quarters for the Chinese
and other workmen were going up, arranged and finished with
proper regard to health and comfort. Men were mending
broken walls, restoring azequias, making bricks, and planting
the garden. On every side was seen the movement and heard
the inspiriting sound of industry. The household service was
prompt and efficient, and performed entirely by Chinese.
The buildings of the hacienda stand on the very northern
edge of the valley, so that their rear rests on the desert slope of
the mountain, while the azequia, which passes in front, waters
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
203
and fertilizes the grounds in that direction. The position is
high, dry, and commanding. Around all is a heavy wall, al-
most like that of a mediaeval fortress, entered by a lofty arch-
way.
The arid, sandy, rocky slope behind is thickly covered with
the ruins of ancient stone buildings, comparatively rude, it is
true, with their little plazas and terraces, some perched on pro-
jecting shelves of rock, others half buried between great fallen
masses, and all showing the shifts and straits of a redundant
population, with whom life was little more than a prolonged
struggle for bare existence. Still behind these poor and almost
pitiful remains of the past, high up on the bleak mountain-
sides, may be seen parallel walls of stone, bending in and out
with every curve of the declivities, and at first suggestive of
fines of fortification. But a little reflection dispels this idea,
and the notion that they were designed to check or prevent the
fall of stones and rocks during earthquakes becomes the natural
solution of their purposes. They are to be found almost every-
where, and especially in places where ancient populations exist-
ed at the foot of the mountains. I have observed as many as
five or six concentric and approximately parallel lines on a sin-
gle declivity. These walls are not high, seldom more than four
or five feet, but stout and well suited to check whatever may be
tumbled from above.
Our first day in San Jacinto was spent in looking over the
estate, and in finding out what were the monuments for which
the valley was most distinguished, and in arranging for a week’s
excursion among them. AVe found that they were numerous
and interesting; indeed, from the corridor of our apartment we
could discern a number of gigantic huacas rising above the
shrubbery of the valley, and standing out boldly on the moun-
tain slope beyond, while along the brow of a headland to our
left we could trace the line of a great azequia, which, in the old-
en time, conducted to a vast water reservoir in a lateral valley
among the hills, whence the water was distributed through the
valley, during seasons of drought in the Sierra, and when the
river ran low.
14
204 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
In a region like the eoast of Peru, where possible rains and
storms are eliminated from the calculations for irrigation, it
seems to me agriculture, and especially the production of cot-
ton and sugar, should be carried to the highest and most suc-
cessful points; for where the supply of water is constant and
sufficient, and judiciously distributed at proper times, ample
crops become certain. But, generally, the hacendero exercises
little judgment or foresight in the matter, and leaves the direc-
tion of his estate to his mayordomo, whose notions of cultiva-
tion of the soil are purely traditional or empirical. A few,
however, like Mr. Swayne, make irrigation a study, and with re-
markable results. Not only was his yield of cotton large and
uniform, and the quality of the staple good, but the irrigation
was so well directed that eaeh field was ripened in succession,
at short intervals of time, thus enabling a large crop to be pick-
ed with a minimum number of hands, and distributing over
weeks the work that is with us crowded into days. Yet the
scarcity of labor, and especially skilled labor, is so great, and
the area of cultivable land so small, that, except for manufac-
ture on the spot, I doubt if cotton can be produced profitably
in Pern.
My first day’s excursion from the hacienda was up the val-
ley to the town of Mora, situated near the foot of a spur of the
Cordillera, which, starting from the great divide near Cajatam-
bo, in latitude 10° 30′ south, runs north and nearly parallel to
it for two hundred miles, forming the rich and populous valley
of Huaraz, drained by the Pio Santa. Passing the ginning-mill
and cotton-press of the establishment, over a good eart-road
lined with trees and shrubbery, and alive writh doves of several
varieties, we found ourselves, at the end of a league, obstructed
by the rapid river, fretting and foaming over a rocky bed, forc-
ing us to fall into a narrow and treacherous path that skirt-
ed the flank of the mountain. This soon led us up into the
dry bed of an ancient azequia, partly excavated in the steep
slope, and partly built up against it, which constituted the only
roadway. This azequia, at the height of several hundred feet
above the river, was that whieh had fed the reservoir I have
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
205
already referred to. Abandoned water-conduits throughout
the country are often utilized in this way; sometimes, indeed,
where there is not room or foothold enough for both road and
existing azequia, the traveller has to ride for miles through the
latter in water up to his saddle-girths. I had not yet travelled
among the Andes, and must confess to a certain nervousness in
riding along the almost vertical face of the mountain, with the
angry river beneath; and when we had scrambled down again
into the valley, at a point where several copious springs gushed
out from among the rocks in a stream sufficiently large to work
a mill, I must confess that I experienced sensible relief.
Our way now led over a low plain, much cut up by errant
channels of the river, and by beds of sand and stones, which the
stream, after the melting snows of the interior swell its sources,
spreads far and wide, leaving only room for occasional clumps
of dwarfed and distorted trees. Fording the river, here flow-
ing through a broad and stony channel, our horses stumbling
dangerously over the loose, water-worn stones, we finally reach-
ed higher ground, consisting of several distinct terraces, and
covered with fruit – gardens and vineyards. The latter were
numerous and luxuriant, chiefly of the large white or Malaga
grape, and the air, swarming with bees and other insects, was
fragrant with their rich odor. The gnarled trunks of the algar-
roba-trees supporting the vines were weighed down with great
golden clusters, in a profusion amazing even to one who had
seen the grape-gardens of France, Italy, and Spain in their glory.
One of the finest of these vineyards, El Padrejon, gives its
name to an ancient stone work, El Palacio del Padrejon, on a
terrace overlooking it, and of which I present a plan. As will
be seen, it consists of a series of enclosures, reached by a stone
stairway, C, from the terrace below. Partly within, and, to a
certain extent, forming part of one of these enclosures (to the
right in the plan), is another enclosure, surrounded by walls of
cut stone, topped with adobes. The ground within is raised
about twelve feet, reached by a winding stairway of stone,
through a gate-way, A. A parapet wall of adobes runs around
this platform, which supports three rectangular, truncated pyr-
206
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
EL PADREJON
Valley of .Nepeña
GATEWAY A.
h .-i
El
amids or elevations of adobes, E and F; F,
the first, reached by a stairway from the
east. No part of the structure seems to
have been roofed. The gate-way, or en-
trance, B, had been covered by a lintel of
wrought stone, eleven feet long by two and a half wide, and
two feet thick.
Two miles beyond this monument, still riding through vine-
yards, gardens, and cultivated fields, the mountains rising gloom-
ily over our heads, we readied the flourishing little town of
Mora, where we were hospitably received by the first alcalde,
and plentifully regaled with fruits and grapes of several varie-
ties. Here we heard of another great stone work, two and a
half miles to north-east of the village, on a partially detached
headland, dominating the pass of Pamparomas, leading to the
valley of Iluaraz. Like that just described, it consists of a se-
ries of vast open areas and terraces, surrounded by heavy walls
of stone, with entrances which had been covered by massive
lintels, from nine to twelve feet long, now fallen in the lapse of
time or under the destroying hands of man. In many places,
and especially at the point marked b b, the walls had been un-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
207
dermined in search of concealed treasure, and the ground had
been deeply excavated here and there within the courts with
the same object. The walls, in places yet twenty feet high, are
turned at their angles, and the entrances faced with large cut
stones. The fallen lintel, a a, has the figure of a condor cut on
one of the surfaces in outline, but there were no other sculpt-
ures discovered.
Two minor enclosures, contained in that marked A, are full
of fallen stones, and the whole surface of the eminence around
the grand structure itself is covered with the stone foundations
20S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of buildings, indicating the former existence here of a consider-
able town. The purposes of the work, whieh has a total length
of about sixteen hundred and fifty feet, are not obvious; but
from its commanding position, difficulty of access, and massive-
ness, it may be regarded as having been a kind of temple-for-
tress— a conclusion favored by the existence of a heavy wall
running off from the work and across the neck of land, connect-
ing the eminence on which it is built with the steep and inac-
cessible mountains to the south-east.
After a rapid survey of this monument, which I shall call
the ” Stone Works of Mora,” we descended again into the val-
ley, and struck off to the north-west, to the estate of Motocaehe,
belonging to a Señor Salas, who had invited us to visit him, and
on whose lands we were assured were many interesting remains.
Señor Salas, whose hacienda had long been distinguished for
the quantity and quality of its grapes, was putting every avail-
able acre into cotton, neglecting or uprooting his vines, divert-
ing azequias, building presses, and altogether displaying a great
amount of energy.
“We arrived at Motocaehe at an inauspicious moment. That
very morning the ginning and pressing mills of the estate, just
finished, had been burned down, and our host was half frantic
over his loss. He, however, put me in charge of one of his
men, under whose guidance I visited the monuments. These
consisted of four terraced, pyramidal structures situated on as
many conical, rocky eminences, overlooking the smouldering
ruins of the burned buildings, whieh had been built, in part, of
the cut stones of the edifices whieh had crowned the pyramidal
structures. The hill on which the first pyramid in order stands
is about one hundred and fifty feet high, and the work itself
consists of two terraces, each eighteen feet high and sixty feet
wide, reached by stairways at their south-east corners. There
are traces of rectangular buildings on the upper platform.
On a lower natural eminence, to the north-east, is a square
work of three stages, supporting the walls of a single building,
much ruined. In the masonry of the lowest southern platform
are embedded six great vases of pottery, eight feet deep by five
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
VASE AT MOTOCACHE.
wide at their widest part (interior measurement), of the shape
here given, and in some respects
resembling those found at Caja-
marquilla. The material, well
burned and firm, is an inch thick.
Each vase has an opening large
enough to admit the body of
a man. I cannot divine their
purposes, except as reservoirs of
grain or for water. The re-
maining structures are similar
to the two just described, but neither had the feature of the
vases.
The buildings of the hacienda were as spacious as those of
San Jacinto, but rather more out of repair. Its church was
also dilapidated, and the area enclosing it had been converted
into a corral for cattle, which had tumbled down the cross that
once stood in its centre, and in various ways defiled the church
itself.
It was nearly dark when we left Motocaehe, but by a differ-
ent road than that by which we had reached there. It led
through a rocky pass in the rocky ridge behind the estate into
a dry, desert valley nearly parallel to that of the river, and
which enters the latter not far from San Jacinto. As we urged
our horses through the heavy sands, I saw rising on every hand,
through the exaggerating twilight, the spectral walls of exten-
sive ruined structures, similar, so far as I could discern, to those
occupying a relative position at Huacatambo. The señor in-
formed me that there were traces of ancient azequias in this
now utterly arid valley, and evidences that it had once been
highly cultivated. But I saw none, owing to the darkness, and
found no opportunity of investigating the point afterwards.
It was late when we reached the hacienda, and by the time
we had finished onr well-relished supper, all except our imme-
diate attendants were ” wrapped in slumber.” I thought this
a good opportunity for committing a burglarious, not to say a
sacrilegious, act in the interest of science. I have mentioned
210
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the little cemetery of the estate behind the ruined church. Its
walls were dilapidated and its gate prostrate; but it continued
to be the burial-place of the poorer classes of this part of the
valley, as it had been for a long period and in its palmy days
the graveyard of the negroes, cholos, and other laborers of San
Jacinto. These had crowded its narrow area, and the later in-
truders were forced to expose the bones of the former occupants
in order to find room for their own. These were heaped up in
piles in the corners, and attempts had been made to burn the
desiccated bodies, wrapped in their poor ragged habiliments,
but with only partial success. From among the skulls scattered
about, I had already put aside a typical series, which I was anx-
ious to transfer to the recesses of my trunk, without scandaliz-
ing the superstitious people of the estate, who, while themselves
quite capable of digging up their dead friends, and irreverently
tossing their remains aside in a corner, were yet jealous of hav-
ing them meddled with by strangers. So C- and myself,
putting out our light, quietly stole away in the darkness, step-
ping lightly over the prostrate forms of the sleeping workmen
in the corridor, and reached the cemetery without creating
alarm. Returning with a skull under each arm, we had almost
got to our rooms again, when a restless Hibernian, who had
lighted his pipe in the interval of our absence, not only per-
ceived us, but, by its fitful glow, our ghastly plunder also.
“Holy Motjier!” followed by a score of ejaculations, roused all
the sleepers in real alarm. Before the story of the terrible ap-
parition, with astonishing exaggerations, could be told, we had
thrust our spoils under our sheets, and were closely covered up
in our beds. We, of course, explained the incident to the ma-
yordomo and Mr. De C-; but they were obliged to find an-
other dormitory next night for the men, whose conviction that
San Jacinto is haunted no doubt remains unshaken to this hour.
Returning from San Jacinto to Samanco, we resumed our
voyage to Lima, stopping by the way to visit many of the ruins
near the coast, some of which I shall briefly describe. Every-
where are the remains of towns, temples, pyramids, fortifica-
tions, and azequias, indicating the former existence of a dense
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
211
and industrious population. They fringe the hills and line the
valleys. Large stones are almost entirely wanting in their con-
struction, their place being supplied by rubble-work, adobes,
and compacted clay.
Among the most notable of these ruins are those of Calave-
ras, or Chancayillo,near the head of the valley of Casma. They
form an irregular oval, three-quarters of a mile in circuit, occu-
pying the summit of a steep rocky hill. The exterior line con-
sists of three walls, the outer one twenty-four feet thick and
twenty-six feet high, and is really five separate walls, built
against and supporting each other. The inner walls are some-
what less in height and thickness, but constructed on the same
general plan. The slope between these walls, and that be-
212
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tween the outer one and the brow of the hill, was tilled up to
a level. The outer wall had five gate-ways, or entrances, the
second four, the third and inner, only one. The gate-ways were
differently constructed. Those in the outer wall had two stair-
ways, meeting and leading upwards, the lintels being of the
hard and durable algarroba wood. Those of the seeond wall
had a single stairway, and a protecting outwork. The entrance
of the inner wall had a single staircase, bet ween walls flanking
inwards. The summit of the outer wall was reached from the
corridor within by a sunken stairway of seventeen steps.
But the most remarkable features of the work are those with-
in the central enclosure. These consist of two round towers, or
rather double towers, the diameter of the outer walls being one
hundred and fifty feet, that of the inner walls seventy feet.
The outer walls have four entrances, two on each side, while
the inner walls have but two. These towers, the loftiest por-
tion of the whole work, afford a view not only of the entire
fortification, but of the whole valley of the Casma. Near the
towers is a group of reetangular buildings, with a raised espla-
nade in front, probably designed for residences or barracks.
The walls throughout appear to have been stuccoed and paint-
ed. On the stucco in the passage-ways and other protected
parts are traces of figures in relief, of paintings of men and an-
imals, and what are apparently battle-scenes.
In the plain at the foot of this fortress are remains of works
of stone, well laid, but without cement, whieh seem to be the
ruins of a town, with plazas, courts, and dwellings. The most
curious monuments found among these ruins stand on a ridge
running in nearly a right line back of the supposed town.
They consist of thirteen solid structures, thirty – six feet by
twenty-five, and from ten to fourteen feet high. They are all
ascended by insunk stairs. These structures could not have
been designed for defensive purposes, but were probably used
as stands from whieh long processions could be observed filing
between them; or perhaps sacrifices may have been offered
upon them. The entire plain is now covered with sand, which
has in the course of time overspread it.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
213
Another fortification near the coast is situated in the valley
of the Nepeña—or, rather, overlooking it, at an elevation of
twelve hundred feet—on the side of the mountains which en-
circle it. This, which is known as the Fortress of Quisque, dif-
fers from that at Calaveras in having the stones at the angles
and entrances finely cut. The walls may be called cyclopean,
in the same sense that some of those in South-eastern Europe
PLAN OF THE FORTRESS OF QUISQUE.
and Central America are thus designated. The horizontal
blocks of large stones alternate with layers of thin stones ad-
justed to the irregular forms of the larger ones. The en-
trances are by interior wralls and stairways, as at Calaveras.
There are also salients. Some of the stones are very large,
measuring nine feet in length, six feet six inches in breadth,
and three feet in thickness. The work was evidently never fin-
ished. The levelling made by cutting away and filling up, else-
214
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
where universal, is here only partial. Some of the walls sur-
rounding square or irregularly shaped rocks, which were evi-
dently held sacred, are only partly finished, as if the labor had
been interrupted; and there are walls, evidently temporary, to
be removed when the whole structure was finished.
The work appears to be of a composite character; partly
Inca, as is shown by the cut stones, and partly of workmanship
similar to that at Calaveras. The walls, like those of the Incas,
incline slightly inwards, and taper a little towards the top. It
is difficult to conceive why the Incas should have undertaken
such works here, unless it were to shelter a garrison to keep an
insubordinate population in check. The fortress was apparent-
ly built by laborers of the coast, under Inca supervision, and in
accordance with Inca designs, so far as they could be executed
by the workmen here at their command.
Few of the works along this part of the coast are as regular
as those of Chimu, and there are none so extensive or inter-
esting. But every valley is filled with them, and many stand
on elevations overlooking the sea, so as to be visible from the
decks of the passing steamers. Very interesting ones occur in
the valley of Santa, where the wooden columns that supported
the roofs still remain in place. Here, too, is a fine example of
the pyramidal structures of immense size, and interesting, as
showing how the Incas endeavored to eradicate the religion of
the inhabitants they had reduced. Thanks to the energy of
treasure-hunters, who have penetrated its sides, we find that the
more ancient or original pyramid had numerous large painted
chambers, was built in successive diminishing stages, ascended
by zigzag stairways, and was stuccoed over and painted in bright
colors. The conquerors filled up these chambers, and recast the
edifice with a thick layer of adobes, made a straight ascent, and
built on the top a stone temple dedicated to the sun.
Many, if not most, of the pyramids, or huacas, however, were
originally solid, built up of successive vertical layers of bricks
or compacted clay, around a central mass or core. The proba-
ble method by which the clay or earth was compacted is shown
even at this day. The traces of the boxes or moulds, and of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
215
the devices resorted to to keep the successive layers in position
till they had become sufficiently hardened to stand, can be ea-
sily detected by an observer. The firmness and durability of
these walls, after standing for centuries, is the best proof of
the skill of the builders.
Not far from the ruins of Quisque is a series of terraces on
the north-west, and facing it are the remains of an ancient
stone-work and huaca, known as the ruins of Alpacote. It is
Scale of Feet
•—–1_i
6 50 100
■-
—
■
W–
L L L
r . r r
i
1 i J
C T
in
j
.Ancient Stont work
due SJrom S. W„t
200 paett dittant
PLAN OF THE RUINS OF ALPACOTE.
a vast structure, of quadrangular form, 510 feet front by 313 in
depth. The walls are built of ordinary rounded stones, from 4
to 10 inches in diameter, laid up with care in a cement or mor-
tar of kneaded clay. The outer walls are still from 4 to 10 feet
in height. The interior is divided into six rows of apartments,
30 to 40 and 50 feet wide, fronting on corridors running the
length of the building, with occasional cross corridors opening
on these. Some of the room% in the centre of the building
were apparently of twice the usual size. The inner walls are
nearly of the same height as the exterior, and are 4 or 5 feet
thick at the base. The walls between the apartments are not
so thick or high as those running along the corridors. About
500 yards westward of this quadrangular ruin rises a huaca of
adobes to the height of 100 feet. Directly south of the south-
216 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
west corner of the large work, and 200 paces from it, is another
ancient stone work, 110 feet square, enclosing within its walls
two terraces separated by a wall, 3 feet above the plain, occupy-
ing one-half the square; the other containing two terraces, the
smaller -1 feet above the first, and the larger, with its well-de-
fined slope, rising 12 feet above this last. On the hills called
Cerro de Palenque, beyond the river, is a fortification, with a
triple line of walls. Near it is an ancient reservoir, with an
azequia winding around the hill, and between it and the river
another series of defensive walls.
The ruins described in this work were all actually visited by
me, explored, surveyed, and, to a certain extent, photographed,
under my superintendence or by myself. Experience in simi-
lar work enables me to attest the accuracy. Nothing has been
taken from other writers. How unsafe it would be for any one
to rely on much that has appeared may be inferred from the
plans here given of the ruins of Huanuco Viejo, as surveyed by
the laborious and conscientious antiquary Antonio Baimondi,
who kindly placed them, with a full description, at my disposal.
They vary utterly from the plan and elevation presented by Pi-
vero and Tschudi, in their “Antigiiedades Peruanas,” and in the
translation of their work by Dr. Hawkes:
“These ruins occur in the province of Huamalies, eighteen
leagues west of the present town of Huanuco, and north-west of
the great silver-mines of Cerro de Pasco. They are 12,156 feet
above the sea, and are of great extent, covering more than half
a mile in length. These remains consist of two distinct por-
tions. The smaller is a quadrangular terre-plein, A, with a para-
pet, generally called El Castillo; the other a much larger struct-
ure, somewhat irregular in outline, but filled with curious build-
ings of rectangular form, some of them entirely without door-
ways or entrance of any kind. History is entirely silent as to
the origin of these great monuments, which seem to have con-
tained a palace, and show, work of the same character as those
at Cuzeo. A part of the works are of limestone, cut accurately,
and laid without cement, but with the utmost nicety. The re-
maining structures and the outer wall are of rough stones, cc-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
217
merited. This wall has been broken down in most places; but
where it is still standing it is 10 or 18 feet high, and 3 or 4
feet thick. Entering from the road leading from Iluanueo,
you come upon an open space, in the centre of which is an ex-
cavation known as the estanque, or reservoir, 250 feet long by
130 wide. The Indian tradition is, that in the time of the Incas
wild animals were kept here; but as an azequia runs near it,
the idea of a reservoir naturally suggests itself as the most
plausible explanation. The only other work in this portion is
a house of cnt stone, still well preserved. Beyond this portion
is a terre-plein, B, 20 feet high, on which are a number of
houses, of cut and of rough stone, most of them divided into
TIIE CASTILLO OF HUANUCO VIEJO.
several apartment’s. Here is also a bath, C, of cnt stone, the
stone aqueduct still remaining to remove all doubt, in this ease,
as to its use.
” Leading from this portion of the works is a double door-
way of cut stone, with a long, doorless, rectangular room on
either side. Opposite, at a distance of 240 feet, is a similar
structure, and still farther on is the outer door-way of the
works. The perspective through this series of portals is the
finest to be found in the ancient works of Peru. The door-
ways are narrower at the top than at the bottom, and eaeh is
crossed above by a slab 13 feet long. The stones forming the
side are rectangular, slightly convex on the face, and very well
cut, the joints being perfect. The first one is overgrown with
15
21S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the luxuriant Ephedra Andina. Above the second portal and
at the sides are rudely cut animal figures, with a square niche
near each. The doorless rooms show no sign of steps for en-
trance, and no subterranean avenues to them have been discov-
ered. At right angles to the lines of these structures were oth-
ers, now greatly ruined. Beyond the second portal, and seventy
feet from it, is another structure, with its double portal, not,
however, of cut stone. Between these portals, on either side,
are door-ways leading into the rectangular rooms, which have
also various openings, from without, and six small chambers.
The Castillo is about 275 yards from the larger structure. It is
ISO feet long by SO wide, and has a fine cut-stone wall 13 feet
high. An inclined plane leads up to the terre-plein, which is en-
tered by two portals, with animals rudely sculptured at the top.
The wall has a cornice of projecting stones, and forms a parapet
3£ or 4 feet high. A canal to drain this work is still discernible.”
The system of irrigation of the ancient Peruvians is well
worthy of attention. Even in those parts where the rain falls
during six months in the year, they constructed immense irriga-
ting canals. They not only economized every rood of ground
by building their towns and habitations in places unfit for cul-
tivation, and buried their dead where they would not encumber
the arable soil, but they terraced the hill-sides and mountains
to heights of hundreds and thousands of feet, and.led the wa-
ters of mountain springs and torrents downwards, until they
were lost in the valleys below. These azequias, as they are
now called, were often of considerable size and great length,
extending in some instances for hundreds of miles. I have
followed them for days together, and have seen them wind-
ing amidst the projections of hills, curving in and out as to-
pography required; here sustained by high walls of masonry,
there cut into the living rock, and in some cases conducted in
tunnels through sharp spurs of the obstructing mountain. Oc-
casionally they were carried over narrow valleys or.depressions
in the ground, on embankments fifty or sixty feet high; bnt
generally they were deflected around opposing obstacles on an
easy and uniform descending grade.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
219
It is on the desert Pacific coast of Peru, however, where
no vegetation could otherwise exist, except on the immediate
banks of the streams descending from the Cordillera, that we
find the most extensive irrigating works of the ancient inhabi-
tants. They not only constructed dams at different elevations
in the stream, with side wreirs to deflect the water over the
higher slopes of the valleys, but built enormous reservoirs high
up among the mountains, as well as down nearer the sea, to re-
tain the surplus water of the season when the snows melted, and
the rains fell in the interior. One of these reservoirs in the val-
ley of the Nepeña is three-fourths of a mile long by more than
half a mile broad, and consists of a massive dam of stone eighty
feet thick at the base, carried across a gorge between two lofty,
rocky hills. It was supplied by two canals at different eleva-
tions ; one starting fourteen miles up the valley of the Nepefia,
and the other from living springs five miles distant.
The system was universal, for without irrigation nearly the
whole country would be a desert, although not from any abso-
lute defect of the soil; for the vast ash-heap, as it appears to
be, has every element of fertility. Only give it water, and it
will produce luxuriant crops. Occasional meteorological phe-
nomena show that even in the most arid soils are the germs of
plants, fruits, and flowers, which in some remote cycle, and un-
der entirely different conditions of the globe, blushed and ripen-
ed there. Several years ago, there fell on the desert interven-
ing between Piura and Paita a series of heavy rains, a thing
never before known within the memory of man. Within a
few days after the rains were over, the desert, forty miles broad
and of indefinite length, was thickly covered with sprouting
plants and grass, and shortly after was brilliant with flowers of
kinds both known and unknown. Gourds and water-melons
sprung up in profusion and ripened, furnishing abundant food
for the cattle of the neighboring valleys.
During the American civil war, when cotton commanded
its highest price, the people of Peru rushed into its cultiva-
tion as if the price of the staple would never fall. Cochineal
and sugar plantations were ploughed up and put into cotton.
220 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Lands augmented in value; and in the vicinity of Arica the
people, unable to obtain lands capable of irrigation from the
few running streams, sunk wells near the sea, where fresh wa-
ter from the mountains, having leached through the sands to
the sea-level, was found in abundance. It was raised by pumps,
and distributed over what appeared to be an irreclaimable des-
ert, on which were raised some of the finest cotton crops in the
world. The Incas achieved a similar object in a very different
way. They removed the sand from vast areas until the}’ reach-
ed the requisite moisture, then put in guano from the islands,
and thus formed sunken gardens of extraordinary richness. A
large part of the vineyards around the city of lea are planted
in these old Indian excavations, which are only visible when
one stands on their very edges.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
221
CHAPTER XIII.
FROM LIMA TO TACNA.
Start for Explorations Southward.—Voyage along the Coast.—Islay the Port of
Arequipa.—Arequipa and the Earthquake of 1868.—Author’s Experiences of
Earthquakes in Peru.—Arica the Port of Tacna.—The Earthquake at Arica.—
A Peruvian Railway.—Tacna.—Its Architecture and Trade.—The Alameda.—
The Bola de Oro.—Preparations for a Journey among the Andes.—Berrios, our
Muleteer.—On the Way.—About Mules.
I HAD already explored and surveyed the ancient remains ex-
isting in the vicinity of Lima, visited Grand Chimu, and those
ruins lying near the coast northward of the capital. But the
great objects of investigation lay far to the south, and high up
among the Andes and Cordilleras. The expedition to Chimu
had enlarged my ideas of the preparations necessary to be made;
but I had been informed that I should find at Tacna, where the
journey was properly to begin, everything needful. In this, as
will be seen, I was sadly disappointed, and my outfit at last was
far less than it should have been.
For a hundred miles up the coast to the port of Pisco, the
shore preserves its aspect of a desert, with the single interrup-
tion of the small but productive valley of Cañete. At Pisco
the stream of the same name comes down to the sea, through
a valley literally purple with the grape. Off this valley lie the
high, rocky guano islands of the Chinchas. Beyond Pisco the
bare, treeless, silent mountains come down close to the sea. I
call them mountains, and so they appear to us; but they are
only the broken edges of a high desert plateau, undermined by
the ocean and corroded by the ceaseless south wind. One or
two streams succeed in penetrating this high desert; but their
beds are mere canons, or narrow gorges, with no intervals of
land, and affording no soil for cultivation. The towns stand
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
back at tbe foot of the Cordillera, sixty or a hundred miles
from the eoast, where the streams emerge from the snowy
mountains in a full and perennial volume before they are drunk
up by the thirsty sands. We touch at but one harbor, as we
sail along under the shadow of this desolate table-land—that of
Islay, the port of Arequipa, the second city of Peru until it
was partly destroyed by the earthquake of August 13th, 1S6S.
I did not have the time to visit Arequipa, and shall briefly
speak of it as it appeared just before and just after the earth-
quake. It stands ninety miles inland, on a plain or oasis, ele-
MEDANOS.
vated 7500 feet above the sea, watered by the river Chile, at
the foot of the symmetrical volcanic cone of Misti, 18j538 feet
above the sea. It was, until recently, only to be reached from
Islay by a ride over a sandy desert, in which there is not a drop
of water nor a single blade of grass to be seen.* The surface
* There is a railroad at present, built for the Peruvian Government by Henry
Meiggs, running from Mollendo, a short distance south of Islay, across the desert to
Arequipa, thence up the Andes to Puno; and it is proposed to continue the line to
Cuzeo, a part of which is now graded. The reader will be able to judge somewhat
of the importance and value of such a road when he is informed that the natives pre-
fer to walk from Puno to Arequipa, a distance of 218 miles, to riding in the train,
although the Government carries them free.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
223
is broken only by crescent-shaped shifting sand-hills (medanos),
and the skeletons of men, horses, and mules that had perished
on the way. The Incas had here established a station for facil-
itating communication between Cuzeo and the coast, and called
it Ari-qnepai (u Yes, rest here “), from which comes the name
of the modern city, founded by Pizarro in 1540. Through it
most of. the commerce with the vast interior departments of
Cuzeo and Puno is carried on. Probably no other town in the
GRAND PLAZA AND MARKET-PLACE OF AREQUIPA.
interior of South America was so well built as this before the
earthquake; the houses, massive in structure, with vaulted roofs,
although seldom more than one story high, were constructed of
hard volcanic stone, a style of architecture adopted after the
earthquake of 1S21, which laid most of the city in ruins, as a
security against similar catastrophes. The cathedral, now great-
ly damaged, was a vast and imposing structure, of a bizarre style
of architecture: the inhabitants fancied it one of the finest in
the world. It contained a great bell, cast in the city itself, said
224
to be larger than that of St. Paul’s in London. Its population
is about fifty thousand, many of whom are Indians. In point
of science and art it is the foremost city of Peru. Most of the
men distinguished in modern Peruvian history, whether in lit-
erature, art, commerce, war, or politics, belong to Arequipa. It
has suffered much during the various political struggles of the
country, and in December, 1867, was bombarded for three days
by President Prado.
Notwithstanding its inland situation, Arequipa has been vis-
ited by earthquakes nearly as often as Lima itself. Among the
most notable on record are those of January 2d, 1582; Febru-
ary 18th, 1600; November 23d, 1601; December 6th, 1609; one
in 1013 ; May 20th, 1666; April 23d, 1668 ; October 21st, 1687;
August 22d, 1715; May 13th, 1781; one in 1812; July 10th,
, 1821; June 3d, 1825; October 9th, 1831; and that of August
13th, 1868. The most destructive of these were those of 15S2,
1821, and 186S. An eye-witness, writing three days after this
last earthquake, thus describes it:
” At about four minutes past 5 P.M. of Thursday, the 13th, a
slight movement of the earth was noticeable by persons who
chanced to be seated; there was no rumbling. In about eight
to ten seconds more the movement became strong enough for
persons not seated to notice. This movement gradually in-
creased in strength until, after about thirty seconds, pieces of
timber began to fall from the houses. In about a minute all
were satisfied that a great earthquake was at hand. Then be-
gan a terrible rumbling, similar to the noise of an avalanche.
Every one ran to the open spaces. The earth shook, and every
structure swayed to and fro from north to south. In about
three minutes it was almost impossible to keep one’s feet. The
strongest buildings began to cast off stones, bricks, pieces of
wood, etc., and the weakest began to fall, almost all of them
level with the ground. In about five minutes from the first
movement the whole city was enveloped in clouds of dust and
darkness, and resounded with the crash of falling buildings.
There is not one house left standing in Arequipa. The only
church tower left is that of Santa Catalina; but it, like the cathe-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
225
dral, will have to he pulled down. Santo Domingo Church is
levelled to the ground. The Portal de Flores is in ruins, as
well as all the surrounding blocks.
“We are now living in a tent on the river-bank. No one
dares go to town, as the shocks still continue to bring down
what little is left standing. They occur at intervals of half an
hour each. This evening some of the shocks have been very
violent. So far there have been about seventy-six shocks.
Everything is confusion, and the cries and lamentations are
heart-rending. Thus the work of the Arequipeños for three
hundred years has been destroyed in a few minutes; it will
take an age to do the same work over. The debris of the Jes-
uits’ church wTas hurled to a distance of one hundred yards.
” The picture presented by our desolate city is sad indeed.
Mount Misti is vomiting lava, clouds of smoke, and quantities
of mud, and darkness hides its sides from our view. We hear
the constant noise of falling roeks and earth, and the river is
impassable, owing to its black color and sulphurous odor.”
As already said, Areqnipa stands at the foot of the great vol-
cano Misti,* which had not been in eruption during the histor-
ical period, but which now burst into activity. At the time of
the eruption, those who were outside the city saw huge pieces
of rock split off from it, and, together with heavy avalanches
of snow and ice, tumble down to the bottom, making a fearful
noise. The river, fed by the snows of the mountain, increased
at least one-third inside of six hours. Indeed, the rise in the
water was so great and rapid as to inundate several of the towns
in the valley of Arequipa, sweeping away the ruins the earth-
quake had made, together with the dead and wounded.
The prefect of the city reported officially: “All the edifices
have been thrown to the ground, and the few walls that remain
are so racked that they must be demolished.” Another report
* The Misti was ascended for the first time in September, 18*73, by Dr. Isaac T.
Coates, of Chester, Pennsylvania, who from measurement found its height to be
18,538 feet. He saw no signs of recent eruption. His account of the ascension is
printed in No. VIII. Bulletin of the American Geographical Society, 18*74.
220
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
states that between four and five thousand buildings, among
them the cathedral and twenty-one other churches, were de-
stroyed. The prisoners in the jails, and the patients in the
hospital, unable to escape, -were crushed among the ruins. Be-
sides these, about three hundred persons were killed outright,
and more than one thousand severely injured. Thanks to the
warning given by the premonitory shocks, the strength of the
buildings, and their small height, the ruins did not cover the
whole width of the streets when the walls fell; otherwise the
casualties must have been far more numerous.*
Islay is merely a collection of huts perched on a corroded
cliff, full of dark caverns, in which are to be discerned only the
flash of the ocean spray, or the gleam of the white wings of the
sea-birds, which, with multitudes of howling seals, give all there
is of fife to the shores and islands of Peru.
The great table-land, along which we sail so closely that its
* I myself have had three several experiences of considerable earthquakes on the
coast of Peru, not including numerous slight tremors of the ground, hardly to be dis-
tinguished from the vibrations occasioned by passing carriages. The first of these
was preceded by a slight rumbling sound, which continued during the movement.
This shock was felt along the whole coast from Arica northward, doing little dam-
age, however, except at the city of Truxillo. The second occurred while I was
making a survey of the ruins of Amacavilca, nine miles south of Lima. I had just
exposed a plate in my photographic camera, and was timing the exposure, when I
heard a noise from the southward, something like that of a wave striking the shore.
I recognized the sound as that of an earthquake, and noted the interval between its
first reaching my ear and the commencement of the tremor of the earth where I
stood. It was just five seconds, a fact of some scientific value, as indicating the
velocity with which earthquake shocks are propagated. The movement was suffi-
ciently great to ruin my photographic negative, which, however, I preserved, as
probably the first one ever produced during an earthquake. My third experience
was when I was descending to the coast from the lofty table-lands of Huancavelica.
We were entering upon the desert extending from the mountains to the sea, when
the ominous sound was heard coming from the south. My mule pricked up her
cars, and stopped suddenly in extreme terror. I dismounted, and took out my watch.
Not counting the time taken for this, it was ten seconds before the movement was
felt under our feet. In looking southward, I could distinctly see the vibrations of
the mountains in that direction for four seconds before those nearest us began to
tremble. Assuming that the trembling of the mountains could be detected by the
naked eye at a distance of two miles, we have a means of determining approximately
the velocity of the movement of this shock as about thirty miles a minute.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
227
PORT OF ISLAY.
rugged edges hide from view the monarch mountains beyond,
extends all the way to Arica, the last port but one in Peru, and
the chief one in its southern department of Moqnegna, whence
we shall start inland on our rough mountain journey.
TAMBO OF LA JOYA, PAMPA OF ISLAY.
22S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
It is gray morning when our steamer slacks up before the
port, and moves slowly to her buoy in the open roadstead. To
the right, projecting boldly through the thin mist, half made
up of spray from the surf that beats on the rocky shore, and
which exaggerates its proportions, we discern the great Morro,
or headland, of Arica. Its face is frayed, seamed, and corroded,
and is full of caves, and dark, inaccessible grottos which our
glasses show us to be the roosts and refuges of countless water-
fowl. To the left of the headland there is a low line of verd-
ure, a cluster of modern-built houses, a gayly painted church,
and a mole—the latter giving us comforting assurance that here
we are not to be obliged to
perform the difficult feat
of landing on the shoul-
ders of a stalwart cholo,
staggering over rolling
stones through a thun-
dering surf. This is San
Marcos de Arica, the port
of Tacna, forty miles dis-
tant inland, in the direc-
tion of the snowy Cordil-
lera that lies, in a long
line, crowned with frosted
silver, high up beyond a
great and ominous range
of umber-colored and tree-
less mountains. A rail-
way connects Arica with
Tacna.
We look with unspeak-
able interest towards the
great mountain billows before us, each succeeding one higher and
more mysterious, and wonder what marvels of rock and stream
and what remains of ancient human greatness they conceal, and
what will be our own sensations when, after days of travel and
toil, and nights of cold and exposure, we shall be swallowed up
CHART OF TflE HARBOR OF ARICA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
229
in their unknown recesses. In one who had read and written
of Peru and its wise and powerful Inca rulers, and with whom
a journey to the centres of its ancient civilization had been a
dream of life, this standing at the portal of the land, and this
realization of a wish which had before scarcely assumed more
than the outlines of a hope, inspired a feeling of awe and re-
sponsibility rather than of eagerness or romance.
Sweeping back from the Morro and behind the town, forming
a kind of amphitheatre, is a great windrow of yellow sand, un-
relieved by shrub or blade of grass. This ridge is a huge cem-
etery of the ancient inhabitants, and is crowded with the dried-
up bodies of those who patiently and skilfully cultivated the
narrow valley on the borders of which they are buried, or fished
from balsas in front of the Morro.
Here, as the workmen were digging away the sands to fill up
the little pier and to open a track for the railway, they found,
not alone the poor fisherman wrapped in his own net, and the
humble laborer enveloped in braided rushes and stained fabric
of cotton, but the more pretentious personage of his day, now
equally grim and ghastly, wrapped in a shroud of beaten gold,
which rough hands rudely tore away from his dry and crum-
bling bones, and left them to dissolve in the keen sea air.
At Arica, also, the earthquake of 1868 was severely felt. The
United States war-steamer Wateree was in the port, and was
stranded high on the beach. I abridge the account given by
an officer of this vessel of the earthquake at Arica:
” At about twenty minutes past five o’clock, immense clouds
of dust were seen at a distance of some ten miles south of Ari-
ca. The volume of clouded dust came nearer and nearer, and
it was observed from the deck of the vessel that the peaks of
mountains in the chain of the Cordilleras began to wave to and
fro like reeds in a storm. A few minutes after, it was observed
that from mountains nearer to Arica whole piles of rock rent
themselves loose, and large mounds of earth and stone rolled
down the sides. Very soon it was noticed that the whole earth
was shaking, and that an earthquake was in progress. When
the convulsion reached the Morro, it also began to move.
16
230 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Pieces of from ten to twenty-five tons in weight began to move
from their base and fall, altering the whole front view of that
part of the coast. At the same moment the town commenced
to crumble into ruins. The noise, the rumbling like the echoes
of thunder, the explosive sounds, like that of firing a heavy
battery, were terrific and deafening; and the whole soil of the
country, as far as it could be seen, was moving, first Hke a
wave, in the direction from south to north; then it trembled,
and at last it shook heavily, throwing into a heap of ruins two-
thirds of all the houses of Arica. Shock after shock followed.
In several places openings were becoming visible in the ground,
and sulphurous vapor issued from them. At this juncture a
crowd of people flocked to the mole, seeking boats to take
refuge on the vessels in the harbor. As yet the shipping (in
the harbor felt not the least commotion from the disturbances
on land. After the first shock there was a rest. The Wa-
teree and the Fredonia sent their surgeons ashore to assist
the wounded. Between fifty and sixty of the people of the
town had reached the mole by this time to take to the boats.
But the surgeons had hardly landed, and but few of the others
had entered the boats, when the sea quietly receded from the
shore, leaving the boats high and dry on the beach. The water
had not receded farther than the distance of extremely low tide,
when all at once, on the whole levee of the harbor, it com-
menced to rise. It appeared at first as if the ground of the
shore was sinking; but the mole being carried away, the people
on the mole were seen floating. The water rose till it reached
a height of thirty-four feet above high-water-mark, and over-
flowed the town, and rushed through the streets, and threw
down what the earthquake had left. And all this rise and
overflow of the waters took only about five minutes. The wa-
ter rushed back into the ocean more suddenly than it had ad-
vanced upon the land. This awful spectacle of destruction by
the receding flood had hardly been realized when the sea rose
again, and now the vessels in port began dragging. The wa-
ter rose to the same height as before, and on rushing back it
brought not only the debris of a ruined city with it, but even a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
231
locomotive and tender and a train of four cars were seen car-
ried away by the fearful force of the waves. During this ad-
vance of the sea inland, another terrific shock, lasting about
eight minutes, was felt. At this time all around the city the
dust formed into clouds, and, obscuring the sky, made things on
land quite invisible. It was then that the thundering approach
of a heavy sea-wave was noticed, and a infinite afterwards a sea-
wall of perpendicular height to the extent of from forty-two to
forty-five feet, capped with a fringe of bright, glistening foam,
swept over the land, stranding far inshore the United States
steamer Wate?’ee, the America, a Peruvian frigate, and the Cha-
ñarcillo, an English merchant-vessel.”
Tacna — properly San Pedro de Tacna — stands about 2000
feet higher than Arica; and as the ascent is accomplished in
forty miles, the’ grade of the railway is in places very heavy,
so that the locomotive which carries one up travels slowly and
painfully. It took us four hours to accomplish the ascent—
fonr hours over a waste of sand, loose or indurated, without a
semblance of life or verdure, except at the half-way house or
station, El Hospicio, where there is a snbterranean flow of wa-
ter, and where a few scrubby bushes attest its existence deep
in the sands.
The entrance into the valley of Tacna is marked by one of
those sudden transitions from desert waste to luxuriance of
vegetation whieh so greatly impress the traveller in Peru. The
azequias are always carried as high up on the borders of the
valleys as possible, and the water is distributed below, so that
they constitute an abrupt and strongly marked boundary be-
tween the barren sands and cultivated fields, whieh are as
sharply defined as if clipped out with a shears from a sheet of
green paper.
“We alighted from the train in a very respectable depot, with
thrifty piles of merchandise on all sides, just delivered or await-
ing transportation, and I handed over the ” checks” for my
baggage to a man with a cart, who undertook to deliver it at
the Bola de Oro, the hostelry whither I had been directed.
There was quite a gathering around the depot and in the adja-
232
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
cent streets, inasmuch as the clay had been set apart for patri-
otic purposes—that is to say, for listening to denunciations of
the Spaniards, and for the glorification of Bolivar. A squad of
soldiers were at the depot, quite drunk with enthusiasm and
cauaso, and looked as though they would be a useful riddance
to Tacna, and could depart amidst ardent aspirations from the
entire community that they might all realize the soldier’s lofti-
est ambition, and “die in the arms of victory !”
Tacna has little of the prevailing Oriental aspect of Spanish-
American towns. Stone and adobe scarcely enter into the con-
struction of its buildings, which are mostly of wood brought
from Chili, from California, or around the Horn, and are run
up after the fashion prevalent in our mushroom Western cities.
Generally of but one story, the houses of Tacna recall the de-
scription of Albany by the excellent old geographer Jedediah
Morse: “A city of one thousand houses and ten thousand in-
habitants, all standing with their gable-ends to the street.” The
population of Tacna, however, is about 15,000. The long, lovv,
monotonous lines of gables, with no attempt at architectural re-
lief, are poor substitutes for the heavy arched door-ways, Moor-
ish balconies, and jalousies of the older cities, and which, how-
ever neglected and tumble-down, convey an impression of
strength and respectability. Nor is Tacna exceptional in its
architecture alone. It has two theatres, and but one church.
The public buildings are as mean as are the private houses.
The theatres were closed during my visit, and I had no oppor-
tunity of judging of their accommodation or effect, which is
veported to be very creditable. Outside they are simply hide-
ous, barn-like structures, resembling rusty wooden breweries or
tan-houses. A rather pretentious stone church, the Parroquia,
was commenced in the principal plaza of the town many years
ago, but before it could be finished it was so racked by earth-
quakes that all work on it was abandoned. The stone is a light-
colored trachyte, found in the neighborhood, and well adapted
for building purposes.
The market-place is a hollow square, surrounded by a colon-
nade, and entered by archways from parallel streets. The oc-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
233
cnpants squat on the stones, and display their wares before
them in shallow baskets, or on cloths long innocent of washing.
Considering the size of the town, the stock in trade is small,
and painfully suggestive of short rations, Tacna is, however,
a considerable mart.
The principal evidence of public spirit is the Alameda, lying
quite to one side of the town—a long and rather narrow area,
planted with willows, with a broad azequia paved with stones in
the middle, and crossed at intervals by stone bridges, modeled
after those pietured in Chinese paintings, each surmounted by
a coarse marble allegorical statue. There are also stone seats
here and there for visitors; but, in common with all the alame-
das, or public walks, of the cities of Peru, that of Tacna is the
one place above all others deserted. A very fine view is com-
manded from here of the brown, bare mountains of Pachia, with
THE ALAMEDA OF TACNA.
234 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the snowy peaks of Tacora and Chipicani rising brightly’be-
yond.
My hotel, the Bola de Oro, was one of the cpiaintest of cara-
vansaries. The entrance was through the shop of the proprie-
tor, surrounded by shelves gay with bottles of fanciful fashion
and labelling, some containing wines and liqueurs, and others
comfits and preserves. Every vacant space of wall was covered
with chromo – lithographs of the latest French victories. The
hot sunset colors of Solferino and gorgeous tints of Magenta
were sufficient to start a perspiration on the coldest day. And
then the little round tables sacred to eau sucre, coffee, and dom-
inos! Everything had a French look, not omitting the com-
fortable-looking Madame la Projwietaire, who sat at her sew-
ing behind the counter, and dispensed smiles, bonbons, bon-
mots, absinthe, and cigars wTith equal alacrity and grace. Be-
yond the shop was, of course, the inevitable billard, openiug on
a court set round closely with little wooden buildings, resem-
bling on a slightty exaggerated scale those sold in the toy-shops,
and all presenting their gables to the court. Each gable was
penetrated by a door, and over the door was a window hung on
a pivot, opened and shut by a cord inside, which afforded light
and air to the interior—a single room, with a cot, a small table,
a smaller wash-stand, a single chair, and a tall candle. From the
farther end of the court rises a perpetual fragrance of onions;
and there is a gentle and constant sizzling of frying meats, ap-
petizing enough, but suffering some detraction from the cir-
cumstance that the way to the closets is through the kitchen,
dirty as French kitchens always are, and which are clean only
by comparison with the Spanish.
It might be supposed that ample facilities would exist in
Tacna for the journey inland, and that no difficulty would be
encountered in obtaining the supplies and equipments neces-
sary for it. I was assured in Lima that “everything” could be
had in Tacna; but, fortunately, I was too old a traveller to neg-
lect making some provision for the trip. Fortunately, I say,
for it was with the greatest difficulty I could obtain the cook-
ing utensils, pans, kettles, coffee-pots, and other requisites for
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
235
travel in an uninhabited region, or among a people ignorant of
the appliances of civilization.
After long search 1 found a broken cafetera, in which alco-
hol could be used for boiling coffee. This I repaired with my
own hands, after the job had been given up by the clumsy na-
tive tinman as impossible ; and it proved to be my best friend
on many an occasion when neither wood nor other material for
lighting a fire or heating water was to be found, sometimes for
days together. The hammock—that supremest device for hu-
man rest, repose, and enjoyment, afternoon siesta or midnight
slumber, the solace and reliance of the traveller in Central
America and Mexico, in which he may suspend himself in hap-
py security above the filth of his dormitory, and out of the
reach of its vermin — is useless among the sierras of Peru.
There are no trees between which to swing it in the uninhab-
ited regions, and the mud and stone huts of the Indians and
lomeros, besides being generally too low, afford no projections to
which it may be fastened. Unless, therefore, the traveller has
made up his mind to rough it in roughest fashion, wrapped
only in his blanket at night, or to take the risk of finding now
and then a filthy sheep-skin for his conch, he must literally car-
ry his bed with him — a necessity imposed also by the severe
cold of the interior. So I had a mattress made in Tacna, light
and easily handled, covered with leather on the under side to
prevent the absorption of damp from the ground, and as a pro-
tection, when rolled up and on the mule’s back, against the rain,
which saved me, no doubt, from indefinite rheumatism, not to
say something worse. It took five days to get my mattress
made. I had to buy the wool in one place, the ticking in an-
other, the leather elsewhere, and, when I had collected all these,
the dusky individual who condescended to put them together
demanded, in a tone equally reproachful and imperious, “But
where are the needles and the thread ?” I acknowledged my
oversight, apologized in fact, and proceeded to obtain them. I
only wonder now that the mattress-maker of Tacna allowed me
to keep on my hat in his august presence.
There is but one mode of reaching the interior from Tacna,
236 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and that is on mule-back. But to obtain mules is both difficult
and expensive. I had been recommended to an arriero named
Berrios, who had had the honor of conducting the American
minister to Bolivia over the Cordillera, and who had also ac-
companied Mr. Forbes in his geological explorations, and in his
ineffectual attempt to reach the as yet untrodden summit of
Tacora. But Beifios looked yellow and ill, and complained
that two nights among the snows of Tacora had nearly finished
him. Besides, his mules had not had time to recover from the
fatigues of their last trip over the mountains two months be-
fore. Furthermore, they were at pasture in the valley of Lluta,
fourteen leagues distant, beyond the desert. Finally, however,
after much diplomatizing and a great concentration of mercan-
tile influence, to say nothing of the offer of about double the
usual rate of hire, Berrios undertook to supply me with mules,
and to accompany me himself, aided by two mozos, all the way
to Puno.
After the day had been fixed two or three times, and I had
as often been disappointed, the echoes of the patio of the Bola
de Oro were startled one afternoon by the clatter of hoofs, the
jingling of spurs, and a general rush of a dozen mules, which
hustled in before the cracking whips of Berrios and his mozos.
We Mrere to have started at daylight, and slept at Palca, the last
alclea, or village, on the road inland, before finally plunging
among the mountains and entering on the Despoblado. But
now we could get no farther than Pachia, three leagues distant.
Having been waiting, booted and spurred, since dawn, I was
not in the best of humor; and my ruffled temper was by no
means soothed on discovering two mules already loaded with
baggage not my own, and learning that it belonged to a par-
ty of three Bolivians, who had arranged with Berrios for the
mountain trip subsequently to his engagement with me. It
was to suit their convenience that T had been detained in Tac-
na ; and they had, moreover, already gone on to Pachia, where
they would, no doubt, monopolize the -limited accommodations
of the little tambo at that place.
f confess to a decided liking for mules—not less for their pa-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 237
tience, sure-footedness, and faithful service, than for their little
wicked ways. The cargo-mule thinks that every moment his
load can be evaded is an hour of happiness gained; and’ al-
though, when it is once on his back, he will walk off resigned, if
not contented, he will resort to every expedient his thick head
is capable of devising to avoid receiving it. It was amusing to
see Berrios and his mozos chase around the patio after a mule
that would dodge in and out among its fellows until cornered,
and then lay back its ears, put its nose to the ground, and kick
out with vicious vehemence, until the lasso was once around its
neck, when it would surrender itself tamely, and receive its
load with an expression of face as gentle and demure as if it
rejoiced in its lot, and had years before repented of all mulish-
ness. There was one, however, the largest and most powerful
of the lot, who held out to the last; and nothing could be done
with him until a poncho was thrown over his head and tied
under his throat, leaving only his nose uncovered. But the
spite and malice that quivered in the withdrawn upper-lip, and
glanced from his broad, yellow teeth, and nestled in every
wrinkle, when the girths were tightened by two men surging
on each side, with one foot braced against his ribs, were past
description. He became quiet enough, however, long before we
got to Puno, and as humble as the rest.
«
23S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XIV.
OVER THE CORDILLERA TO TIAHUANUCO.
Equipped for the Journey. — The Tambo at Pachia. — Chupe. — The Quebrada de
Palca.—Palca.—Mule Travelling among the Mountains.—Chulpas.—An Aymara
Skull.—The Soroche.— Climbing the Crest. — La Portada. — Llamas.—The Alps
and the Andes.—Tambos.—The Pass of Guaylillos.—Effects of the Soroche.—The
Rio de Azufre.—Veruga “Water.—The Peak of Tacora.—Shot at a Vicuna.—The
Tambo of Tacora.—A Hospitable Host.—La Laguna Blanca.—The Divide between
the Basin of Lake Titicaca and the Pacific.—In the Despoblado.—The Rio Cuño,
the Boundary between Peru and Bolivia.—The Biscacha.—The Rio Maure.—Al-
pacas.—The Pass of Chuluncayani.—An Expensive Hotel.—Descending-the Slope.
—First Signs of Cultivation.—A Cretin.—Santiago de Machaca. — The Aymara
Hat.—A Solitary Church.—Shot at a Condor.—St. Andres de Machaca.—The Go-
bernador and the Cura.—Fine Church.—Nasacara and its Floating Bridge.—The
Rio Desaguadero.—Our Rascally Berrios.—Jesus de Machaca and its good Cura.
—The Crown of the Andes.—First View of Lake Titicaca.—Magnificent Panora-
ma.—Descent to the Plain.—Tiahuanuco.—The Drunken Cura.—Supposed to be
a Treasure-hunter.
A TRAVELLER accoutred for a journey among the Andes is a
picturesque, if not an imposing, personage. Heavily clothed
and booted; a felt hat with a broad brim, capable of being
bound down over his ears, for the double purpose of warmth
and security against being blown away by the currents of wind
that suck through narrow gorges or sweep over unsheltered
heights with hurricane force; his neck wound round with a
gayly colored bufanda / a thick, native-made poncho of vicuna
or llama wool over his shoulders, and falling to his knees; a
serviceable knife stuck in his boot-leg; spurs that look like
cart-wheels minus their perimeters, and not much smaller, which
jangle as he treads and tinkle as he rides; a rifle hanging at
the bow of his saddle; and a well-filled alforja fastened be-
hind him—these go to make up the equipment of the advent-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
239
urer among the mountains; that is to say, if lie have what the
Spaniards call sabiduria, and we call “gumption.” It only re-
quires the addition of a large pair of green goggles, to protect
the eyes from the glare of sun and snow, to make one’s best
friend irrecognizable.
EQUIPPED FOR THE CORDILLERA.
The road from Tacna to Pachia lies straight across the sandy
desert, into which the traveller enters soon after leaving the
town, while the narrow, cultivable valley deflects in a curve to
the right. The distance is ten miles, and the rise 1630 feet,
but scarcely perceptible to the eye, probably from being regular
and constant. It was dark when we reached the tambo, a col-
lection of mere huts, but for default of a better place a resort
of the jeunesse of Tacna, who gallop out here to eat dulces,
drink chicha, fight eoeks, and in other modes gratify the uni-
versal Spanish passion for play.
240
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
As I had anticipated, the intruding Bolivians were already
on the spot, and had taken possession of the mud-banks that
ran around the solitary apartment of the tambo, and which,
throughout the interior, are the sole substitutes for bedsteads.
Some young foreigners, however, out for a holiday, who had a
kind of club-house or club-hut close by the tambo, invited me
to share it and their supper with them, which I was glad to do;
and I was especially pleased to observe my Bolivians still hun-
gry after their meal of sloppy chupe, sneaking around the door
of our hut, and glancing with longing eyes at QUI* table, on
which were heaped the edibles of three continents.
And as chupe is the eternal and almost always the sole dish
obtainable in the interior of Peru and in Bolivia, I may as well
dispose of it at once. It may be described as a kind of watery
stew, which on the coast and in the principal towns is made up
of vegetables and fragments of different kinds of meat and fish,
boiled together and seasoned with salt and aji, or peppers, and
is sometimes rather savory, or at least eatable. As we go into
the interior, it decreases in richness as the materials for mak-
ing it become fewer and tougher, until it consists of only a few
square pieces of lean mutton and some small, hard, bitter, water-
soaked potatoes, floating about in a basin of tepid water, which
at most has simmered a little over a smouldering fire of the
dung of the llama or cow, from the smoke of which it has ab-
sorbed its predominant flavor. A little brown salt from the
native salt-quarries, in which it is mixed with a variety of oth-
er and astringent ingredients, constitutes the only seasoning.
One wonders how life can be kept up in these frigid regions
on such thin and unsubstantial fare. Unhappy is the traveller
here who has not made provision for the frequent occasions
when nothing but the most diluted chupe can be obtained, and
for the not infrequent occasions when not even this poor sub-
stitute for food can be procured. Detesting it in its best form,
I literally loathed it in its degeneracy, and only ate it with in-
expressible stomachic protests.
Vfc left Pachia at three o’clock in the morning. The air
was chill, and we already experienced the usefulness of our
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
241
thick ponchos. Our cavalcade was strung out in a long line,
and as we followed each other silently over the echoless sand,
we might have been mistaken for a ghostly procession. When
day dawned, we found ourselves already hemmed in by the
steep slopes of the Quebrada de la Angostura, through which
descends, with a rapid current and many a leap and bound, one
of the brawling affluents of the stream that fructifies the oasis
of Tacna. A few dwarf molle trees, which somewhat resemble
our willows, but which bear a berry in taste much like that of
our red cedar, found scant foothold here and there along the
stream, far below our narrow path, which was little more than
a shelf worn in the abrupt hill-side by the tread of countless
mules and llamas. The ascent was steep, and the gorge narrow
and barren for two leagues, when we came to a point where the
quebrada widens out into something like a valley. Just be-
fore entering this valley, at the right of the mule-path, we came
upon a rock or boulder covered with figures, which Berrios
pointed out to me as a rare relic of antiquity. Roughly pecked
in the rock, barely penetrating its ferruginous crust, I observed
a great number of circles and semicircles, some angular figures,
and rude representations of llamas, mules, and horses. The lat-
ter appeared no fresher or later than the former, and all looked
as if they might have been worked in the stone yesterday by
the same idle and unskilful hand.
In the narrow valley which now takes the name of the Que-
brada de Palca, there were many desperate attempts at cultiva-
tion, particularly of lucern, always in great demand as fodder’
for the mules entering the Despoblado, and Berrios bought here
a little and there a little — there was not much in all — which
was packed on the sumpter-horse and the lightly laden mules,
and behind the albardas of the mozos. It was a wise prevision
of Berrios, as we found out afterwards.
At 11 o’clock A.M. we came in sight of Palca, a poor but
picturesque little caserio, or village, with a small white church
gleaming out against the dull brown of the bare mountain side.
The village is five leagues from Pachia, and 9700 feet above the
sea. There were some scant fields of maize and lucern around
INCIDENTS OP TEAYEL AND EXPLORATION
it, and the lower slopes of the mountains were thinly sprinkled
with stems of the columnar cactus. Here and there in the val-
ley, standing on little natural knolls or artificial eminences, we
saw a number of ancient burial towers, which afterwards be-
came familiar to us under the name of chulpas. They are rec-
tangular in plan, from 6 to 10 feet square at the base, and from
10 to 15 feet high.
Beyond Palca the quebrada narrows again, and the path was
at one time high up on the slopes of the mountains, at a dizzy
elevation above the fretting torrent below, and next in the very
bed of the rapid, stony stream, not nnfrequently between rocks
almost closing above our heads, giving to the atmosphere a
chill, sepulchral feeling that made us shiver beneath our heavy
ponchos. Here we began to meet atajos, or trains of mules,
descending from the resting-place of La Portada, laden with
bags of barilla (powdered copper or tin ore), which are brought
by llamas. These atajos are always led by an educated horse,
with a sonorous bell attached to his neck, to warn approach-
ing travellers to stop at some spot where the road is wide
enough to prevent their being run down outright, or toppled
over the precipices, by the heavily laden train that plunges
down behind the equine leader. The fear of being thus run
down is what most disturbs the traveller in the Sierra, where
there are many long and dangerous passes, with paths so nar-
row as not to admit of two animals passing each other. It is
customary to shout or to blow a shrill blast on a pandean pipe,
which every arriero carries for this purpose, before entering on
these dangerous sections of road, which is responded to by who-
ever happens to be struggling along it. If not answered, the
road is supposed to be clear.
\Ve passed several great stacks of bags of barilla as we went
on, and one or two store-houses of corrugated and galvanized
iron for receiving ores, and, still ascending, came to a little open
space, where, on the shelves of the steeps around us, we ob-
served a number of burial-towers similar to those which we had
noticed, two leagues below, at Palca. I dismounted to examine
them, and, in my eagerness to reach them, ran a thorn or spine
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
213
of the cactus into my foot through the thick leather of my hoot,
which it took half an hour to extract.
Primarily these chulpas consisted of a cist, or excavation, in
the ground, about four feet deep and three feet in diame-
ter, walled up with rough
stones. A rude arch of
converging and overlap-
ping stones, filled in or
cemented together with
clay, was raised over this
cist, with an opening bare-
ly large enough to admit
the body of a man, on a
level with the surface of
the ground, towards the
east. Over this hollow
cone wTas raised a solid
mass of clay and stones,
which, in the particular
chulpa I am now describ-
ing as a type of the whole,
was 16 feet high, rectan-
gular in plan, 7-| feet face
by 6 feet on the sides. The surface had been roughcast with
clay, and over this was a layer of finer and more tenacious elay
or stucco, presenting a smooth and even surface, At the
height of fourteen feet was a cornice or projection of four
inches, and of about six inches in vertical thickness, formed
by a layer of compacted ichu, or coarse mountain grass, placed
horizontally, and cut off evenly as by a shears. Above this
the body of the chulpa reappeared, a little frayed by time and
weather, to the height of about eighteen inches. The whole
structure rested on a square or rather rectangular platform of
roughly hewn stones, extending about four feet around it on
every side.
The stuccoed surface of the chulpa had been painted in white
and red, as shown in the engraving, where the shaded parts
CHULPA, OR BURIAL-TOWER.
244 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
represent the red, and the light parts the white, of the original.
The opening was towards the east, on a level with the platform,
and was about eighteen inches wide and high. But every other
face of the chulpa had a painted opening, which led me to think
that the real one had once been closed and also painted over, so
that the fronts corresponded in appearance. However that may
be, I wedged myself through the opening into the cist or vault,
the bottom of which was covered a foot deep with human bones
and fragments of pottery. There were no entire skulls, but
many fragments of skulls, in the cist; a circumstance by no
means surprising, as these remains are close by a principal road
or trail from the coast to the interior, which has been more or
less traversed by curious
and Vandalie people for
three hundred years. Al-
though I did not obtain a
skull from these chulpas, I
secured one from another
point, a few leagues dis-
tant. It is a fine speci-
men of the Aymara skull,
artificially distorted and
lengthened.
At the chulpas our
mules had begun to pant and stagger under the soroche, or
rarefaction of the air, but which Berrios insisted was from the
veto, or influence due to mineral substances (vetas, or veins of
metal) in the earth. And, in reality, at a little distance farther
on, although meanwhile our ascent had been constant, they
seemed to have sensibly recovered, but still showed signs of the
soroche.
At three o’clock we turned abruptly from the gorge of the
torrent, which we had been following, now reduced to a trick-
ling rivulet, and began to climb the steep mountain-side on our
right, zigzagging towards the cumbre, or crest. Two hours
were occupied in this slow and painful ascent, the mules suffer-
ing much, and frequently stopping to recover breath. From
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
215
the summit of the ridge—which was the divide between two of
the sources of the Rio de Tacna — although bleak mountains
still rose above us,, cutting off from view the still higher ne-
vados, or snowy mountains, beyond them, we could, neverthe-
less, look down with scarce an interruption on the great sandy
plateau of the coast, in which the valley of Tacna appeared only
as a speck. A thin white, but confusing, haze cut off our view
of the ocean; but the intervening desert, dull and monotonous,
was clearly defined.
On what may be termed the saddle of the crest are the re-
mains of tambos, or stone edifices, which the provident Incas
had erected as hospices, or refuges, for the travellers between
the coast and the interior. So-called Spanish civilization has
supplied nothing of this kind.
Descending from this ridge, we found ourselves in another
gorge or valley somewhat wider than that by which we ascend-
ed, and watered by a larger stream. Following up this, it be-
ing now late in the afternoon, we began to experience the cold
consequent on our great altitude, and became aware of an un-
natural distention of our lips and swelling of our hands, due to
diminished atmospheric pressure. Icicles depended from the
dripping roeks in shaded places, and the pools of the stream
were bridged over with ice. Suddenly wTe came to a point
where the rocks closed so nearly as to permit but one loaded
animal to pass at a time, stumbling through the stream among
loose stones and the skeletons of mules—a dark, cold, shudder-
ing place! Fortunately the pass, which is that of La Portada,
” The Portal,” is not long, and we soon emerged from it, in
sight of the great corral and depository of barilla, of the same
name, standing upon a kind of shelf on the mountain-side, with
the stream chafing close to it on the left.
The merchants of Tacna have built here a rude enclosure for
the droves of llamas that come from the interior with products
for the coast, and here also is a little cluster of buildings for
persons connected with the trade, homely and poor, but a wel-
come refuge for the tired traveller. As we rode up, a troop of
more than a thousand llamas, with proudly curved necks, erect
17
246
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
TTIE LLAMA.
heads, great, inquiring, timid eyes, and suspicious ears thrust
forward as if to catch the faintest sound of danger, each with
its hundred pounds of ore secured in sacks on its back, led, not
driven, by quaintly costumed Indians, filed past us into the en-
closure of the establishment.
We obtained hospitality in one of the buildings of La Porta-
da. But let not my readers mistake the meaning of the word
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
247
hospitality. In Peru it consists generally in permitting you,
with more or less of condescension, to spread your own bed on
the mud ñoor of an uuswept room, alive with vermin, with a
single rickety table for its chief and often its only article of
furniture. It consists in permitting you to cook yonr own
food, with fuel for which you will not be obliged to pay your
host, or his servant acting under his direction, much more than
four times its value, and who expects that yon will permit him
to take the lion’s share of your preserved meats, and no incon-
siderable portion of your last bottle of the stimulant you most
affect, which cannot be replaced, and which is here often vitally
necessary.
I have crossed the Alps by the routes of the Simplon, the
Grand St. Bernard, and St. Gothard, but at no point on any of
them have I witnessed a scene so wild and utterly desolate as
that which spreads out around La Portada. There is neither
tree nor shrub; the frosty soil cherishes no grass, and the very
lichens find scant hold on the bare rocks. In altitude La Por-
tada is 12,000 feet above the sea, or about 1000 feet higher than
the hospice of the Grand St. Bernard, and but little lower than
the untrodden summit of the Eiger. The night was bitterly
cold. The aguardiente, or native rum, which I had purchased
for making coffee in my cafetera, refused to burn, and extin-
guished the lighted match thrust into it as if it were water.
I was obliged to abstract some refined alcohol from my pho-
tographic stores to supply its place, with which my Bolivian
companions made themselves free, besides taking the best places
for their beds, and leaving only the table and a narrow bench
for II-and myself.
Before going to bed I went out to the corral. The llamas
had been fed each with a handful of maize, and were crouch-
ing on their bellies, with their legs mysteriously folded beneath
their fleeces, and invisible, but with their heads erect, and ears
thrust forward, chewing their ends with an expression of dis-
tant contemplation such as we often observe in confirmed
smokers. If I were to paint a picture of Pest, it would not be
of a child in slumber, of a Hercules leaning on his club, nor yet
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of a harvester reclining beside his sheaves, but of a llama in re-
pose. The group impressed me in the starlight as the sphinxes
did when looking up the lane of Luxor. The Indians who had
charge of the llamas had built up a semicircular wall against the
wind with bags of barilla, and had lighted a smouldering fire of
taquia, or llama dung, thrusting into it from time to time frag-
ments of meat, which they ate from their fingers, while their
poor dish of chnpe seethed and simmered over the unfragrant
embers. They were as silent and abstracted as the animals they
attended, and took no apparent heed of what went on around
them.
We were in the saddle at dawn, and resumed our upward
path. The road was narrow and slippery, for every spring, riv-
ulet, and pool of water was frozen solid. The murmur of the
stream that flowed past La Portada was hushed beneath its icy
armor. At eight o’clock we seemed to be close on the eumbre,
but it was nine o’clock before the silver peaks of Tacora and
Chipieani began to show themselves, and the sun to stream into
our faces from the east—a genial and welcome apparition.
Half an hour later, our mules laboring severely and stopping
momentarily to recover breath, we reached the pass of Guaylil-
los, marked, as is every other high pass in Peru, by an apacheta,
or great eairn, raised by the Indians, eaeh one of whom as he
passes casts a stone on it or a quid of coca. This apacheta is
about twenty feet high, surmounted by a rude cross, and with
its slopes covered with the skeletons and desiccated bodies of
mules that had here succumbed under the influence of the
soroche.
The pass of Guaylillos is 14,750 feet above the sea, or but
little less than the altitude of Mont Plane, and considerably
more than twice that of Mount Washington. The view back-
wards from this point presents only a series of dark-brown, deso-
late ridges radiating towards the sea, the buttresses of the high,
broken plain in front, bristling with snowy peaks, from some of
which may be seen issuing plumes of smoke, indicating their
volcanic character. Between us and the icy Tacora and Chipi-
eani, rising eight thousand feet above our heads, their pure sum-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
249
mits yet untouched, by human foot, is a broad but shallow val-
ley covered with hardy puna grass, now sere and withered, but
affording food for a flock of graceful vicunas, whieh lift high
their heads and stare straight at us as I fire my rifle, the report
of which sounds wonderfully hollow and weak in the thin at-
mosphere.
While we sat gazing on this grand but bleak and wintry
scene, the distended nostrils and heaving sides of our animals
telling painfully how great was their difficulty in breathing, we
were startled by the sudden fall from his saddle of one of our
Bolivian companions under the effects of the soroche. On lift-
ing him from the ground, we found him nearly senseless, with
blood trickling from his mouth, ears, nostrils, and the corners of
his eyes. Copious vomiting followed, and wre administered the
usual restoratives with good effect. In doing this I drew off.
my gloves, and was surprised to find my hands swollen and cov-
ered with blood whieh appeared as if it had oozed from a thou-
sand minute punctures. Excepting this, a tumefaction of the
lips, and occasionally a slight giddiness, I did not suffer from
the rarefaction of the air or from the veta while in the interior
of Peru, although for six months I was seldom less than thir-
teen thousand and often as high as eighteen thousand feet
above the sea.
We wound down by an easy path into the valley that inter-
vened between us and the base of Tacora, at the bottom of
whieh we came to the Pio de Azufre. Its banks, as its name
implies, are yellow and orange, with sulphurous deposits, and
lined with the skeletons of horses, mules, and llamas that had
ventured to drink its poisonous waters. I tasted the water, and
found it abominably acrid and bitter. Indeed, all the water of
the Despoblado, even that whieh to the taste does not betray
any evidence of foreign or mineral substances in solution, is
more or less purgative, and often productive of very injurious
effects. In many parts of the country the thirsty traveller dis-
covers springs as limpid and bright as those of our New En-
gland hills; yet when he dismounts to drink, his muleteer will
rush forward in affright with the warning cry, “Beware; es
250 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ayua de verruga!” The verruga water is said to produce a
terrible disease, called by the same name, which manifests itself
outwardly in both men and animals in great bleeding boils or
carbuncles, which occasion great distress, and often result in
death.
From the Rio de Azufre our path wround round the base of
Tacora, which is of volcanic origin, and 22,087 feet in elevation,
THE VICUNA.
and gradually ascended to a broad plain, sloping gently to the
right, covered with stones, sere ichu grass, and clumps of a low
resinous shrub called tola. Groups of vicnfias were scattered
over the plain, and at a low, marshy spot, near where a patch of
ground, white with the efflorescence of some kind of salts,
showed the existence of a shallow pool in the season of rains,
we observed a belt of light green grass, on which a troop of 11a-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
251
mas were feeding. They were interspersed with vicunas, which
grazed by their side as if members of the same community.
I need not say that we were eager to get a shot at the vicu-
nas, but they were shy, and kept well out of reach. I dis-
mounted, and endeavored to steal from one clump of bushes,
and from one rock to another, until within reasonable range;
but always at the critical moment the male of the family—they
always run in groups of ten or a dozen, females and young
ones, under the lead of a single patriarch — would stamp his
foot and utter a strange sound, half neigh, half whistle, and
away they would dart with the speed of the wind, only, how-
ever, to stop at a safe distance and stare at us intently, not to
say derisively. After several*attempts and failures, I ventured
a random shot at a group fully half a mile-distant. They
bounded away, all but one, whieh after going a few yards
stopped short. uKs herido ! es herido /” (” He is wounded ! he
is wounded!”) shouted my companions, who threw off their
ponchos and cdforjas, and, calling to me to follow their exam-
ple, started on a ehase after the wounded animal. And such a
chase I venture to say was never before seen at the foot of sol-
emn old Tacora! The shot had broken one of the forelegs of
the vicuna just below the knee, but we soon found that with
his three sound legs he was more than a match for us, on a
stern chase. After half an hour’s hard riding we stopped to ar-
range a little piece of strategy, and the vicuna stopped also, as
if to say, ” Take your time, gentlemen ! 1 am a little sore, but
in no kind of a hurry !” Our plan was soon fixed, and we sep-
arated, making long detours so as to surround our victim, whom
we were to despatch with our revolvers as he attempted to
break through our line. He regarded the whole proceeding
with complacency, and never moved, except to contemplate us
one after another as we closed slowly and cautiously around
him. Nearer and nearer, and still he never moved. We were
almost within pistol-range, and our fingers were already on our
triggers, when with a bound he dashed between me and Ber-
rios, who had joined in the chase, with the velocity of an arrow.
I fired twice rapidly, and Berrios discharged his rusty horse-pis-
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tol, loaded with a half-pint of sings, without effect, when our
excited Bolivians, closing in, commenced an irregular fusillade,
sending their bullets singing around us in most unwelcome
proximity. I suspect I came much nearer being shot than the
vicuna, and, not choosing to take more risks, gave up the chase.
But the Bolivians kept on, while Berrios, II-, and myself
toiled back to the mule-path and onwards to the tambo of Ta-
cora.
This tambo, which is a favorable type of what in Switzerland
would be called ” refuges,” consists of four low bnildings of
stones and mud, thatched with ichu, and surrounding a small
court, in which the travellers’ animals are gathered at night.
Sometimes, and for the aceommoclation of the troops of llamas,
there is a large ‘supplementary corral, or enclosure, constructed
of loose stones, or stones laid in mud. Often these tambos are
NEVADO AND TAMBO OF TACORA.
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
253
without keepers, occupants, or furniture of any kind; but that
of Tacora had a resident, who occupied the principal building,
in which he had a scant store of wilted alfalfa, and a few arti-
cles of food, principally the flesh of the vicuna. Another build-
ing served as a kitchen; a third for the storage of cargo and as
a dormitory for the arrieros; while the fourth was reserved for
travellers. It had no entrance or opening except the door-way,
elevated two feet above the ground, and barely large enough
to permit a full-grown person to squeeze through. This was
closed with a flap of raw hide. The interior was dark and dirty
beyond description. I doubt if it had been swept, or if any at-
tempt had been made to cleanse it, for many months. This den
had no furniture whatever, only there was the usual mud-bank
on every side, whereon the traveller might spread his bed.
The keeper of the tambo, wearing a slouched felt hat, and
wrapped in a blue cloak with a fur collar and a gilt clasp at
the neek as big as one’s hand, complied loftily and somewhat
haughtily with our request for some eebada, or barley, for our
mules, and motioned to one of his Indian women to cook some
ehupe for our mozos. We preferred to open a can of stewed
beef and a box of sardines for our dinner. I observed that
the proceeding arrested the attention of our distant host, with
whom wTe had signally failed to open conversation, but who’
now seemed to have been suddenly called down from his con-
templations to a cognizance of what was going on around him.
I think I never saw a more fixed and eager gaze than that he
fastened on our edibles and on our bottle of brandy. His eyes
followed every morsel from the plate to our mouths with an ex-
pression of indescribable longing. There was no evading the
conclusion that the man was ravenously hungry; but if there
had been any doubt, the alacrity with which he responded to
my invitation to join us, and the unctuous “Comonof” (“Why
not ?”) of his reply would have dispelled it. He certainly did
justice to his meal, if not to us, for he made no pause until the
last morsel had disappeared, which it did just as our Bolivians
came in, panting and exhausted, from their fruitless chase after
the wounded vieuña.
254 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Under the circumstances, I could not resist encroaching a lit-
tle on my stores in their behalf, and gave them also a can of
beef and a box of sardines. Our host did not wait to be in-
vited to join them, and when I left the tambo for a ramble in
its neighborhood I observed that the larger part of this feast
also was disappearing behind the wonderful gilt clasp. But all
this did not prevent him from demanding a price for his cebada
and chupe which made Berrios speechless with astonishment.
Beyond the tambo the ground becomes a little undulating
and broken, but soon subsides into a broad plain, white with
efflorescence of some kind, at the lower part of which appeared
La Laguna Blanca, a considerable but apparently shallow sheet
of water, along the edges of whieh we discerned vast numbers
of water-fowl. Several mountain streams, fed from the snows,
descending from the slopes on our left, had taken the mule-
traek for their channel, and we splashed along for a mile or
more through the icy water. The plain now became less stony,
and more thickly overgrown with tola. Yicuñas, too, were
more numerous and less shy, and towards evening we were able
to approach so near them that I might have shot a dozen, if I
liked, with my revolver. We contented ourselves with one,
taking with us only the saddle, and leaving the rest to the
, condors.
The ground over which we rode during the afternoon, and
after leaving La Laguna Blanca behind us, rose gently in a
broad swell or billow, which here, although nearly a thousand
feet lower than the ridge of Guaylillos, is the real divide, sepa-
rating the waters flowing into the Pacific from those discharg-
ing into the lakes of the great terrestrial basin of Titicaca.
From its summit a fine view is obtained, stretching southwards
to an immense distance, with the smoking cones of the unde-
scribed volcanoes of Pomarope and Sahama on the horizon. At
the foot of this dividing ridge we come to the considerable,
clear, and rapid stream of Uchusuma, flowing into the Pio
Maure, which in turn falls into the Desaguadero, or outlet of
Lake Titicaca, itself pouring its flood into the mysterious lake
of Aullagas.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
255
Night began to close around us soon after passing the river,
and we turned abruptly to our right, across the tolares, or tola-
fields, into a shallow valley near the stream, where Berrios said
there was some grass for the animals, and some casitas for our-
selves. “We soon reached a little group of low stone huts, hard-
ly bigger than the houses the beaver builds, and quite as rude.
They had been erected by a couple of Indian families, who
undertook to pasture a drove of llamas on the banks of the
Uchusuma, but who had all died of small-pox about two years
THE CASITAS OF UCHUSUMA.
before our visit, The casitas had fallen rapidly into ruin. The
wind had torn great holes through the thatch of the roofs, and
the frost had made breaches in the rough walls. Our Bolivians,
who always contrived to get in ahead of us, took hasty posses-
sion of the best-preserved and largest of the huts, and we were
fain to take the next best, which had been the chapel. It was
not an imposing structure, the interior being barely seven feet
long by five feet wide, and so low as to prevent a man of ordi-
nary height from standing erect. At the farther end was a
little altar of mud, and a little wooden cross hung undisturbed
256
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
OUR DORMITORY AT UCHUSUMA.
against the rough stone-wall. There was barely room to stow
away our saddles and alforjas, and spread our two beds. “We
closed the orifice which answered for a door with a blanket, and
then set about cooking our saddle of vicuna. All hands turned
out to gather the dry stems and roots of the tola, which burn
fiercely and rapidly, and we soon had a bright fire blazing in
one of the half-unroofed huts which we had improvised as a
kitchen. Our baggage was arranged in a square, and a tarpau-
lin spread over all, forming a sort of tent, which here and sub-
sequently was the sole protection of Berrios and the mozos, and
which we were often too glad to share with them.
I cannot say much for vicuna flesh on first trial and when
freshly killed, and should prefer good mutton to it at any time.
AVe nevertheless had chnpc of vicufia, and vicuna steaks, and
might have had a joint of vicuna, if we could have had a fire
constant enough to roast it by. On the whole, I do not think I
had a good appetite that night, and fell back early on coffee,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
257
the traveller’s best reliance under all circumstances and in every
clime.
“We had burned out the last stem of our supply of tola before
we stole to our couches in the chapel. The sky was dark as a
pall, and the stars burned out on the still, bitter air with un-
natural lustre. I watched them through the openings in the
roof of our rude dormitory* until midnight, and then fell asleep
and dreamed that they were golden-tipped spears, darting clown
from the sky. Berrios did not rouse us early next morning,
nor until the sun was up, for every one was cold and stiff, and
needed thawing out. My beard was matted with iee, and the
blanket around my head was spangled over with the frost.
We were now fairly entered on the cold, arid region known
as the Despoblado — that drear, desolate, silent region which
forms the broad summit of the Cordillera. It has the aspect of
an irregular plain, and is diversified with mountain ridges and
snowy and volcanic peaks, imposing in their jDroportions, not-
withstanding that they rise from a level fourteen thousand feet
above the sea. In all directions spread out vast tola fields, with
here and there patches of iehu grass, which grows in clumps,
and at this season is dry and gray, stiff and needle-like. Tow-
ards noon we came to many broad dry run-ways, or channels,
between disrupted beds of trachytes, indicating that, during the
rainy season, heavy volumes of water descend from the Anco-
marea and Quenuta mountains and ranges to the north. Just
at noon we reached the Bio Caño, a rather broad and shallow
stream, flowing in a sandy bed, and which is here the boundary
between Peru and Bolivia. On its opposite bank rises a cliff
of porphyry, fissured and broken into a thousand shapes, which
deflected our path to the southward until we reached a point of
practicable ascent for animals.
Among the rocks we saw for the first time the biscaeha, al-
most the only quadruped, except those of the llama family, that
is found in the Altos of Peru. It is of the chinchilla family,
about the size and shape of a rabbit, gray on the back, reddish-
brown on the belly, but with a long tail, like that of the squir-
rel, which it curves up over its back in sitting ereet, as is its
25S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
custom, like the latter animal. It has some of the quaint and
amusing habits of the prairie-dog of our own country, and de-
lights to perch itself on some point of rock, whence it will con-
template the traveller silently and without motion, only, how-
ever, to plunge down suddenly iuto some covert with the quick-
ness of light; but as often without as with apparent reason.
After a few moments’ absence it will very likely appear again,
first projecting its head above the rocks, then the shoulders,
and, should the reconnoissance prove satisfactory, it will resume
an erect position, perhaps, however, to repeat the previous gym-
nastic feat a second after. The biscacha is esteemed good food,
provided the tail is cut off immediately after it is killed. If
this is not done, the natives maintain the animal is corrompido.
For myself, I class the flesh of the biscacha with that of the vi-
cuna as a possible alternative against starvation.
An hour later, some very regular elevations, or table-rocks,
appearing on our right in the distance, we came to the Rio
Man re, a large stream flowing in a deep channel between high
cliffs of purple porphyry-conglomerate, which is here fissured
and weather-worn into a thousand castellated and fantastic
shapes. The descent to the water is by a steep, breakneck
path, partly worn and partly worked among the rocks, and
down which it seems incredible that a loaded animal can pass.
In the dry season the stream is fordable, the water reaching
only to the saddle-girths; but in the rainy season it is often im-
passable. The water is remarkably clear and pure, and I ob-
served a few small fishes in the pools.
The Manre falls into the Desaguadero about midway be-
tween lakes Titicaca and Aullagas. Its left bank is less pre-
cipitous than the right, though abrupt, and we toiled slowly
up its acclivity to the broken plain, in which the bed of the
river is only a fissure or rent, invisible at the distance of a
few hundred yards. At three o’clock the ground became more
broken, and we became involved among a series of hills, our
path ascending and descending, and crossing at intervals nar-
row, swampy valleys, where patches of green and tremulous
sod alternated with dark, deep pools of water, affording a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
259
seant pasturage for some droves of alpacas, which find a eon-
genial home in these localities. At various points we observed
rough stone enclosures in which the alpaeas are herded for clip-
ping and other purposes, and whieh, perhaps, date beyond the
Conquest. But nowhere eould we diseern a trace of human
habitation. In some sheltered spots we noticed a few dwarf
quinoa or wild olive trees, with trunks rarely over an inch in
diameter, and-whieh are carefully protected by the arrieros, to
whom they afford a desirable substitute as fuel for the duug of
the vieuña and llama. The latter, as I have said, is about the
only kind of fuel to be had in the Altos of Peru; and even
this would be scant and difficult to get if it were not the un-
varying habit of all the members of the llama family to make
their droppings in certain fixed spots, where they form accumu-
lations or mounds often from ten to twelve feet broad, and
from two to five feet high. These black heaps are characteris-
tic features in the puna landscapes.
Towards night we began to climb the high ridge known as
the Pass of Chuluneayani. The summit of the ridge, accord-
ing to Pentland, is 15,160 feet above the sea, and from it we
caught our first view, over lofty and rugged intervening ridges,
of the Nevados of the Andes—that magnificent snowy range
that dwarfs the Alps, and stretches in a glittering line along
the horizon for three hundred miles. The descent of the ridge
was almost as difficult and dangerous as that into the gorge of
the Rio Man re, but much longer and wearisome. Both H-
and myself broke the cruppers of our saddles under the sudden
plunges of the mules, and in many places, in common with our
arrieros, we were obliged to dismount and proceed on foot. At
the base of the ridge we eame to a small wet pampa, sloping
somewhat rapidly to the right, and traversed by half a dozen
bright and brawling rivulets, falling from a high ridge on the
north. On the farther edge of the plain, which, from its abun-
dance of water and favorable exposure to the sun, was rela-
tively fresh and green, we saw the buildings of the tambo of
Chuluneayani—a welcome sight through the cold mist that had
already begun to settle over the damp surfaee of the pampa.
18
•260
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
The keeper of the tambo, which is much larger and better-ap-
pointed than that of Tacora, is by far the most enterprising and
active man whom I met with in Bolivia. He had several flocks
of alpacas scattered in the surrounding valleys, kept a store of
barley-straw for the mules of travellers, and was able to furnish
the traveller himself with a chicken, if he chose to pay there-
for the sum of three dollars. His ehupe was less thin than
we found to be the average quality of that kind of delicacy;
and, in bottles, bearing labels gorgeous in crimson and gold, he
had brandy of the kind that Berrios called miiy endemoniado
(much bedevilled), and in which red pepper seemed to be the
predominant ingredient, And, although the floor of the room
set apart for travellers was the bare earth, innocent of brush or
broom, yet were not its walls gay with paper only less dazzling
than the labels of his brandy-bottles? We had a ehupe and
two chickens, returned one of the two bottles of brandy, and
had barley-straw for our mules, for which our enterprising host
charged me sixty-four dollars! There was no charge for bed-
ding and lights, for these we supplied ourselves. From this
statement, the adventurer in Southern Pern and Bolivia may
form some estimate of the expense of travel in those interest-
ing regions. Sixteen cents a pound, or at the rate of three
hundred and twenty dollars a ton, is the current charge in
Chuluneayani for green barley-straw, and the market is always
“firm.” I left my Bolivian friends disputing with the land-
lord because he had charged them four dollars each.
Beyond Chuluneayani the road winds through a hilly coun-
try, constantly descending, until, in a beautiful little savanna,
or pampa, completely hemmed in by hills, it crosses the Pio
Santiago, a stream flowing nearly due east, between parallel
ranges of hills artificially terraced, and where we discovered
the first signs of cultivation since our departure from Palca.
These andencs, or terraces, became familiar enough before we
left the Sierra, but here they were welcome indications of the
proximity of human beings. The crops Avere all gathered, but
we learned that barley, quinoa, and potatoes were cultivated on
these sunny hill-sides. Barley does not ripen, and is grown
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
only for fodder. Following down the Rio Santiago, we finally
came to some isolated buildings, in one of which was a cretin
afflicted with concomitant goitre, who, except in color, might
be mistaken for one of the miserable wretches so common in
Switzerland and the Tyrol.
The valley now began to widen, and soon spread out into a
broad plain, on a slight eminence in which we discerned the
village of Santiago de Machaca. The stream or river here de-
flects to the left, and not to the right, as laid down in the maps,
and pursues a north-eastern course. Numberless water-fowls,
including geese, ducks of various kinds, several varieties of wa-
STREET TIEW IN SANTIAGO DE MACHACA.
ter-hens and ibises, disported themselves in its icy waters, or
flew away, screaming, on our approach.
At noon we reached the village, which has a population of
between five and six hundred souls, chiefly occupied in raising
llamas, for which the broad plain is favorable. The plaza in
the centre of the town is large, and the streets entering it at
each corner are covered with arches and flanked by little open
chapels of adobes, in each of which is a mud altar surmounted
by a wooden cross covered with tinsel, and weighed down with
withered mountain flowers. A low, rambling church, with a
dilapidated bell-tower standing apart, occupies one side of the
2G2
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
plaza, facing the cabildo, with a prison on one hand confining
two or three dirty and emaciated wretches, and a school-room
on the other, in which a dozen children were learning a prayer,
viva voce, but in which they stopped short as we rode past, and
seemed to relish the opportunity to exclaim, “Buenos dias, ca-
ballerosH We had been recommended to the cura, who was
rather noted in the Sierra for his intelligence and hospitality,
but found that he had died a few weeks previously, and that his
house was shut up. There was, however, a kind of pidperia,
or shop, fronting on the plaza, where bayeta, or baize, was sold,
and some rongh woollen cloth of native manufacture, besides
cheese, charqui (sun-dried beef), and eggs. We purchased the
entire stock of the latter, and took our dinner on the sunny
side of the building.
The houses are built of adobes, and, without exception, are
thatched with ichu grass.
They seldom consist of
more than a single apart-
ment, entered by a low
and narrow door, closed
by a dried hide inside, the
sill of which is raised so
as to prevent the water
from flowing in from the
street. The walls of all of
them incline inwards after
the style characteristic of
all the Inca edifices that
we afterwards had occa-
sion to examine; and the
doors were also narrower
at the top than at the bot-
tom, precisely as in the an-
cient structures. There
are no “party-walls” or
single walls answering for
AYMARA FEMALE iiF.AD-DUE.ss. contiguous houses,but each
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
203
building lias its distinct gables. Here we saw, for the first
time, the extraordinary montero, or hat, universally worn by
the women of the Aymara raee or family. It may be com-
pared to a coffin, with a kind of black valance suspended
around a stiff body of pasteboard, covered with red cloth and
tinsel. Nearly all the Indian women had children—silent, un-
complaining little creatures—slung in a thick shawl over their
shoulders.
Striking across the plain of Santiago, whieh extends to the
north-east almost to the outlet of .Lake Titicaca, where it is re-
lieved by a number of mammiform hills, or buttes, and which is
dotted all over with heaps of llama dung, and sprinkled with
the llamas themselves, we came to a little isolated church, with
no building near, and with scarcely a hut in sight. I suppose
some sort of pilgrimage or procession to it takes place on occa-
sion ; but as the ehureh of Santiago was disproportionally large
for the town, this edifice seemed entirely supererogatory. Just
beyond it, in a little hollow, was the dead body of a mule, from
which a group of condors were tearing the flesh in great strips,
while a dozen or more of king-vultures, gorgeous in color, were
ranged in a circle around, respectfully waiting until their mas-
ters were gorged, when it would be their turn to take part in
the unsavory feast. I fired at the group from the back of my
mule; but owing to the wonderful trajectory of my rifle, with
whose vagaries I had not yet become familiar, I missed my aim.
After a series of ungraceful leaps, flapping their wings the
while for a hundred yards along the ground, the great birds
succeeded in rising in the air, and commenced to cirele in defi-
ant and threatening evolutions above our heads. I dismounted
for surer work, and with my second shot brought down one
of the largest with a broken wing. But, like the wounded vi-
cuna on the stony plain of Taeora, he was more than a match,
on his legs, for our worn and battered mules; and after a chase
of half a mile I gave up pursuit, consoling myself with the re-
flection, ” What could I have done with the gigantic scavenger
had I caught him ?”
Our halting-place for the night was fixed at the village of
264 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
San Andres de Madiaca, and we pushed forwards over some low
ranges of hills with all our energy, to reach it before dark. We
passed some terraced slopes, subdivided by stone-walls, resem-
bling fortifications, which were the huertas, or gardens, of San
Andres; crossed some streams flowing northward in shifting
channels through an alluvial valley, and at five o’clock reached
the irregular and rambling village for which we were bound.
Our Bolivians, whose feet were literally ” on their native heath,”
had taken great airs on themselves at Santiago, but they now
became imperious. They rode to the house of the gobernador
as if he were a born vassal; but that official had discovered our
approach and hidden himself — a common expedient with al-
caldes not addicted to hospitality—or else he was really absent
from home. At any rate, his poor habitation was shut up and
tenantlcss. Our next recourse was to the cura, who lived in n
relatively grand house behind the church; but he, too, was ab-
sent. His suplente, or substitute, a pleasant young man, was
in charge of the establishment, and gracefully accepted the sit-
uation, giving us a vacant room, and treating us to ehupe and
eggs.
The church of San Andres was the first one we had seen of
that series of fine temples reared by the Jesuits in their clays of
prosperity and power in all parts of the Titicaca basin. Al-
most every squalid village has its church—always of good ar-
chitectural design, and often of grand proportions and wonder-
ful solidity. That of San Andres had never been finished, but
was nevertheless imposing. Its facade is relieved by a lofty
archway with a bold sweep, and its towers rise with a strength
showing that the designer of the building was no feeble or tim-
id architect. In front is an elaborate cross of beautiful white
berenguela, or alabaster, taken from extensive quarries of that
material not far distant. Slabs or plates of this supply the
place of glass in the windows of many of the churches of the
Sierra, and give to the transmitted light a soft and mellow tinge
like that let through the painted windows of old cathedrals.
We left San Andres before daylight, and resumed our course
towards Nasacara, or, as the point is sometimes called, the Bal-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
2G5
sas of Nasacara, on the Rio Desaguadero. The morning was
bitterly eold, and we suffered much until the sun rose and
thawed the icicles from our beards. The country retains its as-
pect of a high plain, without cultivation, and covered wTith tola.
At nine o’clock, having travelled five leagues, we came to the
edge of the table-land, and obtained our first view of the valley
of the Desaguadero, covered with sward, broken here and there
by small patches of cultivated ground, and traversed up and
down, as far as the eye ean reaeh, by the broad and placid river.
BALSA BRIDGE OVER THE RIO DESAGUADERO.
At our feet, built partly on the hither, but mainly on the far-
ther bank of the stream, is the village of Nasacara, distinguished
chiefly for its bridge of balsas, or floats of totora, and as being
the point where the Bolivian custom-house is established, where
passports are scrutinized and baggage examined.
The ‘bridge of Nasacara is a type of a considerable number
of bridges in South America, and merits more than a passing
notice. It is a floating bridge, not unlike that across the Rhine
at Cologne, except that, owing to the entire absence of timber
266 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
in the country, the floats are of dried reeds, bound together
in huge bundles, pointed at the ends like eanoes. These are
fastened together side by side by thick cables of braided reeds,
anchored to firm stone towers on both banks. The roadway
is also of reeds resting on the floats, about four feet wide,
and raised above the floats about the same height — a rather
yielding and unsteady path, over which only one or two mules
are allowed to pass at a time. The causeways leading to both
extremities of the bridge are barred by gates at which toll is
collected. “When the river is swollen and the current very
strong, it is usual to cut the cables at one extremity or the
other, and let the bridge swing down the stream so as to pre-
vent it being swept away.
At the point where the bridge crosses the Desaguadero the
river is one hundred and fifty feet wide and thirty deep, flow-
ing with a strong but even current. This point is about forty
miles below where the river debouches from Lake Titieaea, and
one hundred and thirty feet, according to Mr. Pentland’s obser-
vations, below the level of the lake; thus giving to the river
a fall to Nasacara of three and a half feet to the mile. I no-
where saw rapids in the stream, nor did I hear of falls, and was
told that it was easy to ascend the river in eanoes to the lake
itself. However that may be, nothing can be more absurd than
the story which once found place in some educational publi-
cations, that the waters of Lake Titicaca sometimes flow into
Lake Aullagas, and vice versa, varying with the amount of rain-
fall, etc., in the northern and southern parts of this great terres-
trial basin. Mr. Pentland fixes the level of Lake Aullagas at
five hundred and seventy feet lower than that of Lake Titicaca,
and the distance between the two at about one hundred and
seventy miles, which would give an average fall throughout
corresponding with that between Lake Titicaca and Nasacara.
I have no doubt the river is everywhere practicable for small
boats, and that no serious interruption by rapids exists at any
point.
We experienced no detention from the custom officers of
Nasacara, although they exhibited unnecessary curiosity regard-
IN THE LAND’ OF THE INCAS.
267
ing my breech-loading rifle, which I really believe they would
have confiscated if they could have satisfied themselves how to
use it, and how to replace the fixed ammunition without which
it would have been useless. They gave us ehupe, and sold us
cheese and a little Puno butter, which comes packed in small
bladders, like snuff.
Here our Bolivians separated from us to pursue their road to
La Paz, and Berrios coolly proposed to do the same thing, and
leave us in charge of a dark and sinister-looking mestizo whom
he had met, and who was in some way a dependent of his, but
who had never been over the road we were to follow, and could
not speak a word of Aymara or Quichua, now the universal
languages of the country. My remonstrances were equally for-
cible and effective; and as they were made in the open street
and in a sonorous tone, they must have been edifying to the
good people of Nasacara.
At noon we struck off from the town at right angles to the
La Paz road, following up the valley of the river, over an un-
dulating but uninhabited plain, to Jesus de Machaca, situated in
marshy ground, near the base of the high ridge that separates
the valley of the Desaguadero from that of Tiahuanuco. Its
inhabitants are all Indians of the Aymara family, who eke out
a scanty subsistence as shepherds and cultivators of the bitter
variety of potato to which I have alluded, and which grows on
the sunny hill-sides. Like San Andres, it has a great church in
good repair, and containing some large pictures, of the excel-
lence of which we were unable to judge under the “dim relig-
ious light” that stole through the alabaster windows. Having
no place of refuge, we rode direct to the house of the cura.
He was an intelligent, meek, earnest man, who did for us all
that we were unable to do for ourselves, and made no apologies
for deficiencies which were obviously inseparable from his posi-
tion. We passed the evening pleasantly in his society. He
showed us through his church, in which five times the popula-
tion of his village might easily assemble, and pointed out the
beauties of its architecture with a faint flush of pride. His
hectic cheek and rasping cough told us then that he verged on
2GS INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the close of his earthly career; and we were not surprised, al-
though we were grieved, to hear a few months later, and before
we left the Sierra, that Manuel Valdivia, the good cura of Jesus
de Machaca, was dead.
The ridge behind Jesus de Machaca reaches close up to Lake
Titicaca, and extends southward for a hundred miles, nearly
parallel with the Desaguadero. The path over it is little fre-
quented, rough, and in some places dangerous. We were from
six o’clock in the morning until noon in reaching its summit,
marked by the inevitable cairn of stones, standing at an eleva-
tion of three thousand six hundred feet above the valley of the
Desaguadero, and over sixteen thousand feet above the sea.
From this point we obtained our first view of Lake Titieaea,
or rather of the lower and lesser lake of Tiquina, with its high
islands and promontories, and shores belted with reeds. Here,
too, the great snowy chain of the Andes, of which we had only
caught glimpses before, burst on our sight in all its majesty.
Dominating the lake is the massive bulk of Illampu, or Sorata,
the crown of the continent, .the highest mountain of America,
rivalling, if not equalling in height,’the monarchs of the Hima-
layas. Observers vary in their estimates and calculations of its
altitude from twenty-five thousand to twenty-seven thousand
feet; my own estimates place it at not far from twenty-six
thousand. Extending southward from this is an uninterrupted
chain of nevados, nowhere less than twenty thousand feet in
height, which terminates in the great mountain of Illimani,
twenty-four thousand five hundred feet in altitude. Between
the eminence on which we stand and these gigantic mountains
are, first, the deep valley and plain of Tiahuanuco, with a high
table-land succeeding, and a range of mountains beyond, which
look small only from contrast with their snow-crowned neigh-
bors.
Looking back, the view, if not equally imposing, is neverthe-
less as interesting. We can trace the windings of the Desa-
guadero through its shallow valley until lost in the distance in
the direction of Lake Aullagas. There, too, is the broad plain
of Santiago over which we have toiled, its inequalities scarce-
ILLAMPl! (l’HF. CKOWN OF THE ANDES) AM) LAKE TITICACA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
2G9
ly discernible from our elevation. Beyond it, distinct, white,
grand, and solemn, are the volcanic peaks of Sahama, Poma-
rape, and Tacora, the pinnacles of the Cordilleras, themselves
reflecting their silver crests in the Pacific.
Nowhere else in the world, perhaps, can a panorama so di-
versified and grand be obtained from a single point of view.
The whole great table-land of Peru and Bolivia, at its widest
part, with its own system of waters, its own rivers and lakes, its
own plains and mountains, all framed in by the ranges of the
Cordillera and the Andes, is presented like a map before the
adventurous visitor who climbs to the apacheta of Tiahuanuco.
The descent into the valley or plain of Tiahuanuco is more
abrupt than in the direction of the Desaguadero, and the most
reckless travellers find it requisite to dismount and proceed on
foot. It was dark when we struck the edge of the plain, and
ascertained that we had yet nearly four leagues to go before
reaching the village of Tiahuanuco. This border of the plain
receives the wash of the adjacent ridge, and is covered thickly
with rocky debris, and seamed with shallow torrent beds. To
get at the soil and protect the ground when once reclaimed, the
stones in many places have been heaped together in mounds, or
long, heavy ridges, capable of resisting or diverting the rush of
the waters descending from the hills. This work seems to have
been in great part, if not wholly, performed by the ancient in-
habitants ; showing that here, as everywhere else, they were
avaricious of arable soil, and spared neither time nor labor to
rescue the scantiest portion of it to cultivation.
At a distance of two leagues from the western border of the
plain we came to a considerable swell of land, free from stones,
and of which patches were broken up for crops; and a league
and a half farther, after fording a shallow stream of clear run-
ning water, we reached the village of Tiahuanuco itself, situated
upon another slight elevation, in a well-chosen position. The
narrow unlighted streets, lined by low huts of rough stones
laid in clay, covered with thatch, destitute of windows, and en-
tered only by low and narrow door-ways (closed, for the most
part, with raw hides), were silent and deserted ; the wTetched in-
270
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
habitants have hardly fuel wherewith to cook their scanty food,
and are fain to slink away into their dark and squalid habita-
tions, as soon as the sun withdraws his genial rays. The trav-
eller who emerges in the morning, blue and benumbed, from
his bed on the ground in an unventilated, gloomy hut of the
Sierra, where pigs are his least unpleasant companions, to thaw
himself into life on the sunny side of the wretched choza that
has sheltered him, will readily comprehend how the people of
Pern became worshippers of the sun.
We were not long in finding the plaza of Tiahuanuco, where
a faint light shining out from a single jportada in front of the
church gave us the first evidence that the town possessed inhab-
itants. The house proved to be the jjosta, and the most we
could learn from the saturnine Indians in charge was that the
master of the post was absent. They neither invited us to
come in, nor made any movement to assist us when we dis-
mounted, but disappeared one by one into dark dormitories,
leaving us standing alone, hungry and cold, in the open court.
However, the arrival of our arrieros, some of whom spoke
Aymara, changed the aspect of affairs. They pushed open the
door of the principal or travellers’ apartment, and, piling the
barley in stalk which it contained at one end. cleared a space for
a broken table, the single piece of furniture in the room, and
with imperative words and acts as emphatic, finally secured for
us a dish of diluted ehupe.
While this was going on we received a visit from the cura,
on his return probably from some nocturnal adventure. His
face was red and bloated, deeply scarred by small-pox, but re-
taining traces of original manly beauty. He was quite drunk
and not very coherent, and when we began to question him
about the celebrated ancient ruins of the neighborhood he be-
came suddenly silent, and drew me into a dark corner of the
court-yard, where, in a mysterious whisper, he told me that he
knew all about the hidden treasures, and that we could count
on his guidance in obtaining them, for an equitable division of
the spoils. It was in vain I protested that Ave were not mon-
ey-diggers. He could not conceive how any stranger should
IX THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
271
evince an interest in the ” vestiges of the Gentiles ” not founded
on the hope of discovering treasure among them.
And here I may mention that throughout all of our explora-
tions, in all parts of Peru, whether in the city or in the field.
we were supposed to he searching for taparfas, and were con-
stantly watched and followed by people who hoped to get
some elew to the whereabouts of the treasures through our indi-
cations. Often, when engaged in surveys of fortifications or
buildings, we found the marks left by us at night, to guide us
in resuming our work in the morning, not only removed, but
the earth deeply excavated below them. The ancient monu-
ments of the country have suffered vastly more from the hands
of treasure-seekers than from fanatic violence, time, and the
elements combined. The work of destruction from this cause
has been going on for three hundred years, and still actively
continues.
272
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XV.
TIAHUANUCOj THE BAALBEC OF THE NEAV WORLD.
Tiahuanuco a Centre of Ancient Civilization.—Difficulties.—The Chuño Festival.—
Death of ray Photographer.—Studying the Art.—My Assistants.—The Edifices of
Ancient Tiahuanuco.—The Ruins a Quarry for Modern Builders.—Their Extent.
—The Temple.—The Fortress.—The Palace.—The Hall of Justice.—Precision of
the Stone-cutting.—Elaborate Sculptures.—Monolithic Gate-ways.—The Modern
Cemetery.—The Sanctuary.—Symbolical Slab.—The great Monolithic Gate-way.
—Its Elaborate Sculptures.—Monuments described by Cieza de Leon and D’Or-
bigny.—Material of the Stone-work.—How the Stone was cut.—General Resume.
—Tiahuanuco probably a Sanctuary, not a Seat of Dominion.
TIAHUANUCO lies almost in the very centre of the great ter-
restrial basin of lakes Titicaca and Aullagas, and in the heart
of a region which may be properly characterized as the Thibet
of the New World. Here, at an elevation of twelve thousand
nine hundred feet above the sea, in a broad, open, unprotected,
arid plain, cold in the wet and frigid in the dry season, we find
the evidences of an ancient civilization, regarded by many as
the oldest and the most advanced of both American continents.
It was to explore and investigate the monumental remains
that have made this spot celebrated that I had come to Tia-
huanuco, and I lost no time in commencing my task. This was
not an easy one, for even Avith the aid of the drnnken cura
Ave Avere unable to procure laborers to assist us, for not only
had Ave reached the village on the eve of the Clmño, or potato
festival, a remnant of ancient observances, but before Ave had
finished our Avork the Feast of Corpus Christi had commenced.
Chioha fioAved like Avater, and the few inhabitants that the
Ohufio festival had left sober deliberately gave themselves up
to beastly intoxication.
This Avas not my only difficulty. While Ave Avere toiling our
LN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
273
way upwards through the mountain road, my photographer, on
whose skill I had depended, became dangerously ill. One bit-
ter night, under an ebon sky, with no one to assist us save some
kindly Indians, we tried in vain to relieve his sufferings and
compose his mental hallucinations. The disease baffled all our
efforts, and before sunrise death brought him relief and release.
He murmured something in the Gaelic tongue, in which only
the endearing word “mamma”—sacred in all languages—was
intelligible, and died with that word lingering on his thin, blue
lips.
I had provided myself with a complete and costly set of
photographic apparatus, which I regarded as indispensable to
success in depicting the ancient monuments; but I had little
knowledge of the art, and must now become my own photog-
rapher, or lose many of the results of my labor. With no in-
struction except such as I could gain from Hardwick’s “Man-
ual of Photographic Chemistry,” I went to work, and, after nu-
merous failures, became tolerably expert. I had but a single as-
sistant, Mr. II-, an amateur draughtsman, and only such other
aid as I could get from my muleteer and his men, who were ea-
ger to conclude their engagement, and simply astounded that
we should waste an hour, much more that we should spend
days, on the remains of the heathens. Still, the investigation
was undertaken with equal energy and enthusiasm, and, I am
confident, with as good results as could be reached without an
expenditure of time and money whieh would hardly have been
rewarded by any probable additional discoveries. We spent a
week in Tiahuanuco among the ruins, and, I believe, obtained
a plan of every structure that is traceable, and of every mon-
ument of importance that is extant.
The first thing that strikes the visitor in the village of Tia-
huanuco is the great number of beautifully cut stones, built
into the rudest edifices, and paving the squalidest courts. They
are used as lintels, jambs, seats, tables, and as receptacles for wa-
ter. The church is mainly built of them; the cross in front of
it stands on a stone pedestal whieh shames the symbol it sup-
ports in excellence of workmanship. On all sides are vestiges
19
274 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of antiquity from the neighboring ruins, which have been a real
quarry, whence have been taken the cut stones, not only for
Tiahuanuco and all the villages and churches of its valley, but
for erecting the cathedral of La Paz, the capital of Bolivia, sit-
uated in the deep valley of one of the streams falling into the
river Beni, twenty leagues distant. And what is true here is
also true of most parts of the Sierra. The monuments of the
past have furnished most of the materials for the public edi-
fices, the bridges, and highways of the present day.
The ruins of Tiahuanuco have been regarded by all students
of American antiquities as in many respects the most •interest-
ing and important, and at the same time most enigmatical, of
any on the continent. They have excited the admiration and
wonder alike of the earliest and latest travellers, most of whom,
vanquished in their attempts to penetrate the mystery of their
origin, have been content to assign them an antiquity beyond
that of the other monuments of America, and to regard them
as the solitary remains of a civilization that disappeared before
that of the Incas began, and contemporaneous with that of
Egypt and the East. Unique, yet perfect in type and har-
monious in style, they appear to be the work of a people who
were thorough masters of an architecture whieh had no infan-
cy, passed through no period of growth, and of whieh we find
no other examples. Tradition, whieh mumbles more or less in-
telligibly of the origin of many other American monuments, is
dumb concerning these. The wondering Indians told the first
Spaniards that ” they existed before the sun shone in the heav-
ens,” that they were raised by giants, or that they were the re-
mains of an impious people whom an angry Deity had eon-
verted into stone because they had refused hospitality to his
vicegerent and messenger.
I shall give only a rapid account of these remains, correct-
ing some of the errors and avoiding some of the extravagances
of my predecessors in the same field of inquiry. I must con-
fess I did not find many things that they have described; but
that fact, iii view of the destructivencss of treasure-hunters
and the rapacity of ignorant collectors of antiquities, docs not
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
275
necessarily discredit their statements; for Tiahuanuco is a
rifled ruin, with comparatively few yet sufficient evidences of
former greatness.
The ruins are about half a mile to the southward of the vil-
lage, separated from it by a small brook and a shallow valley.
The high-road to La Paz passes close to them—in fact, between
them and some mounds of earth which were probably parts of
the general system. They are on a broad and very level part
of the plain, where the soil is an arenaceous loam, firm and dry.
Rows of erect stones, some of them rough or but rudely shaped
by art; others accurately cut and fitted in walls of admirable
workmanship ; long sections of foundations, with piers and por-
tions of stairways; blocks of stone, with mouldings, cornices,
and niches cut with geometrical precision; vast masses of sand-
stone, trachyte, and basalt but partially hewn; and great mono-
lithic door-ways, bearing symbolical ornaments in relief, besides
innumerable smaller,k rectangular, and symmetrically shaped
stones, rise on every hand, or lie scattered in confusion over the
plain. It is only after the intelligent traveller has gone over
the whole area and carefully studied the ground, that the vari-
ous fragments fall into something like their just relations, and
the design of the whole becomes comprehensible.
Leaving aside, for the present, the lesser mounds of earth of
which 1 have spoken, we find the central and most conspicuous
portion of the ruins, which cover not far from a square mile,
to consist of a great, rectangular mound of earth, originally
terraced, each terrace supported by a massive wall of cut stones,
and the whole surmounted by structures of stone, parts of the
foundations of which are still distinct. This structure is pop-
ularly called the ” Fortress,” and, as tradition affirms, suggested
the plan of the great fortress of Saesahuaman, dominating the
city of Cuzeo. The sides of this structure, as also of all the
others in Tiahuanuco, coincide within ten degrees with the
cardinal points of the compass. Close to the left of the For-
tress (I adopt this name, and the others I may use, solely to
facilitate description) is an area called the ” Temple,” slightly
raised, defined by lines of erect stones, but ruder than those
-276
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
which surround the Fortress. A row of massive pilasters
stands somewhat in advance of the eastern front of this area,
and still in advance of this are the deeply embedded piers of
a smaller edifice of squared stones, with traces of an exterior
corridor, which has sometimes been called the ” Palace.” At
other points, both to the south and northward, are some re-
mains to which I shall have occasion to refer.
PLAN OF A PART OF THE RUINS OF TIAHUANUCO.
The structure called the Temple will claim our first attention ;
primarily because it seems to be the oldest of the group, the
type, perhaps, of the others, and because it is here we find the
great monolithic sculptured gate-way of Tiahuanuco, which is
absolutely unique, so far as our knowledge goes, on this con-
tinent.
The body of the Temple forms a rectangle of 388 by 445
feet, defined, as T said before, by lines of erect stones, partly
shaped by art. They are mostly of red sandstone, and of irreg-
ular size and height; those at the corners being more carefully
squared and tallest. For the most part, they are between 8 and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
277
10 feet high, from 2 to -4 feet broad, and from 20 to 30 inches
in thickness. The portions entering the ground, like those of
our granite gate-posts, are largest, and left so for the obvious
purpose of giving the stones greater firmness in their position.
These stones, some of which have fallen and others disap-
peared, seem to have been placed, inclining slightly inwards, at
approximately 15 feet apart, measuring from centre to centre,
and they appear to have had a wall of rough stones built up
between them, supporting a terre-plein of earth, about S feet
above the general level of the plain. On its eastern side this
terre-jple’ui had an apron or lower terrace IS feet broad, along
THE AMERICAN STONEHENGE, TIAHUANUCO.
the edge of the central part of which were raised ten great stone
pilasters, placed 15£ feet apart, all of whieh, perfectly aligned,
are still standing, writh a single exception. They are of varying
heights, and no two agree in width or thickness. The one that
is fallen, which was seeond in the line, measures 13 feet 8 inches
in length by 5 feet 3 inches in breadth. It is partly buried in
the earth, but shows 32 inches of thickness above-ground.
Among those still erect the tallest is 14 feet by 4 feet 2 inches,
and 2 feet S inches; the shortest 9 feet by 2 feet 9 inches, and
2 feet 5 inches. These are less in dimension than the stones
composing flic inner cell or sanctum of Stonehenge, which
278
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
range from 10 feet 3 inches to 21 feet 6 inches in height; but
they are nearly, if not quite, equal with those composing the
outer circle of that structure. They are much more accurately
cut than those of Stonehenge, the fronts being perfectly true,
and the backs alone left rough or only partially worked. The
tops of the taller ones have shoulders cut into them as if to re-
ceive architraves; and as this feature does not appear in the
shorter ones, it may be inferred that their tops have been broken
off, and that originally they were all of one length. And here
I may call attention to another singular feature of this colonnade
—namely, that the sides or edges of each erect stone are slight-
ly cut away to within six inches of its face, so as to leave a pro-
jection of about an inch and a half, as if to retain in place any
slab fitted between the stones, and prevent it from falling out-
wards. The same feature is found in the stones surrounding
the great mound or Fortress, where its purpose becomes obvious,
as we shall soon see.
Such is the general character of the exterior propylon, if I
may so call it, of the structure called the Temple. But within
the line of stones surrounding it there are other features which
claim our attention. I have said that the interior is a mound
of earth raised about eight feet above the general level. But
in the centre and towards the western side is an area sunk to
the general level, 280 feet long by 190 feet broad. It was
originally defined on three sides by walls of rough stones whieh
rose above the surface of the mound itself, but which are now
in ruins. If this sunken area communicated in any way with
the more elevated interior parts of the structure, the means
of communication, by steps or otherwise, have disappeared.
Across the end of the area not shut in by the mound, the line
of stones which surrounds the Temple is continued without in-
terruption ; but outside and connected with it is part of a small
square of lesser stones, also erect, standing in the open plain.
Regarding the eastern side of the Temple, marked by the
line of pilasters which I have described, as the front, we find
here, at the distance of 57 feet, the traces of a rectangular
structure, to which I have alluded as the “Palace,” which was
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
279
composed of blocks of trachyte admirably cnt, S to 10 feet long
by 5 feet broad, with remains of what appears to have been a
corridor 30 feet broad extending around it. The piers which
supported the Palace still remain, sunk deep in the ground,
apparently resting on an even pavement of cut stones. Re-
move the superstructures of the best-built edifices of our cities,
and few, if any, would expose foundations laid with equal care,
and none of them stones cut with such accuracy, or so admi-
rably fitted together. And I may say, once for all, carefully
weighing my words, that in no part of the world have I seen
stones cut with such mathematical precision and admirable skill
as in Peru, and in no part of Peru are there any to sui”pass
those which are scattered over the plain of Tiahuanuco. The
so-called Palace does not seem to have been placed in any sym-
metrical relation towards the Temple, although seemingly de-
pendent on it; nor, in fact, do any of the ancient structures here
appear to have been erected on any geometric plan respecting
each other, such as is apparent in the arrangement of most of
the remains of aboriginal public edifices in Peru.
The Fortress stands to the south-west of the Temple, the
sides of the two coinciding in their bearings, and is 01 feet dis-
tant from it. As I have already said, it is a great mound of
earth, originally rectangular in shape, 620 feet in length and
150 in width, and about 50 feet high. It is much disfigured
by the operations of treasure – seekers, who have dug into its
sides and made great excavations from the summit, so that it
now resembles rather a huge, natural, shapeless heap of earth
than a work of human hands. The few of the many stones
that environed it, and which the destroyers have spared, never-
theless enable ns to make out its original shape and proportions.
There are distinct evidences that the body of the mound was
terraced, for there are still standing stones at different eleva-
tions, distant horizontally nine, eighteen, and thirty feet from
the base. There may have been more terraces than these lines
of stones would indicate, but it is certain that there were at
least three before reaching the summit. This coincides with
what Garcilasso tells us of the mound when first visited by
2S0
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the Spaniards. He says, speaking of the ruins under notice:
•’Among them there is a mountain or hill raised by hand,
which, on this account, is most admirable. In order that the
piled-up earth should not be washed away and the hill levelled,
it was supported by great walls of stone. No one knows for
what purpose this edifice was raised.” Cieza de Leon, who
himself visited Tiahuanuco soon after the Conquest, gives sub-
stantially the same description of the so-called Fortress.
ODTER TERRACE WALLS OP FOUTRESS, AND SCATTERED BLOCKS OF STONE.
On the summit of this structure are sections of the founda-
tions of rectangular buildings, partly undermined, and partly
covered up by the earth from the great modern excavation in
the centre, which is upwards of 300 feet in diameter, and more
than 00 feet deep. A pool of water stands at its bottom. This
latest piece of barbarism was, however, only in continuation of
some similar previous undertaking. All over the Fortress and
on its slopes lie large and regular blocks of stone, sculptured
with portions of elaborate designs, which would only appear
when the blocks were fitted together.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
2S1
Some portions of the outer or lower wall are fortunately
nearly intact, so that we are able to discover how it was con-
structed, and the plan and devices that were probably observed
in all the other walls, as well as in some parts of the Temple.
In the first place, large, upright stones were planted in the
ground, apparently resting on stone foundations. They are
about ten feet above the surface, accurately faced, perfectly
aligned, and inclining slightly inwards towards the mound.
They are placed seventeen feet apart from centre to centre,
and are very nearly uniform in size, generally about three feet
broad and two feet in thickness. Their edges are cut to pre-
sent the kind of shoulders to which I alluded in describing the
pilasters in front of the Temple, and of which the purpose now
becomes apparent. The space between the upright stones is
filled in with a wall of carefully worked stones. Those next
the pilasters are cut with a shoulder to fit that of the pilaster
they adjoin; and they are each, moreover, cut with alternate
grooves and projections, like mortise and tenon, so as to fit im-
movably into each other horizontally. Vertically they are held
in position by round holes drilled into the bottom and top of
each stone at exact corresponding distances, in which, there is
reason to believe, were placed pins of bronze. We here see the
intelligent devices of a people unacquainted with the uses of
cement to give strength and permanence to their structures.
Nearly all the blocks of stone scattered over the plain show the
cuts made to receive what is called the T clamp, and the round
holes to receive the metal pins that were to retain the blocks in
their places, vertically.
The Fortress has on its eastern side an apron, or dependent
platform, 320 by 180 feet, of considerably less than half the
elevation of the principal mound. Like the rest of the struct-
ure, its outline was defined by upright stones, most of which,
however, have disappeared. The entrance seems to have been
at its south-east corner, probably by steps, and to have been
complicated by turnings from one terrace to another, something
like those in some of the Inca fortresses.
The tradition runs that there are laro-e vaults filled with
2S2 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
treasure beneath the great mound, and that here commences
a subterranean passage which leads to Cuzeo, more than four
hundred miles distant. The excavations certainly reveal some
curious subterranean features. The excavation at its south-
west corner has exposed a series of superimposed cut stones,
apparently resting on a pavement of similar character, twelve
feet below the surface. It is said that Yon Tschudi, when he
visited the ruins, found some “caverns” beneath them (but
whether under the Fortress or not does not appear), into which
he endeavored to penetrate, but “was glad to be pulled out, as
he soon became suffocated.” I found no such subterranean
vaults or passages in any part of Tiahuanuco; but I do not
deny their existence.
To the south-east of the Fortress, and about two hundred and
fifty paces distant, is a long line of wall in ruins, apparently a
single wall, not connected with any other so as to form an en-
closure. But beyond it are the remains of edifices of which it
is now impossible to form more than approximate plans. One
was measurably perfect when visited by D’Orbigny in 1833,
who fortunately has left a plan of it, more carefully made than
others he has given us of ruins here or elsewhere. Since 1833,
however, the iconoclasts have been at work with new vigor.
Unable to remove the massive stones composing the base of
what was called the Hall of Justice, they mined them, and
blew them up with gunpowder, removing many of the elabo-
rately cut fragments to pave the cathedral of La Paz. Enough
remains to prove the accuracy of D’Orbigny’s plan, and to ver-
ify what Cieza de Leon wrote concerning these particular re-
mains three hundred years ago.
The structure called the Hall of Justice occupied one end of
a court something like that discoverable in the Temple. In the
first place, we must imagine a rectangle, 420 feet long by 370
broad, defined by a wall of cut stones, supporting on three sides
an interior platform of earth 130 feet broad, itself enclosing a
sunken area, or court, also defined by a wall of cut stones.
This court, which is of the general level of the plain, is 240
feet long and 100 broad. At its eastern end is, or rather was,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
2S3
the massive edifice distinguished as the Hall of Justice, of
which D’Orbigny says:
” It is a kind of platform of well-cut blocks of stone, held to-
gether by copper clamps, of which only the traces remain. It
presents a level surface elevated six feet above the ground, 131
feet long and 23 broad, formed of enormous stones, eight mak-
ing the length and two the breadth. Some of these stones are
25£ feet long by 11 feet broad, and 6£ feet thick. These are
probably the ones measured by Cieza de Leon, who describes
them as 30 feet long, 15 in width, and G in thickness. Some
are rectangular in shape, others of irregular form. On the
LESSER MONOLITHIC DOOR-WAT.
eastern side of the platform, and cut in the stones of which
they form part, are three groups of alcoves, or seats. One
group occupies the central part of the monument, covering an
extent of fifty-three feet, and is divided into seven compart-
ments. A group of three compartments occupies each extrem-
ity of the monument. Between the central and side groups
were reared monolithic door-ways,* similar in some respects to
the large one, only more simple, the one to the west alone hav-
* One of these, not, however, standing in its original position, is shown in the
view of the ” Gate-way at Cemetery.”
284
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ing a sculptured frieze similar to that of the great gate-way.
In front of this structure, to the west, and about twenty feet
distant, is a wall remarkable for the fine cutting of its stones,
which are of a blackish basalt and very hard. The stones are
all of equal dimensions, having a groove running around them,
and each has a niche cut in it with absolute precision. Every
thing goes to show that the variety of the forms of the niches
GATE-WAY AT CEMETERY-FRONT VIEW.
was one of the great ornaments of the walls, for on all sides we
find stones variously cut, and evidently intended to fit together
so as to form architectural ornaments.”
So much for the description of D’Orbigny. I measured one
of the blocks with a double niche, which is shown in the en-
graving of the terrace walls of the Fortress. It is C feet 2
inches in length, 3 feet 7 inches’ broad, and 2 feet G inches
thick. The niches are sunk to the depth of 3 inches.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
2S5
One of the monolithic door-ways originally belonging to this
structure is unquestionably that forming the entrance to the
cemetery of Tiahuanuco. This cemetery is an ancient rectan-
gular mound, about a hundred paces long, sixty broad, and
twenty feet high, situated midway between the village and the
Fortress. Its summit is enclosed by an adobe wall, and, as I
have said, the entrance is through an ancient monolithic gate-
GATE-WAY AT CEMETERY—REAR VIEW.
way, of which I give a front and rear view. It is 7 feet 5
inches in extreme height, 5 feet 10| inches in extreme width,
and 16^- inches thick. The door-way, or opening, is 6 feet 2
inches in height, and 2 feet 10 inches wide. The frieze has a
repetition of the ornaments composing the lower line of sculpt-
ures of the great monolith, but it has suffered much from time
and violence. The ornamentation of the back differs from that
286 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of the front, and seems to have been made to conform to the
style adopted in the interior of the structure.
In making our measurement in the cemetery we disturbed a
pack of lean, hungry, savage dogs of the Sierra—an indigenous
species—which had dug up the body of a newly-buried child
from its shallow, frozen grave, and were ravenously devouring
it. They snarled at us with bristling backs and bloodshot eyes
as we endeavored to drive them away from their horrible feast
—by no means the first, as the numerous rough holes they had
dug, the torn wrappings of the dead, and the skulls and frag-
ments of human bodies scattered around too plainly attested.
I subsequently represented the matter to the cura, but he only
shrugged his shoulders, ejaculating, “”What does it matter?
They have been baptized, and all Indians are brutes at the best.”
Returning to the Hall of Justice, we find, to the eastward of
it, a raised area 175 feet square, and from 8 to 10 feet high, the
outlines defined by walls of cut stone. This seems to have es-
caped the notice of travellers; at least, it is not mentioned by
them. In the centre of this area there seems to have been a
building about fifty feet square, constructed of very large
blocks of stone, which I have denominated the “Sanctuary.”
Within this, where it was evidently supported on piers, is the
distinctive and most remarkable feature of the structure. It is
a great slab of stone 13 feet 4 inches square, and 20 inches in
thickness. It is impossible to describe it intelligibly, and I
must refer to the engraving for a notion of its character. It
will be observed that there is an oblong area cut in the upper
face of the stone, 7 feet 3 inches long, 5 feet broad, and G inches
deep. A sort of sunken “portico” 20 inches wide, 3 feet 9
inches long, is cut at one side, out of which opens what may be
called the entrance, 22 inches wide, extending to the edge of
the stone.
At each end of the “portico” is a flight of three miniature
steps leading up to the general surface of the stone, and sunk in
it, while at the side of the excavated area are three other flights
of similar steps, but in relief. They lead to the broadest part
of the stone, where there are six mortises, S inches square, sunk
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
287
SYMBOLICAL SLAB.
in the stone 6 inches, and forming two sides of a square, of 3
feet 7 inches on each side, and apparently intended to receive
an equal number of square columns. The external corners of
the stone are sharp, but within six inches of the surface they
are cut round on a radius of twelve inches.
I cannot resist the impression that this stone was intended as
a miniature representation or model of a sacred edifice, or of
some kind of edifice reared by the builders of the monuments
of Tiahuanuco. The entrance to the sunken area in the stone,
the steps leading to the elevation surrounding it, and the naos
opposite the entrance, defined perhaps by columns of bronze or
stone set in the mortises and supporting some kind of roof, con-
stituting the shrine within which stood the idol or symbol of
worship—all these features would seem to indicate a symbolic
design in this monument. The building in which it stood, on
massive piers that still remain, was constructed of blocks of
stone, some of them nearly fourteen feet in length and of cor-
responding size and thickness, and was not so large as to pro-
288 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
liibit the probability that it was covered in. Looking at the
plan of the Temple, and of the enclosure to the area, one side
of which was occupied by the building called the Hall of Jus-
tice, we cannot fail to observe features suggestive of the plan
cut in the great stone which I have called symbolical.
The most remarkable monument in Tiahuanuco, as already
intimated, is the great monolithic gate-way. Its position is in-
dicated by the letter m in the plan. It now stands erect, and
is described as being in that position by every traveller except
FRONT OF GREAT MONOLITHIC GATE-WAY.
D’Orbigny, who visited the ruins in 1833, and who says it had
then fallen down. I give two views of this unique monument,
both from photographs, of some interest to me, as the first it
was ever my fortune to be called on to take. It will be seen
that it has been broken—the natives say by lightning—the fract-
ure extending from the upper right-hand angle of the opening,
so that the two parts lap by each other slightly, making the
sides of the door-way incline towards each other; whereas they
are, or were, perfectly vertical and parallel — a distinguishing
»
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 2S9
feature in all of the door-ways and sculptures of Tiahuanuco.
This monolith has attracted so much attention, and the draw-
ings that have been given of it have been so exceedingly erro-
neous, that I have sought to reproduce its features with the
greatest care, using the line, the pencil, the photograph, and the
cartridge-paper mould.
We must imagine first a block of stone, somewhat broken
and defaced on its edges, but originally cut with precision, 13
BACK OF GREAT MONOLITHIC GATE-WAY.
feet 5 inches long, 7 feet 2 inches high above-ground, and 18
inches thick. Through its centre is cut a door-way, 4 feet 6
inches high, and 2 feet 9 inches wide. Above this door-way,
and as it now stands on its south-east side or front, are four
lines of sculpture in low-relief, like the Egyptian plain sculpt-
ures, and a central figure, immediately over the door-way,
sculptured in high-relief. On the reverse we find the door-
way surrounded by friezes or cornices, and above it on each
20
290 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
side two small niches, below which, also on either side, is a sin-
gle larger niche. The stone itself is a dark and exceedingly
hard trachyte. It is faced with a precision that no skill can
excel; its lines are perfectly drawn, and its right angles turned
with an accuracy that the most careful geometer could not sur-
pass. Barring some injuries and defacements, and some slight
damages by weather, I do not believe there exists a better piece
of stone-cutting, the material considered, on this or the other
continent. The front, especially the part covered by sculpture,
has a fine finish, as near a true polish as trachyte can be made
to bear.
The lower line of sculpture is 7i inches broad, and is unbro-
ken ; the three above it are 8 inches high, cut up in cartouches,
or squares, of equal width, but interrupted in the centre, imme-
diately over the door-wa}r, by the figure in high-relief to which
I have alluded. This figure, with its ornaments, covers a space
of 32 by 21-| inches. There are consequently three ranges or
tiers of squares on each side of this figure, eight in each range,
or forty-eight in all. The figures represented in these squares
have human bodies, feet, and hands; each holds a sceptre; they
are winged; but the upper and lower series have human heads
wearing crowns, represented in profile, while the heads of the
sixteen figures in the line between them have the heads of con-
dors.
The central and principal figure is angularly but boldly cut,
in a style palpably conventional. The head is surrounded by a
series of what may be called rays, eaeh terminating in a circle,
the head of the condor, or that of a tiger, all conventionally
but forcibly treated. In each hand he grasps two staves or
sceptres of equal length with his body, the lower end of the
right-hand sceptre terminating in the head of the condor, and
the upper in that of the tiger, while the lower end of the left-
hand sceptre terminates in the head of the tiger, and the upper
is bifurcate, and has two heads of the condor. The staves or
sceptres are not straight and stiff, but curved as if to represent
serpents, and elaborately ornamented as if to represent the sin-
uous action of the serpent in motion. The radiations from the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
291
CENTRE FIGURE ON GREAT MONOLITH.
head—which I have called rays, for want of a better term—
seem to have the same action. An ornamented girdle sur-
rounds the waist of this principal figure, from which depends
a double fringe. It stands upon a kind of base or series of fig-
ures approaching nearest in character to the architectural or-
nament called grecques, each extremity of which, however, ter-
minates in the crowned head of the tiger or the condor. The
face has been somewhat mutilated, but shows some peculiar fig-
292
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ures extending from the eyes diagonally across the cheeks, ter-
minating also in the heads of the animals just named.
The winged human-headed and condor-headed figures in the
three lines of squares are represented kneeling on one knee,
with their faces turned to the great central figure, as if in ado-
ration, and each one holds before him a staff or sceptre. The
sceptres of the figures in the two upper rows are bifurcate, and
SCULPTURED FIGURE ON GREAT MONOLITH.
correspond exactly with the sceptre in the left hand of the cen-
tral figure, while the sceptres of the lower tier correspond with
that represented in his right hand. The relief of all these fig-
ures is scarcely more than two-tenths of an inch ; the minor
features are indicated by very delicate lines, slightly incised,
which form subordinate figures, representing the heads of con-
dors, tigers, and serpents. Most of us have seen pictures and
portraits of men and animals, which under close attention re-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
293
solve themselves into representatives of a hundred other things,
but which are so artfully arranged as to produce a single broad
effect. So with these winged figures. Every part, the limbs,
the garb, all separate themselves into miniatures of the symbols
that run all through the sculptures on this singular monument.
The fourth or lower row of sculpture differs entirely from
the rows above it. It consists of repetitions—seventeen in all
— smaller and in low-relief, of the head of the great central
figure, surrounded by corresponding rays, terminating in like
manner with the heads of animals. These are arranged alter-
nately at the top and bottom of the line of sculpture, within
the zigzags or grecques, and every angle terminates in the head
of a condor.
The three outer columns of winged figures, and the corre-
sponding parts of the lower line of sculpture, are only blocked
out, and have none of the elaborate, incised ornamentation dis-
coverable in the central parts of the monument. A very dis-
tinct line separates these unfinished sculptures from those por-
tions that are finished, which is most marked in the lower tier.
On each side of this line, standing on the rayed heads to which
I have alluded, placed back to back, and looking in opposite di-
rections, are two small but interesting figures of men, crowned
with something like a plumed cap, and holding to their mouths
what appear to be trumpets. Although only three inches high,
these little figures are ornamented in the same manner as the
larger ones, with the heads of tigers, condors, etc.
These are the only sculptures on the face of the great mono-
lith of Tiahuanuco. I shall not attempt to explain their signif-
icance. D’Orbigny finds in. the winged figures with human
heads symbols or representations of conquered chiefs coming
to pay their homage to the ruler who had his capital in Tiahua-
nuco, and who, as the founder of sun-worship and the head of
the Church as of the State, was invested with divine attributes
as well as with the insignia of power. The figures with con-
dors’ heads, the same fanciful philosopher supposes, may repre-
sent the chiefs of tribes who had not jet fully accepted civiliza-
tion, and were therefore represented without the human profile,
294 INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLORATION
as an indication of their unhappy and undeveloped state. By
parity of interpretation, we may take it that the eighteen un-
finished figures were those of as many chieftains as the ruler of
Tiahuanuco had it in his mind to reduce, and of whieh, happily,
just two-thirds had claims to be regarded as civilized, and, when
absorbed, to be perpetuated with human heads, and not with
those of condors. Another French writer, M. Angrand, finds
a coincidence between these sculptures and those of Central
America and Mexico, having a corresponding mythological and
symbolical significance, thus establishing identity of origin and
intimate relationship between the builders of Tiahuanuco and
those of Palenqne, Ocosingo, and Xoehiealeo.
Leibnitz tells us that nothing exists without a cause; and it
is not to be supposed that the sculptures under notice were
made without a motive. They are probably symbolical – but
with no knowledge of the religious ideas and conceptions of
the ancient people whose remains they are, it is idle to attempt
to interpret them. Nowhere else in Peru, or within the whole
extent of the Inca empire, do we find any similar sculptures.
They are, as regards Inca art, quite as unique in Peru as they
would be on Boston Common or in the New York Central Park.
The reverse of the great monolith shows a series of friezes
over the door-way, five in number, of which the engraving will
give a better idea than any description. Above the entrance
on either hand are two niches, twelve by nine inches in the ex-
cavation. It will be observed that those on the right have a
sort of sculptured cornice above them which those on the left
have not. The second one on the left, it will also be observed,
is not complete, but evidently intended to be finished out on
another block, whieh was to form a continuation of the wall of
which the gate-way itself was designed to be a part. Indeed,
as I have said, nearly all the blocks of stone scattered over the
plain are cnt with parts of niches and other architectural feat-
ures, showing that they were mere fragments of a general de-
sign, which could oidy be clearly apparent when they were
properly fitted together.
The lower niches, now on a level with the ground, show that
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 295
the monolith is sunk deeply in the soil. They exhibit some
peculiar features. At each inner corner above and below are
vertical sockets, apparently to receive the pivots of a door, ex-
tending upwards and downwards seven inches in the stone.
D’Orbigny avers that he discovered the stains of bronze in these
oritices; and I have no doubt that these niches had doors, possi-
bly of bronze, hinged in these sockets, and so firmly that it was
necessary to use chisels (the marks of which are plain) to cut
into the stone and disengage them. These large niches are 28.2
inches by 18.2 inches wide. On the face of the monolith, on
each side of the door-way, but near the edges of the stone, are
two mortises 10 inches by 9, and 6 inches deep, and 12 inches
by 6, and 3^ inches deep respectively, which are not shown in
the drawings published by D’Orbigny and some others.
I very much question if this remarkable stone occupies its
original position. How far it has sunk in the ground it was
impossible for me to determine, for the earth was frozen hard,
and we had no means of digging down to ascertain. D’Orbi-
gny, as I have already said, states it was fallen when he visited
it. Who has since raised it, and for what purpose, it is impos-
sible to say. No one that we could find either knew or cared
to know anything about it. It seems to me not unlikely that
it had a position in the hollow square of the structure called
the Temple, in some building corresponding with that called
the Hall of Justice. Or, perhaps, it had a place in the struct-
ure enclosing the stone I have ventured to call symbolical. It
is neither so large nor so heavy that it may not be moved by
fifty men with ropes, levers, and rollers; and although we do
not know of any reason why it should have been removed from
its original position, we know that many of the heaviest stones
have been thus moved, including the monolithic door-way at
the entrance of the cemetery.
In addition to the various features of Tiahuanuco already
enumerated, I must not neglect to- notice the vast blocks of un-
hewn and partially hewn stones, that evidently have never en-
tered into any structure, which lie scattered among the ruins.
The positions of two or three are indicated in the plan. The
296
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
one to the north-east of the Temple is 26 by IT, and 3£ feet
above-ground. It is of red sandstone, with deep grooves cross-
ing each other at right angles in the centre, twenty inches deep,
as if an attempt had been made to cut the stone into four equal
parts. Another of nearly equal dimensions, partly hewn, lies
between the Temple and the Fortress. Another, boat-shaped
and curiously grooved, lies to the north-west of the great mound.
It measures upwards of forty feet in length, and bears the
marks of transportation from a considerable distance.
There were formerly a number of specimens of sculpture in
Tiahuanuco besides the two monolithic gate-ways I have de-
scribed. Says Cieza de Leon:
” Beyond this hill [referring
to the Fortress] are two stone
idols, of human shape, and so
curiously carved that they
seem to be the work of very
able masters. They are as
big as giants, with long gar-
ments differing from those
the natives wear, and seem
to have some ornament on
their heads.” These, accord-
ing to D’Orbigny, were bro-
ken into pieces by blasts of
powrder inserted between the
shoulders, and not even the fragments remain on the plain of
Tiahuanuco. The head of one lies by the side of the road, four
leagues distant, on the way to La Paz, whither an attempt was
made to carry it. I did not see it, but I reprodnce the sketch
of it given by D’Orbigny, merely remarking that I have no
doubt the details are quite as erroneous as those of the figures
portrayed by the same author on the great monolith. The
head is 3 feet 6 inches high and 2 feet 7 inches in diameter; so
that if the other proportions of the figure were corresponding,
the total height of the statue would be about eighteen feet.
D’Orbigny found several other sculptured figures among the
I1EAD OF STATUE NEAR TIAHUANUCO.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
297
ruins; one with a human head and wings rudely represented;
another of an animal resembling a tiger, etc. Castelnau men-
tions “an immense lizard cut in stone,” and other sculptured
figures. M. Angrand, whose notes have been very judiciously
used by M. Desjardains, speaks of eight such figures in the vil-
lage of Tiahuanuco, besides two in La Paz, and one, broken, on
the road thither. I found but two; rough sculptures of the
COLUMNS AND FIGURES IN STONE IN TIAHUANUCO.
human head and bust, in coarse red sandstone, one of a man
and the other of a woman, standing by the side of the gate-way
of the church of Tiahuanuco. They are between four and five
feet high, roughly cut, much defaced, and more like the idols
which I found in Nicaragua, and have represented in my work
on that country, than any others I have seen elsewhere.
Among the stones taken from the ruins, and worked into
29S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
buildings in the town of Tiahuanuco, are a number of cylindri-
cal columns cut from a single block, with capitals resembling
the Doric. One of these stands on each side of the entrance to
the court of the church, 6 feet high and 14 inches in diameter.
There are also many caps of square columns or pilasters, besides
numbers of stones cut with deep single or double grooves, as if
to serve for water-conduits when fitted together—a purpose the
probability of which is sanctioned by finding some stones with
channels leading off at right angles, like the elbows in our own
water-pipes.
The stones composing the structures of Tiahuanuco, as al-
ready said, are mainly red sandstone, slate-colored trachyte, and
a dark, hard basalt. None of these roeks are found in situ on
the plain, but there has been much needless speculation as to
whence they were obtained. There are great cliffs of red sand-
stone about five leagues to the north of the ruins, on the road
to the Desaguadero ; and, on the isthmus of Yunguyo, connect-
ing the peninsula of Copaeabana with the main-land, are found
both basaltic and traehytic rocks, identical with the stones in
the ruins. Many blocks, hewn or partially hewn, are scattered
over the isthmus. It is true this point is forty miles distant
from Tiahuanuco in a right line, and that, if obtained here, the
stones must have been carried twenty-five miles by water and
fifteen by land. That some of them were brought from this
direction is indicated by scattered blocks all the way from the
ruins to the lake; but it is difficult to conceive how they were
transported from one shore to the other. There is no timber
in the region of which to construct rafts or boats; and the only
contrivances for navigation are floats, made of reeds, closely
bound into cylinders, tapering at the ends, which are turned up
so as to give them something of the outline ©f boats. Before
they become water-soaked these floats are exceedingly light and
buoyant.
As to how the stones of Tiahuanuco were cut, and with what
kind of instruments, are questions which I do not propose to
discuss. I may, nevertheless, observe that I have no reason
to believe that the builders of Tiahuanuco had instruments
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
299
differing essentially in form or material from those used by the
Peruvians generally, which, it is certain, were of cha?npi, a
kind of bronze.
I have thus rapidly presented an outline of the remains of
Tiahuanuco—remains most interesting, but in such an absolute
condition of ruin as almost to defy inquiry or generalization.
Regarding them as in some respects the most important of any
in Peru, I have gone more into details concerning them than I
shall do in describing the better-preserved and more intelligible
monuments with which we shall have hereafter to deal.
“We find on a review that, apart from five considerable
mounds of earth now shapeless, with one exception, there are
distinct and impressive traces of five structures, built of stones
or defined by them—the Fortress, the Temple, the Palace, the
Hall of Justice, and the Sanctuary—terms used more to distin-
guish than truly characterize them. The structure called the
Fortress may indeed have been used for the purpose implied
in the name* Terraced, and each terrace faced with stones, it
may have been, as many of the terraced pyramids of Mexico
were, equally temple and fortress, where the special protection
of the divinity to whom it was reared was expected to be inter-
posed against an enemy. But the absence of water and the cir-
cumscribed area of the structure seem to weigh against the sup-
position of a defensive origin or purpose. But, whatever its
object, the Fortress dominated the plain; and when the edifices
that crowned its summit were perfect, it must have been by far
the most imposing structure in Tiahuanuco.
The Temple seems to me to be the most ancient of all the
distinctive monuments of Tiahuanuco. It is the American
Stonehenge. The stones defining it are rough and frayed by
time. The walls between its rude pilasters were of uncut
stones; and although it contains the most elaborate single mon-
ument among the ruins, and notwithstanding the erect stones
constituting its portal are the most striking of their kind, it
nevertheless has palpable signs of age, and an air of antiquity
which we discover in none of its kindred monuments. Of
course, its broad area was never roofed in, whatever may have
300
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
been the case with smaller, interior buildings no longer trace-
able. We must rank it, therefore, with those vast open temples
(for of its sacred purpose we can scarcely have a doubt), of
which Stonehenge and Avebury, in England, are examples, and
which we find in Brittany, in Denmark, in Assyria, and on the
steppes of Tartary, as well as in the Mississippi Valley. It
seems to me to have been the nucleus around which the remain-
ing monuments of Tiahuanuco sprung up, and the model upon
whieh some of them were fashioned. How far, in shape or ar-
rangement, it may have been symbolical, I shall not undertake
to say; but I think that students of antiquity are generally pre-
pared to concede a symbolical significance to the primitive
pagan temples as well as to the cruciform edifices of Christian
times.
We can hardly conceive of remains so extensive as those of
Tiahuanuco, except as indications of a large population, and as
evidences of the previous existence on or near the spot of a con-
siderable city. But we find nowhere in the vicinity any decided
traces of ancient habitations, such as abound elsewhere in Pern,
in connection with most public edifices. Again, the region
around is cold, and for the most part arid and barren. Elevated
nearly thirteen thousand feet above the sea, no cereals grow
except barley, which often fails to mature, and seldom, if ever,
so perfects itself as to be available for seed. The maize is
dwarf and scant, and uncertain in yield; and the bitter potato
and quinoa constitute almost the sole articles of food for the
pinched and impoverished inhabitants. This is not, prima
facie, a region for nurturing or sustaining a large population,
and certainly not one wherein we should expect to find a capital.
Tiahuanuco may have been a sacred spot or shrine, the position
of whieh was determined by an accident, an augury, or a dream,
but I can hardly believe that it was a seat of dominion.
Some vague traditions point to Tiahuanuco as the spot
whence Manco Capac, the founder of the Inca dynasty, took
his origin, and whence he started northwards to teach the rude
tribes of the Sierra religion and government; and some late
writers, D’Orbigny and Castelnau among them, find reasons for
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
301
believing that the whole Inca civilization originated here, or
was only a reflex of that which found here a development, nev-
er afterwards equalled, long before the golden staff of the first
Inca sunk into the earth where Cuzeo was founded, thus fixing
through superhuman design the site of the imperial city. But
the weight of tradition points to the rocky islands of Lake Titi-
caca as the cradle of the Incas, whence Manco Capac and Mama
Ocllo, his wife and sister, under the behest of their father, the
Sun, started forth on their beneficent mission. Certain it is that
this lake and its islands were esteemed sacred, and that on the
latter were reared structures, if not so imposing as many other
and perhaps later ones, yet of peculiar sanctity.
But before starting on our visit to that lake and its sacred
islands, I must relate some of the incidents of our stay in Tia-
huanuco.
302
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
CHAPTER XVI.
AT TIAHUANUCO, AND TO THE SACKED ISLANDS.
Suspected of Treasure-hunting.—The Guardian of the Tapadas.—The Potato-feast
and Corpus Christi.—The Indian Celebration.—Music, Dancing, and Costumes.—
Departure from Tiahuanuco.—Village of Guaque.—Cattle feeding in the Lake.—
Tortora Bridge over the Outlet of the Lake.—Entry into the Village of Desagua-
dero.—A Convivial Cura.—Hospitalities of the Caballeros and Señoritas.—Mine
Host the Comandante.—Zepita. — Scenes on the Road. — Comparatively Fertile
Region.—Village of Yunguyo.—A Pressing Invitation.—A Dinner Compliment.
—A Legal Luminary.
I HATE no doubt the cura of Tiahuanuco believes to this day
that our visit to the ruins was for the purpose of digging for
treasures, and that we had some ithierario, or guide, obtained
from the archives of Old Spain to direct our search.
What the Indians themselves thought, they did not tell us.
But on our very first day among the monuments, and within an
hour after we had pitched our photographic tent and got out
our instruments, we became aware of the presence of a very old
man, withered, wrinkled, and bent with the weight of years.
His hair was scant and gray, his eyes rheumy, and his face dis-
figured by a great quid of coca that he carried in one cheek.
He wore tattered pantaloons of coarse native cloth, made from
the fleece of the llama, kept together by thongs; his poncho
was old and ragged; and the long woollen cap, that was pulled
low over his forehead, was greasy from use and stiff with dirt.
lie had an earthen vessel containing water suspended from his
waist, besides a pouch of skin containing coca, and a little gourd
of unslacked lime. In his hand he carried a small double-edged
stone-cutter’s pick or hammer. He paid us no perceptible at-
tention, but wandered about deliberately among the blocks of
cut stone that strew the ground, and finally selected one of a
«
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 303
kind of white tufa, which he rolled slowly and with many a
pause up to the very foot of the great monolith, then seated
himself on the ground, placed it between his legs, and after pre-
paring a new quid of coca, began to work on the stone, appar-
ently with the purpose of cutting it in halves. He worked at
it all day with small effect, and during the whole time neither
noticed us nor responded to our questions. Just before return-
ing to the village, in the edge of the chill night, I prevailed on
one of our arrieros, who could speak Aymara, to ask him what
was his occupation. He got the curt answer from the old man,
that he was “cutting out a cross.” Every morning he was at
the ruins before us, and he never left until after we did at
night. All day he pecked away at the stone between his knees,
apparently absorbed in his work and oblivious of our presence.
After a time we came to look upon him as an integral part of
the monuments, and should have missed him as much as the
great monolith itself.
One evening I mentioned the old man to the cura, who again
put on mystery, took me out for a turn in the plaza, and ex-
plained in whispers, heavy with fumes of cañaso, that the old
man was nothing more nor less than a spy on our doings, and
that we made no movement in any direction that he did not
carefully observe. ” He is,” said the padre, ” one of the guar-
dians of the tapadas. He is more than a hundred years old.
He was with Tupac Amaru when he undertook to overturn the
Spanish power, and he led the Aymaras when they sacked the
town of Huancane, and slew every white man, woman, and child
that fell into their hands. He is a heathen still, and throws
coca on the apachetas. Ah ! if I only knew what that old man
knows of the tapadas, señor,” exclaimed the cura, with fervor,
” I should not waste my life among these barbarians ! You can
pity me ! And for the love of God, señor, if you do come across
the treasures, share them with me! I can’t live much longer
here!” And the padre burst into a maudlin paroxysm of tears.
Yon Tschudi, when he was at Tiahuanuco, found or obtained
some ancient relics—small stone idols, if I remember rightly—
but had not proceeded many miles on his way to La Paz before
304
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
he was surrounded by a party of Indians from the town, and
compelled to surrender them. We suffered no molestation, al-
though there is no doubt we were closely watched, and that the
deaf and apparently almost sightless old stone-cutter was a spy
on our actions.
I have already said that our visit to Tiahuanuco was coinci-
dent in time with the Chuño and Corpus Christi. The popula-
tion of the place, as indeed of the whole region, is Indian, the
white priests, officials, and landed proprietors being so few as
hardly to deserve enumeration. These Indians are of the Ay-
mara as distinguished from the Quichua family, and are a
swarthier, more sullen, and more cruel race. Their celebration
of the Chuño feast, a ceremony dating back of the Conquest,
and of the feast of the Church, were equally remarkable, and, as
throwing some light on their earlier practices and present con-
dition, probably not unworthy a brief notice.
I have mentioned an acrid variety of the potato as among the
principal articles of food in the Sierra. It is rendered more
palatable than when used in its natural state, and better capable
of being preserved, by being spread out on the ground, and ex-
posed for some weeks to the frosts at night and the sun by day,
until it becomes chuuo, when it is stored away for consump-
tion. The ehuño had just been housed when we reached Tia-
huanuco ; and on the second night after our arrival the prepa-
rations for celebrating the event were commenced by large in-
dulgences in chicha and eañaso, with corresponding uproars in
different parts of the village, strangely compounded of cheers,
howls, whoops, and shrieks, not favorable to sleep, and not alto-
gether assuring to travellers among a people notoriously mo-
rose, jealous, and vindictive. On the morning of our third day,
as we started out for the ruins, we noticed that the sides of the
plaza were lined with venders of chicha, ehupe, coarse cakes,
and charqui, or jerked meat, and that several posts had been
erected in various parts of the square. During the day the
bells of the church clanged incessantly; there was an irregu-
lar fusillade of cohetes (diminutive rockets) and an unceasing
drumming, relieved, or at any rate varied, by the shrill notes of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
305
the syrinx, or Pan’s-pipe, and the wild, savage shouts of the
revellers.
I shall never forget the extraordinary scene that startled us
on our return to the village in the evening. The streets were
deserted, and the entire population of the place was gathered in
the plaza, grouped along its sides, where glowed fires fed by
stalks of quinoa, while the central part of the square was oc-
cupied by four gronps of
male and female dancers,
dressed in ordinary cos-
tume, except that the men
in eaeh group had handker-
chiefs, or squares of cotton
cloth of different colors,
fastened, as a distinguish-
ing badge, over their right
shoulders, and falling down
their backs. They wore
head-dresses of various-col-
ored feathers or plumes,
lengthened out by slips of
cane, and rising to the
height of from five to six
feet, like an inverted um-
brella, from a head-band
tightly fitting around the
forehead. Under the left
arm each man held a rude
drum, large in circumfer-
ence, but shallow, whieh he beat with a stick grasped in his
right hand, while in his left he held to his niouth a Pan’s-pipe,
differing in size and tone from that of his neighbor. With each
group were a number of females, all dressed in blue, but, like
the men, wearing scarfs of differently colored cloth over their
left shoulders crossing their breasts. They, too, wore hats or
head-dresses of stiff paper, the rim perfectly flat and round,
plaited and cut so as to represent the conventional figure of the
21
HEAD-DRESS OF INDIAN FEMALE DANCER.
306
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
sun with its rays. The crown was composed of three semi-
circular pieces, placed triangularly, with the rays, in different
colors, radiating from little square mirrors set in their centre.
Each group danced vigorously to its united music, which
made up in volume what it lacked in melody—wild and pierc-
ing, yet lugubrious; the shrill pipe and the dull drum, with
frequent blasts on eow’s horns by amateurs among the specta-
tors, filled the ear with discordant sounds. Every man seemed
anxious to excel his neighbor in the energy of his movements,
which were often extravagant; but the motions of the women
were slow and stately. The music had its cadences, and its
emphatie parts were marked by corresponding emphatic move-
ments in the dance. The ” devilish musie ” that Cortez heard
after his first repulse before Mexico, lasting the livelong night,
and which curdled his blood with horror, while his captured
INDIANS CELEBRATING THE CIItTÑO, OR POTATO FESTIVAL, TIAHTANUCO.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
307
companions were sacrificed to Huitzlipochtli, the Aztec war-
god, could not be stranger or more fascinating, more weird or
savage, than that whieh rung in our ears during the rest of
our stay in Tiahuanuco. All night and all day, still the fes-
tival went on, growing wilder and noisier, and only culmi-
nating when the feast of the Church commenced. It was an
extraordinary spectacle, that of the symbols of Christianity
and the figures of our Saviour and the saints carried by a
reeling priest and staggering Indians through the streets of
Tiahuanuco, while the Chimo revellers danced and drummed
around them. The chants of the Church were mingled with
the sharp tones of the syrinx while the bells pealed, and the
foul smoke of wretched candles, combined with the odor of
damp powder, obscured and poisoned the atmosphere. In the
church, before the dim altar, when the Host was raised in the
unsteady hands of the sot who affronted Heaven and debased
religion, the saturnalia reached their height, and we left the scene
with a clear conviction that the savage rites of the Aymaras
had changed in name only, and that the festival we had wit-
nessed was a substantial rehearsal of ceremonies and observ-
ances antedating the Discovery.
The road northward from Tiahuanuco is raised above the
general level in consequence of the flooding of the plain dur-
ing the rainy season, and marked every league by adobe col-
umns. Passing some large buildings, situated at the base of
the western hills, which had belonged to the Jesuits, who ob-
tained, and at one time held, almost absolute control of this en-
tire region, and reared in every village temples emulating in
massiveness those of the Incas, we reached, at a distance of four
leagues, the village of Gnaque, distinguished not alone for its
vast church, but for containing in its plaza half a dozen quenua,
or wild olive-trees, with trunks at’least five inches in diameter
—isolated and, in this part of the Sierra, mammoth products of
the vegetable world. Here, too, the Indians were celebrating
Corpus Christi, but instead of the syrinx they played on a kind
of flute of cane; their drums were smaller, and their head-
dresses different from those of their neighbors of Tiahuanuco,
30S
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
but quite as gaudy. They wore similar insignia over their
shoulders, but were not so utterly gone in intoxication.
A little beyond Guaque the road strikes the shore of the
Lake of Titicaca, or rather the lesser body of water connected
with it, and sometimes called Tiquini or Chucnito. For a con-
siderable distance from the shore the water is shallow, and is
full of a kind of lake-weed which grows to the surface, where
it forms an evergreen mat. This weed is freely eaten by the
oxen and cows of the Sierra, and is their principal food when
CATTLE FEEDING ON LAKE-WEED, LAKE TITICACA.
drought and frost destroy the pasturage. They wade into the
water until their backs are scarcely visible, in order to obtain it,
advancing farther and farther from shore as the lake-level falls,
so that there is always a clear space of water near the land, and
an emerald belt of verdure beyond. All along, overhanging
the road and the lake shore, is a cliff of red sandstone, great
blocks of which have fallen down and obstruct the path. This
stone is precisely the same with many of the blocks in the
ruins of Tiahuanuco, and the latter were .no doubt obtained
from some portion of the great ledge under the shadow of
which we travelled.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
309
Five leagues from Guaque and nine from Tialiuanueo we
reached the Desaguadero a second time. It forms here the
boundary between Bolivia and Peru, and eaeh state has a cus-
toms establishment and a dozen soldiers on its own bank. One
of these peremptorily ordered us up to the tumble-down build-
ing which bears the name of Aduana; but the officer in com-
mand, who had heard of our approach, permitted us to pass on
without dismounting.
TOTORA BRIDGE OVER THE OUTLET OP LAKE TITICACA.
We crossed the river at the point where it debouches from
the lake, on another floating bridge of totora. A few balsas of
the same material were moored just above the bridge, as was
also a rough wooden barge, sloop-rigged, built at great expense
by Mr. Forbes, for transporting hither copper ores from the op-
posite shore of the lake. The river flows out through a low
and marshy plain, bounded by high disrupted cliffs of lime and
sandstone, with a strong, majestic current. After a course of a
few miles it spreads out in a series of shallow lakes or marshes
(totorales), full of reeds, fish, and water-fowls, in whieh the rem-
nants of a wild Indian tribe, the Uros, have their abodes. They
310 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
live on floats or rafts of totora, and, it is alleged, subsist on fish
and game, cultivating only a few bitter potatoes and ocas in the
recesses of the Sierra of Tiahuanuco.* ‘
The village called El Desaguadero is built on the Peruvian
bank of the river, under the shadow of a high, rocky eminence,
on which stand the gray ruins of an old calvario, or church.
The village is mean, with a dilapidated, half-roofed church, in
the plaza in which the cura and principal inhabitants were en-
joying the fiesta. Across the entrance of the plaza, stretched
between two crooked poles, was a rope, from which depended
what were meant to be decorations. These consisted chiefly
of silver valuables belonging to the people — cups, goblets,
plates, platters, soup-tureens, spoons, strings of Spanish dollars,
and one or two articles of domestic use which will hardly bear
to be designated, and which certainly, whether of silver or oth-
er material, are seldom conspicuous in well-conducted house-
holds. In the corners of the plaza were improvised altars
adorned with mirrors, paintings from the church, highly colored
lithographs, and gay hangings, such as bedspreads, scarlet table-
cloths, variegated sashes and handkerchiefs, and other flaming
finery. To the left of the plaza was a kind of open tent or
awning spread over a space carpeted with a mat of reeds, with-
in which were seats, and here were the elite of the place, of
both sexes, engaged in celebrating the fiesta, while some In-
dians, fantastically dressed, were dancing to discordant music in
front of the little church.
The scene was equally droll and barbaric, and we involun-
tarily checked our horses as we passed beneath the extraordi-
nary string of treasures that garnished the entrance to the
* These Indians and their modes of life are mentioned by Herrera in his ” History.”
“They were so savage,” he affirms, “that when asked who they were, they answered
they were not men, but Uros, as if they had been a different species of animals. In
the hike there were found whole towns of them living on floats of totora, made fast to
rocks, and when they thought ft the whole town removed to another place.” This illus-
tration of the modes of life of a rude, primitive people has interest in connection
with the discovery of the remains of what are called ” lacustrine” dwellings in the
Swiss lakes.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
311
plaza. AVe bad hardly time to take in the view before we were
approached by the cura himself, holding in one hand a bottle,
and in the other a small silver cup. His face was red and glis-
tening, his eyes watery and blinking, his step decidedly un-
steady, and his accents thick. He insisted on our taking a trago
(drop), and then on our dismounting, and being introduced to
the party beneath the awning, where, in answer to our inquiries,
he said we would find the comandante, to whom we had let-
ENTRY INTO TIIE PUEBLO OF EL DESAGUADERO.
ters, and on whose hospitality we proposed to trespass. So we
complied, and were formally introduced to each and all of the
caballeros and señoritas, for it is the custom to designate all the
women of Peru, young and old, married and single, by this di-.
minutive designation. And with each and all we had to take
a traguito (little drop), happily in cups not much bigger than a
thimble. The sefioritas were certainly affable, and the gentle-
men almost affectionate—it was late in the afternoon, and this
312
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
was the third day of the fiesta — so that we had some difficul-
ty in getting away with the comandante to his house, which,
like all the others, was small and poor. The comandante was
an old man, and yet only a eolonel, in a country wnere every
third man is a general, and every tenth one a grand marshal.
He, nevertheless, claimed a historic name, and relationship with
the last of the viceroys.
I shot some ducks in the half-frozen pools behind the co-
mandante’s house, and what with these, some articles from my
stores, and a mess of a very good fish ealled suc/tes, from the
lake (the sole contribution of the comandante), we did not sup
altogether badly in El Desaguadero. My bed was spread on a
settle of rough poles on one side’of the room, under which the
dishes from our table were hustled away by the solitary Indian
pongo, or servant; for such a thing as cleansing the cups and
plates for the next meal until the time for it comes round is
unknown in Peru. H- contrived to dispose himself on
some bags of barley in a corner, and the comandante, under
the hallucination consequent on three days of festivities, mis-
took my wax-eandles for his fetid dips, and disappeared with
them, two boxes of sardines, and a can of biscuits, in another
apartment. I fear he was not an early riser, for he had not
made his appearanee when we left next morning.
Climbing the abrupt, ridge behind the town of El Desagua-
dero, we descended again to the shore of the lake, along which
the road runs to the town of Zepita, a rambling, shabby place,
hanging on the skirts of a long and steep ridge just above a low,
marshy plain. We found here a kind of tambo, in which were
gathered a great number of drunken natives, returning from
the fair of Yilqne, near Puno, and were obliged to breakfast on
the toup:h flesh of a veteran llama which had been killed that
morning, eked out with a few eggs. Mule meat, especially
from an animal that has been killed beeause he is too much re-
duced to travel, is not highly esteemed by epicures; but I can
testify that it is preferable to that of the llama in its best estate,
and even llama meat is better than none at all.
At Zepita we turned off from the direet road to Puno to the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
313
right, over the marshy plain of which I have spoken, for the
purpose of visiting the peninsula of Copaeabana, and the island
adjacent. The path runs on a causeway of earth and stones
•which keep’s it above the pools and creeks of the low plain, over
whieh were scattered great flocks of water-fowls of almost every
kind, including vast numbers of gulls, white and mottled, fla-
mingoes, ibises, geese, ducks, water-hens, and clivers. These
would whirl up in clouds, with a noise like that of a high wind
in a forest, on our approach, and circle, screaming, in the air,
and then settle down again on some new spot, literally hiding
the ground from sight. The bridges across the water runways
are curious constructions of turf, each layer projecting over
that beneath until the upper ones touch and brace against eaeh
other, forming a rude kind of arch, which is curious, but not
% calculated to inspire any strong sense of security. The absence
of wood and timber has led the people of the Sierra to adopt a
great many novel and striking devices to remedy the deficiency,
in architecture and navigation as well as in road-making.
At the distance of a league the ground becomes higher and
firm, sloping gently to the south, and clotted over with houses
and flocks. Nowhere in the interior of Peru does the traveller
find more evidences of industry and thrift than here. The
wealth of the people consists almost entirely in herds and flocks.
They supply La Paz and Arequipa with cattle, and produce
a valuable annual crop of wool. Owing to some advantage
in exposure, better soil, or fortunate action of the lake on the
temperature, the best potatoes of the region are raised here,
and in some favorable seasons barley will mature.
In all directions over the undulating slope are numberless
mounds of stone heaped together with great regularity, proba-
bly the result of ages of labor in clearing the stony ground.
We observed also, lying near our path, many large blocks of
basalt and trachyte, some completely, and others only partially
hewn, and corresponding exactly in material and workmanship
with those of Tiahuanuco. They were evidently obtained from
the quarries visible at the foot of the roeky eminences on our
left, and had been abandoned midway to the lake. I have no
314 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
doubt that most, if not all, of the stones at Tiahuanuco were
procured here, and from the sandstone cliffs south of El Desa-
guadero, and were transported on balsas to the southern ex-
tremity of the bay of Guaque.
All clay we enjoyed a magnificent panorama of the great
bulk of Illampu and its snow-crowned dependencies, which ap-
peared to rise from the very edge of the bright-blue lake, itself
dotted with bold, brown islands. At five o’clock we reached
Yungnyo, situated on the narrow isthmus -that connects the
peninsula of Copaeabana with the main-land. It is a consider-
able town, with two large churches and a great plaza, which we
found full of drunken, noisy revellers, who, the night before,
had succeeded in setting fire to the thatched roof of scpulperia,
whence the flames had spread around two sides of the square,
leaving only a series of low, black walls, within which still ,
steamed up a choking smoke and a sickening odor of smoulder-
ing damp hay and burning feathers. The ” conflagration” had
not checked the humors of the fiesta, and drumming and piping
and dancing were going on with an energy only equalled by
that displayed at Tiahuanuco. We had some difficulty in get-
ting through the boisterous and rather sinister-looking crowd,
and still more in finding any body sober enough to show us
the house of the comandante. He was out, attending a grand
dinner of the authorities of the place, reenforced by the pres-
ence of the district judge from Jnli; but he no sooner heard of
our arrival than he left his friends, and hastened to welcome us,
and then insisted on our returning with him and joining the
• festive party.
It was in vain we protested that we were unpresentable in
polite society, and begged to be allowed to change our coarse
and travel-stained clothing. We were literally captured by our
new and ardent friend, and followed him submissively to the
banquet. The gathering was, chiefly of men dressed in black,
which is severely au regie on grand occasions in Peru; but
the styles were various, extending through those of many years.
And the stove-pipe hats—well, I could not help thinking that
they had been borrowed from some ancient Hebraic recepta-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
315
cle of that wonderful covering for the head. The ladies were
dressed in a garb less foreign and less pretentious, but much
more tasteful and appropriate. Chupe, in a variety of shapes,
and different degrees of consistency and nauseousness, formed
the staple of the dinner, while the “flowing bowl” was filled
with sweet Malaga wine with a distinct flavor of treacle and
senna. Abundant wild-fowl—geese and ducks of many varie-
ties—were disporting within gunshot of our windows, and there
were fish eager to be caught within a hundred paces; yet we
had neither fish nor game—only chupe and lean mutton of the
color and nearly of the consistence of blocks of mahogany.
A DINNER COMPLIMENT IN YUNGUYO.
At Yunguyo the same peculiarly striking habit prevails as at
Lima, already referred to as an act of pleasing condescension on
the part of the gentleman, which is reciprocated by the lady—
namely, of passing morsels of food, the former on his fork, and
the latter with her bare fingers, whieh convey the tidbits into
the mouth of the gallant.
The lion of the day was the legal luminary and judicial f unc-
tionary of Juli. He was misplaced in the Sierra, and only re-
quired to have had cheeks a little more puffy, a voice a trifle
more grum, and a horse-hair wig to have made him an orna-
ment to the English bench. He was familiar with Roman law
316
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and the ” Code Napoleon,” but rather weak in geography, and
somewhat confused as to the relative positions of London and
New York. On his earnest solicitation I promised to stop with
him when I reached Juli.
The boundary between Peru and Bolivia—a most arbitrary
and inconvenient one—crosses the isthmus leading to the pen-
insula of Copaeabana, a league beyond Yunguyo. Among the
guests at our dinner was the Bolivian comandante of the pen-
insula ; and we arranged to leave our baggage-mules behind to
recuperate, and to accompany, him next morning to the seat of
his jurisdiction, where the famous Virgin of Copaeabana has
her rich and imposing shrine. Thence we proposed to visit the
Sacred Islands in Lake Titicaca.
VIEW OF THE BAY OF COPACABANA, LAKE TITICACA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
317
CHAPTER XVII.
THE SACKED ISLANDS OF TITICACA.
Copaeabana.—Its Famous Shrine.—Saluted as Viracoeha.—The Church of La Se-
ñora de Copaeabana.—The Camarin. — Votive Offerings. — A Pilgrimess from
Spain.—The Statue of La Señora.—An Idol of Blue Stone formerly worshipped
here.— The Fountain of the Inca.— The Ladera.— Yampapata.—Waiting for a
Balsa.—Night in a Tambo.—Balsa Voyage.—Description of the Lake.—The Sa-
cred Island of Titicaca.—Manco Capac and Mama Ocllo here began their Mis-
sion.—The Sacred Grain.—Etymology of the Name Titicaca.—Ruins of the Tem-
ple, Convent, and Palace.—The Island of Coati.—The Island of Soto, or of Peni-
tence.— Landing on Titicaca.— Ascending the Terraces.— The Sacred Rock of
Manco Capac.—Landing-place of the Incas.—Alleged Triune Statue.—The Laby-
rinth.—Night at the Hacienda.—St. John’s Fires.—The Garden of the Incas.—
The Bath of the Incas.—The Palace of the Inca.
A LEAGUE past Yunguyo the traveller ascends a high trans-
verse ridge, which is the boundary between Bolivia and Peru.
Just within the line, and in the territory of the latter, stands
the Calvario of Yunguyo, half church, half fortress, which is the
Peruvian bulwark against Bolivian invasion by way of the pen-
insula of Copaeabana.
Beyond the church militant is a sweet vale, circled in by
rocks of fantastic form, which it requires but little imagination
to shape into rigid and monstrous figures of men and animals.
And I could well understand how the pilgrim in Inca times,
wending his weary way to the Sacred Islands, might have his
simple and superstitious mind impressed and awed by these
stony effigies, which tradition says are the vestiges of impious
men and giants whom an outraged Divinity had congealed into
stone, as a punishment for their iniquities and a warning to
those who might follow them over this holy path without due
preliminary, fasting and penitential propitiations.
318
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Climbing another ridge which shoots out abruptly into the
lake from the high, rocky, central mass of the peninsula, and
passing some fields of oca and patches of lupins, we came to a
spot, marked by the ruins of an ancient church, where the Bay
of Copaeabana is first seen spreading out its blue, tranquil wa-
ters framed in by rugged headlands, and lending its liquid per-
spective to the island of Titicaca, sacred to the Beneficent Sun,
and on which first fell the footsteps of his celestial messenger.
I am an old traveller, and not given to ” sensations,” but I must
confess that here I experienced an emotion. At least, I was so
assured by H-, who felt my pulse for the purpose of ascer-
taining the fact. ” Deducting for a slight irregularity, conse-
quent on walking up the hill rather rapidly, he discovered a
percussion in the pulse, such as often attends sudden excite-
ment.” And he recommended a tranquillizing glass of chicha
from the stores with which Berrios had been supplied by the
considerate comandante of Yunguyo. Satisfied with his diag-
nosis of my case, I walked along the crest of the ridge to
the point where it broke off in a sheer cliff, two thousand
feet perpendicular, and occupied myself in timing the fall of
stones into the water below, while II-made a sketch of the
scene.
Down the steep declivity of the ridge, between substantial
stone-walls defining fields just cleared of their barley, or in
which quaintly dressed Indians were gathering the bright and
tender ocas, we finally turned the point of a promontory, and
came in view of the ” Ciudad Bendita ” of Copaeabana—a large
and rambling town, built on an eminence at the base of a pyra-
mid of lofty, splintered rocks, with the gray and solemn mass of
the Shrine of Nuestra Señora de Copaeabana rising grandly in
the centre of its low and clustering habitations, just as the Ca-
thedral of Strasburg and the Duomo of Milan project their
stately outlines above the haunts of men at their feet.
Minor shrines there were in the suburbs, gaudy in archaic
coloring, in whieh pilgrims, through prayer and penance, pre-
pare themselves to encounter the greater sanctities in store for
them in the sacred village. Our comandante did not mind
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 319
SHRINE OP NUESTRA SEÑ0RA DE COPACABANA.
the shrines, hut ordered up the first inhabitant he met, who re-
moved his hat, touched his forehead to our stirrups, saluting us
with “Tatrtai Viracoeha!” (Father Viracoeha), and directed him,
in Aymara, to prepare some house that he designated for our
reception, and to get barley for our animals. Clearly the co-
mandante knew how to use his powers in Copaeabana.
Nothing could be drearier than the streets of the seat of the
famous Virgin. The houses are as close and repulsive as those
of Tiahuanuco. The plaza is wide, but the buildings on three
sides are dwarfed by the imposing architectural proportions of
the shrine occupying the remaining side. The fiesta of the
church was nearly over, and the candles had flared out and the
flowers were withered in the improvised shrines or altars that
had been raised under make-shift tents in the corners of the
plaza. A line of Aymara women, each with her little store
320
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of aji, ocas, dried fish, and lupins, was ranged down the centre
of the square, while a vagrant herd of thin, bow-baeked dogs
sneaked over the vacant space in hopeless search for some frag-
ment of food to satiate their ravenous hunger. Squalid In-
dians and lean llamas glided around the corners, and shiver-
ing, unkempt Indian women glanced out furtively from behind
the hide curtains that answer for doors of their wretched dwell-
ings, as we clattered over the rough stone pavements towards
the house of the comandante. Squalor of life was never more
strongly contrasted with splendor in religion than in this re-
mote and almost inaccessible town of Copaeabana.
The house of the comandante was by no means imposing,
his retinue was not grand, and his menage was scant; but when
we rode under the low and crumbling archway that led to the
court-yard of his modest residence, his retainers hastened, with
uncovered heads, to touch their foreheads to our knees, and to
hail us “Tat-tai Viracoeha /” for Viracoeha, reputed to have
been born of the sea, and one of the most conspicuous person-
ages of the Inca pantheon, had blue eyes, fair hair, and a light
complexion. They did not salute our dark-browed and sallow
host with any such appellation, and he was evidently a little
annoyed by the omission, since he asked us to pardon Jos tontos
(the idiots)! AVe were vain enough not to see the matter in
the same light with the comandante, and II-was at ” a loss
to know why a blue-eyed Irishman and a fair-haired Yankee
should require to have an apology because they happened to
be mistaken for demi-gods.” In fact, we only regretted that
we did not possess a first-rate huaca and a moderate knowledge
of Aymara, to enable us to set up an opposition establishment
to that of Nuestra Señora, on the hill opposite her gorgeous
temple. For the sanctity of Copaeabana is by no means wholly
due to IXuestra Seilora, but rather to a certain ” idol of vast re-
nown among the Gentiles,” that preceded her here, to whom,
the chroniclers tell us, were raised “sumptuous temples,” and
who was attended by “a multitude of priests and virgins.”
The comandante secured us a vacant house, which, from
having been long shut up, was a little close and musty; but as
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
321
four months had passed since its occupants had died of small-
pox, it was considered safe for Yiracochas. And he gave us a
breakfast as sumptuous as utter disregard of expense and a
reckless exercise of unrestricted authority could secure. A pig
had been slain and paid for, but there was an Aymara house-
hold, like Rachel, comfortless and in tears, for it could not be
replaced—there were only four more in all Copaeabana! And
the comandante exulted in producing a pound of Puno but-
ter, golden under its transparent covering. Then we had ocas
boiled and ocas roasted to eat with the butter withal. Still,
crescendo, we had onions, small, it is true, but very strong; and
I capped the topmost wave of our morning of enjoyment by
producing a box of biscuits, crisp as when they came from the
defty hand of the London baker. Chicha was not altogether
a successful substitute for Falernian, but, then, all deficiencies
were more than made up by a cup of Yungas coffee, fragrant
and potential, a fortification and solace to the body, and a stim-
ulus to the intelligence.
Any description of the church and shrine of ISuestra Señora
of Copaeabana would convey but a poor idea of its extent and
magnificence. It is built mainly of brick, roofed with glisten-
ing green and yellow tiles, and stands within a vast square sur-
rounded by heavy walls and planted with quenua-trees and the
shrub that produces the brilliant crimson trumpet-shaped flower
called “Flor del Inca” {Cantuta buxtfolia). The entrance is
through ponderous iron gates, wrought in S})ain, beneath a
lofty gate-way. In the enclosnre fronting the church is a ma-
jestic dome of stone, ninety feet high, rising over three tall and
elaborately carved crosses of alabaster, supported on a graduated
base of the same material. Sculptured figures of saints and
angels bend down from the cornice, and the mystic triangle ap-
pears in the midst of a painted glory in the dome. At each
corner of the court are square substantial structures of brick,
closed by solid iron doors, and without other opening except
one or two narrow port-holes. In these are deposited the bones
of the pilgrims who have died at Copaeabana. The church is
high, and the interior so sombre that it is with difficulty one
322
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
can make out tlie elaborate ornaments of the various altars and
the subjects of the numerous pictures that cover its walls.
Connected with it are courts and cloisters, sown with barley or
choked with rubbish, the crazy doors creaking dismally on their
hinges, and all things suggestive of decay and desolation.
The great feature of the edifice, however, is the camarin, or
chamber, of the Virgin, which is a large room behind the great
altar. Here is her shrine, and this is the Holy of Holies of
Copaeabana. Admittance here must be prefaced by confession
and the payment of a certain sum of money. In this way the
revenues of Nuestra Señora are kept up, and her corps of priests
supported. The guardian of the shrine, a handsome, intelligent
man from La Paz, on whose shoulders the mantle of the priest-
hood rested lightly, and who appeared better fitted for the
camp and the forum than the services of the altar, received us
in the anteroom of the camarin, and, with a smile, made a dis-
pensation of both fee and confession in our favor. The camarin
is reached by two stairways—one for aseent, on one side, and
another for descent, on the other, so that the crowds that pay
their devotions here at stated periods may not come to an ab-
solute dead-lock. The fiesta had drawn together a considerable
number of Indians from the neighboring towns, and an unbroken
line of them was ascending the stairs, the stone steps of which
were deeply worn by pious knees, guided by a priest who, seat-
ed in a niche, drawled out certain chants or prayers in Aymara,
which were responded to by the devotees.
Our conductor peremptorily ordered the dusky pilgrims to
make room for us, and they flattened themselves against the
rough walls on either side, that we might pass. The camarin
of the Virgin is judiciously draped so as to secure only that
dim, religious light” of which poets write. A thick but rath-
er gaudy carpet covered the floor, a cabinet-organ stood in a
niche near the door, and the walls were adorned with votive of-
ferings of every kind and every degree of value. Here were
the diamond-hilted sword and the gold-mounted pistols of Gen-
eral Santa Cruz, and the jewels of his wife, as well as little rude
silver representations of arms, legs, hearts, and eyes, deposited
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
323
here by the Indians in token of the wonderful interpositions
and cures of Nuestra Señora.
The image of the Virgin is kept in a kind of alcove, behind
a heavy curtain of embroidered velvet, and shut off from too
close approach by a stout silver railing. At the tinkling of a
bell by some unseen acolyte, who next struck up a monotonous
strain on the parlor-organ, every body sunk on his knees, the
spangled velvet veil was slowly withdrawn, and the milagrosa
imdgen of Nuestra Senora of Copaeabana revealed to our heret-
ical eyes. It is an elaborately dressed figure, scarcely three feet
high, brilliant in gay satins, and loaded with gold and jewels.
Its head is a mite in comparison with the blazing crown that it
supports, and its face is delightfully white-and-pink, and as glis-
tening as the average of female busts in the windows of the
shops of metropolitan coiffeurs des dames. It derives special
celebrity, and no doubt much of its popularity among the In-
dians, from the fact that it was made (so runs the legend) in
15S2 by Tito-Yupanqui, a lineal descendant of the ruling Incas,
who had had no previous instruction in art, but was inspired by
the Virgin herself, who favored him with a special sitting, so
that there should be no mistake in her portrait.
This shrine is the resort of pilgrims from almost every part
of Catholic America, but especially from the provinces of Bra-
zil and the La Plata. As many as thirty thousand have been’
known to visit it in a single season. Nor is the renown of Our
Lady of Copaeabana limited to America. Among the suffering
faces of the devotees in the camarin I shall never forget that
of a fair, pale girl, who was reclining on a mat in front of the
shrine, with her great lustrous eyes fixed immovably on the im-
age of the Virgin. Every day for weeks she had been lifted to
her place in the sacred chamber by Indians who ascended the
stone stairway on their knees. She was from Barcelona, in
Spain, and had come here as a last resort, after having visited
every shrine of celebrity in the Old World.
Around the neck of the image of the Virgin were several
strings of little wooden crosses, one of which the custodian rev-
erently removed, and placed it in my hand as we descended the
324 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
stairs. It is supposed to have imbibed special virtues and pow-
ers from having been hung around the neck of the Virgin for
a single night. AVe saw and listened in decorous silence, but
on our way with our conductor to his apartments, under his in-
vitation to join him in a glass of sherry, H-profanely ob-
served that, except the convent at the foot of Mount Sinai, he
knew of no place that would better repay the sacking than the
shrine of Nuestra Senora of Copaeabana. The guardian’s eyes
twinkled when I repeated to him the impious observation, and
he gave me an answer which in its ambiguity led me to infer
that the conservators of the shrine had long before taken judi-
SEATS CUT IN THE UOCK, COPACABANA.
cions care of all the real diamonds and rubies that had been de-
posited there by pious penitents, and that the loot of the rob-
ber of the camarin would hardly repay him for his risks of
probable detection in this world and of certain damnation in
the next.
The idol that lent its sanctity and fame to Copaeabana, be-
fore it was supplanted by the handiwork of Tito-Yupanqui,
also gave its name to the place and peninsula; the word signi-
fying, according to the chroniclers, a precious stone from which
one may see, or which gives vision. It was buried by the In-
dians on the arrival of the Spaniards, but subsequently disin-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
325
terred by the latter, and broken into pieces. It was of a beau-
tiful blue stone, representing the human face. The temples of
which the early writers speak have entirely disappeared, or left
only few and unsatisfactory traces. Yet in the suburbs of the
town, near the cemetery, we find a great number of niches,
steps, and what appear to have been intended as seats cut in
the rocks, which may have had some connection with the an-
cient worship.
THE BATH OF THE IXCAS, COPACABANA.
At the hacienda of Cusijata, half a league from the town,
there are some scant remains of what tradition affirms was a
palace of the Incas. These consist mainly of large and well-
cut blocks of stone; but the sole remaining object of interest
is what is called the ” Bath of the Incas.” It may be described
as a huge vase of simple form, cut from a single block of fine-
grained trachyte, having an inner diameter of three feet four
inches, and a depth of five feet two inches. Its walls are six
inches thick. It is now sunk in the ground, in a small, dilapi-
dated building of adobes, and is still used as a bath.
Immediately on our arrival in Copaeabana, the comandante
V
326 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
had sent an Indian with an order to the alcaldes of the island
of Titicaca to have a balsa in readiness for us on the follow-
ing day at the embarcadero of Yampupata, four leagues distant.
AVe started for that point at noon, with the intention of reach-
ing the island the same night. The road descends abruptly
from the rocky eminence on which the town is built into a beau-
tiful level amphitheatre two miles broad, and curves around the
head of a bay that here projects into the land between two high
and rugged capes. The water toyed and sparkled among the
pebbles on the shore, and along it a troop of lively plover was
racing in eager search for the minute mollusks drifted up by
the waves, with the advance and recession of which their line
kept a wavering cadence. Past the little plain is what in Peru
is called a ladera; in other words, the road runs high up along
the face of the steep, and in many places absolutely perpen-
dicular, headlands that overhang the lake, and becomes a mere
goat’s path, narrow and rugged, half worn, half cut, in the rock.
But neither the difficulty nor the danger of the path could
wholly withdraw our attention from the hundreds of wide and
wonderful views that burst on our sight at every bend and turn-
ing. The bold, bare peninsulas ; the bluff, panoramic headlands
behind which the lake stole in, through many a rent in their
rocky palisade, and spread out in broad and placid bays; the isl-
ands equally abrupt and bold and bare; the ruddy bulk of the
sacred island of Titieaea; the distant shores of Bolivia, with
their silver cincture of the Andes; the blue waters and spark-
ling waves, with almost every other element of the beautiful
and impressive—went to make up the kaleidoscopic scenes of
the afternoon, and, with the cloudless sky, bright sunlight, and
bracing air, to inspire us with a sense of elevation and.repose
inconsistent with the babbling of waters, the rustle of leaves,
and the murmurs of men.
Beyond the ladera we came once more to the pebbly shore
of the lake ;’then, climbing the steep neck of a rocky peninsula,
and skirting the cultivated slopes of a gentle declivity, between
walls of stone enclosing fields of ocas, which, newly dug, shone
like carnelians on the gray earth, we descended to the enibarca-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
327
dero of Yampupata, which is now, as it probably always was, the
point of embarkation. Here is a sandy beaeh between rocky
promontories, and a tambo of stone, windowless, and with but a
single opening into its bare interior, black with smoke, floored
with ashes, and sending forth indescribable and offensive odors.
There was no balsa to convey us to the island, which lay, glow-
ing in the evening sun, temptingly before us, and appearing,
through the moistnreless air, as if scarcely at rifle-shot distance.
We hurried to a group of huts clustered round a little church a
VIEW FROM THE ” LADERA,” THE ISLAND OF TITICACA IN THE DISTANCE.
mile to our left, but most of the population were absent in Co-
paeabana or at work in the oca fields; and we learned little
from the blind, the halt, and the deaf that remained behind, ex-
cept that balsas would come for us from the island. Through
our glasses we could discover a number of these moored in lit-
tle rock-girt coves and indentations of its shores, but there was
nobody near them, nor any signs of life whatever. In vain, as
night fell, we lighted fierce and ephemeral fires of quenua stalks;
our signals were unanswered, and we were obliged to dispose
32 S INCIDENTS OE TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ourselves for the night in the cold and gloomy tambo, a rough
stone hut, filthy beyond expression, standing close to the shore.
I was up at daylight, and went down to the shore, where the
lake-weed was matted together with ice, and where a group of
Indian women were shiveringly awaiting the arrival of a balsa
which I discerned just paddling out from under the shadow of
the island. Although apparently so near, the balsa was several
hours in crossing the strait, and it was ten o’clock before it
ranged up along-side and under the protection of some rocks to
the left of the tambo. It was small, water-soaked, and its high-
est part elevated only a few inches above the water. The In-
dian women endeavored to get aboard, but a personage in a pon-
cho, and evidently in authority (for he carried a tasselled cane),
forbade them. He approached us, hat in hand, with the usual
salutation of “Tat-tai Viracoeha” and announced himself as
curaca of Titicaca, at our service. Berrios declined to embark
on the balsa, which, to start with, was a ticklish craft, and with
II-, myself, the alcalde, and the two boatmen, barely kept
afloat.
Sailing in a balsa is by no means the perfection of naviga-
tion, nor is the craft itself one likely to inspire high confidence.
It is simply a float or raft, made up of bundles of reeds, tied to-
UALSA NAVIGATION ON LAKE TITICACA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
329
getlier, fagot-like, in the middle of which the voyager poises
himself on his knees, while the Indian marineros stand, one at
each extremity, where they spread their feet apart, and, with
small and rather crooked poles for oars, strike the water right
and left, and thus slowly and laboriously propel the balsa in the
required direction. Of course this action gives the craft a rock-
ing, rolling motion, and makes the passenger feel very much as
if he were afloat on a mammoth cigar, predisposed to turn over
on the slightest pretext. Then, if the water be a little rough, a
movement takes place which probably is unequalled in bring-
ing on the pleasant sensation of sea-sickness. Some of the bal-
sas, however, are large, with sides built up like guards, which
can be rigged with a sail for running before the wind, and are
capable of carrying as many as sixty people.
Leaving behind the littleplaua, or beach, our Indian boatmen
pushed along under a steep, rocky cliff, until they reached the
point where the strait between the main-land and the island is
narrowest. The water at the foot of the cliff is very deep, but
wonderfully transparent, and we could trace the plunge down-
wards of the precipitous limestone buttresses until our brains
grew dizzy. We were more than two hours in propelling the
balsa across the strait, a distance which an ordinary oarsman in
a Whitehall boat would get over in fifteen minutes, and landed
on the island under the lee of a projecting ledge of rocks, full
in view of the Palace of the Incas and the terraces surrounding
it, half a mile to our right.
I do not think I shall find a better place than this for saying
a few words about Lake Titicaca, which was for many weeks
a conspicuous feature in our landscape, and which is, in many
respects, the most extraordinary and interesting body of water
in the world. It is a long, irregular oval in shape, with one-
fifth of its area at its southern extremity cut nearly off by the
opposing peninsulas of Tiquina and Copaeabana. Its greatest
length is about 120 miles, and its greatest width between 50
and 60 miles. Its mean level is 12,188 feet above the sea.
With a line of 100 fathoms I failed to reach bottom, at a dis-
tance of a mile to the eastward of the island of Titicaca. The
330
INCIDENTS OF TKAVEL AND EXPLORATION
eastern, or Bolivian, shore is abrupt, the mountains on that side
pressing down boldly into the water. The western and south-
ern shores, however, are comparatively low and level, the water
shallow and grown up with reeds and rushes, among which
myriads of water-fowls find shelter and support.
MAP OF LAKF. TITICACA.
The lake is deep, and never freezes over, but ice forms near
its shores and where the water is shallow. In fact, it exercises
a very important influence on the climate of this high, cold,
and desolate region. Its waters, at least during the winter
months, are from ten to twelve degrees of Fahrenheit warmer
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
331
than the atmosphere. The islands and peninsulas feel this in-
fluence most perceptibly, and I found barley, pease, and maize,
the latter, however, small and not prolific, ripening on these,
while they did not mature on what may be called the mainland.
The prevailing winds are from the north-east, and they often
blow with great force, rendering navigation on the frail balsas,
always slow and difficult, exceedingly dangerous. The lake has
several considerable bays, of which those of Puno, Iluancano,
and Achacaehe are the principal. It has also eight considerable
habitable islands, viz.: Amantene, Taqueli, Soto, Titicaca, Coati,
Campanario, Toquare, and Aputo. Of these the largest is that
of Titieaea, on which Ave have just landed; high and bare, rug-
ged in outline as ragged in surface, six miles long by between
three and four in Avidth.
This is the sacred island of Peru.* To it the Incas traced
their origin, and to this day it is held by their descendants in
profound veneration. According to tradition, Manco Capac
and his Avife and sister, Mama Ocllo, children of the Sun, and
commissioned by that luminary, started hence on their errand
of beneficence to reduce under government and to instruct in
religion and the arts the savage tribes that occupied the country.
Manco Capac bore a golden rod, and was instructed to travel
northAvards until he reached the spot AA’here the rod should
sink into the ground, and there fix the seat of his empire. He
obeyed the behest, travelled ‘sloAvly along the Avestern shore of
the lake, through the broad, level pima lands, up the A^alley of
the Pucura, to the lake of La Paya, Avhere the basin of Titicaca
ends, and whence the A\Taters of the river Vileanota start on
their course to sAArell the Amazon. He advanced doAAm the A7al-
ley of that river until he reached the spot Avhere Cuzeo IIOAV
stands, Avhen the golden rod disappeared. Here he fixed his
seat, and here in time rose the City of the Sun, the capital of
the Inca empire.
* ” It is ealled sacred,” says Pedro Cieza de Leon, “because of a ridiculous story
that there was no light for many days, when the sun rose resplendent out of the
island; and hence they built here a temple to its glory, which was held in great ven-
eration, and had virgins and priests belonging to it, with mighty treasures.”
332
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The most reliable of the chroniclers, Garcilasso, tells us that
besides building a temple on the island of Titicaca the Incas
sought in all ways to ennoble it, as being the spot where their
ancestors, descending from heaven, first planted their feet.
They levelled its asperities as far as possible, removing roeks
and building terraces, which they covered with rich earth
brought from afar, in order that maize might be grown, which,
from the cold, might not be otherwise cultivated. The yield
was small, but the ears were regarded as sacred, and were dis-
tributed among the temples and convents of the empire, one
year to one, and the next to another, so that each might have
the advantage of a portion of the grain whieh was brought, as
it were, from heaven. This was sown in the gardens of the
temples of the Sun, and of the convents of the virgins, and the
yield was again distributed among the people of the various
provinces. Some grains were scattered among the stores in the
public granaries, as sacred things which would augment and
preserve from corruption the food of the people. And, such
was the superstitions, every Indian who had in his store-house
a single grain of this maize, or any other grain grown in the
sacred island, could never lack bread during his life-time.
The etymology of the name of the island, whieh has been ex-
tended to the lake, is not clear. It has been variously derived
from tt’t-i, signifying “tiger” or “wild-cat,” and kaka, “rock”
or mountain crest: so that it would signify ” Tiger Rock,” or
” Rock of the Tiger,” perhaps from some fancied resemblance
of the island, or some part of it, to that animal when seen from
a distance. The tradition insists, however, that formerly a
tiger, or puma, was seen at night on the crest of Titieaea, whieh
carried a great carbuncle or ruby in its head that flashed its
light far and wide over the lake, through all the extent of the
Collao. Another derivative is from titi, ” lead ” or ” tin,” and
kaka,” rock” or “crest,” as before; i. the “Mountain of Tin.”
There seems to be no good reason for this characterization, as
there are no traces of metal in the island.
Upon this island, the traditional birthplace of the Incas, are
still the remains of a temple of the Sun, a convent of priests, a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
royal palace, and other vestiges of Inca civilization. Not far
distant is the island of Coati, which was sacred to the Moon,
the wife and sister of the Sun, on which stands the famous pal-
ace of the Virgins of the Sun, built around two shrines dedi-
cated to the Sun and the Moon respectively, and which is one of
the best-preserved as well as one of the most remarkable re-
mains of aboriginal architecture on this continent. The island
of Soto was the Isle of Penitence, to which the Incas of the rul-
ing race were wont to resort for fasting and humiliation, and it
has also many remains of ancient architecture.
Two alcaldes of the island, residing in the little village of
Challa, were waiting on the rocks to receive us, which they did
with uncovered heads and the usual salutation. They told us
that they had mules ready
for us beyond the rocks,
up and through which we
clambered by a steep and
narrow path, worn in the
stone by the feet of myri-
ads of pilgrims. This leads
to a platform 73 feet long
and 45 broad, faced with
rough stones carefully laid
and reached by a flight of
steps. Above this is an-
other platform, ascended in
like manner, on the farther
side of which are the re-
mains of two rectangular
buildings, each 35 feet long
by 27 feet broad, with a nar-
row passage between them.
The front of each build-
ing is much ruined, but
is relieved by reentering
niches of true Inca type, and characteristic of Inca architect-
ure. Midway from the passage between the buildings, which
13 FEET TO I INCH.
PLAN OF ANCIENT BUILDINGS AT THE LANDING,
ISLAND OF TITICACA.
334 INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLOEATION
NICHE IN RUINS AT LANDING, ISLAND OF TITICACA.
is only thirty inches wide, doors open into each edifice, which
is composed of but a single room. The farther sides of these
have niches corresponding with those of the exterior. Op-
posite them, and designed apparently more for use than or-
nament, are two lesser and plain niches, like closets sunk in
the wall. If there were any windows, they were in the upper
portions of the walls, now fallen. Both buildings are of blue
limestone, roughly cut, and laid in a tough clay. They were
probably stuccoed.
The purpose of these structures, or rather this structure, is
pretty well indicated by the early writers,* who tell us that the
pilgrims to the sacred island and its shrines were not allowed
to land on its soil without undergoing certain preliminary fasts,
penitences, and purifications in Copaeabana; and after landing
on the island they had to pass through certain ” portals,” the first
of which was called Pumajninco, or Door of the Puma, where
was a priest of the Sun to receive confession of their sins and
admit expiation. The next portal was called Jvent/jnmco, be-
* We find it thus recorded by the Padre Ramos in his history of the ” Sanctuary
of Copaeabana,” of which church he was a priest, at a period when the traditions of
the natives were comparatively fresh and uncorruptcd.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
335
cause it was adorned with the plumage of the bird kenti, where
other ceremonies had to be performed. The third was called
Pillcojpunco, or the Gate of Hope, after passing which the pil-
grim might continue his journey to the sacred rock of the island,
and make his adorations. But he could not approach the spot
within two hundred paces. Only special priests of exceptional
sanctity were allowed to tread the consecrated soil around it.
We can readily conceive that the structure under notice was
in some way connected with these rites, and how the pilgrim,
on disembarking, was conducted from one terrace to another,
and finally made to pass, as through a portal, between the two
buildings of which we still find the remains. In the island of
Coati, and in many of the approaches to edifices known to have
been temples, we find corresponding buildings, which probably
answered a similar purpose.
On the side of the hill overlooking the landing-place, still
called Pumapunco, are terraces, with traces of buildings, which
Calancha and some of the chroniclers imagine to have been
parts of a fortification; but I incline to the belief that they
were residences of the priests and balseros, or attendants on the
landing-place.
After making a rapid plan of these remains, we mounted our
mules, and, with an alcalde trotting along in front of us and an-
other behind, we started for the holy ~kaka, or rock, of Manco,
and the convent of the ancient priests, at the opposite end of
the island. The path skirts the flanks of the abrupt hills form-
ing the island, apparently on the line of an ancient road sup-
ported by terraces of large stones, at an elevation of between
two and three hundred feet above the lake, the shores of which
are precipitous. At the distance of half a mile from the land-
ing, we passed a fine ruin called the Palace of the Inca, and
farther on passed also the Bath of the Incas, in a beauti-
ful, protected amphitheatre, irrigated by springs, yellow wTith
ripening barley, and full of shrubs and flowers. Here the path
turns to the right over the crest of the island, two thousand
feet high, and runs along dizzy eminences, from which, far
down, may be discerned little sheltered ensenadas, or bays, al-
23
33G
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
most land-loeked, where there is a poor thatched lmt or two, a
balsa riding at her moorings or dragged up to dry on the shore,
a few quenua-trees, and whence comes up the sole music of the
Sierra, the bark—half yelp, half snarl—of the ill-conditioned,
base-tempered, but faithful dogs of the country. Sometimes
our course was on one side of the erest, and sometimes on the
other, so that we had alternating views of the Peruvian and Bo-
livian shores of the lake, and of the bays and promontories of
the island.
At almost the very northern end of the island, at its most re-
pulsive and unpromising part, where there is neither inhabitant
nor trace of culture, where the soil is rocky and bare, and the
eliffs ragged and broken—high up, where the fret of the waves
of the lake is scarcely heard, and where the eye ranges over the
broad blue waters from one mountain barrier to the other, from
the glittering crests of the Andes to those of the Cordillera, is
the spot most celebrated and most sacred of Peru. Here is the
roek on whieh it was believed no bird would light or animal
venture, on whieh no human being dared to place his foot;
whence the sun rose to dispel the primal vapors ancl illume the
world; which was plated all over with gold and silver, ancl cov-
ered, except on occasions of the most solemn festivals, with a
veil of eloth of riehest color ancl material; whieh sheltered the
favorite children of the Sun, and the pontiff, priest, and king
who founded the Inca empire.*
Our guides stopped when it came in view, removed their
hats, and bowed low and reverently in its direction, muttering
a few words of mystic import. But this roek to-day—alas for
the gods dethroned !—is nothing more than a frayed and weath-
er-worn mass of red sandstone, part of a thick stratum that runs
* Calancha and Ramos report, on the authority of the oldest and best-informed
Indians of their day, that “the whole concavity of the roek was covered with plates
of gold and silver, and that in its various hollows different offerings were placed,
according to the festival or the occasion. The offerings were gold, silver, shells,
feathers, and rich cloth of cumibi. The entire rock was covered with a rich man-
tle of this cloth—the finest and most gorgeous in colors of any ever seen in the em-
pire.”
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
337
through the island, and which is here disrupted and standing,
with its associated shale and limestone layers, at an angle of for-
ty-five degrees with the horizon. The part uncovered and pro-
truding above the ground is about 225 feet long and 25 feet
high. It presents a rough and broken and slightly projecting
face,’but behind subsides in a slope coinciding with the decliv-
ity of the eminence of which it is part. In the face are many
shelves and pockets, all apparently natural. Excepting that there
are traces of walls around it of cnt stone, and that the ground in
THE SACRED ROCK OF MANCO CAPAC.
front is artificially levelled, there is nothing to distinguish it
from many other projections of the sandstone strata on the isl-
and and the main-land. Calancha, one of the oldest chroniclers
of this region, well observes that it has no special features to ar-
rest the eye or fix the attention.
Its position, however, is remarkable. It is on the crest of a
ridge connecting with a bold promontory—a high, rocky mass,
with precipitous sides and dark, cavernous recesses, which forms
the northern extremity of the island. On every side are bare
rocks, heaped confusedly, except in front of the sacred stone it-
33S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
self, where, as I have said, there is a level, artificial terrace,
372 feet long and 125 feet broad, supported by a stone-wall.
At each outer corner of this terrace are the remains of small,
square structures, probably those referred to by the chroniclers
as the shrines of the Thunder and Lightning. According to
tradition, the earth of this terrace was brought from the distant
rich and fertile valleys of the Amazonian rivers, so that it
might nonrish a verdure denied by the hard, ungrateful soil of
the island.
From the front of this terrace the island falls off to the lake
by a steep but smooth declivity, and the eye rests on the small
but lovely bay of Chucaripe, in which the clear ancl sparkling
waters ripple gently to a sandy shore, that contrasts pleasingly
with the rugged cliffs rising on either hand. Black, rocky isl-
ets, frayed and shattered by earthquakes and storms, lift them-
selves up in the lake beyond; and away in the distance, sharp-
ly defined in the clear, rarefied atmosphere, are the hills of Juli
and Pomata—the great church of the latter town gleaming out
like a point of silver against the umber-tinted background.
Turning around and facing the sacred rock, we find ourselves
looking down on another similar bay or indentation, cliff-bound,
and in which the waves, driven by the keen, north-east wind,
dash and chafe angrily against the rocky shore, in striking con-
trast with the soft ancl almost slumberous repose of the oppos-
ing bay. This is called the Bay of Kentipunco, in which the
Inca landed when he came to visit the spot sacred to the Sun.
On a narrow natural platform half-way clown to the water are
the remains of several structures, which were the residences,
it is supposed, of priests and attendants. They are of rough
stones, and not architecturally remarkable. From them, lead-
ing up to the •shrine, is a broad road, partly hewn in the rock.
About midway are what are called the “footprints of the Inca,”
revered among the Indians to this day, as indicating the place
where Yupanqui stood when he made his pilgrimage to the isl-
and, and removed the imperial llautu from his forehead in to-
ken of submission and adoration of the divinity whose shrine
rose before him. The so-called footprints certainly have a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
339
rough resemblance to the impression that might be produced
by a sandalled foot; but they are rather large for those of even
so mighty a personage as the Inca Yupanqui, being more than
three feet long and of corresponding width. They are formed,
in outline,” by hard, ferruginous veins, around which the rock
has been worn away, leaving them in relief.
It was in adoratorios, or chapels, here that the chroniclers af-
firm was placed the triune statue of stone, three figures united
in one, which uncritical writers have made to do such large ser-
vice, as evidence of the existence of the doctrine of the Trinity
in Peru. These figures had names, so state the monkish au-
thorities, signifying Great or Lord Sun, the Son of the Sun, and
the Brother Sun. Calancha thinks that the making of the third
person the brother of the first was a corruption of the mystery
as taught by the apostles who had come to America, and was
suggested by the devil himself, so as to delude the ignorant
natives to their spiritual ruin.
To the front and northward of the sacred roek, and distant
about two hundred paces, are the ruins of a large edifice which
the chroniclers call the Desjiensa, or Store-house, of the Sun,
but whieh is now called La C/tingana, or The Labyrinth. It
justifies the latter name. It is situated on the slope descending
to the little bay of Chucaripe, at a point where the ground falls
off very abruptly, so that its lower walls must have been twice
or three times as high as those on its upper side. Its leading
feature is a court, with terraces cut in the rock, and with a
fountain in its centre. The walls facing inwards on the court
are all niched, and on each side are masses of buildings, which
had evidently been two or three stories in height. Some of
the lower rooms or vaults, probably all of them, had been
arched after the maimer to be observed in the ” Palace of the
Inca,” at the opposite end of the island. The passages leading
to the various rooms were narrow and intricate, the door-ways
low, and the rooms themselves small and dark, almost preclud-
ing the notion that they were intended to be inhabited. From
its proximity to the rock, and the identity of its leading feat-
ures with those of other structures of Peru of known purpose,
340 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
I am inclined to regard the Chingana as one of the Aclahuasas,
or houses of the Yirgins of the Sun, one of which existed on
the island; and I found no other building that could have
served as a retreat for the vestals.
On a promontory, a fourth of a mile to the south-west of the
sacred rock, are other ruins, among which treasure-seekers have
worked long and diligently, and have left the whole a confused
heap, in which we could only trace some foundations of build-
ings, sections of terraces, and walls, in plain sight of the sacred
rock, yet sufficiently removed from it to prevent profane in-
trusion. This was probably the site of the tambos erected for
the accommodation of pilgrims, such as we know were built
near every sanctuary of the emjrire.
The sun had set, casting a fleeting crimson glow on the snows
of Illampu, which was followed by a deadly, bluish pallor, and
it was beginning to be dark before we got through with our in-
vestigation of the rock of Manco Capac. We had arranged to
pass the night at the little hacienda of the Pila, or Fountain, of
the Incas, and retraced our path thither slowly and with diffi-
culty. The hacienda consisted of three small buildings, occupy-
ing as many sides of a court. One of these was a kitchen and
dormitory, another was a kind of granary or store-house, and in
the third was an apartment reserved for the proprietor of the
hacienda, a resident of Puno, when he visited the island. The
room was neatly whitewashed, the floor was matted, and there
were two real chairs from Connecticut, and a table that might
be touched without toppling over, and used without falling into
pieces. The alcaldes who had us in charge attended faithfully
to our wants, and served us in person with chupe, ocas, and
eggs. Their authority over the people of the hacienda seemed
absolute.
The night was bitterly cold, and we had no covering except
our saddle-cloths, having declined the use of some sheepskins,
which the alcaldes would have taken from the poor people of
the establishment. A sheepskin, or the skin of the vicufia,
spread on the mud floor of his hut, is the only bed of the Indian
from one year’s end to the other. It is always filthy, and fre-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
341
quently full of vermin. Before going to bed we went out into
the frosty, starry night, and were surprised to see fires blazing
on the topmost peak of the island, on the crest of Coati, and on
the headland of Copaeabana. Others, many of them hardly
discernible in the distance, were also burning on the peninsula
of Tiquina and on the bluff Bolivian shores of the lake, their
red light darting like golden lances over the water. Our first
impression was that some mysterious signalling was going on,
connected, perhaps, with our visit. We ascertained, however,
that this was the Eve of St. John, which is celebrated in this
way throughout the Sierra. On that night fires blaze on the
hill-tops in all the inhabited districts of Peru and Bolivia, from
the desert of Atacama to the equator.
We were up early, and for the first time ate our chupe with
satisfaction, for it was hot. We found the houses of the
hacienda seated in the saddle of a ridge projecting into the
lake, and terminating in a natural mound or eminence, rounded
with great regularity by art, and terraced from the very edge
of the water up to its top by concentric walls of stone. Traces
of a building, like a belvedere or summer-house, were conspicu-
ous at its summit, from which a fine view of the lake, its islands,
and the distant nevados is commanded. At the foot of this
eminence, on both sides, are little bays with sandy beaches, that
on the right pushing inland towards the terraced Garden of the
Incas. Here is the most sheltered nook of the island, and the
terraces are covered with barley in the ear, just changing from
green to golden, and as we zigzag down we come to patches of
pease and little squares of maize, with stalks scarcely three feet
high and ears not longer than one’s finger, but closely covered
with compact vitreous grains.
We go down, down, until we get where we hear the pleasant
plash and gurgle of waters; there is an oppressive odor of fad-
ing flowers ; ancl in a few minutes we stand before the Pila of
the Incas. We are midway down the sloping valley, amidst
terraces geometrically laid out and supported by walls of cut
stone, niched according to Inca taste, and here forming three
sides of a quadrangle, in which there is a pool, forty feet long,
342
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ten wide, and five deep, paved with worked stones. Into this
pour four chorros, or jets of water, each of the size of a man’s
arm, from openings cut in the stones behind. Over the walls
around it droop the tendrils of vines and the stems of plants
that are slowly yielding to the frost, and, what with odors, and
the tinkle and patter of the water, one might imagine himself
in the court of the Alhambra, where the fountains murmur of
the Moors, just as the Pila of the Incas tells its inarticulate tale
PILA, OR FOUNTAIN, OF THE INCAS, TITICACA.
of a race departed, and to whose taste and poetry it bears melo-
dious witness. The water comes through subterranean passages
from sources now unknown, and never diminishes in volume.
It flows to-day as freely as when the Incas resorted here and
cut the steep hill-sides into terraces, bringing the earth to fill
them—so runs the legend — all the way from the Valley of
Yucay, or Vale of Imperial Delights, four hundred miles dis-
tant. However that may be, this is the garden par excellence of
SIDE-VIEW OK PALACE OF THE INCA, ISLAND OF TITICACA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
343
the Collao, testifying equally to the taste, enterprise, and skill
of those who created it in spite of the most rigorous of climes
and most ungrateful of soils. Below this reservoir the water is
conducted from terrace to terrace until it is finally discharged
into the lake.
Half-way from the Garden of the Incas to the embarcadero,
standing on a natural shelf or terrace overlooking the lake, hut
much smoothed by art, is El Palacio del Inca, the Palace (so
called) of the Inca, to which I have already made a brief refer-
ence. Its site is beautiful. On either side are terraces, some
of them niched, and supporting small dependent structures,
while the steep hill behind, which bends around it like a half-
moon, is also terraced in graceful curves, each defined, not alone
by its stone facing, but by a vigorous growth of the shrub that
yields the Flor del Inca, which blossoms here all the year round.
CHAMBERS IN THE PALACE OF THE INCA.
344 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
GROUND-PLAN OF THE PALACE OF THE INCA, ISLAND OF TITICACA.
The building is rectangular, 51 -by 44 feet, and two stories
high. The front on the lake is ornamented or relieved on
the lower story by four high niches, the two central ones be-
ing door-ways. On each side are three niches, the central one
also forming a door-way. It is divided into twelve small
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
345
rooms, of varying sizes, and connected with eaeh other in a
manner that can only be made intelligible by reference to the
• plan. There are altogether four sets of rooms, two groups of
two each, and two of four each. These rooms are about thir-
teen feet high, their walls inclining slightly inwards, while their
ceiling is formed by flat, overlapping stones, laid with great regu-
larity. Every room has its niches, some small and plain, others
large and elaborate. The inner as well as the exterior walls were
PLAN OF SECOND STORY OF THE PALACE OF THE INCA.
stuccoed with a fine, tenacious clay, possibly mixed with some
adhesive substance, and painted. Some patches of this stucco
still remain, and indicate that the building was originally yellow,
while the inner parts and mouldings of the door-ways and niches
were of different shades of red.
The seeond story does not at all correspond in jDlan with the
first. Its entrance is at the rear, on a level with a terrace ex-
tending back to the hill, ancl spreading out in a noble walk
346
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
faced with a niched wall, and supporting some minor buildings,
or ” summer-houses,” now greatly ruined. It appears to have
had no direct connection with the ground story by stairs or
otherwise. The rooms, which are also more or less ornamented
with niches, are separated by walls much less massive than those
below, and do not seem to have been arched as those are, but to
have been roofed with thatch, as were most of the structures of
the Incas. The central part of the front of the second story
was not enclosed, although probably roofed, but formed an es-
planade, 22 feet long and 10 broad, flanked by rooms opening
on it.
Two niches, raised just enough to afford easy seats, appear in
the wall at the back of the esplanade, whence may be command-
ed one of the finest and most extensive views in the world.
The waves of the lake break at your very feet. To the right
is the high and diversified peninsula of Copaeabana; in the cen-
tre of the view, the island of Coati, consecrated to the Moon, as
was Titicaca to the Sun ; and to the right, the gleaming Illam-
pu, its white mantle reflected in the waters that spread out like
a sea in front. The design of this esplanade is too obvious to
admit of doubt, and indicates that the builders were not defi-
cient in taste, or insensible to the grand and beautiful in nature.
Tradition assigns the construction of this palace to the Inca,
Tupac Yupanqui, who also built the Temple of the Moon and
the Convent of the Virgins dedicated to her service in the island
of Coati. He built it—so runs the legend—that during his vis-
its he might always have before him the seat and shrine of the
Inti-coya, the sister and wife of his parent, the Sun. The rooms
on each side of the esplanade have each two windows, opening
on the same view that I have described as to be had from the
esplanade itself. There are features, architectural and other-
wise, connected with the Palace of the Inca, which are of real
interest, but which could only be rendered intelligible by mi-
nute plans and drawings.
#
ISLAND OF COATI AND THE CROWN OF THE ANDES, FROM ESPLANADE OF PALACE OF THE INCA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
347
CHAPTER XVIII.
DETOUIi TO PUNO.
Return to Copaeabana.—Set out for Puno.—Views by the Way.—The Towns and
tbeir Inhabitants.—Resting-place of the Inca.—Ancient Sepulchres at Acora.—.
Chulpas, or Burial-towers.—Arrival at Puno.—Welcome by an American Mer-
chant.— Lofty Situation of Puno. — Its Modern Origin. — Neighboring Silver
Mines.—Story of Jose de Salcedo.—The AVool-trade of Puno.—Aspect of the
Town.—Preparations for revisiting the Sacred Islands and exploring the Lake.
— Our Altered and Improvised Craft.—Voyage on the Lake.—Night on the Isl-
and of Titicaca.—Sail to the Island of Coati.
FINDING that a proper investigation of the remaining monu-
ments of Titicaca and the other islands would require^many
days, and that it was tedious and difficult to get from one isl-
and to another in the clumsy balsas of the natives, I determined
to push forward to Puno, the capital of the department, and
make that the basis of my future operations in the Titicaca ba-
sin. Our return to the main-land was in a more pretentious
and comfortable balsa than that in which we had first vent-
ured.
Our ride back to Copaeabana was a rapid one, and we found
our comandante parading the streets of the town in high choler,
shooting indiscriminately all the dogs that he could bring his
double-barrelled gun to bear upon. “The miserables,” as he
characterized the people under his pare, “haven’t half enough
to eat themselves, and yet they will fill the town with these
sneaking, snarling, starving, thieving curs. It shall not be so
any longer, and I—” Here he eaught sight of a dog prowling
around a corner of the street, and started in pursuit. A shot
and a yelp told us what had happened. The comandante soon
returned, apologized for leaving us so suddenly, and conducted
us to his house, saying that he knew we must be hungrv.
24
34S
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Our supper was scant, and the comandante, who was an able
eater, rather checked his appetite, we thought, besides appearing
a little abstracted and moody. The truth soon came out. An-
ticipating our arrival, he had procured a kid in Yunguyo, and
on it we were to have dined; but the famished dogs had some-
how got at it, and when the time came for the cook to step in,
lo! not even a bone was left. . uNi un huesito, caballerosj”
said the comandante, with palpable moisture in the corners of
his eyes. How many innocent dogs suffered for the sins of
their fellows I know not, but they were counted by the score,
and next morning not a living specimen of the genus canis was
to be seen in the place. Those that survived had been careful-
ly secreted by their owners.
I shall not recount the details and incidents of our journey
from Copaeabana to Puno. Our path was that of the tradition-
ary Manco Capac, along the western shore of the great lake.
The disrupted carboniferous strata rise in a thousand contorted
and fantastic forms around us, and we see occasionally stretch-
ing away over, or rather through, the hills long trap dikes whieh
look like Titanic fortifications. We constantly encounter new
and varying views, in whieh the lake, and its bold, brown isl-
ands, and the distant snowy Andes, are the ever-recurring feat-
ures. Sometimes our path lies along the sandy beach of the
lake, on whieh the waves, driven by the fierce, cold, north-east
wind, break with oceanic force. At intervals we reach long,
straight, narrow causeways built through the shallows and
marshes left by the subsidence of some ancient bay penetrating
deep into the land, which were built by the Incas, and have
been suffered to fall into ruin by the Spaniards. Some of
these are now so ruined as.to be untransitable, and we find our-
selves compelled to take tedious circuits along the bases of the
hills to reach a spot on the other side of the morass not a thou-
sand yards distant in a direct line. Scampering along the bro-
ken walls of enclosures, or peeping furtively out of crevices,
we notice hundreds of cues, or guinea-pigs, indigenous to the
country. Marshalled in low meadows are thousands and tens
of thousands of aquatic birds, apparently in solemn conclave,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
349
which rise, if we approach too near them, with a mighty rush
of wings, and a noise like that of a hail-storm in a forest.
At intervals of every four or five leagues we come to consid-
erable towns, the size of whieh would surprise us if we did not
know that in them nearly all the inhabitants of the country are
gathered. Those whose occupation lies in the fields go out to
their wrork in the morning and return at night; but during
this bitter weather most of them wrap themselves in their pon-
chos of llama wool, and gather gloomily in their dark, filthy,
unventilated cabins at night, or silently bask by day on the
sunny sides of their wretched habitations. Nothing more op-
presses us than the stupor and gloom of the towns, which ap-
pear as if under the pall of a pestilence; and nothing repels us
more than the sullen, almost morose, aspect and manners of the
inhabitants. A smile is seldom seen, a laugh is never heard.
The impassive children never cry. It is only on the occasions
of pagan festivals tolerated by the Church or incorporated with
its own, and when wTarmed with ehicha or maddened with caña-
so, that the apathetic Aymara appears animated ; it, however, is
a savage, tigerish animation, which causes a shudder, but creates
no sympathy.
In these towns are great churches, whose massiveness bids’
defiance alike to time and neglect. That of Pomata is of stone,
inside and out;. the very altar is cut in stone, and its roofs and
walls and the niches of the saints are covered all over with a
lace-work of sculpture, as intricate in design as delicate in exe-
cution. The work must have been done by the Indians before
they lost the skill in stone-cutting which they possessed at the
time of the Conquest, and to wdiich every valley of the Sierra
bears enduring witness.
We hear, as we proceed, of fortresses and other works, ” muy
disforme” of “El Rey Inca,” but they are always far off, and
we know by experience how little dependence we can put on
the representations of the ignorant, who so often confound the
natural with the artificial, and the trifling with the important.
It is only on our third day of journeying that we find any re-
mains of antiquity worthy of notice.
350
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Between Juli and Illave we come upon a mass of sandstone
rock, by the roadside, 100 feet or more long, and from 15 to 20
high. It is naturally rounded, but a stairway lias been cut to
its top, which is levelled artificially. Here is a seat, carved in
the rock, resembling a large arm-chair in shape and size ; while
lower down, in front and around, are other similar but elaborate
seats, reached by other flights of steps, also cut in the roek.
This, says tradition, was the ” resting-place of the Inca,” in his
journeyings or pilgrimages, where the people came to do him
THE INCA’S CnAIR.
homage, bringing ehicha for his delectation and that of his at-
tendants.
Approaching the town of Aeora, three days’ journey from
Copaeabana, we come upon a broad plain, high and sandy, cov-
ered with ichu-grass, across which the road stretches in a long
line. The plain is covered with many rude monuments, small
circles and squares of nnwrought upright stones, planted in the
ground, and sometimes sustaining others, which overlap and
form chambers, with openings, generally towards the north.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
351
They are almost identical, in appearance and character,’with
the cromlechs of Europe, and might be transferred to Britta-
ny or Wales, and pass for structures contemporaneous with the
thonsand rude monuments of antiquity found in those regions.
Subsequent investigation convinced me that they were sepul-
chral in origin, and that they were rude and early forms of
what subsequently became elaborate and symmetrical chulpas.
Of these towers, unique and characteristic as they are, this
seems the place to give some details, in connection with the
more ancient and ruder works, as we shall find them in abun-
dance all through the ancient Collao. And here it should, per-
haps, be explained that the Collao proper of the Ineas appears
ANCIENT SEPULCHRES, ACORA.
to have comprehended only that part of the Titieaea basin of
which the boundary would be defined by an irregular line, cir-
cumscribing the sources of the streams falling into the lake,
and not the whole region occupied by the Aymaras, to which
great Andean family the greater part of the inhabitants of the
region called Bolivia belonged. Before their incorporation
into the Quiehuan, or Inca, empire, they seem to have been di-
vided into a number of states or principalities, ruled by chiefs,
or curacas, who had their capitals, or seats of power, at wide
distances apart. One of the most powerful of these had his
seat—so says tradition—on the shore of the rock-girt lake of
Umayo, near the northern extremity of Lake Titicaca, where
352
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
we find extensive monumental remains, confirming the tradi-
tion. To this chief of Hatuneolla belonged the district on
which we now enter, and where the rude sepulchral monu-
ments I have alluded to are found. A circle or square, com-
posed of stones set in the ground, with other stones placed hori-
zontally upon them, lapping over each other so as to lean to-
gether and support eaeh other in the centre, forming a rudely
arched chamber—this is a brief but exhaustive description of
their character. The stones are often large, and imply the use
of considerable power to place them in their present position.
At the base of the hills bounding the plain of Aeora on the
west are a number of these chulpas. Some are square, others
round, but all of one plan and style. Their inner mass is of
rough stones laid in clay, but they are faced with hewn lime-
stone blocks. A description of one, with the aid of a view and
section, will sufficiently illustrate the character of all. It is 17
feet square and 21 feet high, and rises from a platform of cut
CHULPAS, on BURIAL-TOWERS, ACORA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
353
stones 22 feet on each side, and raised a foot above the ground;
three feet below its top is a projection, or cornice, two feet
deep, protruding about one foot on every side, forming a severe
but effective ornament or finish to the structure. There is a
square opening, 18 inches high and broad, in the eastern face, on
PLAN AND SECTION OF SQUARE CHULPA.
a level with the platform. Crawling into this with difficulty—
for it was obstructed with rubbish—I found myself in a vault,
or chamber, 11 feet square and 13 feet high, the sides of which
rise vertically to the height of eight feet, where the stones begin
to overlap, forming a kind of pointed arch. At the height of
PLAN AND SECTION OF ROUND CHULPA.
three feet from the floor of the vault, in the centre of each of its
four faces, is a niche, 3|- feet high and 18 inches deep, with sides
inclining towards each other at the top. The entrance is im-
mediately under one of these niches. I found nothing in this
dark vault, except some human bones and fragments of pottery,
354
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and the gnawed bones of animals, dragged here, probably, by
dogs, for which this had evidently been a favorite retreat.
Chulpa is the Aymara word for tomb; and near that just de-
scribed is another, 26 feet high, and with a similar niched vault,
but round instead of square. Exteriorly, it has a corresponding
projection or cornice, and its top is dome-shaped. Its peculiar
feature is that, in common with all the round chulpas, it swells
outwards or increases in diameter from its base to where the
dome begins to spring, where it is sixteen inches more in diam-
eter than at its foundation.
These chulpas are common in the Titicaca region, usually
standing in groups of from twenty to a hundred, and almost in-
variably occupying some rocky ridge or spur of the hills and
mountains, or some rugged eminence in the plain. Occasional-
ly they occur singly or in pairs. There is hardly a view to be
had in the habitable districts around the head of the lake in
which one or more groups do not appear, constituting a sin-
gular and interesting feature in the landscape, especially Avhcn
standing out on their rocky eminences boldly against the sky.
There is a singular monument in the ancient town of Chu-
cuito, once the most important in the Collao, about four leagues
from Acora. It is in the form of a rectangle, sixty-five feet
on each side, and consists of a series of large, roughly worked
blocks of stone, placed closely side by side on a platform, or
rather on a foundation of stones, sunk in the ground, and pro-
ANCTENT MONUMENT AT CHUCUITO.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
355
jecting fourteen inches outwards all around. The entrance is
from the east, between two blocks of stones higher than the
rest. It may be taken as a type of an advanced class of me-
galithic monuments by no means uncommon in the highlands
of Pern.
Almost every traveller in the Sierra is taken for an itinerant
vender of joy as, or cheap jewellery, and our instruments and
iron-clasped photographic boxes seemed to convey the notion
that we too were venders of paste and pinchbeck on a magnifi-
cent scale. Two leagues before reaching Puno, and just as we
struck the bay on which it stands, we observed a man splendid-
ly mounted riding rapidly towards us through the heavy sand.
He drew up as we approached, removed his hat, and saluted us
in grand style. We responded with equal pomp, and were spec-
ulating mentally whether he was a messenger of the prefect of
the department, or the prefect himself, who had come to tender
us the freedom and the hospitalities of the city of Puno. But
he turned out to be the resident vender of trinkets, who, hear-
ing of our approach, had made up his mind that we were ped-
lers, and had come out to make us an offer for our entire stock.
rather than have us open a shop and undersell him in the town.
He was slow to be convinced that we were mere travellers, study-
ing the country, but, when satisfied on the point, gave us a con-
temptuous glance, and, without even an actios, spurred his horse
into a gallop, and left us to contemplate the flutter of his reced-
ing poncho as well as we could through the dust that he raised.
I do not think scientific travellers are likely to inspire profound
respect, or secure a very high appreciation, among the mixed
people of the Sierra. They must content themselves to be
taken for Yiracochas by the shepherd Indians.
Turning sharp around a high, precipitous headland, on the
shelves and among the crevices of which Indian fishermen had
established their huts, looking like swallows’ nests, we came in
sight of Puno, standing on the shores of its bay, half grown up
with totora and water-plants, at the foot of the silver-veined
hill, or rather mountain, of Cancharani. To the famous mines
of the Manto, and others, which have honey-combed the moun-
356
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tain, the town owes its origin. It has about six thousand inhab-
itants, nine-tenths of whom are pure Indians—the Aymaras oc-
cupying the southern, the Qnichuas the northern portion.
AVe had letters to Mr. T-, an American gentleman from
Philadelphia, married in the country, and the leading merchant
of the place, and rode at once to his house. Here we met a
hospitality such as might be expected from an ardent American
who but rarely saw the face of a countryman, and here we
rested a time from our journeyings.
Puno has an altitude greater than that of any considerable
town in Peru, except the mining town of Cerro de Paseo, being
12,550 feet above the sea. No building in the world of any-
thing like equal dimensions with its cathedral occupies so lofty
a position, and there are few anywhere better built or more
massive. The town is relatively modern, owing its origin to
the discovery of rich silver mines in the mountains of Cancha-
rani and Laycaycota, at the feet of whieh it was built, about the
year 1660.
The secret of these mines, it is said, was communicated by
an Indian girl to one Jose de Saleedo, who worked them with
immense profit until his wealth excited the cupidity of the ava-
ricious and unscrupulous royal governors. These never lacked
for accusations against those of whom they wished to get rid;
and under some of these Saleedo was in 1609 seized, taken to
Lima, and executed. In vain he offered to pay a thousand
marks of silver a day to his judges if they would suspend exe-
cution of their sentence during the time it would require to
carry an appeal to the crown of Spain. Put the triumph of
the officers of the crown was short, for as soon as Salcedo’s
faithful Indians heard of the proceedings against him they
stopped the drains of the mine, and it was filled with water.
A small lake now covers the spot which tradition assigns to the
mine worked by the luckless Saleedo. Numerous other veins,
however, were subsequently worked, one of whieh, the Manto,
was carried more than two miles into the mountain. The only
mining operations at present consist in extracting the silver
from the rejected ores of former days.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
357
Puno no longer depends on her mines, hut derives a better
support from her trade in wool, from the numerous flocks which
now constitute the wealth of the department of which it is the
capital. This is mainly sent to Arequipa, whence it finds its
way to the world. There is also a limited export of butter.
Puno is a dreary place, with low thatched houses and icy
streets, through which glide noiseless llamas, and equally silent
Indians in garb as sombre as that of the bare hills that circle
round the town, and cut off the view in every direction except
towards the lake. Here are the bright waters of the Bay of
Puno, bordered all around by a broad belt of totora, and relieved
by a few rocky islets, each of which has its Indian tradition,
and on one of which the royalist governors confined their pa-
triot captives during the war of the revolution, without shelter
from the sun or protection from the cold.
After a few days of rest, we began our preparations for ex-
ploring the lake and revisiting the island of Titicaca. I have
said that at this time there were no boats on Lake Titicaca.
There was one, an ordinary four-oared open boat, fifteen feet
long, and, happily, it belonged to our kind host, who introduced
us to a person who had been employed in the Chilian navy,
Captain Cuadros, to whom I paid instant court. After several
u surveys ” of the craft, it was finally agreed that if her sides
were raised and she were schooner-rigged, we. might venture
out in her on the broad and often turbulent lake. But to raise
the sides (Cuadros called them ” bulwarks “) was easier said than
done. Where were the boards to come from ? The last con-
signment to Puno, consisting of half a dozen planks sawed in
Maine, cut in sections, and brought up from the coast on mules,
a twenty days’ journey, had been exhausted by our host himself
in making shutters for the windows of his warehouse. So we
w^ere fain to break up some boxes, and build up our ” bulwarks ”
from the pieces. The Natividad was a wonderful craft to see
when all was done. Her sides were as variegated as a city dead-
wall under its posters. Here you read ” Fragile;” near by,
” This side up with care;” and next, ” Bitters, X. S. P. 9,” in
every variety of lettering. The masts were two poles which
35S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
had been brought all the way from the Amazonian valleys of
Carabaya, on the shoulders of Indians, and seemed to have been
selected for their marvellous sinuosities. H-protested that
they were ” too crooked to lie still.” A box that had been lined
with tin to hold calicoes, containing a little clay furnace, was
firmly fastened in the bow as a kitchen, and, by great good luck,
we obtained a bag of charcoal. Captain Cuadros had a little
place fenced off for him in the stern, where he acted as captain,
mate, and steersman. Professor Raimondi and myself occupied
the centre of the craft; while the two oogadores, or rowers, and
Ignacio, my servant, a consummate rascal, who acted as cook,
went “before the mast.”
In this frail vessel we started one morning at the early hour
of six, with the mercury in the thermometer ranging at zero.
“We had not even the brisk motion of the boat to warm us by
an effort of imagination, for the only channel out of the bay of
Puno is shallow and sinuous, the totora, closing in on all sides,
never leaving more than five yards clear, and in some places
growing completely across. Three hours of patient toil carried
us beyond the weeds, and then a good breeze enabled us to
make rapid progress towards Coati and Titicaca. Lake though
it was, the passengers and cook were soon sea-sick, and paid their.
tribute to the god of Lake Titicaca as faithfully as they would
have done to old Neptune himself, under similar circumstances.
Our sail was by no means a mere pleasure jaunt. The wintry
afternoon was closing, when about four o’clock the wind sub-
sided, leaving us becalmed a league from the island of Titicaca.
By plying our oars, and with the aid of a few light puffs of
wind, we at last succeeded in running into one of the sheltered
bays of the island. There were some Indian huts near the
shore, and, scattered in these, we managed to pass the night.
Our first thought in the morning was the Intihuai, or Tem-
ple of the Sun ; but all our inquiries as to its location elicited
no information, and we were compelled to defer an attempt at
exploring it. We hoisted our sails again for the island of
Coati, and by ten o’clock landed on its shores.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
359
CHAPTER XIX.
THE SACRED ISLAND OF COATI, AND REVISIT TO TITICACA.
The Island of Coati, Sacred to the Moon.—Small, but Fertile.—The two Groups of
Ruins.—The Gates of Purification.—Remains of Tambos.—The so-called Palace
of the Sun probably the Temple of the Moon.—The Shrine of Coati.—Situation
and Structure.—Interior Construction.—Curious Apartments.—Court or Corral
for the Sacred Llamas and Vicunas. — Platforms and Terraces. — Magnificent
View.—Origin of the Structures.—Derivation of the Name of the Island.—Priests
and Vestals.—An Accident.—Titicaca revisited.—Search for the Temple of the
Sun.—Statements of the Chroniclers.—Identification of the Ruins.—Places where
the Sun was tied up.—A Lofty Terraced Promontory.—View from its Summit.—
The Hamlet of Challa.—Real Historical Importance of the Island of Titicaca.—
Date and Origin of its Structures.—Embark for Puno.—A Stormy Voyage.—Put
in at Escorna.—Ruins here.—Becalmed on the Lake.—Reach Puno.
THE island of Coati, dedicated to the Moon, as Titicaca was
to the Sim, ranks second among the sacred islands of Peru. It
is distant about six miles from Titicaca, with which it contrasts
strikingly in every respect. While Titicaca is high and rugged,
with deeply indented shores and barren soil, Coati is only mod-.
erately elevated, with an even surface, regular shores, and capa-
ble of cultivation, in every part. It is Small, not exceeding two
and a half miles in length by, perhaps, three-fourths of a mile
in width. It now constitutes a single hacienda, and its popula-
tion is limited to three or four families of Indians, who raise a
little quinoa, maize, and potatoes, and guard a flock of sheep
which finds ample pasturage on its slopes, which are terraced up
from the water’s edge, presenting an appearance of great regu-
larity and beauty when seen from a little distance.
There are two groups of ruins on the island, one on the ex-
tremity nearest Titicaca, and close by what was the ancient
landing-place for balsas; the other about midway the length of
the island, on its northern side. The remains nearest the land-
360
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ing-place correspond in part with those which I have described
as being first encountered in landing on Titicaca; that is to
say, of buildings placed on terraces, with narrow passages be-
tween them, through which the pilgrims had to pass on landing,
and where, we have reason to believe, they were compelled to
perform certain ceremonies and go through certain lustrations.
Beyond these Gates of Purification, and not far distant, on
the crest of the island, are some rather extensive remains of
wlrat were probably tambos, or houses for the reception of pil-
grims and for the accommodation of the custodians of the
island.
The principal monument of antiquity on the island, and
which lends to it its chief interest, is the edifice called the Pal-
ace of the Virgins of the Sun, but which might probably better
be called the Temple of the Moon. It is situated on the north-
ern side of the island, about midway of its length, where the
shore curves inwards like’ the crescent moon, conforming to a
similar curve in the high ridge running through the island.
In the lap of this natural amphitheatre, its sweep of terraces
lined with wild olive or quenua-trees, with their red trunks and
dark foliage, stands the shrine of Coati. It occupies the upper
of a series of seven terraces supported by retaining-walls of cut
and uncut stones. These terraces flanked by others, and as-
cended by zigzag paths or curiously designed stairways, fall off
towards the lake, affording level areas, which seem to have been
filled with the richest soil, like the andenes of the Temple of’
the Sun in Titicaca.
The structure itself is built around three sides of an oblong,
rectangular court, 1S3 feet long by SO broad, and is of compli-
cated but harmonious plan, which no description can make as
clear as the accompanying engraving will do. The remains are
still in so good preservation that the plan can be made out with
little difficulty, and they are among the best and most intelligible
illustrations of Inca architecture in Peru. The material of the
edifice is stone, roughly broken into shape, laid in tough clay,
and, as was the ease in the structures of Titicaca, carefully stuc-
coed. There is but a single apartment—b in the plan—of the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
3G1
thirty-five into which the lower story is divided that is faced
with hewn stones, and this seems to have constituted a kind
of penetrate) or secret chamber, approached through a narrow,
arched passage. All the attempts at architectural ornament are
on the facades fronting the court, and consist of lofty and elab-
orate niches, in which the back in some eases disappears, and
gives an entrance to the inner apartments. Each of these
niches and door-ways is in the centre of a kind of stucco frame-
PALACE OF THE VIRGINS OF THE SUN, COATI.
work, or panel, as shown in the elevation. The niehes are uni-
form throughout, and agreeably and artistically break up the
monotony of the long lines of walls, which are further relieved
‘by ornaments not easy to describe, but which are shown in the
illustrations, and which are artfully contrived to admit light
into the interior of the building, with no outward indication of
any such purpose. The facade is further diversified by placing
the line of cornice over the entrances higher than elsewhere,
thus distinguishing them from the blind door-ways, or orna-
25
362 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
mental niches. The cornice, which is of three layers of stones,
projects eighteen inches. The exterior was painted yellow,
with the exception of the niches and the undersides of the
graduations of the cornice, which were red.
The building was of two stories, or, rather, had an elevation
of a story and a half. The roof was pitched almost as sharply
as the roofs of Holland, but it did not extend throughout par-
allel to the facades. On the contrary, it was broken up by the
presentation of gables to the court, so as to produce an effect
coincident with that which distinguishes the style of architect-
ure known as Elizabethan.
The floors of the upper apartments have disappeared, having
evidently been of wood. The ledges, or sets-off, in the wall
which supported them are plainly marked throughout; and
there are similar ledges on the inner faces of the gables, with
projecting stones on which to rest and fasten the roofs. The
places in which the ridge-poles were inserted are still distinct.
The upper story probably coincided very nearly in plan with
the lower, and was reached by stairways of cut stone, some of
which are still perfect.
The apartments were connected with each other by door-
ways, opening directly through the partitions, or sunk, if I may
use the term, in the side-walls. To reach some of the inner
apartments it was necessary to pass through several exterior
ones. Every door opening on the court led to its special and
separate system of chambers. These were variously lighted;
some by means of small windows (w) opening on the court
where they were masked by the ornaments of the facade, and
others by means of windows opening through the exterior and
unornamented walls, marked on the inside by niches. Every
gable was pierced by one or two large windows, narrow at the
top and broad at the bottom. There is, among the remains, a
single small apartment, faced with smoothly cut stones, to which
access is gained through a vaulted passage 20 feet long and 8
feet high. There is a small opening into this only a few inches
square from an outer room or cell, evidently not intended for
the admission of light, and which seems to have been designed
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
363
to permit verbal communication with the interior. In fact,
there are many and interesting features connected with the in-
ternal arrangements of the structure, obscure cells, strangely-
fashioned niches and masked door-ways, all suggestive of mo-
nastic devices, seclusion, penance, and mystery.’ These only be-
come apparent through a careful study of the plan of the build-
ings. They baffle description.
The salient features of the buildings, however, are two cham-
bers or rooms, 20 feet long by 12 broad, entered from the cen-
tre of the principal facade, not through door-ways such as have
just been described, but through broad openings, 15 feet wide.
The ground or floor within them is raised four feet above the
level of the floors of the building generally, ancl is reached by
flights of stone steps. Within, and directly in front of the en-
trance, there is in each room a great niche, countersunk in the
wall, which is here made very thick. In style it coincides en-
tirely with those ornamenting the facade. Two small niches
are seen at each end of the apartment. These rooms, which
appear to have been much loftier than any of the others, and to
have been surmounted by pyramidal roofs, have no communi-
cation with each other, or with any of the other apartments.
Their purpose hardly admits of doubt. They were the holy
places or shrines of the convent, ancl contained the statues, or
simulacra, of the Sun and the Moon respectively, which, tra-
dition affirms, wrere, the on£ of gold, ancl the other of silver.
The entrances do not appear to have been closed, except, per-
haps, with a veil of cloth, such as that which was spread over
the sacred rock of Titicaca. It is not difficult to imagine the
level court in front of these shrines crowded with reverent pil-
grims, who, when the veils were lifted, bowed their heads to
the ground in adoration of the symbols of their divinities, blaz-
ing under the splendors of the Sun, alike their father ancl their
god.
Between the two chambers whieh I have assumed to be the
shrines of the Sun and the Moon is a smaller apartment, en-
tered by a narrow door. The view inwards is cut off by a cur-
tain or transverse wall, behind which is a kind of dai’s in stone.
304
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
with a platform in front of it. AVe can only conjecture that
this was in some way connected with the shrines themselves,
and the ceremonies to which they were dedicated.
Facing the convent, Ave find, behind its right wing, a court
bounded by the building itself in part, and in part by a semi-
circular, niched retaining-wall, conforming to the sweep of the
amphitheatre in which the convent is built. It is entered from
the terraces which curve around the heights, by a principal pas-
sage between two plain buildings, dependent, however, on the
general structure. The probable purpose of this court or en-
closure would have been suggested to us on our visit, when Ave
found that it Avas used as a corral by the Indian shepherds, even
if we had not previously knoAvn, on the authority of tradition,
that it Avas here that the sacred vicunas and llamas Avere kept,
from the AVOOI of which the mama-concis, or vestals, fashioned
their own garments, those of the royal race, and the hangings
of the temples.
It were useless to attempt to describe the really beautiful but
complicated series of terraces Avhich fall off in harmonious grad-
uations from the court or esplanade of the convent to the lake.
Such an attempt would be equally confusing and unsatisfactory,
and it need only be said generally that modern taste could hard-
ly suggest a more pleasing disposition of platform and terrace,
or modern art carry out more satisfactorily the conceptions of
the designer. The retaining-front^of the second terrace beloAv
the court of the com-ent is of cnt stones, admirably fitted, and
along its top runs a Avail of stones, breast-high—a kind of para-
pet or balustrade, pierced at regular intervals Avith openings,
shaped like the niches Avith whieh Ave are getting familiar,
through Avhich may be seen the flash and play of the Avaters of
the lake. Two stairways, countersunk, if the term may be used,
permit descent to the terrace beloAv, whence curve out flank ter-
races terminating on rectangular platforms, Avhich perhaps sus-
tained structures as light and temporary, if not as tasteful, as our
OAvn summer-houses.
Standing out against the green and gray of the terraced am-
phitheatre in Avhich it is built, bright Avith color, and diversified
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
305
with ornament, boldly and freely designed, with its terraces
planted, as we know they were, with flowers, some of which
bloom as of yore, the Convent of the Virgins of the Sun, in the
fresh little isle of Coati, must have been an object equally im-
pressive and beautiful. It is now sad in its ruin, but not with-
out familiar and home-like features, connecting it with modern
life and sympathies. Its gables might be mistaken for those of
the ruinous farm-house of some Huguenot exile to North Amer-
ica, such as we see at New Rochelle, near New York; and the
stone-work, where the stucco has fallen off, might pass for the
work of the same rural architect who built the little stone
school-house on the banks of the Hudson in which I learned
my alphabet. When we get to Cuzeo, in its narrow streets,
lined with the high, severe, stony faces of its cold and perhaps
more classical walls, almost painful in their geometric precision
and regularity, we shall think of the shrine of Coati, and regret
its varying tints and diversified outlines.
But if this edifice be picturesque, the view from its terraces
is wonderful. It would require some great painter, working in
his loftiest and most inspired mood, to give any adequate idea
of the majesty of the scene which meets the eye of one who
stands on the esplanade of the convent of Coati. Here, as al-
most everywhere in the Titieaea basin, the great, snowy Sorata,
or Illampu, is the centre and dominating feature of the land-
scape; and nowhere is his mighty mass more plainly visible, or
his strange, stern beauties more impressive.
The chroniclers assign both to Huayna Capac and his father,
Tupac Yupanqui, the reputed restorer of the shrines of the
Sun in Titicaca, the selection of the island of Coati as the sanct-
uary of the Moon. As the sister and wife of the Inca was
called Coya, so Quilla, the Moon, as the wife and sister of Inti, or
the Sun, was called by a corresponding name—Inti-Coya. The
name of the island is supposed to be derived from this designa-
tion, Coyata, or Coata, the Place of the Coya. One of these
Incas—so runs tradition—built here a temple and convent, in
which he placed both priests and vestals, with shrines of the
Sun and Moon, the first adorned with gold, and the latter with
360
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
silver. He also assigned two thousand of his subjects, who
were free from tribute and other labor, to reside in Copaeabana,
whose duty it was to guard and cultivate the island, keep its
andencs in order, and serve the sanctuary. The island was see-
ond only to Titicaca as a resort for pilgrims, who brought hith-
er, as offerings, the wool of the vicuna and the alpaca, and
the feathers of birds, to be worked up by the vestals, and much
chicha to be drunk by the priests, whose prayers were directed
to obtaining fine weather and abundant crops.
If this be true, both priests and vestals must have occupied
the same building—perhaps the respective portions separated
by the shrines to which I have referred. The monkish chroni-
clers, of course, seek to represent the reputed vestals as rather
priestesses of Venus than of Diana, and their religious festivals
as lascivious orgies, in whieh, says Ramos, ” they wallowed, like
unclean brutes, in the mire of their obscene customs. Which,”
adds the eulogist and historian of the Virgin of Copaeabana,
” is the wTay with all idolatry.”
During our stay on the island of Coati we used our photo-
graphic tent as our sleeping-quarters; but the splendid moon-
light was too attractive to allow us to withdraw to such close
quarters, and we remained out far in the night, till the chill-
ing breezes from the snowy Andes sent us, shivering, to our
couches.
Three days were devoted to the interesting ruins on this isl-
and, and they were marked by one of the few accidents that be-
fell me during my exploration. I had completed my surveys
on the third day; and, mounted upon a fragment of wall still
rising some ten feet from the ground, I was taking my last look
of the island and the lake, when the ancient structure yielded
to my weight, and I fell, bringing a mass of ruins with and upon
me. I was so much cut and bruised, especially in my right
thigh and leg, that I fainted. Recovering consciousness, I en-
deavored in vain to extricate myself; then, seeing some Indians
busied preparing ehufio not more than a hundred yards from
where I lay, I called to them as loudly as I could; but they
would not or could not hear me. All then depended on my
♦
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
367
own efforts. Removing stones with great difficulty, one by
one, I at length succeeded in freeing myself, and scrambled
to my feet in great pain. I was able to stand and could walk,
though in exquisite suffering. The camp was at least a mile
and a half away; but I started for it, and wThen, with great ef-
fort, I reached my companions, it was only to pass the night in
intense distress.
The next morning we made sail for Titicaca; but, owing to
head winds, the voyage was long and tedious, consuming the
whole day. Leaving Professor Paimondi to sketch the Palace
of the Inca, which I had explored on my former visit, I climbed
the hill to the hacienda, and there passed a most uncomforta-
ble night. The next day I again renewed my inquiries for the
Temple of the Sun, but with equally unsatisfactory result. No
one seemed to possess the slightest knowledge in regard to it.
Failing thus to obtain information, I resolved to begin my la-
bors by examining personally a ruined building at the extreme
point of the island, to which some of the natives referred me as
the largest ruins they knew. Looking into Calancha’s work, I
found that, on the authority of Ramos, he actually placed the
Temple of the Sun in that spot. With no guide but Calancha’s
not very definite statements, and the fact that the landing-place
of the Incas was a bay called Kintipuca, I skirted the eastern
flank of the island, following an ancient winding road for near-
ly a mile, where I found extensive remains, reputed to be those
of the temple I wras so anxious to find.
Garcilasso says of this structure that it was only comparable
with that of Cuzeo, although the remains, as we shall see, are
far from justifying the remark of the Inca chronicler. He af-
firms, on the strength of reports current in his time, that it was
plated over with gold, and that all the provinces of the empire
made offerings to it every year, of gold, silver, and precious
stones, in recognition of the great blessings which in this same
island the Sun had conferred on the human race. He adds,
on the authority of Bias Yalera, that the precious metals which
had accumulated in the temple, apart from all that was neces-
sary for making the utensils used in its service, would have
36S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
built another temple, of like dimensions, from its foundation
upwards; but that all of this vast treasure was thrown into the
lake when news came of the arrival of the Spaniards.
The Peruvians seem to have had a strong liking for what
may be called isthmuses as sites for their palaces and public
structures. I use the term isthmus not only in its strict geo-
graphical sense, but as designating also the ridge connecting
two hills or mountains—the saddle between two eminences.
The so-called Temple of the Sun occupies the crest of such a
ridge, connecting the bulk of the island with a noble promon-
tory rising abruptly from the lake, towards which it presents a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
309
sheer cliff two thousand feet high. This crest has been levelled
so as to form a broad tcrre-plein, sustained by terraces and
reached by nights of steps. On one side, built up against the
slope of the central mass of the island, is the temple, a rectan-
gular structure, 105 feet long by 30 feet wide. Five doors open
on the terre-plehi at equal distances apart, and eaeh section of
wall between them is pierced with two windows. The interior
presents a series of niches, three feet high, and two feet broad at
bottom, ancl seems to have consisted of a single apartment. The
walls are much broken down, being at present only from eight
to ten feet high, so that it is impossible to say certainly if the
structure consisted of more than one story. It probably did not.
It is of rough stones, laid in a tough clay, and was stuccoed and
painted inside and out. A single door-way opens to the back
of the edifice upon a series of beautifully levelled rectangular
terraces, rising one above the other, and surrounded by a high
wall. Flights of steps lead from terrace to terrace, and conduct
to two buildings smaller than the temple, but similar in style,
both occupying commanding positions, overlooking the lake on
either hand, and selected with evident appreciation of the wide
and beautiful view that is to be obtained from them. These
terraces still fulfil their probable original purpose as gardens;
and the fineness of the soil and relative luxuriance of their veer-
etation seem to confirm the story of the chroniclers that rich
earth was brought to the island by the Incas from great dis-
tances to redeem its general barrenness.
In front of the temple, on the opposite side of the terre-plein,
which is about three hundred feet broad, built up against the
slope of the promontory I have mentioned, are other terraces
and structures, enclosing certain rocks, partly fashioned by hand,
and with whieh we shall become familiar nnder the name of
Intihuatanas, or places where the Sun was tied up. No de-
scription can convey a clear notion of these structures, which
had an obvious dependence on the temple. Behind them the
promontory rises, in conical form, fully a thousand feet, ancl is
terraced all the way to its top.
It is difficult to imagine a finer site than that of the Tern-
370
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
pie of the Sun in Titicaca. The view from it much resembles
that obtained from the summit of the promontory overlooking
Amalfi and Sorrento, whence the eye commands the bays of
* Salerno and Naples, with their islands and rocky shores. Only
here Nature appears in grander, if less beautiful, aspects, with a
frown on her brow, august and severe. The Incas souo;ht to
soften her features with their terraces and gardens, but their
efforts were weak against rigors of climate and sterility of
soil; and the sacred island, even when the pilgrims loaded its
shrines with the treasures of a thousand provinces, must have
been almost as harsh and repulsive as in this, the day of its
desecration and abandonment.
There is a little village, with a rude church, on the shore of
the lake, a mile from the temple, called Challa. In descending
to it, the traveller passes through a little cluster of alder and
molle trees, surrounding a copious spring, which rises in a tank
of Inca masonry, and discharges its waters, by intricate and
artfully contrived channels, over a series of terraces, blushing
with roses and bright with the crimson of the Flor del Inca.
This spot is called the Baths of the Incas, and in the village are
to be seen a number of large stone basins of the size, and very
much the shape, of our modern bathing-tubs.
I have been thus particular in describing the island of Titi-
caca and its monuments, not only on account of the high venera-
tion in which it was held by the Incas, but as affording an ap-
propriate starting-point in our investigations, in which we shall
trace Inca civilization from the place of its traditional origin
up to that of its highest development in Cnzco. It will be
seen that none of the remains on the island that have been no-
ticed bear any resemblance to those of Tiahuanuco. They are
relatively rude and poor, and it would appear that they were
really the first architectural efforts of a young and immature
people. But such a conclusion would be at variance with well-
authenticated traditions, which rise almost to the dignity of his-
tory, and which tell us that most of the structures that existed
on the island were built by the eleventh Inca, Tupac Yupanqui,
grandfather of the ill-fated Atahualpa and the scarcely less un-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
371
fortunate llnascar. Although always held in great veneration,
•it would seem that the island lost some of its importance with
the rapid growth of the empire, until the priests who guarded
it represented its decadence to this Inca, who himself resolved
to visit it, which he did with great state and ceremony. One
of his first acts was to remove all the inhabitants of the island
to the main-land at Yunguyo, and to replace them with families
of royal blood. He built a palace for the reception of himself
and his successors, when making thither their pilgrimages; es-
tablished a convent for the vestals, at the head of which his suc-
cessor, Huayna Capac, placed one of his two daughters; found-
ed a temple; and greatly increased the pomp, of religion in the
island, which was afterwards held as the special domain of the
ruler. Assuming the truth of these traditions, most, if not all,
the edifices on the island were built some time between 1125
and 1170, which was the period when Tupac Yupanqui reigned.
Having thus briefly described the character of the Inca re-
mains on the two principal and most famous of the sacred
islands of Peru, I shall omit reference to the others, as they
afford no very different or more striking features.
After thoroughly exploring the ruins of the sacred island,
we took a moment when everything seemed to be favorable,
and launched the Natimdatl for Puno; but we no sooner got
from under the lee of the island than the wind shifted, drove
us at right angles to our proper course, and soon increased to a
gale, while waves like those of the ocean broke over our little
craft. “We were tossed and driven before the storm, heartily-
sick and sore, till the moon rose and the wind subsided some-
what. The next day was not more favorable. Again the gale
sprung up, and we pitched and tossed on the waves, seeing
storms break on the lake in all directions, while snow set in,
with bitter cold. Puno we could not make; we were driven
completely across the lake, and when night fell we found our-
selves in a little bay just above that of Escoma. Here we
thankfully anchored, and began to study our position.
PentlancVs map dotted down some ruins in this vicinity, and,
as the wind was still unfavorable, I resolved to remain for a clay
372
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and examine them. I found some large stone.chulpas of com-
paratively^ rude construction, one of them standing on a ledge
overlooking the valley of Escoma. It is remarkable as contain-
ing two separate chambers, each with a separate entrance, one
above the other, the upper one roughly vaulted. The chambers
had been long since rifled by treasure-
hunters, and at the time of my visit
nothing remained in them except some
crumbling skeletons and broken pottery.
From the site of this monument, on the
other side of the valley, may be seen one
of the ancientpucaras, or hill forts, con-
sisting of a series of five concentric.ter-
races and stone-walls surrounding a coni-
cal eminence of great regularity of form.
The wind at last condescended to favor
us, and in our frail vessel we embarked
once again for Puno ; but, after a blind-
ing storm of snow and sleet of more than
twenty-four hours’ duration, and in which
we could but just keep the Natividad afloat by assiduous bail-
ing, a reaction came, and we had pleasant weather, but no wind.
We lay becalmed for five days, during which we exhausted all
our stores, and for two days were without food of any kind. I
hope that that voyage of discovery may be of some use to the
world, foi- I certainly shall undertake no more in an open boat,
on a stormy lake, two miles above the level of the sea, with the
thermometer perversely inclined to zero.
Our friends in Puno had become greatly concerned on ac-
count of our long absence; in fact, they had given us up ; and
when we were observed working across the bay, they hastened
down to the little mole, and received us with a cordial welcome.
After our expedition I “assisted” at a grand “function,” a
patriotic Festival of Flags, 1 should call it, symbolical of a
union of all the republics against monarchical intervention in
America. I signed an ado on the occasion ; and, what was
more, carried an American flag, which the young ladies of the
SECTION OF AYMARA CHCLPA.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
Colejio had improvised for the occasion, getting the number of
the stripes wrong, and the azure field a world too little, but mak-
ing up for all in the size and weight of the staff. But that was
not the worst. \Ve had to go through a mass and a benedic-
tion of the banderas in the chill cathedral, with many genuflec-
tions and much kneeling on the cold stones, besides enduring a
speech from the prefect afterwards, with heads uncovered, in
the frosty air. To the American flag had been given the post
AYMARA CHULPA, OR BURIAL-TOWER, AND HILL FORT, AT ESCOMA.
of honor, with those of Chili and Mexico on either hand. And
as, by a remarkable and unprecedented coincidence, two young
American engineers had arrived in Puno, so that the Yankee
element mustered four strong, and in part recognition of the
high honor given to the United States on the occasion of the
“function,” Mr. T- determined that the Glorious Fourth,
then close at hand, should be celebrated by a dinner, and ” with
all the honors.”
And it was so celebrated. The brass six-pounder of the place
374 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
was fired, a gun for each State, at sunrise ; the bells were pealed
at noon ; a mass was performed in the cathedral at two o’clock ;
the garrison was paraded as an escort to the American flag,
which was carried in triumph through the streets; and, alto-
gether, Puno held high holiday on the 4th of that July. Even
the morose Aymaras seemed to relent, and a few of the more
volatile Quichuas were seen to smile. It was the grand fiesta
of St. Jonathan, and chicha could be had gratis in the plaza.
The severe hurt received among the ruins of Coati, and a fe-
ver superinduced by exposure on the lake, kept me from taking
an active part in an entertainment and ball given in our hon-
or, which were shared in cordially, and with genuine sympathy,
by all the people of Puno who had ever heard of the United
States, constituting the most respectable, but by no means the
most numerous, class. I regretted this, as it prevented me from
witnessing an incident which, while it illustrates some things in
Peru, is not to be taken as characteristic of the whole people.
It must be premised that in the smaller towns of Spanish
America the populace invite themselves to witness, if not ex-
actly to participate in, any social gathering that may take place.
The style of buildings around a court entered bya single great
door-way precludes much exclusiveness, even if it were at-
tempted. The court of Mr. T-‘s house was consequently
filled, not alone while dinner was going on, but afterwards;
and policy, as well as regard for custom, would have induced
him to be extremely liberal of solids as well as liquids to the
*k outsiders.” Most of these left when the invited and presum-
ably more respectable guests departed; but a few inveterates,
who had got a taste of genuine cognac, persisted in remaining,
in hope of another drink. The great door was closed at mid-
night, and merely the wicket left open—a hint to leave which
only two or three of the self-invited guests or spectators failed
to understand. Finally, all had departed except a stalwart
mestizo, who wore a long and ample cloak, and lingered and
chatted, and chatted and lingered, until Mr. T-, imagining
that all he wanted was brandy, gave him half a bottle, and, gen-
tly crowding him towards the wicket, said,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
375
” Now, my friend, it is past two o’clock. I am very tired;
and really yon must go !”
” Open flie door,” responded the man with the cloak.
” Surely you can go out by the wicket. Why should I open
the door ?”
” To let me out.”
This was too much, and our host, in a fit of irritation, gave the
persistent intruder a push. Staggering, he dropped a lady’s
parlor-chair that he had concealed under his cloak, darted through
the wicket, and disappeared in the darkness.
37G
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XX.
SILLUSTANI—ITS CHULPAS AND SUN-CIECLES.
Lake Umayo.—The Town of Vilque.—Ruins of a Temple.—Sillustani.—Numerous
Chulpas.—A Round Chulpa.—Its Construction and Arrangement.—Manner in
which the Stones were raised.—A Broken Chulpa at Sillustani.—Chulpas aud
the Topes of Ceylon.—The Stones cut to Plan before being placed in Position.—
Sun-circles.—A Submerged Town and Palace. — Ilatuncolla.— Hill-fortress of
Quellenata. — Chulpa at Ullulloma compared with Pelasgic Tower in Italy.—
Square Chulpas in Bolivia.—The Chulpas evidently Tombs.—Las Casas’Account
of Peruvian Modes of Burial.—The Region in which they are found.—Aymara,
uot Quiehua Structures.
BESIDES our long excursion on Lake Titicaca, we made several
expeditions to places of interest around Puno. One of these
was to the remarkable Lake of Umayo, five leagues to the north-
east of Puno, and four from Lake Titicaca. It lies at a higher
level than the latter, is about twelve miles in circuit, surrounded
on nearly all sides by abrupt cliffs three hundred feet high, and
might be taken for a vast, ancient crater, except for a large isl-
and in its centre, with its summit level with the plain in whieh
the lake is sunk. The town of Vilque stands near one extrem-
ity of the lake, and is celebrated for its annual fair, which is at-
tended by people from a thousand miles’ distance—from Cuzeo,
on the north, to Tucuman and the provinces of the La Plata, on
the south-east. Droves of mules are brought from this direc-
tion for the supply of the Sierra, where the raising of sheep is
more profitable than that of beasts of burden. Beyond “Vilque,
lying high up among the Cordillera, are other considerable
lakes, one of which, called Coallaqui, is not far from seventeen
thousand feet above the sea.
The Lake of Umayo, although represented on the maps as
discharging into Lake Titicaca, has really no outlet. It never-
theless contains several varieties of fish, some of which, if not
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
377
all, are identical with those of the greater lake. It is divided,
with the exception of a narrow strait, into two unequal parts,
by a bold, elevated promontory, rugged and rocky, connected
with the main-land by a narrow and much lower isthmus or
ridge, on which had been built a structure similar to the Palace
of the Inca on the island of Titicaca.
On this peninsula or promontory, which tradition affirms
to have been the cemetery of the chiefs of Hatuncolla, are a
great number of chulpas, of varying size and construction.
Among them are some of the best-preserved and most imposing
of all in the Collao. The headlands of the lake and the hills
26 .
37S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
around bristle with others, standing singly or in groups of a
hundred or more; but few of them rival those of Sillustani in
size or workmanship.
Passing the isthmus at its narrowest point, and where the
promontory begins to rise’, we tind the approach obstructed by
a series of walls of heavy irregular stones, through each of
which there is but a single opening. The ascent is abrupt, and
at one point the natural basaltic ledge forbids progress. Up
this, however, a zigzag path has been worked, enabling us to
ROUND CHULPAS, SILLUSTANI.
reach the summit of the promontory on a level with the general
■plateau in which the lake is sunk. Here, scattered in every
direction, in utter disregard of order, are the chulpas. Some
stand on the very verge of the precipices overlooking the lake,
and so near that it is impossible for a man to pass outside of
them; others are in the centre of the promontory. Some are
in ruins, or partly fallen; others are nearly as perfect as when
first built; others seem to have been just commenced, and oth-
ers still appear to have been but half finished. Great blocks of
basalt and trachyte, wholly or partly worked, are scattered pro-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
379
fusely on every side. No spot could be more favorable for
the study of the design and construction of the chulpas, -or for
determining their purpose’than is afforded at Sillustani.
I will take as the first example one of the largest and best pre-
served. It stands but a few yards from the edge of the preci-
pice which bounds the peninsula, and close to another unfin-
ished or in ruins. Like the last of those to which I referred in
Acora, it*is round, 1G feet in diameter at the base, and 39 feet
high. Like that, also, it widens as it rises, until at the spring of
the dome its diameter is thirty-four inches greater than at its
base. The cornice or band that runs around it, three-fourths of
the distance from base to summit, is about three feet wide, and
projects about three inches. The material of the structure is a
hard, compact basalt. The blocks of stone are admirably cut, dis-
posed in nearly even courses, and accurately fitted. In a few
cases, where an irregularity occurs in the edge of one stone, or
where one of a course projects above another, the stone above is
cut so as to correct the irregularity and preserve the joint and
the succeeding courses perfect. The lower course, composed of
the largest stones, measured five feet
above the ground. At what was
probably the original surface of the
ground, these stones are bevelled out,
as are often our stone gate-posts, and
are left rough below, as if designed
to obtain a better hold in the earth.
We have noticed the same feature in
describing the great stones support-
ing the Avails and terraces around
the so-called fortress of Tiahuanuco.
The entrance to this monument is
through a low opening, barely large
enough to admit the bod}’ of a man.
This is not formed by omitting a stone in the foundation, as
at Acora, but is cut through a single block. It leads into a
circular vault ten feet in diameter and tAvelve feet high, arched
as I have already described, with flat, uncut, overlapping stones
FOUNDATION-STONE OF CHULPA.
3S0
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
laid in clay. It has no niches, hut appears to have been stuccoed.
Immediately in the centre of the vault or chamber is an open-
ing about two feet in diameter, leading to an upper and smaller
vault. In this are still some human bones and fragments of
pottery. In common with all the better class of chulpas, this «
had been ransacked for hidden treasures, and the floor had been
dug up in the operation, showing only a rough, mixed mass of
stones, broken pottery, and human bones. Among these there
remained entire a single skull, which I brought away with me.
The interior arrangements of no two of the chulpas of Sillus-
tani are exactly the same. Some have a single vaulted cham-
ber ; some have cists covered with flat stones sunk in the floor
of the vault; and others have niches. One has not only a cist,
but two series of niches. The cist is octagonal, three feet in
diameter, and five feet deep, paved and walled up with stones.
The opening was probably closed with a stone slab. The lower
niches, four in number, are larger than the second or upper se-
ries. These are disposed intermediately, or over the spaces be-
tween the lower ones. Between the two series, and projecting
several inches from the walls, are a number of flat stones, evi-
dently intended to rest the feet upon in placing any article in
the upper niches. On each side of every niche are other thin,
flat stones, projecting a few inches, and pierced with holes.
These were evidently designed to receive cords to fasten the
bodies of the dead in the niches. The chamber in this partic-
ular chulpa was not vaulted, but covered with broad, flat, cut
stones.
A number of the chulpas of Sillustani were built of rough
stones, cast over with clay, stuccoed, and probably painted.
There are no square ones here, but the foundations of several;
and some are partly finished. These, and some of the unfin-
ished round ones, enlighten us as to the manner in which their
builders and those of the other Peruvian monuments contrived
to raise heavy stones to considerable heights without the aid
of derricks and pulleys. AVe find, built up against the chulpas,
inclined planes of stone and earth, up which the stones were
moved, probably with levers, and possibly with the aid of rolh
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
381
ers. As the structure rose in height, the plane was raised ac-
cordingly ; and when the structure was finished, the plane was
dug away.
One of the largest of the chulpas of this group, and that
* which was best finished, of fine trachyte, is partly broken down,
or, rather, split apart, probably by an earthquake. It has sev-
eral stones in it, measuring 12 feet in length on the curve of
the face, 6 feet 8 inches in height, and 5 feet in depth. It
shows perfectly the mode of construction. The ends of the
BROKEN CHULPA, SILLUSTANI.
stones were all cut on a true radius from the centre of the
structure. They entered, to different depths, into the mass of
the ehulpa, which in all cases is of rough stones laid in clay,
and were thus more firmly held in place. Another device was
adopted to hold them more securely in position. The ends of
the several stones were hollowed out like a bowl, so that, when
set together, there was a cavity in which a stone was placed, and
the space filled with tough elay. In this manner the stones
were neatly cemented together, without the means by which
it was effected showing on the exterior. For precisely the
3S2
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
same purpose of giving a more even ancl finished exterior, we
sometimes countersink the upper and lower surfaces of the
bricks used in facino- walls. The builders of the monuments
of Sillustani did not extend this device to the upper and lower
sides of the stones, probably depending on the weight of the su-
perincumbent mass of the structure to retain them in position.
Architecturally considered, these chulpas arc among the most
remarkable monuments of America. Their domes remind us
of the dagobas or topes of Ceylon and India, but the topes never
took the form of towers, but consisted simply of domes raised
on a platform reached by flights of steps. Cut off our chulpas
below the cornice or band, ancl the upper part would be very
nearly a tope in miniature. I am by no means seeking for re-
semblances ; for if I were, I should obtain little satisfaction
from the topes, which were essentially religious structures,
dedicated to Buddha, although often raised over a relic of that
teacher; while our chulpas were simple sepulchral monuments,
individual or family tombs, corresponding probably in their size
and elaboration with the dignity or importance of the dead
within them.
Not only were the ends of all the stones forming the exte-
rior walls cut on radii from the centre of the monument, but
the gradual swell of the structure as it widened out, as well as
the curve of the dome, was preserved in each, and was geo-
metrically accurate. Those of the dome especially were cut
first on the radius, next to conform to the curve or swell of
the dome, but finally wedge-shaped on their upper and lower
surfaces, so that their thrust or push should be inward. That
the stones were not shaped after having been put in position
is proved by the great numbers scattered over the promonto-
ry, perfectly cut to conform to their place in structures that
were never finished. It is evident that they were hewn to
plans in which every dimension of the structures had been pre-
viously fixed. The intelligent man, as well as the practical
stone-cutter, can appreciate the difficulties to be encountered in
this kind of work, and be ready to admire the skill with which
they were surmounted.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
3S3
Before leaving Sillustani, and before dismissing the chulpas,
attention must be called to some singular remains, unlike any
which we have hitherto noticed in Peru. The peninsula of
Sillustani has on its eastern side a kind of step or natural ter-
race, sixty or eighty feet lower than the rocky level on which
the greater portion of-the chulpas stand. On this we find a
number of circles and semicircles of varying diameter, defined
by a platform of well-fitted flat stones, inside of which is a line
of erect, uncut stones, so nearly coinciding in every respect
with what are called the sun-circles, or Druidical circles of Eng-
land and many parts of
Northern Europe and Asia,
as to be scarcely distin-
guishable from them. The
stones forming what I have
called the platform are
roughly cut, and their ad-
joining edges are on radii
from the centre of the cir- PLATFORM STONE OF SUN-CIRCLE.
ele. The inner ends are highest, and through them runs a
groove or gutter, extending all around the circle.
Some of these circles are more elaborate than others, and of
one of these I give a drawing that will serve to illustrate all.
It will be observed that there is, first, a circle of rough, upright
stones, of irregular sizes, firmly set in the ground. The circle
is one hundred and twenty-four feet in diameter; it has an
opening five feet wide on the east, and it encloses two larger
upright stones (one of which has fallen), placed one-third of the
diameter of the circle apart. The seeond circle is about ninety
feet in diameter. The stones on both sides of the gate-way are
pierced with holes. This is the perfected form of the sun-cir-
cles of Pern, and it must not be supposed that all of them are
equally elaborate, for the greater number are composed of sim-
ple upright stones in their natural state.
A few instances have fallen under my notice in the vast
region that composed the Inca empire, in which rough upright
stones, often of large size, were arranged in the form of squares
384 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
or rectangles. The ruins of Tiahuanuco, already described, af-
ford a most striking example. Here we find quadrangles de-
nned by great unhewn stones, worn and frayed by time, and
having every evidence of the highest antiquity, side by side
with other squares of similar plan, but defined by massive stones
cut with much elaboration, as if they were the works of later
and more advanced generations, which, however, still preserved
the notions of their ancestors, bringing only greater skill to tin-
construction of their monuments.
SUN-CIRCLE, SILLUSTANI.
The bay that sweeps behind the peninsula of Sillustani is
shallow, grown up with reeds, and with the lake-weed which I
have described as affording food for cattle in the dry season,
and which is called llachu. We observe a line of wall resem-
bling a causeway, running from shore to shore, within which,
just traceable above the water, are lines of stone-work, such as
might really be left by the sinking or submergence of build-
ings, and which give some sort of sanction to the tradition, that
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
385
here the Apus or Curacas of Hatuncolla had a palace and a
town, which sunk, and were covered by the waters of the lake
during a great earthquake. I went to the supposed walls in a
balsa, and satisfied myself that they are really the remains of
buildings; but whether originally these were erected on low
grounds, with the supposed causeway as a dike to prevent the
encroachments of the water when the lake rose during heavy
STONE PILLARS OF HATDNCOLLA.
rains, or whether there was a real subsidence of the grounds
during some terrestrial convulsion, I am unprepared to say. I
incline, hgwever, to the former hypothesis.
In the little modern town of Hatuncolla, two leagues from
the lake, are two very remarkable sandstone pillars, 6 or 7 feet
high, 2 feet broad, and 10 inches thick. These monuments are
carved with figures of serpents, lizards, and frogs, and with elab-
3S6 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
orate geometrical ornaments. It is averred that they once
formed the jambs of the undoubted Inca structure standing on
the isthmus connecting the
peninsula of Sillustani with
the main-land. According
to Garcilasso, the chiefs of
Hatuncolla submitted with-
out resistance to Lloque Yu-
panqui, the third Inea, who
reigned from 1091 to 1126.
Chulpa tombs are as vary-
ing in their interior arrange-
ment as they are in size and
strncture. The opening into
them is oftenest to the east;
but there is no uniformity in
this respect, even among those composing the same gronp. In
many eases there is no opening at all.
This deficiency is specially noticeable in
the hundreds found among the ruins of
Quellenata, on the north-eastern shore of
Lake Titieaea. Here the inner chamber
or vault is formed, as in the case of those
already noticed, by a circle of upright
stones, across the tops of which flat stones
are laid, forming a chamber, whieh often
has its floor below the general level of the earth. Around this
chamber a wall is built, which is carried up to varying heights of
from ten to thirty feet. The exterior stones are usually broken
to conform to the outer curve of the tower, and the whole is more
or less cemented together with a very tenacious clay. Nearly
all arc built with flaring or diverging walls ; that is to say, they
are narrower at their bases than at their tops. Sometimes this
divergence is on a curved instead of a right line, and gives to
the monument a graceful shape. In Quellenata I found only
one skeleton in each of the chulpas I examined; and none of
these structures had open entrances. Similar remains in shape
ORNAMENTS ON PILLAR.
FROG ON PILLAR.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
3ST
HILL FORTRESS OF QUELLENATA.
and construction occur in great numbers among what are called
the ruins of Ullulloma, three leagues from the town of Santa
Rosa, in the valley of the river Pucura. But here the chnlj>as
have openings into which a man may creep, and all of them
contained originally two or more skeletons. For the purpose
of comparison, I give a view of a chulpa at Ullulloma and one
of the remains of a so-called Pelasgic tower at Alatri, in Italy.
There is a very close resemblance in general style and work-
manship ; but in the Peruvian structure the stones are much
more accurately fitted together.
PELASGIC TOWER AT ALATRI, ITALY. CHULPA AT ULLULLOMA, PERU.
3SS
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Among the ruins of Tiuhuani, on the eastern shore of the
lake, all the chulpas are square or rectangular, and many of
them have two chambers, one above the other, entirely sepa-
rated, and reached by different openings from the exterior. In
ascending the Cordillera from the coast above Taena, and in
the valley of the little stream that supplies that city with water,
a few ehulpas (already mentioned) of rough stone are found,
stuccoed over, and painted in red, yellow, ancl white. This
preservation of the colors is due to the fact that these structures
stand outside the rainy belt. They have the additional ancl
singular feature that the cornice is formed, not by projecting
stones, but by a layer of ichu grass, laid with the stems pointing
outwards, which had then been trimmed off as if with a shears.
I have assumed throughout that the chulpas were tombs.
Of this there cannot be the slightest doubt, albeit a number of
travellers, including the eminent Von Tsehudi, have supposed
them to be the dwelling-places, ancl even parts of the fortresses,
of the ancient inhabitants, from the fact of finding in them
traces of fire and broken pottery. But he also mentions hav-
ing frequently found shelter in these towers for the night, as I
have several times done, leaving next clay undoubted traces of
fire and other evidences of occupation, precisely as hundreds
of Indians had clone before me. I examined several ehulpas
which had never been opened, and in all cases found a human
skeleton. These seem to have been raised over single individ-
uals, while those that had entrances were family tombs, since
we usually find from two to twelve skeletons within them.
In his unpublished “Ilistoria Apologetiea,” Las Casas has
given us an account of the burial-rites and the sepulchres of
the Peruvians of the coast. Speaking of the people of the
mountains, he says:
” They have different tombs, and different modes of burial.
In some provinces they have for sepulchres high towers, hollow
below to the height of an estado (about six feet), built massively
of earth or cut stone, all very white. In some parts they are
round ; in others, square, very high, joining one to another in
the fields. Some build them on eminences, a half league or
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
389
more from their towns, so that they ajmear like other and very
populous villages. Each one has a sepulchre of his ancestry
or lineage. The dead are wrapped in skins of the llama, on
which the nose and eyes are indicated, then clothed, and depos-
ited in a sitting posture. The doors of the tombs, which are
all towards the east, are then closed with stone or clay. At the
end of a year, when the body becomes dry, the doors are again
opened. In other places the bodies are enveloped as above de-
scribed, and then placed along the walls in their own houses.
In some places the bodies are placed in the same houses where
the living eat and sleep. There is no bad odor, because the
skins in which the bodies are placed are sewed up very close-
ly, and, from the cold, they soon become like mummies. The
chiefs or lords place the bodies of their dead in the large or
principal room of their houses, and surround it with the vases,
clothing, jewels, and adornments which were possessed by the
defunct in life.”
So far as my observations go, the chulpa is a structure con-
fined to the Collao and Bolivia, in the region occupied by the
Aymaras, or, as Dr. Morton styles them, from the shape of their
skulls, the ” long-headed or Titicacan people.” I found but a
single group after passing the divide of La Baya into the coun-
try proper of the Quichuas. Yon Tschudi, nevertheless, found
similar structures in the distant department of Junin, built per-
haps by Aymara mitimaes, or translated colonies.
390
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XXI.
FROM LAKE TITICACA TO CUZCO.
Shores of Lake,Titicaca.—Huancane.—Quellenata.—Sondor-huasi.—Thatched Roofs.
—Santa Rosa.—A Bull-fight.—A Condor introduced.—Attempt to send two Birds
of this Species to the Coast.—Pedro Lobo’s Correspondence.—Bleak Mountain
Gorges.—Tambos.—The Pass of La Raya.—Descending the Mountains.—The
Aguas Calientes.—The Valley of the Vilcanota.—Cacha and the Temple of Vi-
racoeha.—Gareilasso’s Account of the Inca Viracoeha.—Apparition of the Spirit
of Viracoeha to him.—Ilis Miraculous Victory over the Chinchasuyas.—He erects
the Temple.—Gareilasso’s Account of the Temple and Statue.—Present Condition.
—Dependent Structures.—Modern Potteries among the Ruins.—Gables and Win-
dows in Inca Architecture.—Error of Humboldt and Prescott.—Niches.—Ety-
mology of the Name Viracoeha.—Tupac Amaru.—Quijijana.—Curious Ruins and
Tombs.—Urcos.—The Bolson of Andahuaylillas.—Huayna Capae’s Gold Chain.—
A Night on Andahuaylillas.—The Inca Quarries.—Method of Quarrying.—The
Fortress of Piquillacta.—Ruins of the Inca Town of Muyna.—The Llautu or In-
carial Badge. — Muyna, an Ancient Walled Town. — Oropesa. — The Angostura
Pass.—San Sebastian, with its People of the Ayllos, or Inca, Stock.—Entering
Cuzeo.—Colonel Francisco Vargas and his Welcome.
FROM Puno our journey was continued around the upper
end of Lake Titieaea, through the towns of Paucarcolla, Push
and Taraco, to Huancane, near the head of the fine bay of that
name, crossing the considerable rivers Lampa and Ramis, not
far above their mouths. Both these streams are erroneously
laid down in the maps: the former does not flow direct into
the lake, but into the Bay of Puno.
Between Paucarcolla and Pusi we stopped to explore eertain
monuments which we discovered wide of our road. We then
sent our baggage ahead, which, darkness supervening, we did not
overtake. Becoming entangled among the hills of Capachiea,
we lost the trail, and were obliged to pass the eold night by the
side of a rock, without food or fire, or any covering except our
ponchos. When day dawned we found ourselves less than half
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
391
a league from the town to which we were bound, where, in
the firm belief that we had been drowned in crossing the Lam-
pa River,’ Ignacio had commenced administering on our effects,
and, with the arrieros, at half an hour after daylight, was ” drunk
as a lord” on our best cognac. Drunkenness is universal
throughout the Sierra. Nothing that can be made to ferment
is neglected in manufacturing intoxicating beverages. Nearly
all the maize is converted into chicha; even the berries of the
molle-tree are employed in the same way. And as for the cane
grown in the hot valleys, its juice is wholly distilled into cañaso;
so that sugar in Cuzeo can only be had at from a dollar to a
dollar and a half a pound !
The region around the month of the Ramis is a kind of del-
ta, very lowr and level, interspersed with shallow pools, as if but
recently half rescued from the lake by deposits from the river.
These pools are thronged with water-fowl, among which the
scarlet ibis and strong-winged mountain-goose are conspicuous.
The inhabitants here are all shepherds; and as what there is
of solid ground is covered with a thin but tough turf, this is
used exclusively in constructing their dwellings and the corrals,
or pens for their flocks. Quaint and curious structures they
are, looking like tall quadrilateral hay-stacks. In some of them,
TURF HOUSE NEAR MOUTH OF THE RIO RAMIS.
392
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
attempts had been made at something like architectural adorn-
ment ; and these, as well as the chulpas, have a kind of cornice
at the point where the roof begins to converge from the verti-
cal walls—a feature suggested perhaps by the chulpas, or a tra-
dition of style descending from the ancient builders of the
tombs. In their interior they are, in common with all the
dwellings of the Indian natives, filthy in the extreme. *A few
had been deserted and had fallen clown, forming mounds of
more or less regularity and elevation, in whieh digging would
certainly expose what we generally find in mounds of earth all
over the world — bones, fragments of pottery, some battered
implements not worth removal, and traces of fire.
The town of Huancane is large, and is occupied almost ex-
clusively by Indians of the Aymara family. It has some hot
springs in its neighborhood, which have a high medicinal repu-
tation, and the place may be regarded as the Saratoga of the
Puno district. Four leagues beyond, following the shores of
the Bay of Huancane, is the Indian pueblo of Yilquechieo, in
the neighborhood of which are other hot springs, the Inea ru-
ins of Aearpa, and the Pre-Incarial monuments of Quellena-
ta. They consist of a vast number of chulpas, of various sizes,
standing on an eminence that may justly be called a mount-
ain, surrounded by walls of rough or rudely fashioned stones,
pierced with door-ways, indistinguishable from what in the Old
World are called Pelasgic walls. The ruins of Aearpa stand
on a peninsula projecting far into a shallow bay, and were
reached by the Incas over causeways of stone still visible above
the water.
Leaving Huancane, where, since our visit, the Indians have
risen in open revolt against the whites and committed great
cruelties, we travelled north-west through the town of Chupe
to Azangaro, a famous seat of the ancient inhabitants, and dis-
tinguished now as containing one of the most remarkable mon-
uments of antiquity in Peru, the Sondor-hnasi, which retains its
original thatched roof after a lapse of over three hundred years,
showing us how much skill and beauty, as well as utility, may
be achieved and displayed even in a roof of thatch. We know,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
393
from the concurrent testimony of the chroniclers, that all the
Inca roofs were of thatch—as indeed nine-tenths of the roofs
of all the buildings of the Sierra still are. From this has been
inferred an incongruity between the skilful workmanship of the
walls and the rude character and meanness of the roofs, which
the Sondor-huasi will go far to correct. The thin, long, and
tough ichu grass of this mountain region is admirably adapted
for thatch, lying smoothly, besides being readily worked.
The Sondor-huasi is a circular building, apparently of com-
pacted clay, sixteen feet in exterior diameter. The walls are
fourteen inches thick and eleven feet high, perfectly smooth
outside and inside, and resting on a foundation of stones. The
entrance is by a door, opening to the north, twenty-eight inches
wide and six feet high. Within, extending around the walls, is
a bench of cut stones, except at the point immediately opposite
27
394 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the door, where there is a kind of dars of stone and compacted
clay, with supports for the arms at each end like those of a sofa.
Sunk in the walls at about four feet above the floor are two
series of niches, and at the height of eight feet are four small
windows.
The dome of the Sondor-huasi is perfect, and is formed of a
series of bamboos of equal size and taper, their larger ends rest-
ing on the top of the walls; bent evenly to a eentral point,
over a series of hoops of the same material ancl of graduated
THE SONDOU-HTJASl.
sizes. At the points where the vertical and horizontal supports
cross each other, they are bound together by flue cords of deli-
cately braided grass, whieh cross and recross each other with ad-
mirable skill and taste. Over this skeleton dome is a fine mat
of the braided epidermis of the bamboo or rattan, which, as it
exposes no seams, almost induces the belief that it was braided
on the spot. However that may be, it was worked in different
colors, and in panellings conforming in size with the diminish-
ing spaces between the framework, that framework itself being
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
395
also painted. I shall probably shock my classical readers, and
be accounted presumptuous, when I venture a comparison of
the Azangaro dome, in style and effect, with that of the eella
of the Temple of Venus, facing the Coliseum, in the Eternal
City. Over this inner matting is another, open, coarse, and
strong, in whieh was fastened a fleece of finest iehu, whieh de-
pends like a heavy fringe outside the walls. Next comes a trans-
verse layer of coarser grass or reeds, to which succeeds iehu, and
so on, the whole rising in the centre so as to form a slightly flat-
tened cone. The projecting ends of the iehu layers were cut off
sharply and regularly, jn-odueing the effect of overlapping tiles.
Cieza de Leon also describes these roofs, as an eye-witness.
He says, ” They are of straw, but so artfully laid on, that, unless
destroyed by fire, they will last many ages.”
By referring to Garcilasso we find howr closely the roof of
the Sondor-huasi coincides with his description of the roofs ex-
tant in his day. He says:
” Their roofs were made of poles fastened to eaeh other trans-
versely by strong cords. These supported a layer of grass of
the thickness, in some of the houses, of six feet or more, which
not only served for a cornice to the walls, but extended beyond
them more than a yard, as a pent-roof to keep the rain from
the walls, and to shelter people beneath it. The part that pro-
jected beyond the walls was clipped very evenly….. I re-
member a structure in the valley of Yueay, of the kind I have
described, more than seventy feet square [around ?], whieh was
covered in the form of a pyramid. Although the walls were
only three estados (eighteen feet) in height, the roof was more
than twelve feet.”
From this it will appear that the Inea roofs were not really
so rude and unsightly as we are apt to imagine from our knowl-
edge of modern thatched buildings, associated as they are with
poverty and squalidness. Certain it is, that, if the Sondor-huasi
may be taken as an example of how ordinary structures like it-
self were ornamented interiorly, we can readily conceive that
the interiors of the more important buildings and temples were
exceedingly beautiful.
396 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
From Azangaro our route lay over a high table-land covered
with snow, into the valley of the Rio Pucura, which we ascend-
ed through the towns of Pucura and Ayavira, the mountains
closing gradually around as the valley narrows, until we find
ourselves in Santa Rosa, a considerable town, the last of the
Collao, at the foot of the great snowy mountain of Apucumu-
rami, and one hundred miles from the lake.
THE CONDOR AND THE BULL.
Here we witnessed one of those bull-fights, or rather bull-
baitings, which are the delight equally of the people of the
coast and the Sierra. The plaza of the town was fenced in, and
the bull, with a gaudy crimson cloth fastened over his back,
and his horns loaded with fire-crackers, was let into the enclos-
ure. Then commenced the process of tormenting the animal.
To mount on the bull’s back and ride him round the plaza,
while lighting the fireworks; to prod him with sharp nails set
in the ends of poles, and generally to irritate and vex him,
while dexterously escaping his blind wrath, seem to constitute
the main features of this cherished pastime.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
397
At Santa Rosa the performances were varied by fastening
a young condor on the back of one of the bulls, which, when
roused by the noise, the motion, and the explosions, began to
beat the sides of the bull with his powerful wings, and to lacer-
ate his flesh with his terrible beak. After both bull and con-
dor had become completely exhausted, and the former, with
bleeding flanks and protruding tongue, was standing helplessly
in a corner, an Indian approached to unfasten the bird, which,
however, seized him by the arm and nearly tore it from its
socket. This condor and another were given me by their own-
er, and I undertook to send them home as a present to the
Central Park, New York. They, however, never reached the
coast, as the following letter from Pedro Lobo, the arriero who
undertook to take them there, will, perhaps, sufficiently ex-
plain :
” SIR AND GENTLEMAN, YIRACOCIIA !—I am ill. I supplicate
your mercy. I am a poor man, as you know, and my family
has had the small-pox. Manuela died, it is now a long time.
There is little alfalfa to be had in my village. So I ask your
forgiveness. I could not do otherwise. It happened so. It
was in the Pampa of Tungasaca. One of the polios [chickens],
he of the bull, tore off the ears of the mule Chepa, which carried
him. You remember the mule Chepa, because of its tail, which
was short. It made strings of my poncho, and grievously hurt
me. I still crave your mercy. But it got away.
“You know that maize is very high, and, as I said before,
poor Manuela died of the small-pox. They are taking men for
the army. I don’t know what may happen to me. There is
measles in my village, and the roads are bad; but when the
polio of the toro got away, the other got away also. I know
they will say in Santa Rosa that I cut the straps. And so it
may appear. But, sir, gentleman, and Viracoeha, you will not
believe them ; for there is little alfalfa and no maize to mention
in my village; and it is now two years since Manuela died, to
say nothing of the measles, from which may the Virgin protect
your worship ! Hence I ask your mercy.”
39S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
I should explain that I had on several occasions expressed
great sympathy with Pedro Lobo on account of the premature
death of his daughter Manuela, and he argued that the refer-
ence would soften my heart and avert any anger I might expe-
rience on account of the escape of the polios.
At Santa Posa, the Andes and Cordillera are knotted togeth-
er, and we soon become involved among their gorges, disputing
passage-way with the head-waters of the river Pucura. Prom
Santa Posa to the divide, a weary distance of five leagues, the
scenery is most bold and impressive, resembling that of the val-
ley of the Lauterbrunnen, in Switzerland, or the ascent of the
Pass of St. Gothard from Bellanzona. There are no habita-
tions, only here and there, at exposed points, remains of Inca
tambos, under whose crumbling walls we find some shivering
groups of native travellers, huddled together over a smoulder-
ing fire of dung, endeavoring to warm their wretched chupe.
The wind forces itself through the gorges with fearful violence,
driving before it the sand and gravel of the rough pathway and
fine splinters of disintegrating rock, which puncture the chapped
and smarting skin like lancets, until the blood starts in drops
from every exposed part of the person. Our mules rebel
against facing the blast, and obstinately turn their backs tow-
ards it, or viciously refuse to leave the shelter of some rock that
breaks the force of the wind. The mountains all around us are
covered with snow, which occasionally drives down in blinding
whirls upon us, when some avalanche precipitates itself from
the impending crests that curve over like the combing waves of
the ocean before they break on the shore.
AVe approach a narrow pass ; a frosty stream, curdled with
floating snow and icy crystals, frets between the rough rocks on
one side, and the cliff rises sheer on the other, with only a nar-
row shelf for the roadway, so narrow that the animals cannot
pass abreast. “VVe have just entered on it, with a hurt cargo-
mule now running de valde, or free, ahead, when we hear the
sound of the warning whistle of some party approaching us
from the other end of the pass, and which we had heard before,
but, half deaf and blinded, had confounded it with the shriek
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
399
of the cruel wind. We make an attempt to turn hack the
mule, hut she plunges forwards, while wc retreat to a wider part
of the shelf, and flatten ourselves against the rock, to permit
the approaching travellers to pass. They prove to be a man
evidently of position, but wearing a thick mask and goggles,
who answers to our inquiry if he had encountered a mule by
pointing down among the rocks at the foot of the precipice.
He had shot the animal as it confronted him in the road: there
was no other alternative.
As we approach the summit, the gorge widens out a little,
and we have a better road. Here we find every rock support-
ing heaps of stones, and there are hundreds of other heaps on
all sides where there is room enough to build them up, from a
foot to five and more feet high. They have been raised by the
Indians to propitiate the spirits of the mountains, and those
which control the winds and the snows and the bitter frosts.
The river of Pucura, reduced in size to a mere brook, babbles
at our side, and we feel as grateful as the Indians themselves,
albeit we do not rear our little apachita in token of having
passed safely the worst part of our road. A mile farther, and
we reach the cumbre, or divide—a lap, if I may use the term,
between the two mountain ranges. Here, on one side, is a
great pile of votive stones, and on the other a small lake, or
tarn, welling up among masses of vibrating, half-frozen turf,
edged round with a silvery border of ice, and looking clear but
dark under the cold, steel-like sky.
From this lake, which is only a few hundred feet across, flow
two small, distinct streams — one through the gorge we have
passed southwards, forming in its course the river Pucura, fall-
ing into Lake Titicaca, and the other flowing north, constitut-
ing the source of the Rio Vilcanota, which, under its successive *
names of Yilcamayo, Yucay, Urnbamba, and Ucayali, forms the
true parent stream of the Amazon. A cork thrown into the
centre of the lake might be carried into Titicaca or into the
Atlantic, depending probably on the direction of the wind.
The divide which we have reached is in latitude 14° 30′ south,
and longitude 70° 50′ west, at an elevation of 14,170 feet, domi-
400 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
nated by the great snowy peak of Yileanota, wliich still rises
majestically above us.
Around the lake are the remains of several Inca tambos,
some evidently designed for the poorer order of travellers, and
one clearly intended for the Inea himself, or those of his blood.
The latter has been almost destroyed by the seekers for treas-
ure, and its levelled walls afford no protection from the winds.
So we gather for the night under the lee of some standing
walls of humbler structures, fasten our mules close beside us,
feeding them with raw barley, and, fencing ourselves in with
our baggage, huddle around a little fire of sticks of quinoa.
which, by a fortunate accident, we were able to buy in Santa
Rosa at a little less than their weight in silver. We refresh
ourselves with coffee; our arrieros stuff their mouths with
coca; we pack onrselves together as closely as possible, and
await the dawn, when we shall start down the slopes of the
Amazon.
The means of intercommunication in the Inca empire, un-
der the beneficent rule of its aborigiual sovereigns, were infi-
nitely better than they are to-day. Apart from their roads and
bridges, they built at all exposed points, at intervals in the pu-
nas and among the mountains, as well as in the villages, posts
for the accommodation of travellers. These were by no means
imposing, but large and comfortable, structures, in which not
alone the travellers themselves, but their llamas, might find
food and shelter. At La Raya, through which all communica-
tion between the capital and the Colla-suya, or important region .
around Lake Titicaca, had to pass, the public requirements were
met by the construction of a number of tambos of large size;
and there are also traces of a fortification, as if for the mainte-
nance here of a garrison.
I made a plan of one of these tambos, under the crumbling
walls of which we found protection for the night, Avhich may
be taken as a type of this kind of structures in general, al-
though no two are precisely alike. It is a building with a
front of 180 feet in length, with wings extending inwards at
either extremity, forming three sides of a court. This court is
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
401
extended down to the waters of the little lake by rough stone-
walls, and the ground falls off by low terraces. The main front
has but three rooms, each
about sixty feet long; the
central one alone having
entrances from the out-
side. The corner rooms
open into the court, and
eaeh has a smaller inner
room that can only be
reached through it — de-
signed, perhaps, for the
° X PLAN OF INCA TAXIBO, LA RAYA.
women or persons of dis-
tinction. The rooms have small niches on their sides, sunk
in the walls, whieh are from two to three feet thick, composed
of rough stones laid in clay. Altogether, the tambos seem to
have been rough but substantial, common-sense structures, ra-
tionally devised to meet the wants of the people for whose
use they were built. The courts were, no doubt, designed
for the reception of the herds of llamas and alpacas that
might accompany travellers, or be sent from the valleys to
the plains of the Collao.
We descend now, here between steep mountains, where stream
and roadway dispute the passage, with eternal winter enthroned
on the heights above us, anon urging our mules over narrow
but arable intervals of land, or stopping to rest in quaint vil-
lages of Indians, famous in aboriginal history as the Canchus.
From the Pass of La Paya into the valley of the Yilcanota
the descent is rapid, and before noon we begin to feel the
change in temperature. At the hot springs of Aguas Calientes,
a distance of two leagues, we had descended fifteen hundred
feet. The waters of these springs are regarded as specifics for
certain diseases, and there are near them a few low, rough,
stone huts (without windows or doors to close the entrances,
and without inhabitants), to which the sick may resort, bring-
ing, of course, their own beds, cooking utensils, and food. The
little brook that in the morning trickled, half frozen, from the
402
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
lake of La Raya, before noon has swollen into a considerable-
stream, and before night we find it flowing, a scarcely fordable
river, through a narrow but fertile and well-eultivated valley.
It is winter, and the fields are dry and sere; but we see on
every side the stubble of wheat, barley, and maize, and, at long
intervals, a rude grist-mill. The steep gorges that open from
the mountains which shut in the valley are terraced up from
the river lands, forming little triangular farms or gardens, in
which may be seen huts, half hidden by quenua-trees and
the bushes of the Flor del Inca. Houses and towns become
more frequent, and, in common with the people, have an as-
pect of relative thrift. We can get food for our animals at
some price, and eggs become a luxury within the scope of our
exchequer.
The Indians we meet are less swarthy and sullen than those
of the Collao, and we extract a grain of satisfaction from that
most unpromising of all sources, the cry of a baby. Altogether,
we follow the track of Manco Capae, satisfied that he must have
found the valley of the Vilcanota a most agreeable ehange from
his cold and barren rock of Titicaca.
We prosecute our journey sixty miles farther, until the stream
that trickled from the tarn of La Raya has swollen to be an un-
fordable river, under the name of Vileanota. Here we reach the
town of Cacha, near which are the remains of the famous Tem-
ple of Viracoeha. The valley has spread out to the width of a
league, and is level and -fertile. Beyond the town, on the right
bank of the river, and rising nearly in the centre of the valley, ‘
is the broad and rather low, irregular volcanic eone of Haratche.
ft has thrown out its masses of lava on all sides, partly filling
up the hollow between it and the mountains, on one hand, and
sending off two high dikes to the river, on the other. Between
these dikes is a triangular space, nearly a mile in greatest length,
literally walled in by ridges of black lava, heaped in wildest con-
fusion to the height of many feet. At the upper end of this
space, which has been widened by terracing up against the lava
fields, and piling back the rough fragments on each other, is a
copious spring, sending out a considerable stream. It has been
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
403
carefully walled in with cut stones, and surrounded with ter-
races, over the edges of which it falls, in musical cataracts, into
a large artificial pond or reservoir covering several acres, in
which grow aquatic plants, and in which water-birds find con-
genial refuge. From this pond the water discharges itself, part-
ly7 through nnmerous azequias that irrigate the various terraces
lining this lava-bound valley, and partly through a walled chan-
nel into the Yilcanota.
Overlooking the reservoir or pond, on a broad terrace, or
rather series of terraces, on one side of a great semicircular
area, rise the lofty ruins of the Temple of Viracoeha, one of
the most important ever built by the Incas, and which seems
to have been unique in character. Before proceeding to a more
minute explanation and description of what remains of this
temple, it will not be amiss, and it will certainly aid us in un-
derstanding the origin and purport of the structure, to review
what Garcilasso has to say about it and its builder.
The Inca Viracoeha was the eighth of his line, according to
Gareilasso’s table, and left the most romantic and brilliant his-
tory of his royal race. His father, Yahuar-IIuacac, was a mild
and somewhat pusillanimous prince, who could poorly tolerate
the impetuous and ambitious temper of his son, and whom
he sent early into honorable exile from the court, to be cus-
todian of the royal flocks and those of the Sun, on the high,
cold plain of Chita, three leagues to the north-east of Cnzco.
After three years of banishment, the young prince returned to
Cuzeo without permission, and forced himself into the presence
of his father, asserting that he had that to communicate which
concerned the peace and safety of the empire. He related that
during a day-dream, or trance, he had been approached by a
celestial being, white and bearded, dressed in a long and flow-
ing robe, who said, ” I am son of the Sun, brother of Manco
Capac. My name is Viracoeha, and I am sent by my father to
advise the Inca that the provinces of Chinchasuya are in re-
volt, and that large armies are advancing thence to destroy the
sacred capital. The Inca must prepare; I will protect him and
his empire.” The apparition then disappeared. .But the father
404
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
listened impatiently and with disregard to the supplications of
his son, who thenceforward took the name of Viracoeha. The
Inca made no preparation for the predicted catastrophe. But
within three months he was startled by intelligence of the
approach, in great force, of the insurgent Chinchasuyas. Ap-
palled by his disregard of the celestial warning, and believing
his destruction was inevitable, he abandoned his capital, and
went to the fortified town of Muyna—the ruins of which are
still marked—where he awaited his fate.
The people, deserted by their prince, were overcome with ter-
ror, and were flying in every direction, when the young Inca,
Viracoeha, appeared among them, with the shepherds of Chita.
His courageous bearing, inspiriting words, and lofty spirit
rallied and reanimated the fugitives; and he hastened to his fa-
ther to urge him to return to Cuzeo, put himself at the head
of his people, and strike a manly blow for his empire. But
his entreaties were of no avail; the pusillanimous Inea refused
to stir beyond the walls of Muyna.
Viracoeha then resolved himself to redeem the honor of his
race and preserve the empire. He returned to Cuzeo, put him-
self at the head of such forces as he could collect, and went out
and fought the Chinchasuyas with greatly inferior numbers.
The white and bearded spirit that had appeared to him at Chita
was true to his promise, and the very stones rose up armed,
white and bearded men, when the weight of battle pressed hard-
ly on the youthful Inea. He gained a signal victory on the
plain which still bears the name, then given it, of Yahuar-pam-
pa, ” the Field of Blood.”
At the demand of a grateful people, Viracoeha afterwards
set aside his father, and assumed the imperial llautu. In
recognition of the power and interference of the divine Vi-
racoeha, the young Inca ordered the construction of a sumpt-
uous temple to his worship in Cacha. Why there, in prefer-
ence to Chita, where the spirit first appeared, or on the plain
of Yahuar-pampa, where it fought for the youthful Inca, the
chroniclers confess themselves unable to explain. But for some
reason he directed that the temple should be built in Cacha,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
405
and that in form and structure it should imitate as far as pos-
sible the place among the rocks of Chita where, in his noonday
dream, the spirit appeared to him. The temple, accordingly,
was to be without roof, with an elevated second story, and in
plan and workmanship different from any then in existence.
It was to contain a small ehapel or shrine, within which was to
be placed an image of the celestial Viracoeha.
This temple according to Garcilasso, was 120 feet long within
the walls, and 80 broad, and was of polished stones. It had
four entrances, opening to the four cardinal points, or rather
what appeared to be entrances, for three of them were blind
doors, intended only for ornament; and the fourth alone, that
opening to the east, gave admittance to the interior. Ancl as
the Indians did not know how to construct arches to support
the second story, they built transverse walls which answered
as beams, three feet thick and seven feet apart. Beween these
walls were twelve passages ceiled with flat cut stones. Enter-
ing the door-way of the temple, the visitor turned to the right,
through the passage opening in that direction, and went on
until he reached the wall, when he turned to the left through
the second passage, and so on until he reached the twelfth pas-
sage or aisle, where there was a stairway leading to the second
story and descending on the opposite side. In front of each
aisle were windows resembling port-holes (falteras), which ad-
mitted sufficient light; and below each window was a niche
in the wall for a porter, who could sit there without obstruct-
ing the passage.
The floor of the second story was paved with lustrous blaek
stones, brought from afar. In place of a great altar was a sort
of chapel, twelve feet square within the walls, roofed with the
same kind of black stones, fitted together, and raised in the form
of the capital of a column, with four angles. This was the
finest piece of work in the whole structure. In this chapel,
and sunk in the wall of the temple, was a kind of tabernacle,
where was an image of the celestial Viracoeha, in honor of
whom the temple was built. On the right and left sides of
the chapel were also tabernacles or niches, but they co’ntained
406 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
nothing, serving only as ornaments. The walls of the structure
rose three yards above the second floor, and had no windows.
The cornice was of stone on all sides.
In the tabernacle just mentioned, on a great base or pedestal,
was a statue of Viracoeha, as he appeared to the young Inca in
Chita. It represented a man of good stature, with a long beard,
and flowing robe like a tunic or cassock, reaching to the feet,
where there was the figure of an unknown animal, with the
claws of a tiger, and a chain around its neck, one end of whieh
was held in the hands of the statue. All of this was cut in
stone; and as the sculptors did not know how to represent the
apparition, the Inca was accustomed to dress himself as it ap-
peared to him, so as to give them a model from which to work.
“And because,” adds Garcilasso, in a tone of reproach, “this
temple was such an extraordinary work, the Spaniards should
have preserved it for the admiration of future ages; but instead,
as if in envy of the works of those who had preceded them, they
so destroyed it that now scarcely the foundations are left — a
thing much to be regretted. The principal cause of the de-
struction, however, wTas the notion that much treasure was con-
cealed beneath it. The first thing thrown down was the statue,
because it was said much gold was hidden under it. The statue
existed a few years ago, although much disfigured by the stones
that had been hurled against it.”
Nearly three hundred years have elapsed since Garcilasso
wrote, and if the temple was so much ruined in his clay as he
describes it, what might we expect its present condition to be ?
The churches of San Pedro and San Pablo Cacha, of Tinta, and
other neighboring villages, and more than one of the bridges
across the Vilcanota, are built of stones taken from its walls;
yet its plan can still be traced, and it is not altogether too late
to rescue the pious work of the Inca Viracoeha from exaggera-
tion or forgetfulness. The plan does not wholly agree with
that described by the chronicler,* who wrote, probably, at sec-
* Thus, he describes the temple as being without a roof, while the ruins show
that it had a pitched roof, lie gives its dimensions as Vl< ) feet by SO, while they really arc*330 feet by 87. IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 407 ond-liand, from the imperfect descriptions of incompetent ob- servers ; bnt we can easily see that he is describing this very structure. The most conspicuous part of the remains of the temple is a wall 40 feet high, of adobes, or compacted clay, on a founda- tion of stones, irregularly wrought, but perfectly ñtted togeth- er. This foundation is 8 feet high, and 5£ feet thick on the level of the ground, but is "battered in," or decreases slightly in thickness as it rises, as does also the wall above it. It RUINS OP TEMPLE OF VIRACOCHA. may be described as a succession of piers, twelve in number, each 19|- feet wide, separated by spaces of 8£ feet. These spaces were carried up (the sides inclining inwards) into the adobe work above to the height of 14 feet, forming doors of that altitude, the lintels of which were of wood, now decayed or removed, but leaving traces in the wall. This wall extended longitudinally through the centre of the structure, and shows it to have been about three hundred and thirty feet long. One of the end-walls is still standing, with a large door, flanked with niches, opening inwards on each side of the central wall. The 40S INCIDENTS OE TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION < < < < < < < < 0 If qI fg ; W SB cBB SB T Scale of Feet 50 100 3 shape of this end-wall shows that I the structure had a pitched roof, I and that its total exterior width I was S7 feet. The side-walls and It I one of the gable-walls had disap- I peared; but, by digging, their fonn- I dations may be easily traced. I In the centre of each pier was an opening 3 feet high by 18 inches wide, extending entirely through the wall, the stones being well faced in- side as well as outside; and about mid- way the height of each door-wray, or seven feet from the ground, are sock- ets six inches square, sunk in the stone, as if for the reception of beams or bars. Immediately opposite the open- ings I have spoken of as penetrating the stone foundation that supports the central wall, and midway between that and the outer walls on each side, are two series of columns, 5£ feet in diameter at the base, twelve on each side, or twenty-four in all. Of these, only one is perfect. Like the central wall, its base, to the height of eight feet or more, is formed of wrought stones, carved on the face, and accurately fitted, above which the pillar is continued of adobes to the height of about twenty-two feet. I>y digging, the foundations of all these col-
umns may be discovered. On a level with the tops of these
columns, and coinciding with their vertical centre, are holes in
PLAN OF TEMPLE OF VIRACOCHA
AND DEPENDENT STRUCTURES.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
409
the central wall, apparently for the reception of the ends of
beams, the other ends of whieh rested on the columns, whieh
may, indeed, have supported other beams extending to the
outer walls. This is most likely; for there is no timber with-
in fifty or a hundred leagues long enough to extend from
one wall to the other, a distance of thirty-fonr feet.
I assume that there were no transverse walls, such as Garci-
lasso describes, but that the seeond floor of the structure was
supported by these columns. We cannot now tell what was the
arrangement of the upper story or stories. We only know that
the central wall is pierced with a double^ row of windows or
openings, placed immediately over the door-ways of the ground-
plan, whieh diminish in size with their elevation.
Garcilasso describes the outer walls as of cut stones, and the
vast numbers that we know have been taken from here seem
to justify the statement. The foundations certainly were; but
the remaining gable is of adobes, entered by a single door.
Whether there were other entrances cannot now be determined :
the above-mentioned historian Garcilasso states that there was
but one. Of the remaining parts of the structure as described
by him — the chapel or sanctuary — there are now no traces
whatever.
But neither Garcilasso nor any subsequent writer has noticed
the extensive series of remains, scarcely less interesting than
those of the temple itself, and connected with it. It is impossi-
ble to present a complete plan of them, for it would cover too
much space; nor eould I hope to convey any very clear idea
of them through a description, however minute. I shall eon-
fine myself, therefore, to one or two of the more remarkable
dependent structures, beginning with a series of edifices sur-
rounding courts, which lie at right angles to the temple, at its
southern end. They are built upon a terrace, raised three feet
above the general level, and between two parallel walls eight
feet high and one hundred and ninety feet apart. There are
six series of courts and buildings entire, and one, next to the
temple—in fact, immediately in front of its remaining gable—
partially destroyed. Eaeh series covers an area about one hun-
28
410 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
dred and twenty feet square, and collectively they extend up-
wards of eight hundred feet in a right line.
In arrangement, every group or series is substantially the
same, and consists of six buildings, two on each of the three
sides of a court, the fourth side, looking towards the artificial
lake, etc., being left open. The buildings standing transverse-
ly to the general line of the range of edifices may be described
as double, that is to say, as divided longitudinally by a party-
wall, every division facing on a separate court. This middle or
STONE HOUSES NEAR TEMPLE OF VIRACOCHA.
party-wall, like that of the temple, exactly divided the gable,
and rose to the peak of the structure, supporting the upper
ends of the rafters. The buildings ‘thus divided into two equal
apartments are 40 by 38 feet exterior measurement. The ga-
bles are lofty, and there is ample evidence that each building
consisted of two stories. The walls are three feet thick, and,
to the height of eight or ten feet, are composed of unhewn
fragments of lava, cemented together with a stiff clay. Above,
they are continued with adobes, except in one instance, where
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
411
the upper part of the central wall of the building was also of
lava. The fronts had two entrances, and the interior of every
apartment was ornamented with niches—within some of whieh
the fine stucco is still perfect—brilliant with the purple color
with which they had been painted. Between the buildings is
an alley or passage-way seven feet wide. The two buildings
on the third side of the court are not double, like those just de-
scribed, but consist of a single inner apartment. Their exte-
rior dimensions are 40 by 30 feet, and they also have two doors
opening on the court, and are ornamented with niches. Be-
tween the line of buildings and the outer wall the space has
been divided into enclosures with small buildings, each series
corresponding with the principal groups, apparently designed
for cooks and attendants.
Exterior to this outer wall are one hundred and twenty cir-
cular structures, each twenty-seven feet in diameter, ranged in
ten rows of twelve, the streets or passages between them being
twelve feet wide. Every building has a door-way opening
on the street, but the buildings are so disposed that the door-
ways do not face each other. These round buildings are com-
paratively rude, and built throughout of rough blocks of lava.
Interiorly, they show very little attempt at ornamentation. To
obtain the area on which they are built, the lava has been re-
moved and heaped up outside of them. It would seem as if
they were intended for the reception of pilgrims to the shrine
of the celestial Viracoeha; and if so, they imply that it was held
in great esteem, and was much frequented.
The ground in front of the long line of buildings which I
have described is a beautiful level, and is terminated by anoth-
er group of buildings less regular in plan, but very interesting.
They are now in part inhabited, and probably present the same
general appearance as before the Conquest. Indeed, a consid-
erable part of the lava-encircled, well-watered, ancl beautiful lit-
tle plain in which the Temple of Viracoeha and its dependent
structures are built is now occupied by a village of potters,
famed all over the Sierra for their wares. They find a very
fine and exceedingly tenacious clay, or kaolein, among the lava,
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
which, as I have said, was anciently removed from the area
with incredible labor, and heaped np around it. From the site
of the temple the eye finds no opening in the lava walls, while
on the side towards the crater the lava is piled up in stupendous
masses, as if an ocean of ink had been suddenly congealed dur-
ing a furious storm.
I cannot refrain from correcting one or two radical errors
which have obtained as regards Inca architecture, and which
have received the support of the great names of Humboldt ancl
Prescott. The former, in his account of the fortress of Cannar,
in the northern part of the Inca empire, describes a building
within its walls which, though smaller, was nearly a counterpart
of the double houses found near the Temple of Viracoeha. He
seems to have been surprised to find that the edifice had gables
like those of our own dwellings, and expresses his belief that
they were added after the Conquest. The fact of the existence
of windows in these gables he regarded as specially favoring
that hypothesis; ” for it is certain,” he adds, ” that in the edi-
fices of Peruvian construction, as in the remains of the houses
of Pompeii ancl Herculaneum, no windows are to be found.”
AL de la Condamine, before him, had expressed some doubts of
the antiquity of the gables, but thought it possible that they
formed part of the ancient structure. Prescott, probably fol-
lowing Humboldt, denies the existence of windows in Peruvian
architecture.
Humboldt, however, saw but few Inca remains in Northern
Peru. Had he journeyed in the central or southern part of
the country, he would have found the use of gables and of win-
dows almost universal. Gables are even to be found among the
ruins of Grand Chimu on the coast, where rain seldom falls.
Everywhere in the interior the ruins of Inca towns are specially
marked by their pointed gables, which have almost always one
window, and frequently two. These windows were sometimes
used as door-ways for entrance to the upper or half story of the
edifice, and were reached by a succession of flat stones project-
ing from the walls so as to form a flight of steps.
The gables were not always of equal pitch or shape. As a
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
413
rule, they were nearly as pointed as those of Holland. In
buildings standing on the slopes of hills, whieh were favorite
situations for villages, inasmuch as the level grounds were thus
saved for cultivation, the slope of the gable nearest the decliv-
ity was shortest. We shall find some fine examples of all kinds
of Inca houses—of one, one and a half, and two or more stories,
with windows in the gables and windows in the sides—when we
come to the great and complicated ruins of Ollantaytambo.
I may add that when the Inca ordered the construction of the
Temple of Viracoeha on a plan different from that of any other
temple in Peru, he found proper workmen to execute his com-
mands, for it is strictly unique in design. I fonnd no columns
in any other edifice, nor does it appear that any other had so
great a height. The feature of adobes on a base of worked
stone is not, however, peculiar to this building, as I found it in
others, where they wrere used not only to build up the gables,
but also to form part of the general walls. A notable example
is afforded in the ancient temple, now the church of Guitera,
two days’ journey from the coast, in the valley of the river of
Pisco. These brick complements of edifices of stone would nat-
urally be the first to disappear under the action of the weather;
and in many instances they have probably so disappeared, leav-
ing only the stone-work remaining. A wrong inference would
be drawn as to what the chroniclers call the ” stateliness” of
some of the Peruvian buildings, from these relatively low stone-
walls.
As ornamental niches constitute a peculiar and constant feat-
ure in Inea architecture, a few general remarks may be here
made. Their design, when they appear on the exterior of build-
ings, is plainly ornamental; and in certain cases, when they ap-
pear in interiors, we discover the same purpose. I speak now
of the larger ones, reaching to the floors, or near the floors, of
apartments. There are others whieh have no smaller reenter-
ing niche, but are mere closets, as it were, without doors, wider
at the bottom than at the top, and of varying depth, whieh are
found extending round almost every apartment, great or small,
whether built of rough stones or of blocks elaborately cut and
414
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
fitted. It is possible that these may have been for use as well
as ornament, although always having the latter purpose clearly
apparent. The dimensions of these niches vary with the differ-
ent dimensions of the structures in which they are found; and
a line of them running close along the ground is often relieved
by smaller and alternating ones. The monotony of long, dull
lines of terraces, especially when in connection with public edi-
fices, is nearly always broken up by the introduction of these
niches. These terraces are usually formed of irregular stones,
fitted together in the style called Cyclopean, in which case the
stones around the niches take a more regular shape, and have
a finish not to be found in other parts of the wall. In the
structures built of rough stones laid in clay, they are always
well faced with stucco, and there is reason to believe that they
were painted in colors differing from those of the walls they
were intended to adorn.
Before we leave this temple, we may remark that the ety-
mology of the name “Viracoeha” is variously given. That
generally accepted is vim, “froth,” and cocha, “sea”—that is,
” Froth of the Sea.” And as the spirit that appeared to the
young Inca on the high plain of Chita, and gave his name as
Viracoeha, was white and bearded, and dressed in flowing robes,
it is not to be wondered at that the same designation should
be applied to the Spaniards, who came from the sea, and who
seemed to the simple Indians to be incarnations of the super-
natural visitor, holding in their control the lightning and the
thunder. Among Los Inclios del campo, or Indians of the
fields, the llama herdsmen of the punas, and the fishermen of
the lakes, the common salutation to strangers with fair skin and
blue eyes is “Tat-tai Viracoeha /”
It was on the heights of Tungasaca, overlooking the ruins
of the Temple of Yiracocha, on the opposite bank of the river,
that Jose Gabriel Condorcanqui, better known by the name lie
ultimately assumed of Tupac Amaru, organized, towards the
close of the last century, that uprising of the Indians against
the Spaniards which soon spread throughout the Sierra, and
threatened the extinction of the Spanish power in Peru. Tu-
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
415
pae Amaru was the lineal descendant of the last of the Incas;
and when he gathered his followers in the town of Tinta, on
his way to wrest the capital of his fathers from the hands of
the descendants of Pizarro, he led them first to the ruins of the
Temple of Yiracocha, and there, surrounded by black and rug-
ged lava Avails, and under the shadow of the crumbling sanctu-
ary, with strange and solemn ceremonies and ancient invoca-
tions, he adjured the aid of the Spirit that had fought by the
side of the young Yiracocha on the plain of Yahuar-pampa.
For a time he was successful; the dead gods seemed to live
once more, and the banner of the Incas, glowing anew with its
iris blazon, appeared destined to float again above the massive
walls of the great fortress of Cuzeo. But treachery, more than
force, ruined the cause of the Indian chieftain: he was taken
prisoner, and, after being obliged to witness the execution of
his wife and son, was himself, May 21st, 1781, torn into pieces
by horses in the great square of Cuzeo, and under the walls of
its august cathedral, dedicated to the service of a just and mer-
ciful God.
After leaving Cacha we find nothing of special interest until
we reach a point where the mountains close in on both sides of
the Yilcanota, and leave it only a roek-bound canon wherein to
flow. At various points we observe extensive remains of an-
cient towns. The sites of these were almost invariably some
roeky eminence in the’ valley, or rugged promontory projecting
from the mountains lining it, among masses of roek and piles
of stones, laboriously heaped up to give room for the houses,
whieh, in these places, were arranged with little regard to order,
but with the obvious purpose of economizing the arable lands.
As we approach the town of Quijijana, we find a broken
piece of ground in the middle of the valley; a kind of bluff
overlooking the river, rough and sterile, which was the site of
a large town, with a temple and public square, the whole curi-
ously laid out. The cliffs facing it and bordering the valley
are thronged with the tombs of the ancient inhabitants. They
consist of little chambers, faced with stones, built up under
every projecting roek, or against the cliffs, wherever room is
416
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
afforded for a wall. Many are in places apparently inaccessible,
and it is difficult to understand bow they were reached, much
more how they were constructed. All appear to have been stuc-
coed and painted. They produce a striking effect in the sunlight,
standing out against the dark, rough background of the cliff.
AVe leave the narrow valley of the Yilcanota, which has now
swollen to a large and powerful stream, with its fallen bridge of
masonry, and an existing one of mimbres, or twisted branches
of shrubs, and, turning sharp to the left, rise by a steep ascent to
the town of Urcos, a rambling village, with more chicha shops
than respectable habitations. Our destination for the night is
Andahuaylillas, which is the musical name of a pueblo twelve
miles distant, and we lose no time in Urcos, but climb the in-
termediate heights to descend into the bolson of Andahuaylil-
las. This bolson is one of the group of which that of Cuzeo is
the centre, and is among the most beautiful in Peru.
At the very summit of the ridge, between the valley and the
bolson, in a bed like the crater of a volcano, is the small but
deep lake of Urcos, which has no outlet. It is most famous
because of the tradition that its yellow waters hide the great
golden chain of Huayna Capac, whieh was of the thickness of a
man’s arm, and extended twice around the great square of Cuz-
eo. It was thrown into the lake to save it from the Spaniards.
This tradition was fresh and current in Gareilasso’s days, for he
gives us the names of the men who undertook to carry a drift
through the ridge to drain the lake, and who only desisted,
after spending all their money, on striking t\\Q peña viva, or liv-
ing rock. The drift is still visible, and, in its extent, shows a
very persistent purpose on the part of those who drove it. I
shall cheerfully give any information I may possess about the
lake, and how to get at it, to the enterprising gentlemen “who
once organized a company, with five millions of capital, to re-
cover the treasure from the wreck of His Majesty’s frigate
Hussar sunk at Hell Gate, unless, indeed, the searchers for
Kidd’s ill-gotten gold, at the foot of the Highlands, should
make the first application. I leave to those accustomed to deal
with large figures to say what should be the capital of the
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
417
“Huayna Capac Chain Recovery Company,” merely observing
that the Square of Huacapata was more than half a mile in cir-
cuit, and the chain, ” big as a man’s arm,” went twice around
it; and, moreover, the gold of the Incas was pure.
The bolson of Andahuaylillas is an irregular oval, eighteen
miles long by from three to six broad; nearly level, and well
watered by rills from the surrounding mountains, which are
collected in a single stream, that has cut a narrow channel
through the intervening ridge, and falls into the Vilcanota. IMo
traveller can resist the conviction that these mountain-girt ba-
sins were once lakes, which have been gradually drained by the
slow excavation of their outlets; or suddenly, through some
convulsion of nature, by the rupture of the barriers confining
them. There are some very distinct ” lake – terraces” in this
bolson, which merit the attention of geologists and other in-
quirers. I can hardly resist the impression that here is a frag-
ment of Lombardy ; and that the Alps, by a masterly flank move-
ment, have circled it in, cut off its retreat, and compelled it to
seclusion and quiet.
We pitch down the narrow path that leads into the valley,
undismayed by a bellowing bull that tears past us, with a mus-
keted soldier at his heels, who shouts “Cuidado /” and, instead
of entering the picturesque village before us, bear off to the
right to our haven of rest, which bears the cadenced name of
Andahuaylillas.
We pass a number of rich and extensive haciendas, heavily
walled in, with arched corridors and iron – trellised balconies,
speaking of wealth and the arts of home, and take refuge in a
deserted house which the wife of the corregidor borrows for us
for the night. Her husband has gone on a bull-bating ” func-
tion,” or what is known among us as ” a spree,” to some remote
mountain village, where he has a compadre, perhaps a comadre.
We have the house, and the house has a floor, whereon, in the
absence of any furniture except a thick carpet of dust, we have
the privilege of making ourselves as comfortable as we can. In
the morning we waste no time in unnecessary adieus, but hasten
on our way.
418 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
This bolson is separated from that of Oropesa, whieh is only
an extension of that of Cuzeo, by a narrow ridge or pass, which
formed the southern limit of the dominions of the first Inca,
and where stand the massive remains of the works by which
it was defended from aggression from the southward. Before
reaching these remains, we come to great projected masses of
trachytic and basaltic rock, through which the road or path
winds tortuously. Here was one of the principal quarries of
the Incas, and hence was taken by far the greater part of the
stones nsed in the construction of the edifices of Cnzco. All
around are immense heaps of stone chippings, covering more
than half a mile square; and among these are scattered, in all
directions, blocks of stone of every size and in every stage of
progress, from the rough fragment just broken from the parent
mass to the elaborately finished block ready to be put in its as-
signed place in a building. Here are the rough stone huts of
the quarrymen, and also the more pretentious dwelling of the
master-workman, or overseer, who built a little wall around his
house, and a terrace in front, and otherwise evinced taste and
love of comfort.
The whole aspect of things is familiar, and we might readily
imagine ourselves in an abandoned quarry at home. Although
many of the worked stones have been taken away since the Con-
quest, yet enough remain to show that the quarries were in full
operation at the time of their final interruption, and that the
Incas were still actively engaged in enlarging and beautifying
their capital. I do not attach much importance to the state-
ments of Cieza de Leon and others, that many of the royal
palaces and temples of the empire, as far distant as Quito, were
wholly or in part built with stones transported from Cuzeo,
thereby obtaining some degree of sanctity or reverence, as did
the soil of the Campo Santo of Pisa, from the fact that some of
it was brought from the Holy Land. The trachytes of whieh
the edifices of Cnzco are mainly built are by no means uncom-
mon throughout Peru; and the coincidence in materials in any
given structure with those of another by no means implies that
these materials were obtained from a common source.
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
410
Although there is no direct evidence remaining in the quarry
as to the manner in which the stones were dressed after being
extracted from their beds, yet it seems pretty clear that most
of them were picked or hammered into shape with a pointed
instrument or a hammer before passing under the chisel. Of
the manner in which the stones were separated from the nat-
ural rock there are here, as in other places, abundant illustra-
tions. Excavations were made, where possible, under the masses
of rock, so as to leave some portions of them impending. A
groove was then cut in the upper surface on the line of desired
fracture, in which oblong holes were worked to a considerable
depth, precisely in the manner now practiced. The presump-
tion is strong that wedges of dry wood were driven into these
holes, and water turned into the groove. The swelling of the
wood would evenly split off the block. This device is probably
almost as ancient as the art of stone-cutting itself. I found
some disks of hard stone in this quarry, with holes through
their centre, as if for the reception of handles, which may have
been used in rough – dressing or hammering the stones into
shape.
The distance of this quarry from Cuzcb is about twenty-two
miles. How the stones were transported thither is not easy to
say; but as the Incas had no beasts of draught, it must have
been done through the direct application of human force. With
a redundant and disciplined population, under absolute control,
we can understand how the Incas could combine the power of
numbers in a most efficient manner.
A mile or so beyond the quarries, the valley still contracting
and our path ascending, we come to the Pass of Piquillacta,
hemmed in by cliffs, within a width of two thousand feet.
Here, rising before us, we find a massive wall of stones, be-
tween twenty and thirty feet in height, pierced by two gate-
ways— a wall more massive than that which surrounded Lati-
um. The gate-ways are faced with stones cut with skill, and
laid without cement. This is the Fortress of Piquillacta, which
was the southern limit of the dominions of the first Inca, whose
steps we have followed from the island of Titicaca. The for-
420 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tress reaches from the mountain, on one side, to a high, rocky
eminence on the other. It is popularly called El Acneducto,
perhaps from some fancied resemblance to an aqueduct for the
, purpose of carrying water across the valley; but, as there is no
water here to be carried anywhere, the name is evidently mis-
applied.
The work consists of a single line of massive wrall, 750 feet
GATE-WAY OF FORTRESS OF PIQUILLACTA.
long, 34 feet high at its highest part, and 30 feet thick at the
base. It is cut through by two passages or roadways, between
piers of heavy stones, finely wrought and fitted.
It will be seen by the plan here given of the section embra-
cing the passage-ways, and also a cross-section and elevation,
that the wall diminishes by graduations or steps on both sides,
which, did it occupy a different position, might appear to conflict
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
421
with the hypothesis of its being a work of defence or fortifica-
tion. It would seem to be rather a formidable work for a bar-
rier or toll-gate; but we do not know that the Incas had such
establishments. This was the frontier or boundary of the prin-
cipality of the first Inca, and we may assume that it dates from
his reign. With the exception of the ends of the walls facing
on the passage-ways, which are of large, cut stones, the remain-
der of the work is built of rough stones, laid in clay. The top
of the wall is throughout’ of the same level; it consequently
becomes less in height as it approaches the hills on either hand,
and diminishes proportionally in thickness. Inside the wall are
the remains of the guard-houses or barracks wherein dwelt the
B – This Section built of rough stone not faced
defenders of his narrow domain against the Can elms, who were
brought under Inca rule by his successor.
Passing the gate-ways, we strike a well-graded road, which,
instead of descending the steep declivity to the lake of Muyna,
where the existing road passes, deflects to the right, and skirts
the flanks of the hills, to a level promontory, on which we find
a collection of ancient buildings, round, square, and oblong,
built of rough stones, and with only what may be called the
door and window casings of cut stones. A mile farther on, and
on a lower shelf, a broad and level area overlooking the lake of
Muyna and the valley of Oropesa, we come to the remains of
the great Inca town of Muyna, in which the pusillanimous fa-
422
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
tlier of Yiracocha took refuge when his capital was threatened
by the insurgent Chinchas, and where the young Inea confined
him in stately bondage, when, after repulsing the Chiuehas, he
placed on his own brow the imperial llautu*
The town of Muyna was large. Its remains cover thickly an
area nearly a mile scpiare. The buildings, except one or two
near the centre of the town, were of rough stones, laid, as I
have already described, in clay. They were arranged regularly,
fronting on broad, paved streets, crossing each other at right
angles. The whole was surrounded by a high stone-wall, in
places still twenty-five to thirty feet high, with a parapet run-
ning along the top, and a space behind for its defenders. This
was reached, as elsewhere, by a series of projecting stones, so
arranged as to serve the purpose of a stairway.
The ruins of Muyna impressed me as among the oldest in
Peru, and it is not impossible that here was the early seat of the
power which afterwards transferred itself to Cuzeo. The po-
sition, naturally strong, was, as I have said, defended by a high
wall. I did not find this feature in any other ancient town of
the Sierra, where true forts seem to have been relied on mainly
for defensive purposes. In other words, the later Incas appear
to have given up the system of walling in cities, as we have
done, and depended on fortifications or citadels, placed in com-
manding positions, dominating passes and approaches incapa-
ble of being flanked, and whieh required to be forced before an
enemy could reach the cities and towns in which the population
was concentrated.
Descending from the heights of Muyna, we reach the shal-
low lake of Muyna or Oropesa, with its surrounding marshes,
through which the road follows an ancient causeway of stone,
* The llautu, one of the distinguishing insignia of the Ineas, consisted of a band,
with a fringe an inch and a half or two inches long, which passed two or three times
around the forehead, the fringe depending nearly to the eyebrows. The royal ayllos,
or families, were privileged to wear the llautu, but of black color. The immediate
descendants of the Inca were permitted to wear it of yellow color; only that of the
Inca was red. He also wore a sort of ball of the same color on his forehead, sur-
mounted by two of the long wing-feathers of the coricanque, or Andean eagle.
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
423
probably a part of one of the roads which we are told the
Incas built, extending throughout the empire from Quito to
Atacama.
I have already described the bolson of Cuzeo as the centre
of a group of high mountain-encircled valleys, in which the
waters are collected from the surrounding elevations, forming
considerable streams, which break through the barriers that
surround them, and discharge themselves, with many a leap,
through dark, narrow, rocky gorges, into the rivers which fur-
row the Andean plateau.
The white Moorish-looking buildings of numerous haciendas
in Oropesa glisten in the sun, at intervals, along the base of the
hills on every hand. We press by them all, scarcely heeding
their beauties, or those of the lake, for we know the Inca capi-
tal is close before us, and wTe must reach it ere nightfall. The
valley contracts; again the passage is disputed by stream and
roadway. We are in the Pass of Angostura (the Narrows). A
few hundred yards more, the heights all around us crowned
with the tall gables of ruined Inca structures, we reach a point
where the valley of Cuzeo opens on our sight—an oblong val-
ley shut in by treeless mountains, the air shimmering with the
seemingly palpable golden bars of the declining sun, under-
neath which, past the clustering villages of San Sebastian and
San Geronimo, at the head and most elevated part of the val-
ley, reclining in calm repose of shadow against the umber-col-
ored hills, the slant light gleaming on the tops of its threescore
towers, whence the low vibration of bells, in whose solid masses
are melted the gold and silver idols of an ancient faith, reach
our expectant ears. Here we pause, and, in sympathetic action
with our muleteers, who remove their hats and bow their heads
low; to the earth, we too salute reverently the City of the Sun !
We pass through the village of San Sebastian, where the
haughtiness of the people might tell us, if we knew it not be-
fore, that they are the descendants of the ayllos (lineages or fam-
ilies of Inca blood), who, after the Conquest, were assigned this
spot as a refuge; and, striking a paved road, we hurry on tow-
ards the city of our destination. We enter it at the Plaza of
424
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Eimac-pampa (the Plain of the Oracle); and, between build-
ings raised on massive ancient foundations, adobes on stone—
modern on ancient art—the gutter or open sewer occupying the
middle of the street, and by no means redolent of the odors of
Araby the Blest, we slowly reach the Inti-pampa, or Square of
the Sun, where the serpent-covered walls on every side betray
their Inca origin.
Here we inquire for the principal plaza, and are directed
through a narrow street, darkened by heavy walls of stones
cut with marvellous precision, impressive in their originality,
pierced here and there with door-ways, narrowing at the top,
which bring back recollections of Egypt; and by-and-by we
emerge upon a great square with a central fountain, the Huaea-
pata, or Sacred Terrace of the Incas, now flanked by a heavy
cathedral on one side, the elaborate church of the Jesuits on
another, and surrounded by a low colonnade. It is night, and
when we inquire for the residence of the comandante of the
forces—there are no hotels in Cnzco—a showily dressed officer
undertakes to conduct us thither, points to a heavy archway,
beneath which our weary animals, conscious of a refuge at last,
dash with unwonted and startling vigor, and we find ourselves
the welcome guests of Colonel Erancisco Vargas, whose name
I shall ever mention with respect and gratitude—a respect and
gratitude which all my readers would share had they undergone
the privations, the hunger and thirst, the cold, exposure, and
annoyances that wrere really involved in the long and weary
journey, of which I have written so lightly, from the distant
coast to this lofty eyrie of aboriginal power.
We are finally in Cnzco,” where Manco Capac’s magic wand
* “Cuzeo,” wrote Colonel (afterwards Marshal) O’Leary to General Miller, during
the war of Peruvian Independence, “interests me greatly. Its history, its fables,
its ruins, are enchanting. It may with truth be called the Home of the New World.
The immense fortress, on the north, is the Capitol. The Temple of the Sun is its Coli-
seum. Manco Capac was its Romulus; Viracoeha its Augustus; Iluasear its Pom-
pey, and Atahualpa its Caesar. The Pizarros, Almagros, Valdivias, and Toledos arc
the linns, Goths, and Christians who destroyed it. Tupac Amaru is its Belisarius,
who gave it a day of hope; I’uinacagua its Rienzi, and last patriot.”
\
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
425
sunk into the earth, and where he commenced the fulfilment
of the high and beneficent mission intrusted to him by his fa-
ther, the Sun. Here he built his palace, here his successors
founded theirs; and here in due time arose that splendid fane,
the Temple of the Sun, with the palaces of its ministers and the
convents of its vestals. Above it frowns the great fortress of
Saesahuaman, the work of three reigns, the most massive and
enduring monument of aboriginal art on the American conti-
nent.
29
426 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XXII.
CUZCO, THE CITY OF THE SUN.
Signification of its Name.—Its Situation.—Climate.—Historical Importance.—An-
cient Divisions.—The Hill of Saesahuaman. — Its Principal Structures.—The
Huacapata, or Great Square.—Terraces.—Cyclopean Walls.—The Stone of the
Twelve Angles.—Style of Public Buildings.—Perfection of the Stone-cutting.—
Error of Prescott.—Houses of more than One Story.—The Temple of the Sun,
and Subsidiary Edifices.—Its Site now occupied by the Church and Convent of
Santo Domingo.—The Field and Gardens of the Sun.—The Water Supply.—Pro-
fusion of Golden Decorations.—The House of the Virgins of the Sun.—The Place
of Serpents and Palace of Huayna Capac.—The Palace of the Yupanquis.—An-
cient Walls incorporated into Modern Buildings.—System of Palace-building by
the Incas.—Schools.—Galpones.—The Public Square.—The City commanded by
the Fortress of Saesahuaman.—The Terrace of the Granaries, and Palace of
the First Inca.—Honors to Agriculture.—Probable Population of Ancient Cuzeo.
—Its General Aspect.—Modern Cuzeo.—Moorish Style of Buildings.—The Cathe-
dral and Church of La Merced.—Cuzeo superseded in Importance by Lima.—At
present little known by Peruvians.—Population mostly Indians.—The White
Inhabitants.—The Old Families.—Señora Zentino and her Museum of Antiqui-
ties.—Notice of Lorenzo St. Criq, alias ” Paul Marcoy.”—An ancient Trepanned
Skull.—Paucity of Sculptures in Peru.—The Alameda.—The Panteon, or Cem-
etery.— Pablo Biliaca. — Processions and Cock-fighting. — The Dog Laws.—
Filthincss of Cuzeo.—The Peruvian Fourth of July.
BEFORE entering upon a description of Cnzco and its objects
of interest, I shall notice its position, its climate, and the favor-
able conditions whieh contributed to make it the seat of empire.
Its very name, which signifies the nmbilieus, or navel, was not
given to it after the Inca dominion had been widely extended
by warlike princes,.but at the very period of its foundation, to
denote that its position was central and dominating. The bol-
son, in which it is situated, is the central one of a group or
cluster of such valleys, separated from each other by compara-
tively low passes between the mountains or hills, and is the one
most easily defensible. To the north is the valley of Anta or
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
427
Xaxiguana, where the Pizarros and Almagros decided the rule
of Peru, and to the south is that of Andahuaylillas. The rule
of the first Inca does not appear to have extended at first be-
yond this valley of Cuzeo.
The city stands at the northern or most elevated end of the
valley, on the lower slopes of three high hills, Avhere as many
rivulets coming together, like the fingers of an outspread hand,
unite to form the Cachiinayo, the stream that disputes passage
with the narrow roadway, in the Pass of Angostura. These
three streams are named, respectively, the Rodadero or Tulla-
mayo, the Huatenay, and Almodena ; ancl within and around the
triangles formed by their confluence the city of Cuzeo is built.
The old city, or that part of it dedicated to the royal family,
was the tongue of land falling off from the hill of Saesahua-
man, and lying between the Huatenay and the Rodadero. Here
are situated most of the remains of Inca architecture, and to
this will our attention be mainly directed.
Cuzeo is in latitude 13° 31′ south, and longitude 72° 2′ west
of Greenwich, at an elevation of 11,3S0 feet above the sea. Sur-
rounded by high and snowy mountains, it might be supposed to
possess a cold, not to say frigid, climate; but its temperature,
though cool, is seldom freezing; and although in what is called
the winter season—from May to November—the pastures and
fields are sere, and the leaves fall from most of the trees, it is
rather from drouth (for the winter is the dry season) than from
frost. On the whole, the climate is equable and salubrious.
“Wheat, barley, maize, and potatoes ripen in the valley, and the
strawberry and peach are not unknown. Equalize the extremes
of a Pennsylvania summer and winter, or accept the climate
of the South of France, and we shall have very nearly that of
Cuzeo. When we add to these favorable conditions that not
more than twenty miles distant are deep and hot valleys, where
semi-tropical fruits may be produced abundantly, we may com-
prehend that Cuzeo was not an unfavorable site for a national
capital.
From the first the seat of government and the shrine of re-
ligion, it ultimately became the centre of a polity more pro-
428
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
found than seems to have existed among the other American
nations—a polity which subordinated the military arm to the
grand object of moulding the scattered tribes and petty nation-
alities of the Sierra into a homogeneous civil body, and of har-
monizing religion, so that the several blocks of the national edi-
fice should form integral parts of a constant and durable whole.
In its very construction and the arrangement of its divisions
and wards, it was made to reflect this polity. It was made a
microcosm of the empire. In common with the country at
large, it was divided into four quarters by four roads leading to
the corresponding portions of the empire, which bore the gen-
eral designation of Tihuantisuya, signifying the ” four quarters
of the world.” These roads do not run exactly in the direction
of the cardinal points, as is generally affirmed, but rather inter-
mediately ; that is to say, north-east and south-east, and north-
west and south-west, their direction being fixed by the confor-
mation of the country. The division to the north-west was
named Chinchasuya, and in that direction lay the second city
of the empire, Quito. That to the south-west, Cnntisuya, em-
braced the region of the coast. That to the south-east, in the
direction and including the region around Lake Titicaca, Colla-
snya; and that to the north-east, Antisuya.
The road running north-east and south-west bounded the
great square of Cuzeo on its south-east side, and divided the
city into two very nearly square parts, the more elevated part
in the direction of the hill and fortress of Saesahuaman being
called Ilanan, or Upper Cnzco; and the lower part subsiding
into the level of the valley, Hurin, or Lower Cuzeo. Taking
the Iluacapata, or central square of the old city, and which is
now the Plaza Principal, as a centre, there were grouped around
it, in the form of a large oval, no fewer than twelve subdivi-
sions, or wards. These were occupied by inhabitants from the
principal provinces of the empire, and the position of each
ward was made to conform as nearly as possible to the relative
position of the province of which it was the representative.
The names of these wards, however, so far as they can be made
out, were given entirely with reference to their actual locality
CucuciiEs.— 1. San Cristobal; 2. Santa Ana: 3. Los Nazarenos; 4. San Antonio; 5. San Bias; 6.
Beaterio de Arcopata; 7. Jesus Maria; 8. La Catedral; 9. Capilla del Santiago; 10. San Fran-
cisco; 11. La Merced; 12. La Compania; 13. San Agnstin ; 14. Hospital de Jlombras; 15. Santa
Clara; 1C. Santa Catalina ; 17. Beaterio de San Andres; IS. Beaterio de Santa Kosa ; 10. Sauto Do-
mingo; 20. Beaterio de Ahuacpinta; 21. Santiago; 22. Belen; 23. Iglesia del Panteon; 24. Uni-
versity; 25. Piefectnra; 2fl. House of Municipality; 27. Prison. INOA KUINS,—A. Temple of the
Snn: B. Palace of Virgins of tlie Sun; C. Palace of Inca Tupac Yupanqui; D. Palace of Inca
Yupanqui; E. Palace of Inca Kocca; F. Palace of Inca Viracoeha; G. Palace of Yachnhnasi, or
the Schools; 11, Palace of Inca Pachacntic; I. Palace of Huayna Capac; J. Palace of Manco Ca-
pac: K. House of Garcilasso de la Vega; L. Intalinatana, or Gnomon of the Sun; M. Knius o(
Inca building; N. Chingana chambered rock; O. Carved and chambered rocks; P. Inca graded
road, leading to quarries; Q. Pila, or Bath, of the Incas. Black lines showing ancient Inca walls.
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
420
— such as Cantutpata, the Terrace of Flowers; Pumacanchu,
the Place of the Puma—and not with reference to their inhab-
itants.
As I have said, the most important part of the sacred city
was the spur of the hill of the Saesahuaman, extending down
between the rivulets Huatenay and Rodadero — a tongue of
land, calculating from the terraces of the Colcompata, where
the first Inca built his palace — to the confluence of the two
streams, called metaphorically Pumapchupam, or the Tail of the
Puma, a mile in length by a quarter of a mile broad in its
widest part, and comprising very nearly one hundred and thirty
acres. Within this area, on ground sloping to the valley in
front, and to the rivulets on either hand, the royal families or
lineages had their residences. Here were the palaces of the
Incas, the buildings dedicated to instruction, the great struct-
ures in which festivals were held, the Convent of the Virgins
of the Sun, and, situated far down towards the Pumapchupam,
in the district called Coricanchu, or Place of Gold, the gor-
geous Temple of the Sun, with its chapels sacred to the Moon,
the Stars, the Thunder, and the Lightning. It was here, after
the Conquest, that the principal conquistadores obtained their
repartimientos of land, and on the ruins of the Inca palaces
reared their own parvenu residences. Over the imposing gate-
ways of the Inca edifices, which they preserved as entrances
of their own, we still find, stuccoed in high-relief, the arms of
Pizarro, Almagro, Gonzalez, Quiñonez, La Vega, Valdivia, To-
ledo, and the other adventurers who for a while sought to em-
ulate in pomp and display the nobles of the other, not to say
higher, civilization whieh they had displaced.
By a coincidence perhaps not wholly accidental, the Convent
of Santa Catalina was established on the site, retaining in great
part the very walls of the Acllahuasa, or Palace of the Virgins
of the Sun, and is still sacred to the vestals of another religion.
The Temple of the Sun itself became the Convent of the Friars
of Santo Domingo, who, in failing numbers, still prolong a sap-
less life among its gray and classic walls—ruin on ruin, a deca-
dent faith expiring among the cold, dead ashes of a primitive
430
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
superstition. The’ great cathedral of Cnzco rises on the very
spot where the eighth Inca, Viracoeha, erected a building dedi-
cated to the festivals of the people, in which a whole regiment
of men could manoeuvre, and where the scant forces of Gon-
salvo Pizarro found refuge in the last desperate attempt of the
Peruvians to reeover their lost empire and reinstate the vicege-
rent of the Sim. Here, according to the legend, authenticated
C11UKC1I AND CONVENT OK SANTO DOMINGO, CUZCO.
in archaie sculpture over the doors of the Chapel of Santiago,
St. James came down visibly and tangibly on his white charge]’,
and, with lance in rest, turned the tide of battle in favor of the
Spaniards, and extirpated forever the Inca power.
All over this narrow tongue of land we find still the evi-
dences of Inca greatness, as exhibited in their architecture.
The streets of the new city are almost all of them defined by
long reaches of walls of stones, elaborately cut, and fitting to-
«
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 431
gether with a precision not excelled in any of the structures of
Greece or Rome, and which modern art may emulate, but can-
not surpass. The walls of the Temple of the Sun, of the Con-
vent of the Yestals, of the palaces of the two Yupanqnis, of
Yiracocha, Huayna Capac, the Inca Rocca, and portions of
those of the palace attributed to the first Inca, are still pre-
served, and justify the most extravagant praise bestowed by
Garcilasso de la Yega and the early chroniclers on the skill of
VIEW IN THE PLAZA DEL CABILDO, CUZCO.
the ancient builders. But even where these walls have disap-
peared, and the stones which composed them have been, used
for other structures, we still find the ancient door-ways, which
the modern builders have preserved, and are thus enabled to
define the outlines of the aboriginal city.
The centre of this city was the Huacapata, or great public
square, now covered in -part, as already said, by the modern
principal plaza. The ancient square, however, extended over
the Huatenay, and embraced also what is now the Plaza del
432 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Cabildo, and the area covered by the block of houses between
that plaza and the church and convent of La Alerced. And I
may here mention that both the rivulets Huatenay and Roda-
dero were shut in by walls of cut stone, with stairways descend-
ing, at intervals, to the water, and thus confined in narrow beds
covered by bridges of a single stone, or by others composed of
stones projecting from either side, and a single long stone reach-
ing over the space between them.
INCA ISRIDGE OVER THE HUATENAY, CUZCO.
Built, as was Cnzco, on declivities more or less abrupt, the
ancient architects were obliged to resort to an elaborate system
of terracing in order to obtain level areas to receive their edi-
fices. These terraces were faced with walls, slightly inclining
inwards, and uniformly of the kind called “cyclopean ;” that is
to say, composed of stones of irregular size and of every con-
ceivable shape, but accurately fitted together. Where there are
long lines of these walls—as, for instance, those supporting the
terraces of the Coleompata—the monotony of the front is gen-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
433
erally broken up by the introduction of countersunk niches,
something like the ” blind windows” which our architects in-
troduce to relieve the blank walls of honses. These niches are
always a little narrower at the top than at the bottom, as were
also nearly all the Inca door-ways and windows. Inca archi-
tecture is peculiar and characteristic. Wherever it was intro-
CYCLOPEAN WALL, PALACE OF THE INCA ROCCA, CUZCO.
duced among the nations of the coast and other parts of the
empire, it may be at once recognized. In its massiveness, the
inclination of its walls, the style of its cornices, and in a few
other respects, it certainly bears some resemblance to that of
the ancient Egyptians; but the resemblance is not of a kind
to imply necessarily either connection or intercourse between
4:34 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Egypt and Peru. Architectural progress must be made through
the same steps and over the same road in all countries; and
primitive architecture, as primitive ideas, must have a likeness.
Some of these walls are massive and imposing, composed of
hard and heavy stones. Those sustaining the terrace of the
Palace of the Inea Poeea, in the street Triunfo, are of a com-
pact, fine-grained sienite, some of them weighing several tons
each, and fitted together with wonderful precision. Among
them is one of large size, whieh was chronicled by the scribes
of the Conquest as “Zapiedra famosa de doce angidos” or the
famous stone of twelve angles, which it has, in fact, each fitting
into, or being fitted into by, another s^one.
The public buildings of all peop^s—their temples, palaces,
and schools—are those which are most enduring; and, I think,
among the ruins of Cuzeo there are none which are not of edi-
fices of these descriptions. The residences of the people have
disappeared here, although they are found abundantly in other
places ; but enough remains of the palaces and temples of Cnzco
to enable us, with the aid of the early descriptions, to make
out with tolerable accuracy their original form and character.
It may be said that, as a rule, they were built around a court,
presenting exteriorly an unbroken wall, having but a single
entrance, and, except in rare instances, no exterior windows.
The entrance in all cases was broad and lofty, permitting a
horseman to ride in without difficulty. The lintel was always
a heavy slab of stone, sometimes carved, as well as the jambs,
with figures, those of serpents predominating, perhaps from the
fact that among the Peruvians, as among some other nations,
the serpent was a symbol of the Sun. It is evident from re-
mains of hinges, and of apparatus for barring, that these en-
trances were closed by doors of some sort.
The walls of these structures, as well as those supporting the
terraces, inclined slightly inwards, and in some instances are
narrowed somewhat near the top. Those of Cuzeo are all of
cut stone, and of the brown trachyte of Andahuaylillas, the
grain of whieh, being rough, causes greater adhesion between
the blocks than would be effected by the use of other kinds of
\
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
435
stone. The stones are of various sizes in different structures,
ranging in length from one to eight feet, and in thickness from
six inches to two feet. They are laid in regular courses, the
larger stones generally at the bottom, each course diminishing
in thickness towards the top of the wall, thus giving a very
pleasing effect of graduation. The joints are all of a precision
unknown in our architecture, and not rivalled in the remains of
ancient art that had fallen under my notice in Europe. The
statement of the old writers, that the accuracy with which the
IXCA DOOR-WAY, CUZCO.
stones of some structures were fitted together was such that it
was impossible to introduce the thinnest knife-blade or finest
needle between them, may be taken as strictly true. The world
has nothing to show in the wTay of stone cutting and fitting to
surpass the skill and accuracy displayed in the Inca structures
of Cnzco. All modern work of the kind there—and there are
some fine examples of skill—looks rude and barbarous in com-
parison.
In the buildings I am describing there is absolutely no ce-
436 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ment of any kind, nor the remotest evidence of any having
ever been used. The buildings in whieh tenacious clay, mixed
perhaps with other adhesive materials, was used to bind togeth-
er rough stones into one enduring mass of wall are of a charac-
ter quite different from the edifices of Cuzeo. In dismissing
thus peremptorily the stories and speculations about some won-
derfully binding and almost impalpable cement which is said to
have been used by the Incas, and the secret of whose composi-
tion has been lost, I am quite aware of the responsibility I as-
sume. No man has ever investigated, or can more thoroughly
investigate, this mooted question than myself; and I give it as
the result of an inquiry carried on over nearly all the centres of
Peruvian civilization, that in their structures of cut stone the
Inca architects depended, with rare exceptions, on the accuracy
of their stone-fitting without cement for the stability of their
works — works which, unless disturbed by systematic violence,
will endure until the eapitol at “Washington has sunk into de-
cay, and Macaulay’s New Zealander contemplates the ruins of
St. Paul’s from the crumbling arches of London Bridge!
The exceptions to whieh I have referred are those where, as
in Tiahuanuco, the chulpas of Sillustani, and in the Fortress of
Ollantaytambo, the stones were fastened together by bronze
clamps, interfitting grooves and projections, and by other pure-
ly mechanical devices, bearing in no way on the question of the
use of mortar. It is only right that I should say that Hum-
boldt states distinctly that he found a true mortar in the ruins
of Pullal and Cannar, in Northern Peru.
The exteriors of most of the Inca structures of Cuzeo present
the appearance of what may be called “rustic wrork,” and of
which the Pitti Palace of Florence, and some other buildings
in that city, afford fair examples, although not nearly so perfect,
as specimens of this style, as those of Cuzeo; that is to say,
the outer surfaces or faces of the stones are slightly convex, and
cut. slantingly towards the edges, so that the joints form small
fiutings. Humboldt tells us that this cut of the stone is called
“bugnato” by the Italian architects, and adduces, the Muro di
Nerva of Pome as an example of similar workmanship. Some
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
437
of the Inca edifices, however, and notably the Temple of the
Sun and the Convent of the Virgins of the Sun, have exterior
surfaces perfectly smooth—the walls having been apparently
” dressed down ” after the completion of the structure.
The Inca architects knew as well how to cut their stones for
circular buildings as for quadrangular ones. One portion of
the Temple of the Sun is circular, or, rather, the section of a
flattened circle. The stones must have been cut to conform to
this shape, for their sides of contact are true radii of the double
circle, and the line of general inclination of the wall is perfect
in every block.
To return to the plan of our Inca edifices. As I have already
stated, they were generally built around a court, upon which
all, or nearly all, the rooms opened. As a rule, these had no
connection, and seem to have been dedicated each to. a special
purpose. In some cases, nevertheless, there were inner cham-
bers, to be reached only after passing through a number of
outer ones. These were, perhaps, recesses sacred to domestic
or religious rites, or places of refuge for the timid or weak.
Many of the apartments were large. Garcilasso de la Vega de-
scribes some of them, of which the remains exist to indicate
his accuracy, as capable of receiving sixty horsemen, with room
enough to exercise with their lances. Three sides of the great
central square, the Huacapata, were occupied by as many grand
galpones, or public edifices, in which religious and other cere-
monies were • observed in bad weather, each of which had the
capacity to receive several thousand people. Garcilasso was
within bounds when he described them as two hundred paces
long and from fifty to sixty broad, and capable of holding three
thousand people each.
Prescott ancl others have fallen into the error of describing
all the buildings of the ancient Peruvians as of only a single
story, low, and without windows. Now, the walls which re-
main show that in Cnzco they were from thirty-five to forty
feet high, besides the spring of the roof. They were, perhaps,
all of a single story: on that point it is now impossible to speak;
but elsewhere we know there were edifices, private dwellings
30
43S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
as well as temples, of two ancl three stories, with windows ade-
quate for all purposes of illuminating their interiors; regard
being had to the temperature of the country, which, with a
people unacquainted with glass, would limit the number of
apertures to absolute requirements. Few of the dwellings of
the ruder part of the population of the Sierra of Peru have
even now more than a single opening, and that often so low as
to be entered with difficulty, often on only hands and knees.
A severe climate and absence of fuel will sufficiently account
for deficiencies in door-ways and windows.
Absence of timber will also account for what might appear,
and perhaps was, incongruous in the aspect and character of the
massive buildings I have endeavored to describe. They were
roofed with thatch, as indeed are to-day many of the houses of
the city of Puno, and other towns of the interior. In some
of the two-story structures—as, for instance, the Palace of the
Inca on the island of Titicaca—in the lower rooms, which are
the smallest, the roof or ceiling is an arch formed by overlap-
ping stones, which seems to have been the nearest approach to
the true arch attained by the Mexican and Central American
nations. I found no other kind of arch in the stone edifices
of Peru, but I found the true arch in a structure of adobes at
Paehaeamae.
The Temple of the Sun was the principal and probably the
most imposing edifice, not only in Cnzco, but in all Peru, if not
in all America. The accounts of its splendor and riches left by
the conquerors, and in which they have exhausted the superla-
tives of their grandiose language, have been so often repro-
duced as to be familiar to every intelligent reader. They rep-
resent the structure as being 400 paces in circuit, with high
walls of finely cut stones, enclosing a court on which opened a
number of chapels dedicated to the celestial objects of Peru-
vian worship, and apartments appropriated to the priests and
attendants. The chronicle, erroneously attributed to Sarmiento,
states that he never saw but two edifices in Spain comparable
with it in workmanship; and Garcilasso affirms that all that
was written of it by the Spaniard’s, and all that he could write
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
439
himself, would fail to give a just idea of its greatness. It
stood, as I have said, in the lower part of the Inca city, in
the district of Coracancha, or Place of Gold, on the high hank
of the Huatenay, probably eighty feet above the bed of that
stream, towards which the ground fell off, as it still does, by a
series of terraces, faced with cut stone, which formed the fa-
mous Gardens of the Sun. The temple proper occupied the
whole of one side of the court. The principal entrance, says
Garcilasso, was to the north. The cornice of the walls, outside
and in, was of gold, or plated with gold, as were the inner walls.
The roof was high and pointed, and of thatch, but the ceiling
was of wood and flat. At the eastern end was a great plate of
gold, representing the sun; and ranged beneath it, in royal
robes and seated in golden chairs, the desiccated—some say em-
balmed—bodies of the Inca rulers; the body of Huayna Capac,
as the greatest of the Inca line, being alone honored with a
place in front of the symbol. This plate, all of one piece,
spread from one wall to the other, and was the only object of
worship in the building. Surrounding the court were other
separate structures dedicated respectively to the Moon, Yenus,
the Pleiades, the Thunder and Lightning, and the Painbow.
There were also a large saloon for the supreme pontiff, and
apartments for attendants. All these are described as having
been richly decorated with gold and silver.
The existing remains confirm substantially the descriptions
of the chroniclers. The site of the temple, as I have already
said, is covered by the church and convent of Santo Domingo.
The few ignorant but amiable friars that remain of the once
‘ rich and renowned order of Santo Domingo in Cuzeo admitted
me as an honorary member of their brotherhood, gave me a cell
to myself, and permitted me, during the week I spent with
them, to ransack every portion of the church, and every nook
and corner of the convent, and to measure and sketch and pho-
tograph to my fill. Here a long reach of massive wall, yonder
a fragment, now a corner, next a door-way, and anon a terrace
—through the aid of these I was able to make up a ground-
plan of the ancient edifice, substantially, if not entirely, accu-
440
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rate. Its length was 296 feet; its breadth, as nearly as can now
be determined, about 52 feet.
The temple proper, as described by Garcilasso, and as my
own researches have proved, formed one side of a rectangular
court, around which were ranged the dependent structures men-
tioned by him. It was not built, as has been universally al-
leged, so that its sides should conform to the cardinal points,
but these coincided in direction with the bearings of the an-
cient streets, which were nearly at an angle of forty-five degree’s
COURT 01’ CONVENT OF SANTO DOMINGO, AND ANCIENT INCA FOUNTAIN, CUZCO.
with those points. Nor was its door at ” one end exactly facing
the east,” so that the rays of the sun, when it rose, ” should
shine directly on its own golden image placed on the opposite
wall of the temple.” The entrance was on the north-east side of
the building, and opened upon a square, or rather a rectangular
area, called now, as anciently, Inti-pampa, or Field of the Sun.
This is still surrounded by heavy walls of cut stones, sculptured
all over with serpents in relief, on which arc raised the houses
of the modern inhabitants. This square was dedicated to the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
441
more solemn ceremonials of the Inca religion, and within it
none dared enter except on sacred occasions, and then only with
bare feet and uncovered heads.
The end of the temple next the Rio Huatenay, which is best
Scale of feet for General Plan
PLAN OP THE TEMPLE AND CONVENT OP THE SUN, CUZCO.
preserved, rose above the famous Gardens of the Sun, and it is
now built over by a sort of balcony, not directly connected
with the modern church—a belvedere, in short. It was at this
end of the temple that the great golden figure of the Sun was
442
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
placed, which, falling to the lot of the Conquistador Leguizano,
was gambled away before morning. I present a view of this
extremity of the ancient edifice. It is circular in shape, with
walls of beautifully cut and closely fitting stones, sloping gen-
tly inwards. The robing-room and store-room for dilapidated
effigies of saints, belonging to the Church of Santo Domingo, is
built over this wall on a level with its top. In my opinion,
within this circular extremity of the temple once stood one of
those stones or ” columns,” which was known by the name of
Intihuatani.
The structure dedicated to the Stars was 51 feet long by 26
broad, inside the walls; and that dedicated to the Moon, and
those to the Thunder, the Lightning, the Rainbow, and the
Pleiades were, so far as can be made out, of about the same
dimensions. The convent of the priests, or rather the apart-
ments of the guardians of the temple, were on the right hand
of the court, the observer facing northwards. These apartments
were 33 feet 10 inches long by 13 feet 4 inches wide, inside
the walls, each being entered by two door-ways, and having
eight niches in the wall opposite the entrances, and three at
each end. The stone reservoir or fountain, carved from a sin-
gle block, of which the chroniclers speak as plated over with
gold, still stands in the centre of the court. It is a long octa-
gon, seven feet by four, and three feet deep. The hole in
the bottom, through which the pipe entered by which it was
filled, is still open; but the conduit which supplied it is de-
stroyed. The convent, nevertheless, is supplied by water com-
ing through subterranean channels, the sources of which are
unknown. There is some reason for believing that the Incas
understood the law of fluids known as equilibrium, which the
Romans did not, and carried water for supply of the temple
and some of their palaces through inverted siphons, and below
the bed of the Huatenay.
On the side of the Huatenay the outlook from the Temple of
the Sun must have been, as it still is, very fine, bounded only
by the mountains that shut in the bolson of Cnzco in that di-
rection. On the opposite side, however, there seems to have
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
443
been only a narrow street, but nine feet wide, and buildings of
a comparatively rude construction. The Inti-pampa in front,
entered by three streets leading between lofty walls, still high
and solid, from the Huacapata, or Central Square, was, after all,
END WALL OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN, CUZCO.
only about four hundred feet long by one hundred wide, and
does not realize the grandeur which the early accounts attach
to it.
Some of the chronicles speak of the temple as being sur-
444
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rounded by a high wall; whereas nothing is more certain than
that the exterior walls were simply those of the edifice itself.
They tell us also that the terraces which formed the garden of
the temple were covered with golden clods, and supported an
infinite variety of trees and vegetables imitated in gold and sil-
ver, with figures of men, animals, birds, reptiles, and insects, all
in the same precious metals. That the inner walls of the tem-
ple were covered with these metals, and that the inner and outer
cornice (a yard broad, as Garcilasso says) were of gold, is not
incredible; but that the gardens of the temple, extending over
an area six hundred feet long by nearly three hundred broad,
were ‘thus covered with gold and silver exceeds belief. Not
that the ancient smiths did not sometimes imitate natural ob-
jects with considerable skill, for of this we have abundant evi-
dence, but because the Incas seem to have been a race of re-
markably good sense, and eminently practical and utilitarian in
their notions and practices — too much so, I am confident, to
have gold worked up in imitation of fire-wood, and piled away
in the temple! There exist in Cnzco, in some of the private
museums, portions of the golden plates with which the walls of
the Temple of the Sun were covered. There is hardly a doubt
of their authenticity. They are simple sheets of pure gold,
beaten exceedingly thin, not thicker than fine note-paper.
The most conspicuous remains of ancient Cuzeo, next to
the Temple of the Sun, are those of the Palace of-the Yirgins
of the Sun. It was separated from the temple by a block
of buildings occupied by the priesthood, and the existing re-
mains prove it to have been an imposing structure. Through
the favor of the Abbess of Santa Catalina, I was admitted into
the convent which occupies its site. This seems to have been
a long and rather narrow building. One of its side-walls, not
entire, faced on the narrow street of the Carccl, or Prison, op-
posite the Amarucancha, or Place of Snakes, where the Inca
Huayna Capac had his palace. This wall is now 750 feet long,
by from 20 to 25 high, and resembles that of the Temple of
the Sun in the size and finish of its stones. One end of this
building fronted on the principal square, and measured about
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
445
one hundred and eighty feet. Altogether the Acllahuasi may
be described as an edifice very nearly 800 feet long by 200
broad. The existing walls show no entrance or opening; but
that may have been, and probably was, where is the present
entrance to the church and convent of Santa Catalina, which
covers most of the ground occupied by the ancient structure.
There was undoubtedly a court inside, and there are fragments
SIDE WALL OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN, AND ANCIENT STREET, CUZCO.
enough of the building remaining to admit of making out its
plan. The Acllahuasi was dedicated to virgins of royal lin-
eage, who were sent there at the age of eight years, and put un-
der the charge of mamacunas (literally, “mother teachers”),
and kept in rigorous seclusion.
Between the Palace of the Virgins and the Huatenay was,
as I have said, the Amarucancha and the palace of Huayna
Capae. This was an immense structure, nearly or quite eight
t
446 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
hundred feet long, and it is now occupied by the fine church
and convent of the Jesuits, the departmental barracks, and the
prison. This was built of smaller stones, in the style called
rustic work, and had numerous entrances. Over the principal
door, boldly sculptured in relief on the lintel, are two serpents,
allusive, probably, to the name given to the edifice.
On the other side of the Acllahuasi was an immense struct-
ure, or series of structures, covering the district called Puea
VIEW ON THE PAMPA MARONI, WITH INCA WALL, CUZCO.
Marca, and containing the palaces of the Ynpanquis. One face
of the walls, on the square called Pampa Maroni, is nearly per-
fect, except where it is pierced with modern door-ways leading
to the edifices that have been built over the ruins. This is
perhaps the finest piece of ancient wall remaining in Cnzco,
and one of the best illustrations of the kind of work most com-
mon in Inca architecture. It is 380 feet long and abont 18
feet high. The courses of stones are symmetrical and accu-
rate ; and, as Humboldt says of some of the walls which he
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
447
saw, the joints are so perfect that if the faces of the stones
were dressed down smooth they could hardly be discerned. A
reach of this wall, more than eight hundred feet long, but more
broken up by modern buildings, forming the north-east side of
the palaces, faces on the street of San Agustin.
It is said by the chroniclers that every Inca built a new pal-
ace, which, on his death, became the residence of his descend-
ants outside of the immediate succession. If so, and if this
was rigorously the rule, existing remains go far to confirm the
accuracy of Gareilasso’s table of rulers, for, apart from public
edifices, there do not remain- traces of more than fourteen pal-
aces ; that being the number of rulers according to this author-
ity. One of the most interesting of these palatial remains is
that of the palace of the Inca Rocca, who dedicated himself to
the instruction of his people. It was situated on quite high
ground overlooking the Rodadero, towards which he had his
hanging gardens. The foundations of the structure, or rather
the walls which supported the terrace on which the palace was
built, are nearly perfect.
The palace itself was of
stone, faced after the style
of the walls of the great
temple. It was about 200
feet long by 150 broad.
Separated from it by a
narrow street, now the Calle
del Triunfo, were the Ya-
chahuasi, or schools, built
by the Inca Rocca, who
placed his palace where he
did in order to be close to
them. They seem to have
been rather plainly built,
with numerous openings on
the terraces of the little
stream Rodadero. It was
here that the amautes, or “THE SCHOOLS,” cuzeo.
44S INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
wise men, taught such knowledge as existed in Inea times: the
science of the quippits, the historical legends, the songs of the
people, and probably also some of the higher mechanic arts.
The site of the cathedral was that of a great galpon, or cov-
ered hall, and it wTas within this that the Spaniards had their
barracks when they occupied the city. Behind this galpon was
the Palace of the Inca Viracoeha, of which considerable vestiges
remain. To the north-west of the great square were other
public buildings, or galpo?ies, of stones faced like those of the
Temple of the Sun, and the Palace of the Inea Pachaeutic.
The great central square of the ancient city, now in part oc-
cupied by the Plaza Principal, was about S50 feet long by 550
broad. It was divided into very nearly equal parts by the riv-
ulet Huatenay, flowing twenty feet below its level, and which
was shut in a channel fifteen feet wide, by walls of cut stone.
It was covered over then, as now, by great stone flags.
The area to the north-west side of the stream was called
Huacapata, or Sacred Terrace or Shore, and that on the other
side of the stream the Cusipata, or Terrace of Joy. A part of
the Cusipata is now built over, and there is a block of buildings
standing over the stream itself, which flows beneath. On the
south-east side of the Cusipata was the house of Garcilasso de la
Vega, the chronicler, which may still be recognized from his
description. On this side of the Huatenay there were no royal
palaces—so say the early writers; but there were some consid-
erable and well-built edifices, as the remains prove. They were
probably of the class called galpones. Numerous Inea door-
ways, utilized with sections of adjacent ancient walls by the
Spaniards, still exist. It was in the open square of the Hua-
capata that the great festivals of the Incas were celebrated.
Here the Spaniards encamped when they entered the city, and
here they sustained the terrible siege whieh Prescott has so
admirably described, and |in the course of which Juan Pizarro
was slain.
A conspicuous object from every part of Cuzeo is the steep,
overhanging hill of the Saesahuaman, rising to the height of
700 feet to the north of the city, and on which the Incas raised
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
449
that gigantic, cyclopean fortress denominated by the conquer-
ors the ninth great wonder of the world. I shall describe this
fortress in another place; but at present refer to it only to say
that well up on its falda, or slope, just at the point where it be-
comes so steep as almost to render ascent impossible, is a series
of elaborate terraces, supported by cyclopean walls, ornamented
with niches, and called the Coleompata, or Terrace of the Gran-
aries. It was here, it is said, that the first Inca, Manco Capac,
the founder of Cuzeo, built his palace, some fragments of which
still remain—a door-way, a window, and a short section of wall,
with some portions of foundations, but not enough to enable
us to make out a complete plan of the structure. There were
fountains here ; and the site, now occupied in part by the church
and plaza of San Cristobal, not only dominated the whole city,
HOUSE OF GARCILASSO DE LA VEGA, CUZCO.
450
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
but the entire valley of Cuzeo. The terraces were filled in
with richest soil, still celebrated for its fertility, and altogether
it was, and yet is, almost regal in its position.
The Incas were the heads of a great nation, dependent on
agriculture. To evince their respect for the art lying at the
foundation of their state, to elevate and dignify labor, they
were wont to initiate here with their own hands the seasons of
planting and of harvest. “With pomp and ceremony, when the
VIEW OF THE HILL OF THE SACSAntJAMAN FROM THE PLAZA DEL CABILDO, CUZCO.
season of sowing came around, and the appropriate festivals
had been celebrated, the Inca himself went to the terraces of
the Colcompata, and with a golden pick-axe commenced to
break up the soil; and^when the crops of maize and quinoa
had ripened, he again went to the Colcompata and plucked the
first ears of the harvest. The crops gathered here, under the
direct cultivation of the Son of the Sun, were regarded as
sacred, and, like the seeds from the holy Island of Titicaca,
were distributed, to be sown in the lands dedicated to the Sun
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
451
throughout the empire. Thus carefully were the people taught
that the beneficence of their deity was perpetuated through his
children, and thus were they led to look up to him, through the
Incas, as the impersonations of his goodness and mercy as well
as of his power.
I cannot dismiss, ancient Cuzeo without a few words regard-
ing its pristine state and importance, as inferrible from its mon-
uments. All students of American early history and archae-
ology are well aware that the Spaniards never understated the
numbers of the enemies they encountered. It is certain, indeed,
REMAINS OF PALACE OF THE FIRST INCA, CUZCO.
that they very often greatly exaggerated them. According to
their own accounts, they met and defeated armies exceeding in
numbers any ever brought at once into action upon a single
field in the great wars of modern history; more numerous than
fought on either side at Borodino, Leipsic, or Waterloo; at Ma-
nassas, Chancellorsville, or Gettysburg; at Yillafranca, Sadowa,
or Sedan. But, making all possible allowance for exaggeration,
there can be no doubt that Cortez, Alvarado, and Pizarro, with
their few hundreds of cavaliers and men-at-arms, were confront-
ed by armies vastly superior in numbers, but vastly inferior in
weapons. The cities of which they took possession are invari-
i 452
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ably represented as large and populous, and the state of their
princes was imposing even in the eyes of men who were famil-
iar with the splendor of European cities and courts, and who
knew from history and legend the magnificence of those of the
Moors.
In many respects, perhaps in most, Cnzco was certainly the
most impressive, if not the most populous, city they had found
in all the Americas. That it had barbaric wealth of gold and
silver, and stately structures, we can well believe; for this is
confirmed by concurrent evidence and existing remains. But
that it ever contained much more than its existing population
appears to me improbable. The story that it held two hundred
thousand inhabitants, and that as many more lived in its sub-
urbs, is simply incredible. The houses of the common people
of the Sierra, and in the region around Cuzeo, were not built,
as are those of Central America and Mexico, of canes and other
materials that might disappear in a single season, but of stone
or adobes, that could not fail to leave some enduring traces.
Such traces do not exist around Cuzeo; and, however great
may have been the concurrence there on important occasions,
when the people gathered from the valleys of Yucay and Pau-
cartambo, from the bolsons of Andahuaylillas and Xaxiguana,
the punas of Chinehero and Chita, and from all the quarters of
a mighty empire, yet it does not seem probable that the city
ever possessed a permanent population of more than fifty thou-
sand, while another equal number may have been dispersed
through its valley. The department of Cuzeo is now the most
populous of Peru, its inhabitants numbering upwards of three
hundred thousand. These exhaust very nearly all its resources;
and even if we concede that the economies of agriculture here
are less now than in ancient times, we must, on the other hand,
remember that many domestic animals, a number of vegetables,
and wheat and barley, have all been introduced since the Con-
quest, and contribute to the support of the present population.
I cannot agree with those writers who speak of the aspect of
ancient Cuzeo as bright and shining, and-gay with many tints.
Its most imposing edifices were, as we have seen, built of tra-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
453
chyte of sombre color. These, clearly, were neither stuccoed
nor painted. The residences of the people, built of rough
stones laid in clay, were probably stuccoed and painted yellow
and red, and may have given some appearance of lightness to
the city. The domes and towers of which we sometimes read
probably never existed; those architectural terms being often-
est used in loose descriptions, framed on Oriental models, and
intended to be impressive rather than accurate. Nor was the
city laid out with perfect regularity, the streets crossing each
other at right angles. Nor were the banks of the Huatenav
faced with stones for a distance of twenty leagues, but simply
for the distance it flowed through the city.
Modern Cuzeo extends very compactly over the entire space
between the Huatenay and Almodena, and even past the lat-
ter stream, forming the barrio of Belen. Although considera-
bly reduced in population since the Independence, it still num-
bers not far from fifty thousand inhabitants, and, as the capital
of the department of the same name, is, necessarily, a place of
some importance—the seat of a bishopric and a university, a
prefecture and a garrison. It is very well built, the edifices be-
ing mainly those raised by the conquerors themselves in the
height of their wealth and activity, when they had mitas and
repaid imientos, before the treasures collected through five cent-
uries had been scattered, and while they had a large, industrious,
and skilful population under their absolute control. In style
eminently Moorish, the houses are built around courts, with
open corridors, supported by delicate columns, into which open
the apartments of every story. Jalousies project from the
fronts, and the whole aspect of the. place is that of Granada in
Spain. The lower or ground floors of the best buildings, facing
on the principal streets, are cut up into small, dark rooms, with-
out windows, which are the shops, smitheries, picanterias, etc.,
of the town.
The churches and convents are numerous and extensive. Of
the former there are thirty, and of the latter eleven, five of
which have been suppressed. They are all remarkably well
built. The cathedral, fronting on the principal square, is a
31
454 INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
large, massive, and rather heavy structure; hut the Church of
the Jesuits, fronting on the same square, is a marvel of archi-
tectural beauty—a little too florid, perhaps, but with the finest
facade of any church I have seen in Southern America. The
tower of the Church of La Merced is admirable in proportion
and taste, and the courts of the convent of the same name are
surrounded by colonnades of white stone, elaborately carved, and
which in grace and harmony may challenge comparison with
CHURCH OF LA MERCED, CUZCO.
the finest of Italy. Within this church lie the remains of Juan
and Gonsalvo Pizarro and Almagro. Both churches and con-
vents are crowded with pictures, some of merit and historical
value. Of the latter there is a series in the little church of
Santa Ana, contemporaneous with the Conquest. They illus-
trate the procession of Corpus Christi, in which the Incarial
family, in regal native costume, take part. Among them is
Paulhij younger son of the great Huayna Capac, and numer-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
455
ous ñustas, or princesses, the daughters and nieces of the same
monarch. As illustrating the costumes and customs of the pe-
riod, these paintings have singular interest, and deserve to be
faithfully copied.
For many years after the Conquest, and long after Lima was
founded, Cuzeo continued to be the chief city of Peru, the seat
of its wealth and learning, and the residence of its most noble
families. But as the roads of the Incas fell into decay, the
difficulties of reaching it, always great, were augmented, and
the viceregal court established in Lima, more corrupt and lux-
urious than any other in America, gradually drew away its more
enterprising and ambitious inhabitants. In Lima, far less is
known of Cuzeo than of Berlin; for one native of the capi-
tal who has visited Cuzeo, a hundred have visited Paris. The
journey from Lima to New York is made in less time than
it can be made from the same point to the proud but isolated
city of the Sierra, and with a fourth part of the trouble and
fatigue.
Seven-eighths of the population of Cuzeo are pure Indians;
and a knowledge of Quiclma is almost absolutely necessary for
open intercourse with the mass of its inhabitants. The white
and foreign population is small, made up chiefly of government
officials, a few wealthy haciendados, who live a great part of
the time on their estates, and a dozen small comerciantes, who
would be called shop-keepers in any other country. Collective-
ly these are so few as hardly to be appreciable in the streets,
and the aspect of the place is, therefore, that of a thoroughly
Indian town. There is hardly anything that can be called so-
ciety, although the better class is hospitable and unaffected, and
much more frank and easy in manner than the corresponding
class in the towns of the coast, where native manners have been
sacrificed in a vain attempt to imitate foreign airs and graces.
Some of the old families live in considerable style, and their
houses are fitted with real elegance. A few of them retain
apartments with heavy damask and embroidered hangings, and
the rich and massive furniture and carvings of two hundred
years ago, when the nobility and wealth of Peru were concen-
456 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
trated in Cuzeo. Others are furnished in modern, thoroughly
French style, with great mirrors, inlaid wardrobes, and grand
pianos, that have been brought up, with infinite labor and at al-
most fabulous cost, from the coast.
I may refer particularly to the residence of the late Señora
Zentino, a lady who lived on the Plaza of San Francisco, whose
attention to strangers was proverbial, and who established an
honorable reputation as the collector of the finest and most val-
uable museum of antiquities in Pern. This house would be
called a palace even in Venice, if not in architecture, certainly
in extent. In the spaciousness of its apartments, and their rich
and varied contents and decorations, it would creditably com-
pare with some of the finest on the Grand Canal. The señora
gave some very amusing accounts of Castelnau and other trav-
ellers, and especially of a Frenchman named Lorenzo Saint
Criq, who, under the name of ” Paul Mareoy,” published, after
the lapse of many years, a description of Cuzeo and other parts
of Peru.* An adequate description of the museum would oc-
cupy a volume, and I content myself with engravings of some
pieces of pottery selected from many hundreds, illustrating the
skill of the ancients in the plastic arts, and their appreciation
of humor.
In some respects, the most important relic in Señora Zenti-
no’s collection is the frontal bone of a skull, from the Inca cem-
etery in the valley of Yucay, which exhibits a clear ease of tre-
panning before death. The senora was kind enough to give
it to me for investigation, and it has been submitted to the crit-
icism of the best surgeons of the United States and Europe,
* Professor Raimondi, in a paper on the Rivers San Cavan and Ayapata, published
in vol. xxxvii. of the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, takes
occasion to denounce some of the geographical statements of Sefior Pablo Mareoy as
” absolutely false,” and says that his books, ” Voyage a Travers L’Ainerique du Sud,”
and “Scenes et Paysages dans les Andes,” “should be looked upon as the product of
a vivid imagination rather than truthful composition.” lie laments “that one who
has had the opportunity of visiting unexplored regions should employ his talents in
a work of such a class, deviating so much from the truth, when he could, by faithfully
describing countries so new as Peru, have interested the readers much more than by
fantastic stories.”
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
457
and regarded by all as the most remarkable evidence of a
knowledge of surgery among the aborigines yet discovered on
this continent; for trepanning is one of the most difficult of
surgical processes. The cutting through the bone was not per-
formed with a saw, but evidently with a burin, or tool like that
used by engravers on wood and metal. The opening is fifty-
eight hundredths of an inch wide and seventy hundredths
long.
TREPANNED SKCLL.
The absence of sculptures in Peru, except of small articles in
stone, is conspicuous, and quite in contrast with what we find in
Central America and Mexico. A few terra-cottas have been
found at Cuzeo; but except figures of serpents in relief on
walls and lintels, and a single group of pumas over the doors of
a house in the Calle de Santa Ana, there are no sculptures to
be seen there. There are some figures resembling griffins, etc.,
in the court of a house in the Calle del Triunfo, and a so-called
45S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
“Siren” built in the terrace wall of the Colcompata; but I re-
in the collection of the Señora Zentino,
gard them as modern.
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CUZCO.
however, are two stone figures, rudely resembling tigers, which,
it is said, were taken from the Gardens of the Sun, where they
stood one on each side the stairway that led up from the ter-
races. The bases are cut in such
a way as to favor the hypothe-
sis that they were built in some
sort of wall, perhaps in the cop-
ing. They are two feet high.
Among the notable objects of
interest in Cnzco is the Alame-
da, to the south of the town, on
the banks of the Huatenay, and
opposite the ancient Gardens of
the Sun. This a long and rath-
er narrow area, planted with wil-
lows and alder-trees, laid out with
some taste, and having a kind of
Grecian temple and a colounade at its farther extremity. But
nobody walks there, and it is grown up with cactuses and
weeds, over which the washer-women from the neighboring
stream spread their clothes to dry. Public spirit in Peru is
spasmodic, and all works of embellishment excite only a 1110-
ANCIENT STONE SCULPTURE, CUZCO.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
459
mentary interest, and then succumb under the general apathy
of the people. The sentiment of affection does something to
keep the various jxuiteo)ies, or cemeteries, in decent condition,
and that of Cuzeo is tasteful and well-ordered. But it strikes
the visitor as strange that, with such a vast expanse of earth
open to receive and protect forever the remains of the dead,
they should be thrust for only a year or two in ovens in the
walls, and then dragged out and burned or buried in a corner.
My first visit to the Panteon of Cuzeo was early in the morn-
ing, and as I approached the barrio of Belen, outside the city,
in which it stands, I observed a funeral procession in the street
before me, preceded by some men carrying candles, a man play-
ing a violin, and another a clarinet. As they passed the vari-
ous squalid houses in that quarter, the women rushed out with
dishevelled hair, and, huddling behind the bier, commenced the*
loudest and most extravagant wailings of which the human or-
gans are capable. I was astonished at such violence of grief,
and wondered who had died that had so deep a hold on the
popular sympathies. I overtook the procession, or rather hud-
dle, at the bridge of the Almodena, where suddenly the lamen-
tations ceased, and the inconsolables clustered eagerly around a
man, who, standing on a block of stone, distributed cuartillos
(three-cent pieces) to them from his hat, whereupon, chatting
and laughing, the afflicted creatures turned back to await an-
other funeral. For a medio each, these professional weepers of
the Calle del Hospital will accompany the corpse to the gate of
the cemetery, break their very hearts with grief, and dissolve
themselves in tears.
The Panteon is shut in by high white walls, and entered be-
neath a lofty stone gate-way, with trellised iron doors, over
which is a deep niche, wherein stands a veritable skeleton, sup-
ported by an iron rod, wearing a gilt crown on its bony head,
and holding in its fleshless hands two banners of sheet metal,
one of which bears the inscription, ” Yo SOY PABLO BILIACA,”
” I am Paul Biliaca;” and the other, ” MEMENTO MORI.” Pablo
Biliaca was a mason, and had been killed by a fall while repair-
ing the front of the cathedral.
460 INCIDENTS OE TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
The recreations of Cnzco are religions proeessions and cock-
fighting ; the former occurring almost daily, and so frequently
that I early ceased to inquire about them. The latter oceur
only on Sundays. The cancha, or cock-pit, is in the court of
the old suppressed beaterio of San Andres, and consists of a
raised ring of mud two feet high and as many thick, surround-
ed by other rings of graduated height, as seats for the specta-
tors. Around the court are tiers of coops for the cocks, some
of which were piled full of skulls and bones of the devout
beatas, who had died here and been buried in the court, the
earth of which, including their own dust, had been dug up to
form the walls of the cancha. The fights were well attended
by the clergy, the judiciary, and the military. I had the good
fortune to win an onza from the judge of the Supreme Court,
who challenged me to bet on the viscacha, an imported cock,
with a single spur, which had already won two battles. My
servant Ignacio had discovered “a bird” of excellent points in
Cacha, and had brought him thence wrapped up in his poncho,
with a view of matching him in Cuzeo. For two weeks he had
shared Ignacio’s apartment and absorbed most of his care, be-
sides vexing us with his incessant crowing, so that I insisted he
should fight soon, be sent away, or decapitated. Ignacio de-
termined on the first alternative,^ begged a month’s pay in ad-
vance, matched him for four ounces, won, then sold him for
another ounce, got drunk, gambled away every cuartiUo, ab-
sented himself for three days, and then came home with a
swollen eye and ” very bad in his head.”
The dog laws are strict and severely enforced in Cuzeo,
whieh would be overrun with mangy eurs if they were not rig-
orously slain. The day of slaughter is Thursday of each week,
when decent dogs are confined by their owners in case they do
not find out, sis many of them do, that the day is a black one
for dogs, and stay at home of their own accord. Our host had
a fine Newfoundland which understood the danger and the day,
and, from his safe position on the balcony, would abuse and
malign the dog-killers on their appearance with all the vigor of
which the canine language is capable. Woe to any one of them
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
4G1
who undertook to. enter the court of his castle on that day or
any other.
The process of slaughter is novel. Two Indians, each hold-
ing an end of a rope, station themselves at the mouth of a
street, while two others, armed with clubs, start from its other
extremity, and drive all the vagrant dogs before them. As
these attempt to pass over the rope, which lies harmlessly
enough on the ground, it is suddenly and dexterously straight-
ened out, and the dog thrown high in the air. He is generally
stunned or disabled by his fall, and despatched by the club-
bearers. I am sorry to say that even then he does not always
DOG-KILLING IN FRONT OF THE CONVENT OF SANTA ANA, CUZCO.
cease to be a nuisance, as he is too often thrown into the bed of
the Huatenay, which is the receptacle of all kinds of filth and
rubbish, and there left to poison the air in his decay.
Of the filthiness of Cuzeo every visitor must have sickening
recollections. It offends the eye as well as the nose, and reeks
everywhere. The azequias in the centre of the streets are
scantily supplied with water during the dry season ; and as they
462
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
receive all the slops and wash of the houses, they are often
fetid, and all the more so as that tropical scavenger, the ordi-
nary buzzard, never ventures into this lofty region. Probably
the world has no more extraordinary spectacle than is afforded
on the banks of these azequias in the early morning; certainly
none more startling to the eyes of the stranger accustomed to
the decencies of life.
The Peruvian “Fourth of July” occurs on the 28th, that
being the anniversary of Peruvian Independence, and it came
around on the seeond day after our arrival in Cnzco. It was
ushered in by the same sulphurous detonations that we are ac-
customed to at home on similar occasions; and there wTere a
review of the garrison and the volunteer militia, and a con-
currence of the notables of the city at the Cathedral, with a
discourse from one of the cano?ii(/os, in which he reflected on
the Government, and was arrested for his pains in the evening.
The students in the university, patriotic as students always are,
were the most active participants in the festivities of the day;
all dressed in black tail-coats, with funny cocked hats, like the
Sieves of St. Cyr in Paris. They constituted the leading feat-
ure in the procession in the afternoon, dragging with them
through the streets a radiant Goddess of Freedom,’in the shape
of a huge doll with flaxen ringlets and a liberty cap, glittering
with tinsel, and mounted on two wheels borrowed for the occa-
sion from the only piece of artillery which a prudent Govern-
ment entrusted to the rather turbulent citizens of Cnzco. The
Indians looked on with an indifferent air, as a matter that little
concerned them, and only drank a little more chicha than usual.
The great excitement of the day was the explosion of a keg of
gunpowder in the cuartel, or barracks, which are the seques-
tered cloistevs of the Jesuits, where a squad of soldiers were
compounding fireworks for the evening, resulting in killing
four or five, and mangling or horribly burning twenty or thirty
more—a practical commentary on the general impolicy of men
smoking cigars in a powder-magazine. In the centre of the
great plaza was raised a symbolical monument, a sort of Temple
of Liberty, made of canvas, stretched on frames, in which were
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
4G3
portraits of the lenemeritos of Freedom in all parts of the
world—Lincoln and Garibaldi side by side. The students were
not satisfied with the performances of the day, but insisted oil
prolonging them by a procession by moonlight, in which it was
proposed that I should carry the Peruvian flag, supported on
each side by that of the United States. My Puno experiences
were too recent to make me ambitious of the distinction; but
the students invaded the court-yard of the comandante’s house
in a body, dragging the Goddess with them, and refused to
credit my assurances of indisposition and Colonel Vargas’s more
truthful asseveration that we were tired out and wanted rest.
Finally, a compromise was effected, and I consented to be a
standard-bearer, but only through the plaza and as far as the
alameda. The announcement was received with tumultuous
vivas for the United States, which a single indiscreet individual
sought to oppose with some allusion to Mr. Webster’s faux pas
in the Lobos Islands business. This resulted in the dissentient
getting so savagely handled that he was obliged to keep his
bed for many weeks after.
464 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XXIII.
SACS All U AM AN j THE ANCIENT FORTRESS OF CUZCO.
Import of the Name.—Situation of the Fortress.—The Ravine of the Rodadero.—
Aqueduct and Water-falls.—The Gate of Sand.—The Rock Rodadero.—Char-
acter of the Rock.—Gareilasso’s Description of the Fortress.—Plan of its Con-
struction.— System of Drainage. — Immense Stones.—Entrances. — The Round
Building, and other Subsidiary Works.—Mistake of Prescott.—How the Stones
were moved. — The Piedra Cansada, or Tired Stone. — El Rodadero, and Von
Tschudi’s Error in respect to It.—The Seat of the Inca.—Curiously carved Stones.
—Rock Seats.—Chingana, or the Labyrinth.—Contrasts between Saesahuaman
and the so-called Fortress at Tiahuanuco.—Date of the Construction of Saesahua-
man.—Modern Cuzeo mostly built of its Materials.—Lamentation of a Descend-
ant of the Incas over its Destruction.—Treasure-hunters and their Traditions.—
Legend of Doña Maria de Esquivel.
THE capital of the Inea empire was not defended by walls,
such as protected some of the ancient Inca cities. Its valley,
surrounded by high mountains, was, in itself, naturally almost
impregnable, and the approaches to it were covered by fortifi-
cations. But the city, nevertheless, had its citadel or fortress,
dominating it as the Acropolis did Athens, Ehrenbreitstein the
villages at its foot, the Castle Edinburgh, and “the Rock”
Gibraltar. It was built upon the bold headland projecting into
the valley of Cuzeo between the rivulets Huatenay and Roda-
dero, looking from below like a high abrupt hill, bnt being really
only the spur of a shelf or plateau, somewhat irregular in sur-
face, which in turn is commanded by higher hills, or apparent
hills or mountains, themselves the escarpments of remoter nat-
ural terraces or puna lands. This headland is called Los Altos
del Saesahuaman, the latter being a compound word signifying
” Fill thee, falcon !” or, “Gorge thyself, hawk!” Thus meta-
phorically did the Incas glorify the strength of their fortress.
” Dash thyself against its rocky and impregnable sides, if thou
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
465
wilt; the hawks will gather up thy fragments!” Vainglorious
and proud were those ancients, as the nations who to-day call
their war-vessels the Invincible, the Devastation, and the Scourge.
On the side of the city the eminence of the Saesahuaman
presents a steep front, difficult and almost impossible of ascent.
Up this front, and from the terraces of the Colcompata, led an-
ciently, as now, a zigzag road, ascending in places by stone steps
to a series of terraces on the most projecting and commanding
portion of the headland.
On the uppermost of
these, most conspicuous
of all objects around Cuz-
eo, on the site of an an-
cient building of which
only a part of the founda-
tions remains, stand three
crosses: the Calvario of
the city. These crosses
are 764 feet above the
level of the Huacapata, or
modern plaza.
The usual ascent to the
Saesahuaman, and which
is practicable by horses, is
through the gorge or ra-
vine of the Rodadero, to
the right of the eminence,
0 AQUEDUCT OVER THE RODADERO.
where a road is partly cut
out of the hill and partly built up against it—a cliff on one side,
and a precipice on the other. At the bottom of the ravine the
little Rodadero chafes and murmurs; here leaping, a miniature
cataract, from one shelf to another, and there gathering in dark,
shaded, bubble-covered pools, as if recovering courage for an-
other plunge. In ascending the Saesahuaman we will start
from the foot of the street of El Triunfo, where it rests on
the rivulet Rodadero, or Tnllamayo, and then turn to the left.
Leaving the cyclopean terrace of the Inca Rocca behind us,
466 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
we pass in front of the Yachahuasi, or school, erected by that
patron of learning. It seems to have been a vast building, or
series of buildings, several hundred feet in length, with walls
of relatively small but perfectly fitting stones, which enter
largely into the modern structures. After passing a few blocks
we come to the gorge of the Rodadero, where it is traversed by
a modern aqueduct built
on arches, between an abut-
ment of rock on one side
ancl of ancient Inca work
on the other — a pictur-
esque and pleasing object.
A short, sharp scramble,
and we reach one of the
lower terraces of the Col-
compata, and the road
proper to the Saesahua-
man. We pass in succes-
sion the upper and low-
er falls of the Rodadero,
which mingle the tinkle
and murmur of their wa-
ters with the gurgle of the
azequias that flow in in-
visible channels above our
heads. We must stop fre-
quently in open spaces left
for the jmrpose, either to
recover breath or permit
LOWER FALL OF THE RODADERO. . 1
our annuals to do so, as
well as lO allow the troops of llamas, led by their silent own-
ers down the rugged pathway, to pass us. At one point we
discover what appears to be a well or square shaft, walled in
with cut stones, fourteen feet deep. The wall on the inner
side, or that lying next the slope, is also sloping, as if to facil-
itate the passage of water. The bottom of the shaft is filled
with rubbish, and without excavation it is impossible to say
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
407
whither it leads. It is probably part of one of the subterra-
nean aqueducts through which the Incas conducted water into
their capital from distant and often unknown sources.
As we ascend, we observe, high up above us on our left, long
lines of walls, which are the faces of the eastern terraces of the
fortress. These become heavier as we advance until, when we
finally reach the level of
the plateau, up the rugged
front of which we have
been struggling, they cease
to be simply retaining-
walls, and rise in massive,
independent walls com-
posed of great blocks of
limestone. A gate-way,
flanked by heavy stones,
opens on our left, and we
stop while a drove of
llamas defile through it.
Stone steps formerly ex-
isted by which to ascend
to the higher grounds with-
in, but they have been
broken away, although
their traces remain. It
was in attempting to force
this gate-way, in the last
desperate encounter be-
tween the Spaniards and
the Incas, that Juan Pizar-
ro, the brother of the conqueror, was killed. Passing through
this gate-way—the ancient Thqmncu, or ” Gate of Sand”—and
through the main outer walls of the fortress, we find ourselves
in a little open plain, or pampa. On our right we notice a con-
siderable eminence of rock of singular aspect, called El Roda-
dero, and on the other hand we have our first view of the great
cyclopean walls of the Fortress of the Saesahuaman—the most
UPPER FALL OF THE RODADERO.
468 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
massive among monu-
ments of similar charac-
ter, either in the Old or
the New World.
Before attempting to
describe this vast struct-
ure, I should explain that
the mass of the head-
land on which the fortress
stands is a metamorphic
rock, disintegrating, hard
in parts and soft in oth-
ers, thrust up by igneous
action from below, and
bearing on its surface
PART OF INCA AQUEDUCT.
huge fragments of limestone from adjacent cliffs of that mate-
rial— a tumultuous piece of natural workmanship whieh it
would require an accomplished geologist to classify and ex-
plain. This headland is highest where it overlooks the city,
and behind it is the area or pampa to which I have alluded,
perhaps a hundred feet lower than its loftiest point; an area
unquestionably much levelled by art, and now smooth as a
prairie. Beyond this, and about three hundred feet distant, is
the swell of amphibolic rock called the Rodadero, to which I
have also alluded, and of which I shall have oecasion to speak
farther on.
Before going on, let us see what the chroniclers have to say
concerning the work within which we are now standing. It
elicited from them an admiration scarcely less extravagant than
was^bestowed on the Temple’of the Sun. Garcilasso de la
Vega says:
” This was the greatest and most superb of the edifices that
the Incas raised to demonstrate their majesty and power. Its
greatness is incredible to those who have not seen it; and those
who have seen it, ancl studied it with attention, will be led not
alone to imagine, but to believe, that it was reared by enchant-
ment—by demons, and not by men, because of the number and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
409
size of the stones placed in the three walls, which are rather
eliffs than walls, and whieh it is impossible to believe were cut
out of quarries, since the Indians had neither iron nor steel
wherewith to extract or shape them. And how they were
brought together is a thing equally wonderful, since the Indians
had neither carts nor oxen nor ropes wherewith to drag them
by main force. Nor were there level roads over which to trans-
port them, but, on the contrary, steep mountains ancl abrupt
declivities, to be overcome by the simple force of men. Many
of the stones were brought from ten to fifteen leagues, and es-
pecially the stone, or rather the rock, called Sayeusea, or the
‘ Tired Stone,’ because it never reached the structure, and whieh
it is known was brought a distance of fifteen leagues, from be-
yond the river of Yucay, which is little less in size than the Gua-
dalquivir at Cordova. The stones obtained nearest were from
Muyna, five leagues from Cuzeo. It passes the power of imagina-
tion to eonceive how so many and so great stones could be so ac-
curately fitted together as scarcely to admit the insertion of the
point of a knife between them. Many are indeed so wrell fitted
that the joint can hardly be discovered. Ancl all this is the
more wonderful as they had no squares or levels to place on
the stones and ascertain if they would fit together. How often
must they have taken up and put down the stones to ascertain
if the joints were perfect! Nor had they cranes, or pulleys, or
other machinery whatever….. But what is most marvellous
of the edifice is the incredible size of the stones, and the aston-
ishing labor of bringing them together and placing them.”
Here Garcilasso proceeds to quote Acosta, “because he had
not received sueh clear and exact measurements of the stones of
the Fortress of Cuzeo as he had asked for.” Aeosta says that
he measured stones in Tiahuanuco ” 30 feet long, 18 broad, ancl
6 thick;” but that in the Fortress of Cuzeo are others much
larger, “and much to be admired, because, although irregular
in size and shape, they wTere, nevertheless, perfectly joined, each
stone fitting into the other as if made for the place.”
The outline of the eminence of the Saesahuaman, on the side
towards the rocks of the Bodadero, is rather concave than oth-
32
470 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
erwise, and it is along this face that the heaviest works of the
fortress were built. They remain substantially perfect, and
will remain so—unless disturbed by a violence whieh is not to
be anticipated, and of which the present inhabitants of Cnzco
hardly seem capable — as long as the Pyramids shall last, or
Stonehenge and the Colosseum shall endure, for it is only with
those works that the Fortress of the Saesahuaman can be prop-
erly compared.
The defences consist, on this side, of three lines of massive
walls, each supporting a terrace and parapet. The walls are
nearly parallel, and have approximately accurate entering and
reentering angles for their total existing length of 1800 feet.
The first, or outer,
wall has an average
present height of
27 feet; the seeond
wall is 35 feet with-
in it, and is 18 feet
high; the third is
18 feet within the
second, and is, in its
highest part, 14 feet
in elevation. The
total elevation of
the works is there-
fore 59 feet. I am now speaking strictly of the walls on the
northern front of the fortress. Long lines of wall extend along
the heights dominating the gorge of the rivulet Rodadero ; and
there are sections of walls, besides those of the terraces of the
Calvario, on the brow of the hill on the side of the city. As
these were constructed of regularly scpiared stones, they have
been almost wholly destroyed, the stones having been rolled
down the eminence to enter into the walls of the numerous
churches and convents of the modern town.
The remarkable feature of the walls of the fortress, on its
only assailable side, is the conformation with modern defensive
structures in the employment of salients, so that the entire face
Prr~~ –
l—i Kc*^/f
1 PS—if
pi
SECTION OF TIIE WALLS OF THE FORTRESS.
PLAN OF THE INCA FORTRESS OF THE SACSAHUAMAN,
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
471
of the walls could he covered by a parallel fire from the weap-
ons of the defenders. This feature is not the result in any de-
gree of the conformation of the ground, but of a clearly settled
plan. The stones composing the walls are massive blocks of
blue limestone, irregular in size and shape, and the work is alto-
gether without doubt the grandest specimen of the style called
cyclopean extant in America. The outer wall, as I have said,
is heaviest. Each salient terminates in an immense block of
SALIENT ANGLE OF THE FORTRESS.
stone, sometimes as high as the level of the terrace which it
supports, but generally sustaining one or more great stones
only less in size than itself. One of these stones is 27 feet
high, 14 broad, and 12 in thickness. Stones of 15 feet length,
12 in width, and 10 in thickness, are common in the outer walls.
They are all slightly bevelled on the face, and near the joints
chamfered down sharply to the contiguous faces. The joints—
what with the lapse of time, and under the effects of violence.
472 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
earthquakes, and the weather—are not now, if they ever were,
so perfect as represented by the chroniclers. They are, never-
theless, wonderfully close, and eut with a precision rarely seen
in modern fortifications. The inner walls are composed of
smaller and more regular stones, and are less impressive.
Eaeh wall supports a terraee or platform, filled in, as we dis-
covered in the excavations made by treasure-seekers, with large,
rough stones and the chippings of those composing the walls.
The summit of each wall rose originally from six to eight feet
above the level of the terraee, forming a parapet with an inte-
rior bench or step whereon the defenders might mount to dis-
charge their missiles against assailants. To prevent accumula-
tions of water behind the walls, the builders cut small drains or
conduits through the stones at every seeond angle near the base
of the structure—a eommon feature in all their terrace and re-
taining walls. The inner or reentering angles were not wholly
formed by the junction or plaeing-together of blocks of stone.
Here, too, the device eommon in many of their more regular
structures was adopted, of chiselling the angle in the stone so
that one end of the block should enter on the faee of the next
salient, thus “binding” the eorner. It is impossible to conceive
the variety of shapes of the stones, especially of those of the
outer wall, whieh, as Garcilasso says, ” is composed of rocks
rather than of stones.” In some eases two immense stones,
from fourteen to fifteen feet high and ten to twelve broad, will
be found plaeed only one and a half or two feet apart, with a
thin slab of corresponding height eut to fit accurately between
them. In other eases the upper part of a stone will be eon-
cave, and the lower a sharp angle, but eaeh surface matching
that which it adjoins.
The extremities of these heavy walls have been much de-
stroyed ; but there is evidence that there were entrances or pas-
sages at each end, as well as three gate-ways in the main front.
The chroniclers speak only of three, called, respectively, Tiu-
puncu, “the Gate of Sand;” Aeahuana-puneu, “the Gate of
Acahuana,” who was one of the engineers employed in the con-
struction of the work; and the third, Viracoeha-puncu, “the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
473
Gate of Viracoeha.” The main entrance was rather to the
left of the centre of the line of walls, where one salient was
omitted, so as to leave a rectangular space, G3 feet long by 25
broad. In the centre of the left-hand end of this space, be-
tween two blocks of stone, the outer one forming the angle
being 15 feet long, 9 feet thick, and 12 high, was left an
opening 4 feet wide. Steps led through this opening to the
level of the inner terrace, the passage being lined with heavy
stones. The chroniclers affirm that these openings, in times of
danger, were closed by great blocks of stone, which are yet to
be found near some of them, and for the reception of which
one step was omitted on the inner side of the wall. The en-
trance through the second wall at this point is more intricate,
and opens against a transverse wall, where the steps turn at
right angles, and thus reach the second terrace. The third wall
has two entrances, one plain, like that through the first, and the
second corresponding with that through the intermediate wall.
The lesser entrances to the right and left of the principal ones
just described are simple openings, occurring not opposite each
other, but in the alternating salients. The easternmost gate-
way of all, through the parallel walls running at right angles
to the general line of fortifications, is very nearly perfect, and
shows the stairway very clearly. It has ten steps, each 10 inches
high and 12 inches broad.
The ground within the walls rises to a further elevation of
about sixty feet, and is rocky. Several masses of metamorphic
rock and limestone project above the soil or are scattered over it.
In one of these a cavern forty feet deep has been excavated, and
others are cut into steps ancl seats. Here are fragments of the
foundations of considerable structures, of regularly cut stones,
but of which the plans cannot now be made out. These are
probably the remnants of what the chroniclers describe as three
small fortresses, or citadels, within the greater work. Two of
these are said to have been square and one round. The latter
was the largest and in the centre, ancl was called Aluyuc-Marca,
or ” Round Building,” and was designed to receive the Inca and
his family in case of danger, together with the wealth of his
474
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
palaces and the treasures of the Sun. It is said to have been
rich in decoration, and lined with gold and silver. This is also
said to have communicated by subterranean passages with the
two square towers, destined for the reception of the garrison
of the fortress, and with the royal palaces and the Temple of
the Sun. I can credit the former part of the statement, for
there are remains of such passages; but that any of these de-
scended, as they must have done, almost vertically for seven
hundred and sixty-four feet, and then horizontally into the city,
is a presumption altogether improbable.
Prescott has given the name of “the Fortress” to the three
towers or citadels, and mistakes in supposing that there were
but two lines of walls protecting approach to them from the
side opposite the city. This is the more surprising, as Garci-
lasso and others distinctly state that there were three walls, and
that these constituted “the Fortress,” whieh they regarded as
the eighth wonder of the world. As I have said, it was in a
desperate attempt to recover this fortress from the revolted
Indians that Juan Pizarro was mortally wounded; and it was
from the battlements of the Muyuc-Marca that the Inca com-
mander hurled himself to the ground when the issue of bat-
tle was decided against him. His was the last blow struck in
behalf of the Inca power.
The stones composing the Fortress of the Saesahuaman are
limestone, and masses of the same still lie within the walls of
the fortress, and are scattered over the plateau behind it. That
some of these in the wall were taken from their natural posi-
tions near the place where they now stand is most probable;
but that others were brought from the limestone cliffs that edge
the plateau, three-fourths of a mile to a mile distant, is certain.
/ Two distinct, well-graded roads still remain leading to these
ledges, where the evidences of quarrying are as clear as they
are at Quincy, in Massachusetts. The rock is the cliff lime-
stone, evidently considerably changed and fissured by igneous
action, splitting off in great, irregular blocks, in turn much
seamed and furrowed by the elements. The earth and debris
were excavated away beneath these; and when they fell by
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
475
their own gravity, they were partly hewn on the spot, dragged
to the fortress, and there fitted. Blocks half hewn still lie in
the quarries, and some in nearly perfect condition by the side
of the roads to which I have referred. How they were thus
dragged we can only infer from the undoubted fact that the
Incas had no draught animals. They must, therefore, have been
moved by combined human force on rollers of wood or stone,
and forced up inclined planes to the positions they were to oc-
cupy. If the force of a thousand men was insufficient to move
them, it was quite within the power of the Incas to bring ten
times that number to the task. The Incas, Garcilasso to the
contrary notwithstanding, had both ropes and cables, and I have
seen nothing in the size of the stones here or elsewhere not
amenable to the power of numbers. It is not to be supposed
for an instant that limestone masses should be brought from be-
yond the Yucay, fifteen leagues distant, when precisely the same
stone was to be had near at hand in inexhaustible quantities.
The great Piedra Cansada (” Tired Stone “), or Sayacusca, of
which Garcilasso and others speak as having occupied 20,000
men in moving it, and which, rolling over, killed 300 workmen,
is an enormous mass of a thousand tons or more, and certainly
was never moved ever so slightly by human power. Its top,
like the tops of hundreds of other rocks on the plateau of the
Rodadero, is cut into what appear to be seats and reservoirs
of every shape; its sides are cut into niches and stairways—the
whole a maze of incomprehensible sculpture and of apparently
idle although elaborate workmanship. The largest stone in the
fortress has a computed weight of 361 tons.
Water was conducted into the fortress by azequias from the
Rodadero, and from streams falling into the Huatenay, high up
towards its sources. The channels of these azequias are in
part subterranean, and the origin of the water flowing through
some of them is unknown. Two of the national engineers
were employed for several days during my stay in Cuzeo in
trying to find where one of these channels had been obstructed
or tapped by some Indian having traditionary knowledge of its
course, but without result.
476
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Three hundred feet in front of the fortress is the dome-
shaped mass of trachytic rock, the Rodadero—which, on the side
towards the fortress, was faced up in terraces with large and
beautifully cut stones, which have been removed and rolled
down into the city. This rock is also called La Piedra Lisa,
inasmuch as its convex surface is grooved, as if the rock had
been squeezed up in a plastic state between irregular and un-
yielding walls, and then hardened into shape with a smooth and
glassy surface. A mass of dough forced up under the outspread
hands would give something of the same appearance in min-
iature. It is said that the Inca youth amused themselves in
coursing through these polished groove’s on festival days—a
custom which the youth of Cuzeo have not allowed to fall into
disuse. And here I may allude to a very comical mistake into
which Rivero and Von Tschudi, together with their translators,
have fallen regarding this rock. Misled by the designation
” Rodadero,” they have described this eminence, which is more
than half a mile in circumference and at least eighty feet high,
as follows: ” A short distance from the fortress is a large piece
of amphibolic rock, known by the name of the Smooth Rolling
Stone, which served, and still serves, for diversion to the in-
habitants, by rolling like a garden-roller, having a sort of hollow
formed in the middle through friction !”
On the very summit of the rock of the Rodadero there are a
series of broad seats, rising one above the other in front and
laterally, like a stairway, cut with unsurpassable precision in the
hard rock. This is called ” The Seat of the Inca;” and tradi-
tion relates that it was here the Incas came at intervals, through
three reigns, to watch the progress of constructing the fortress.
There are other smaller scats lower down, which, the same au-
thority relates, were occupied by the attendants on the Inca.
As I have said, the rocks all over the platean back of the
fortress, chiefly limestone, arc cut and carved in a thousand
forms. Here is a niche, or a series of them ; anon a broad seat
like a sofa, or a series of small seats; next a flight of steps;
then a cluster of square, round, and octagonal basins; long lines
of grooves; occasional holes drilled down to reservoirs in some
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
fissure in the rock, widened artificially into a chamber—and all
these cut with the accuracy and finish of the most skilful work-
er in marble. In one or two instances these rocks had walls of
cut stones built up around or in part against them, and have
traces of small edifices on their summits, conveying the impres-
sion that they were shrines, from within the hollowed chambers
of which the wily priest
uttered oracles in response
to offerings of chicha or
maize.
One part of a low lime-
stone cliff, not far from
the Rodadero, is called the
Chingana, or ” Labyrinth,”
and it well deserves the
name. It is much fissured
naturally. These fissures
have been enlarged by art,
and new passages opened,
with low corridors, small
apartments, niches, seats.
etc., forming a maze in
which it requires great care
not to be entangled and
lost. The interior and re-
moter ramifications cannot
now be followed, since Gen-
eral San Roman, when Pre-
fect of Cuzeo, had some of
the passages walled up, in
consequence of the recurrence of accidents—the last accident
happening to three boys, who were lost and starved to death in
the recesses of the Chingana. There is a story current of two
students who, many years ago, undertook the exploration of the
Chingana, and followed its passage until they found themselves
beneath the Temple of the Sun, and could distinctly hear the
chanting of mass in the Church of Santo Domingo, which occu-
NiCHE IN TERRACE WALLS Or’ IWE COLCOMPATA.
47S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ROCK SEATS, NEAR FORTRESS.
cupies its site. “All of
which,” in the phrase with
which committees end their
reports, ” is respectfully
submitted.”
I have thus described, as
it is, the great fortress of
the Saesahuaman from the
modern stand-point. It is
a mistake of our old chron-
icler, Garcilasso, that the
fortress could not be com-
manded even by artillery. It is commanded in great part by
the Rodadero at short musket-shot; and from the heights of
Cantutpata, on the left of the rivulet Rodadero, it is completely
commanded by the lightest artillery, and a portion of it by ar-
rows. Still, it was no doubt an impregnable fortress, under
the system of warfare practised in ancient times, when slings
and arrows were the longest-reaching of offensive arms.
I have alluded to the tradition preserved by the chroniclers,
that the structure called ” the Fortress ” at Tiahuanuco was the
model on which the Fortress of the Saesahuaman was construct-
ed. It is very clear that the slopes of the former were sup-
ported by three at least, perhaps more, retaining-walls, each
with a terrace between, and each, perhaps, terminating in a
parapet. But there the resemblance ceases. The walls of one
were in right lines; those of the other were broken into sali-
ents. Ona was regular in shape; the defences of the other
coincided with the formation of the ground. One occupied a
strong strategic position, and was a true fortress, while the other
commanded nothing, and could, at best, be only a temporary
refuge.
The old authors differ as to the date of the construction of
the Fortress of Cuzeo. Garcilasso assigns it principally to Yu-
panqui, the tenth Inca, who came to power about the year 1400,
and reigned thirty-nine years. He says that Paehaeutie, ninth
Inca, and father of Yupanqui, conceived the design, and left
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
479
the plan, with a great quantity of the stones prepared for build-
ing it; but that it was not finished until during the reign of
Huayna Capac, the father of Atahualpa and Huascar, and but a
short time before the arrival of the Spaniards. We can sym-
pathize with the lament of the old descendant of the Incas,
who writes thus:
” The Spaniards, flushed with their victories, might well
have spared this fortress, and kept it up for their own glory, to
show to future generations the grandeur of their own achieve-
ments, and make their deeds eternal. But, instead of this, they
deliberately destroyed it, to save the cost of cutting stones for
their buildings, and tumbled down all the squared stones into
the city, so that there is not a house in it that is not built of
them, or from other superb monuments of the Incas. So that
this majestic structure was almost ruined, to the eternal grief
of those who may hereafter look upon its sad remains. The
three walls of rock the Spaniards left standing because they
could not throw them down; but they have, nevertheless, in-
jured a part of these in vain search for the golden chain of
Huayna Capac, which some supposed to have been buried here.”
Three hundred years have not sufficed to eradicate the notion
that enormous treasures are concealed within the fortress; nor
have three hundred years of excavation, more or less constant,
entirely discouraged the searchers for tapadas. In making our
surveys of the fortress and of the Rodadero, often have we
found, upon returning to our work in the mornings, the ground
deeply excavated overnight where we had planted our little
peg to determine the limit of our day’s survey, and as a guide
for resumption of our work.
I doubt if, among all the people, high and low, whom I met
in the Sierra, half a dozen could be found who, when ques-
tioned apart, would not testify to a belief that the investigation
of ancient monuments was rather a clumsy pretext under which
to carry on search for the chain of Huayna Capac or some oth-
er tapada of equal value. I presume there are not a few who
would take a distinct oath that my rather precipitate retreat
to the coast, when the rains began to fall, was the immediate
480 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
consequence of having been successful in my search; ancl it
is not impossible that the stones that were rolled down on us
in the denies of Andahuaylas were intended to create a con-
fusion, wherein the mules laden with supposed Inca treasure
could be ” stampeded,” and the strangers and heretics spoiled.
What a disappointment it would have been to the evil-minded
assailants if they had succeeded in obtaining the coveted pack-
ages, only to find them filled with skulls and all uncleanness!
In a manuscript in the British Museum, a copy of which is in
my possession, I find recorded a curious story touching the sup-
posed treasures of the Saesahuaman, told by Felipe de Pomanes,
who says:
“It is a well-known and acknowledged thing that in this
Fortress of Cnzco there is a secret vault, in which is a vast
treasure, since there were placed in it all the statues of the
Incas, wrought in gold. And there is living to-day a lady who
has been in this vault, named Doha Maria de Esquivel, wife of
the last Inca, and whom I have heard describe how she came to
go there, and what she saw there. It was thus: This lady had
married Don Carlos Inca, who had not the means to keep up
the state of the great personage that he really was, and the
Doña Maria neglected him [the chronicler says something
worse], because she had been deceived into marrying a poor
Indian under the pretence that he was a great lord and Inca;
and she so often repeated this reproach that Don Carlos one
night said to her: 1 Do you wish to know if I am the miserable
pauper and wretch you accuse me of being? Do you wish to
know if I am poor or rich ? If so, come with me, and you shall
see that I possess more wealth than any lord or king in the uni-
verse.’ And Dofia Maria, overcome by curiosity, consented to
have her eyes bandaged — so unlike a woman—and to follow
her indignant lord, who led her a number of turns, and then
took her hand and conducted her down into a room, when he
removed the bandage from her eyes, and she saw herself sur-
rounded by unbounded treasures. In niches in the walls were
many statues of all the Incas, as large as youths of twelve years
old, all of finest gold, besides numberless vases of gold and sil-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
481
ver, and blocks of the same, and altogether a wealth that con-
vinced the lady that here was the grandest treasure of the
world.”
How she behaved to her lord afterwards the chronicler does
not tell us; and as to whether she wheedled Don Carlos Inea
out of a statue of his fathers, or a block of gold, we are unfor-
tunately left in ignorance. But the chronicler does say that it
is not to be presumed that an author of such judgment and
character as Felipe de Pomanes would tell an untruth, even if
it were possible that a lady of the character and known vir-
tue of Doha Maria de Esquivel could be guilty of such a thing.
All I can say is, that if the secret chamber that she entered
has not yet been found and despoiled, it has not been for de-
fault of digging, for I doubt if a foot of the soil of the Saesa-
huaman has escaped being turned a dozen times over. Men
were constantly busy there during the whole time of our stay.
Perhaps our visit gave a new impulse to money – digging, or
treasure-hunting, whieh, if called on to say, I should declare to
be the principal occupation of the peoj)le of Peru. The time,
labor, and money that have been spent in digging and disman-
tling ancient edifices would have built a railway from one end
of the country to the other, given wharves to the ports, and,
what is far more needed, sewers to the cities.
33
4S2 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XXIV.
THE VALLEY OF YUCAY.-OLLANTAYTAMBO.
The Yucay the Parent Stream of the Amazon.—The Valley of Yucay.—Roads lead-
ing to It.—Chinehero and its Ruins.—The Table-land.—View of the Valley of
Yucay.—Climate of the Valley.—The Andenes, or Gardens of the Incas.—Their
Summer Palace.—Urubamba.—The Hacienda Umercs.—Ride to Ollantaytambo.
—Ancient Cliff Cemetery.—The Bolson of Antis.—Ancient Fortifications.—The
Governor of Ollantaytambo.—Reception by Him.—Antiquarian Inquiries.—Vil-
lage of Ollantaytambo.—The Ancient Fortress. — Porphyry Slabs. — The Tired
Stones.—View from the Fortress.—The Hill of Flutes.—The School of the Vir-
gins.—The Horca del Hombre and Horca de Mujer.—Inca Houses in the Vil-
lage.—Plan of the Ancient Town.—The Present Inhabitants.—Ride to the Quar-
ries.— Mimbres, or Suspension Bridges. — Perilous Travelling. — The Mountain
Road.—Diminutive Shrines.—The Quarries.—The Cura of Ollantaytambo.—The
Clergy of Peru.—Ollantaytambo a Frontier Town.—The Legend of Ollantay.
THE valley of Yucay, probably the most beautiful in Peru,
is formed by the river Vilcanota, which we saw trickling from
the dark tarn of La Raya, now swollen into a large stream,
bearing the names, according to locality, of Vilcamayo, Uru-
bamba, and Yucay; it is truly the Ucayali, and the parent
stream of the Amazon. The valley is separated from the bol-
son of Cuzeo by a high, irregular table-land, or puna, a hard
day’s journey across, although the distance in a right line can
hardly exceed twenty miles. The Incas had two roads over
this high, bleak ridge; one leading direct from Cnzco to Yucay,
with the intermediate establishment of Chinehero, where they
had a palace; and the other more circuitous, by way of the
plain of Chita, where the young Inca, Viracoeha, chafed in
exile, watching the flocks of his irate father, until the Brother
of the Sun called him to victory and power. The roads, of
which fragments remain, were formed of rough stones set in
the ground, and were raised in the centre, with a row of larger
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
4S3
stones set on edge on. each side, through whieh at intervals
there was an opening to pass off the water. The road was sup-
ported by terraee-walls of cut
stone in some plaees, where,
zigzagging up declivities, it
evinces in plan and execution
capable design and much skill.
In Chinehero are very elab-
orate remains. The present
plaza of the town is an ancient
square, flanked on one side by
a terrace, supported by the
most beautiful and elaborate-
ly niehed retaining-wall that
I saw in Peru, several hun-
dred feet long. The struct-
ures, probably Inca palaees,
built on this terrace have
mainly disappeared, but a
portion of the walls, corre-
sponding with those of the
Temple of the Sun in Cuzeo,
still form part of the vast and
quaint church of the village.
The ancient edifices stood
back a little from the edge
of the terrace, which is re-
markable, but by no means peculiar, in being crowned with a
cornice or eoping of large stones. The terraee is 12 feet high ;
most of the niches 7 feet high by 3 feet 10 inches wide at bot-
tom, 3 feet 3 inehes at top, and 2 feet 7 inches deep. Some
years ago, a portion of this fine terraee wall was torn down,
and excavations made behind it by seekers for tapadas / and
I must stop to applaud the deed of the then prefect of the
department, Señor Guarmendia, who obliged the iconoclasts
to replace the work they had destroyed. The restoration is
shabby, for the wretches were unable to put together the
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLOEATION
stones they had torn apart, so much easier is it to destroy than
to build up.
In the neighborhood of Chinehero are great sculptured rocks
resembling those of the Saesahuaman, but if possible more elab-
orately cut and quite as enigmatical. The most interesting one
is of limestone, cut in gradients, and with a bold projection,
like the pedestal of a statue, on which, sculptured in relief from
the same rock, is the figure of a puma or tiger reclining on its
side, with one of its young in its embrace, as if suckling. The
outline and action are well given, but the finer details are lost,
inasmuch as it is the practice of the youth of the village to
COPED AND NICHED TERRACE WALLS, CHINCIIEUO.
pelt with stones elgato de los gentiles (” the cat of the gentiles”).
The work probably suffered greatly from the hands of the early
priests.
Two leagues beyond Chinehero we come to the abrupt edge
of the table-land on whieh it stands, and look almost sheer down
on the valley of Yucay, four thousand feet below. Here the
traveller pauses instinctively, for the view before him is unsur-
passed for beauty or grandeur by any on which his eyes have
rested. In front rises that gigantic spur of the Andes which
separates the valleys of the Vilcamayo and Paucartambo, with
rugged escarpments of bare rock, lofty snowy peaks, and silvery
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
4S5
glaciers, sharp, bright, and distinct, except when the clonds
surge up its eastern side, to dissolve and disap-
pear in flurries of snow on its summit. The
great peaks of Chicon, Huacahuasi, and Calca
tower up with a majesty searcely second to that
of the mighty Sorata, and with the abruptness
of the Alpine Jungfrau, Eiger, and Matterhorn.
The glaciers that lie between them have a
sweep, as compared with those of the Alps,
like that of a Western prairie as compared with
a meadow valley of New England.
From the glittering crests of these vast moun-
tains the eye ranges down, through every grad-
uation of color and depth of shadow, past eleft SECTION OF TERRACE
, ,.rr • J • • x-1 0F CHINCIIERO.
and cliff, ravine and precipice, until it rests on
the gracefnl andenes, or terraces, of the far-famed Gardens of
Yucay. These sweep in curves around the feet of mountains,
or project into the narrow valley through which steals the
Rio Yilcamayo, in every combination of geometrical ontline.
Though now midwinter, and the crops are gathered in, yet the
valley is gay with clumps of trees, gardens, and green hedge-
rows, whieh define the outlines of fields laid out by the Incas
themselves, and with that regularity which distinguishes all the
works of their hands. Although only about two thousand five
hundred feet lower than the bolson of Cnzco, the valley of
Yucay, sheltered on every side, enjoys a climate much milder,
corresponding very closely with that of Nismes and of other
parts of the South of France.
Equally salubrious and fertile, easily accessible from the cap-
ital, and with a vegetation exceptional in the Sierra, this sweet,
calm valley, framed in by the loftiest mountains of the conti-
nent, became early the favorite resort of the Ineas. Here they
constructed those marvellous hanging-gardens which, while they
astonish by their extent, and eharm with their beauty, bear con-
stant witness to the skill and the taste of their builders. Here,
too, they built their palaces, and on every pass leading to their
retreat they raised immense and impregnable fortresses. Borne
4S6 INCIDENTS’ OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
hither in their golden palanquins, with a ceremony and pomp
becoming the heads of a vast empire, surrounded by followers
who revered them as embodying the power of the State and
the majesty and sanctity of Religion, the Incas must often have
paused on the heights of Chinehero to gaze with awe and ad-
miration on the grand panorama that here opened before them,
and which the pencil may faintly portray, but “which the pen
cannot adequately describe. Before them were the mighty
mountain barriers they never could pass; at their feet the smil-
ing valley of whieh their poets were never weary of singing,
filled with the enduring works of their hands, and bright be-
neath the clear rays of the parent Sun. Under the inspiration
of scenes like these, and in constant contact with Nature in her
grandest forms, it would have been wonderful indeed if the
Incas had not risen to conceptions higher and ideas more ex-
panded than those of the dwellers in the gloom of the dense
forests and among the jungles of the Amazon, where the sun
only penetrates to quicken deadly vapors, ancl where life is a
vain warfare against an unconquerable vegetation, fierce ani-
mals, venomous reptiles, and insects scarcely less poisonous.
I fear that I have dwelt too long on the Gardens of the
Inca, since I feel that I have failed to convey any adequate no-
tion of their beauty, or of the art and taste displayed in their
construction. Among the profoundest regrets connected with
my journey through Bern, is that I failed to obtain photographs
of the lovely valley of Yucay and its wonderful andenes from
the heights of Chinehero. The rains set in before we could
complete our explorations, and we were obliged to retreat with-
out securing the form ancl features of many objects of interest
and beauty.
The descent from the altos of Chinehero into the valley is
long, laborious, and dangerous. Fragments of the zigzag road
of the Incas still remain, supported by heavy walls of masonry,
broad enough for six persons to pass abreast, ancl of easy gradi-
ents. Although its careful preservation would seem to have
been dictated by the commonest prudence—for there are few
points where the escarpment of the plateau can be overcome—
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
48T
yet this artfully constructed road has been allowed to fall into
utter ruin by the wretched successors of the provident Incas.
What at once arrests the attention of the visitor to the val-
ley of Yucay is the vast system of terraces that lines it on both
sides, wherever the conformation of the ground admits of their
construction, and of which the so-called andenes, or Gardens
of the Inca, form part. These terraces, rising from the broader
ones at the edge of the level grounds, climb the circumscribing
mountains to the height of from one thousand to one thousand
five hundred feet, narrowing as they rise, until the topmost
ones are scarcely two feet broad. The terrace-walls are of
rough stones, well laid, slightly inclining inwards, ancl varying
in height from three to fifteen feet. Very often an azequia, or
artificial aqueduct, starting high up some narrow ravine, at the
very verge of the snow, is carried along the mountain-sides,
above or through the andenes, from which water is taken for
irrigation, running from one terrace to the next, ancl carefully
distributed over all. Access from one terrace to another is va-
riously effected; sometimes by zigzag paths, sometimes by reg-
ular stairs, bnt often-
est through the de-
vice to which I have
had occasion to refer,
of projecting stones.
This description will
apply to the ordina-
ry mountain terraces,
of which the whole
conntry is full, ancl which were built to retain the earth on the
steep mountain ancl hill sides, which would otherwise be washed
away.
The more elaborate andenes are built, as are those of Yu-
cay, the most extensive, most regular, and most beautiful of all
Peru. They are raised at the mouth of a gorge, which has a
rapid fall from among the splintered summits of the Nevada
of Galea, and which enters the valley at its widest part, and
nearly at right angles to it. Through this leaps out from the
TERRACE WALL AND AZEQUIA, TUCAY.
4SS
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rocky entrance to the mountains a bright, clear stream, fed from
the drip of the impending glaciers and snowy peaks, which, in
the course of ages, has brought down a great mass of debris,
rock, and earth, that, until smoothed down and made symmet-
rical by the Incas, must have been a rude and disfiguring heap
in the valley.
The first step seems to have been to confine the stream in
a single channel, between walls of stone; next, to construct a
series of semicircular terraces, supported by rude but durable
walls, over which the stream leaps in a series of cataracts. As
the declivity lessens, these terraces become broader, and the
stream is diverted into several channels-, each feeding a new
series of terraces, falling off in front and flank of the central
one in almost every possible combination, in outline, of the
square and the circle; in gradients, like the Pyramids, and so
artfully that the water from the stream is evenly distributed
over them all, and then carried off to irrigate the wide wings
that sweep in grand lines of beauty around the bases of the
mountains up and down the valley. The central and most
elevated series of terraces, which pushes out boldly in the plain,
is made up chiefly of square areas, with flanking aprons, filled
with richest soil, from which the stones have been carefully re-
moved, and which nurtures that noblest of native cereals, the
maiz Manco, or white maize of Yucay.
Upon one of these areas, with broad terraces on every side or
circling away in graceful perspective, with the white glaciers
of Calca impending behind, and the mural face of the plateau
of Chinehero rising in front—high up among the andenes, where
the eye commands long reaches of teeming valley and of the
river, with its burnished pools and swirling rapids, surrounded
by lofty pisote-trees, clothed in unfading green, and glowing
like sunset with their orange-colored flowers, amidst baths and
fountains and the murmur of falling waters—stood the Summer
Palace of the Incas. Only a few sad remnants attest its site
and intimate its finished architecture. The delicately cnt stones
of which it was built went early to construct the churches of
the neighboring villages of Hnaylabamba, Calca, Urquillos,
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
489
Urubamba, and the convents which the warrior priests of the
Conquest were not slow to raise in the genial and fertile valley
of Yucay. Every foot of ground is utilized ; every part is art-
fully irrigated. The soil is rich, and the climate, notwithstand-
ing the valley is shut in by lofty and snowy mountains, is mild
and agreeable. A more beautiful spot than this does not smile
among the rigors of the Ancles.
I commenced my explorations in the valley from the town of
Urabamba (“Plain of the Spicier”), the capital of the district,
which is entered over a lofty stone bridge of ninety feet span,
ancl between two rows of gigantic willows. The town itself is
like all other towns of the Sierra, but its position can hardly be
surpassed in beauty—a beauty enhanced, to our eyes, by the re-
appearance of a verdure to which we had long been strangers.
Apart from great wTillows ancl gigantic pisotes, we found other
familiar varieties of trees. Hundreds of wild cherry-trees lined
the roads, some in blossom and some in fruit, while peaches ancl
apples, oranges and lemons, hung temptingly in the gardens.
Our host, Señor Umeres, the sub-prefect of the district, was a
very enterprising and intelligent man, who provided us with
mules for our visit to Ollantaytambo, and a letter of recom-
mendation to the gobernador of that frontier town, lying eight
leagues distant, down the valley of the river.
The ride to this point is extremely varied and interesting,
amidst scenery alternately grand and picturesque. At a dis-
tance of three leagues, the road running between stone-walls
and rows of cherry and peaeh trees, ancl lined with rude stone-
houses, we eame to where a broad gorge opened between lofty
mountains on our right. This gorge extends high up into a
region of mist and snow, to a great glacier, or a series of gla-
ciers, which appear to unite in it from different directions. A
very considerable stream emerges from these, which, however,
distributes itself into several channels over a vast mass of rocks
and stones and gravel, with scrubby bushes interspersed, that
has been swept or crowded down through the gorge, filling up
the valley for miles, and pressing close on the river, where,
owing to the wash of the stream, it presents a perpendicular
490 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
face of indurated material at least two hundred feet high, cut
into fantastic, castellated forms, like an aggregation of old
Gothic cathedrals. To descend this escarpment was no easy
matter, the path being both narrow and precipitous and full of
rolling stones; ancl, when once down, the road was a ticklish
one, between cliff and river.
VIEW IN THE VALLEY OF YUCAY FROM CORRIDOR OF THE HACIENDA UMERES.
Farther on, beyond this mass of debris, the valley widens out
into a sort of marshy pampa, on the farther edge of which we
discerned an ancient Inea edifice, connected with a series of ex-
tensive terraces and other complicated works, too much ruined
to be intelligible. Immediately back of the structure, however,
rises a high cliff, the face of which is full of ancient tombs;
that is to say, of excavations, natural and artificial, in the rock,
within which the dead were placed, and then walled up with
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
491
stones, stuccoed over, and painted. Many of these seemed ab-
solutely inaccessible, or to be reached only by ropes let down
from above. We contrived, however, to clamber up to several
of them, from which I obtained a number of interesting skulls.
The fronts of some of the least protected tombs had fallen
away, and the bones of their former inmates were scattered at
the foot of the cliff, or lay in full view on the narrow shelves
of rock.
ROCK TOMBS, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
Beyond this Golgotha the valley narrows again between bare
cliffs from two to three thousand feet high, leaving just room
enough for the roadway and river—the latter deep and swift,
ancl of a bright-green color. Our view was limited to a strip
of blue sky above, and to the snowy mountain of Chicon, which
rose, white and sepulchral, directly in front, as if blocking up
the valley ancl prohibiting further passage. Again the valley
widened, and we rode through a forest of Spanish broom, which
here becomes really arborescent, covered thickly with brilliantly
yellow and oppressively fragrant flowers, among which darted
a great variety of humming-birds, some of them as large as
swallows. The mountains now fall farther back from the river,
which becomes less rapid, and on the opposite or left bank the
ground spreads out into broad meadows and cultivated grounds.
492
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Descending through these, at right angles to the river, from
a dark and rugged gorge, we noticed a considerable stream, the
Rio Guarconda, draining the high bolson of Antis. There is a
rough and dangerous pathway through this gorge to the plain
above, which the Ineas protected by works of considerable ex-
tent at its month. But their principal works were built farther
down the stream, at a point where a low ridge extends nearly
across the valley. This ridge had been terraced up with high,
vertical walls, rising from the very bed of the stream, on every
side, to the height of nearly one hundred feet. Held by any
considerable body of men, it commanded completely the pas-
sage of the valley. The river pours with arrow-like rapidity
between these terraces and the rocky escarpment opposite,
along the face of which runs the narrow and dizzy pathway
over which all travellers to Ollantaytambo are obliged to pass.
From this point forward for a league, the valley is narrowed
to a mere cleft between mountains rising in rugged masses, but
with almost vertical fronts, to enormous elevations. The brain
reels, in straining to discern their splintered summits. Dark
and chill, this is one of the grand jportadas, or mountain gate-
ways, of the Andes, leading to the plains of the Amazon, of
which the early chroniclers write wTith undissembled awe. The
river looks black and sinister in the subdued light, and its mur-
mur subsides into a hollow roar. The shrubs of broom become
scant and small, and their flowers are few and mean. In front
rises forever the white, ghastly Chicon. We hasten through
this gloomy gorge as fast as our mules can travel, and rejoice
when the valley again commences to spread out, and we can
see patches of sunlight in the open space that invites us on-
wards. Still the river presses us close to the mountain, at the
base of which is a series of narrow, ruined andenes, while on
the opposite bank of the river, again confined between heavy
artificial walls, we notice a long building of two stories, with
turrets and loop-holes, hanging against the mountain, and domi-
nating a narrow pathway that runs between it and the rapid,
compressed river. It more resembles the castles of the Rhine
and the Lower Rhone than anything Ave have yet seen, and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
493
would be regarded as a most striking and picturesque object in
any part of the world.
A little farther the mountains on our right send out a high
spur of bare rock directly in front and across our path, deflect-
ing the river across the valley, which now widens out in broad
and beautiful intervals, as level as a table, in which we discover
men with oxen ploughing. At the extremity of this rocky bar-
rier, and between it and the wall against which the river frets
THE FORT, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
and swirls, is a narrow roadway, overshadowed by the cyclopean
walls of another fortress or outwork, above whieh, perched on
the cliffs, at every elevation, we see round towers of stone of
varying sizes, with port-holes opening on our line of approach,
and from which stones might be precipitated on our very heads.
The roadway is partially blocked with the debris of one of these
towers and many tons of the rock on which it once stood, all
of which had fallen down during the heavy rains of the preced-
ing summer. These rockslips are frequent among the Andes,
494
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
sometimes rendering the so-called roads impassable, and occa-
sionally damming up the rivers, when the water, setting back,
forms deep, narrow lakes, until it breaks through all obstruc-
tions in a devastating flood below.
Passing around this salient outwork, our path ascends a se-
ries of terraces, underneath niched and crenated walls, until the
upper terrace is reached, on which the road runs. An ancient
azequia is high above on the rock’s side, in which we hear the
gurgle of invisible waters. Here, still clinging to the foot of
the mountains, we look down past the andenes upon level fields,
which in the proper season must afford a wealth of grain. But
direetly in front, extending, as before, transversely across the
valleys and at right angles to our path, their edges defined by
tall willows and flowering shrubs, with water leaping brightly
in mimic cataracts from one to the other, we discover the fa-
mous terraces of Ollantaytambo.
Standiug on the edge of the topmost, in strong relief, is a
group of buildings which our guide points out as the house of
the Governor of Ollantaytambo, to whom we are recommended.
It was getting late; we were hungry, certainly, and tired with-
al ; and we spurred our mules forward towards our resting-
place. Soon we came to a massive crenated wall, pierced by
two gate-ways with grooves in their 2?iers, as if to receive a slid-
ing portcullis, and flanked on the beetling ledges of the moun-
tain by round, loop-holed towers, like those already mentioned.
Beyond, the road led between two ancient stone buildings, still
inhabited, which fill the space between the edge of the terrace
and the cliffs, apparently designed as guard-houses, and between
whieh the visitor to Ollantaytambo had to pass in the olden, as
he has to do in the modern time. Past these the road contin-
ues between a high niched wall, on one hand, and the cliff with
its gurgling azequia, on the other. Thus shut in betwixt wall
and mountain, and our view circumscribed, we jog on for half a
mile. Then the wall ends. A lane leads off to our left at right
angles for a feAv hundred yards between stone-walls and hedges
of fioAvering shrubs, Avhen Ave come to a sort of shrine, in which
is a crumbling cross covered with faded ribbons and Avithered
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
495
flowers. Here we turn again, and again at right angles, and at
the end of another long lane, with an azequia running through
its centre, we discover the house or group of houses belonging
to the governor. They are low and mean enough in reality,
but in the purple shadow of the mountains, over whose tops the
setting sun easts a crimson glow, they look a blissful haven of
rest. Our mules pricked up their ears, and, with visions of in-
/
PRINCIPAL FORTRESS OF OLLANTAYTAMBO.
finite alfalfa before them, broke into a lively trot, carrying us
through the gate-way and into the paved court of the govern-
or’s house with a spirited clang and clatter that made us feel
that we were caballeros, if not conquerors.
Señor Benavente, the governor, was a man of some wealth as
well as of consequence, hospitable and reasonably intelligent.
His house is built around a court, in which the horses are teth-
34
496
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ered, the cattle fed, the pigs allowed to roam without restraint,
in company with the dogs, the geese, the ducks, the chickens,
and the little indigenous guinea-pigs that go squeaking in and
out every crevice
in the walls. For
the delight of all
of these, the aze-
quia runs through
the centre of the
court into a paved
pool, whence it
is conducted over
the terraces to
help irrigate the
level lands below.
From this pool the
cattle drink; in it
the pigs wallow,
DOOR-WAY TO CORRIDOR, OLLANTAYTAMBO. fm(\ the geeSC aild
ducks disport themselves. From it the water you drink and
wash in is ladled up; in it the dishes you ate from are cleansed;
and if, when the modest night drops its curtain, you peep through
the cracks of your door, you may discern the servants of the
establishment bathing in it. Not too often, however. But the
water flows in rapidly at one extremity, and is discharged with
equal rapidity at the other, and you take it for granted that it
carries all impurities with it.
Señor Benavente gave us an apartment about twelve feet
square, next to the close den in which the servants slept. It
had the advantage of a small unglazed window under the eaves,
and a door which would shut, and remain shut, if only braced
with a stick from the inside. Dinner he served us in his own
sala, which had a mud floor, an unsteady table, and a long bench
whereon to sit. There was a hide bed in the corner, with sad-
dles and bridles draped over it, improvised, the governor said,
because the senora, his wife, whose suppressed moans we could
hear through a thin partition of cotton cloth, was ill of fever.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
497
I administered, after due solicitation : Blue pills, two at night;
grains of quinine, fifteen in the morning; chicken broth, light,
in the interval. To be repeated daily. Cure complete in three
days.
We had some difficulty in disposing our mattresses in our
narrow quarters, when Señor Benavente came and shared our
coffee and cognac. I inquired minutely about the antiquities,
the fortress, the Tarpeian Bock, the great ” Tired Stones,” the
quarries, the Inca Bridge, and about all the marvellous things
NICHED CORRIDOR, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
we had been told existed here, and about all of which the gov-
ernor was much confused, and, as we thought, very ignorant.
Finally, wearied by my questions, he said he had a book which
explained every thing concerning los reyes Incas, which he
would fetch. He did so. It was a translation of Prescott’s
” Peru.”
We were up and out early; and, although a little chill, the
morning was clear and glorious. Not a ray of sunlight fell in
the valley, but the clouds that clung to the summits of the high
mountains rising on either hand were a mass of gold and crim-
4:98 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
son. No light, however, seemed to touch the giant bulk of
Chicon, that still rose before us, as calm and pale as death, and
as remote as ever. The mountains on all sides, as I have said,
are steep, even precipitous, but yet we discerned at elevations
of thousands of feet on their rocky flanks, where it seemed that
only the condor could reach, large and regular edifices. One
in particular appeared to impend over the governor’s rude
but hospitable dwelling. It had never been visited, he said, by
human being in modern times, whereupon Mr. C-made a
vow that he would climb up to it, and measure it withal; which
he did, to the amazement not of the governor alone, but of all
the chocolate-colored denizens of Ollantaytambo.
Between coffee and breakfast time we were conducted past
long reaches of terraee-walls, and through the village of Ollan-
taytambo—which in plan and structure is little changed from
what it was under Inea rule—across a turbulent, icy, glacier-fed
stream, milky in color from the ground roek held in suspension,
which descends from the transverse ravine of Pataeancha to
the fortress—a work less imposing than that of the Saesahua-
man, but more complicated and with equal evidence of skill.
I went there often during our stay of two weeks in Ollan-
taytambo, surveyed it carefully, and made drawings and photo-
graphs of its more important features. It is built on the spur
of a great snowy mountain that projects between the two val-
leys of Pataeancha and the river of whieh I have so often
spoken, eaeh side of which, except where it presents a sheer es-
carpment of rock, is built up with terraces, ascended on one
side by steps, and on the other by an inclined plane over half
a niile long. This plane, up which the gigantic stones for the
fortress had been moved, and on which many of them still rest,
is protected at intervals by square buildings of stone, looped,
something like our block-houses, and is supported by a wall of
stones, inclining inwards, and in places upwards of sixty feet
high.
The exterior walls of the fortress zigzag up the mountain-
side, and, turning at right angles, extend to where a precipice,
more than a thousand feet high, makes their prolongation im-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
499
possible and unnecessary. They are about twenty-five feet high,
built of rough stones stuccoed outside and inside, crenated, and
have an inner shelf for the convenience of defenders. They
might easily be mistaken for the work of Robert Guiscard, and
are not unlike the Middle-age fortifications of that chief that
hang on the brow of the hills above Salerno, in Italy. “Within
the walls, and on the projecting rocky point which they isolate
from the mountain, is a confused mass of buildings and walls,
great porphyritic blocks, closely fitted in place or lying isolated,
500
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
rock-cut seats, door-ways of beautifully hewn stones with jambs
inclining inwards, long ranges of niches in cyclopean walls,
stair-ways and terraces, with a shabby and tottering wooden
cross at the extremity of all, bending over the village which
lies like a map beneath.
It would require far more space than I can afford properly to
describe the fortress, nor would a description be intelligible; so
I refer the reader to the plans and cuts herewith given. The
stones composing it, or lying scattered over its area, are of a
hard red porphyry, brought from quarries more than two
leagues distant, upwards of three thousand feet above the val-
ley, and on the opposite side from the fortress. They are near-
ly all hewn into shape and ready to be lifted, and among them
I noticed several having places cut in them for the reception of
the T clamp, which I have mentioned in describing the remains
of Tiahuanuco. One of these porphyry blocks, built in the wall
of what appeared to be the beginning of a square building, is
18 feet long by 5 broad and 4 deep, not only perfectly squared,
but finely polished on every face, as are also the stones adjoin-
ing it, to which it fits with scarcely perceptible joints.
The most interesting series of stones, however, are six greal
PORPHYRY SLABS, FORTRESS OF OLLANTAYTAMBO.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
501
upright slabs of porphyry supporting a terrace, against which
they slightly incline. It will be observed that they stand a lit-
tle apart, and that the spaces between them are accurately filled
in with other thin stones, in sections. The sides of these, as
well as of the larger slabs whieh they adjoin, are polished. The
following table gives the dimensions of the slabs in feet and
tenths, commencing with the one at the left:
No. 1.
No. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No. 5.
No. 6.
Height………….
Width at base……
Width at top…….
Thickness……….
11.5
6.2
5.4
4.0
10.7
4.7
4.4
3.5
12.8
3.7
4.2
2.3
12.1
5.7
6.0
2.6
12.4
7.0
6.8
2.5
13.3
7.1
6.4
5.9
The faces of these slabs are not hewn entirely smooth, but
have several projections, indicating that the work of accurately
facing them was never completed. No. 4 shows traces of the
same kind of ornamentation observed on some of the blocks at
Tiahuanuco, only here the ornament is in relief. But gigan-
tic as are these blocks, they are small in comparison with the
” Tired Stones ” lying on the inclined plane leading to the for-
tress or at its foot, as if abandoned there by the ancient work-
men. One of these is 21 feet 0 inches long, by 15 feet broad.
It is partly embedded in the ground, but shows a thickness of
five feet above the soil.
The view from the fortress in every direction is wonderful
in variety, in contrast, in beauty, and grandeur. The whole
valley of Ollantaytambo is laid out like a garden, in a system
of terraces, one below the other, falling off step by step to the
river, each terraee level as a billiard-table, or with just enough
of declivity to permit of easy irrigation. The river flows at the
very feet of the bare majestic mountains on its farther side,
and falling into it at right angles is the chafing, turbulent,
mountain, snow-fed torrent to whieh I have alluded, descend-
ing from the steep valley or gorge of Pataeancha or Marca-
eocha, in whieh rise, one above another, a long vista of green
terraces like the seats in a Roman amphitheatre. The portada
through which we entered this, wonderful vale looks dark and
502
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
forbidding, and the turreted fortress that defends it appears
stern and threatening under the shadow of the mountains that
close in around it. Looking down the valley, there stands al-
ways the death-white, silent Chicon, apparently barring all pas-
sage, and repelling all approach. Facing us, most remarkable
and impressive of all, is the Mountain of Pinculluna, or ” Hill
HORCA SCI HOMBRE
of Flutes,” an abrupt, splintered mass of rock, thousands of feet
high, cutting the sky sharply with its jagged crest. Hanging
against its sides, in positions apparently, and in some places re-
ally, inaccessible, are numerous buildings. One group—a series
of five long edifices, one above the other, on corresponding nar-
row terraces—is the ” School of the Virgins.” On a bold, pro-
jecting rock, with a vertical descent of upwards of nine hun-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
503
dred feet, stands a small building, with a door-way opening on
the very edge of the precipice; it is the Horca del Hombre, the
Tarpeian Rock of Ollantaytambo, over which male criminals were
thrown, in the severe Draconian days of the Incas. Above it,
at a little distance, on a narrow shelf, are the prisons in which
the criminals awaited their doom. To the left of these again,
separated by a great chasm in the mountain, but at the same
giddy height, and overlooking another precipice not less appall-
ing, is the Horca de Mujer, or place of execution for women—
vestals false to their vows, or ñustas faithless to their Inca
lords. These airy spots I subsequently visited, obtaining draw-
ings and plans of them all.
I have said that the village of Ollantaytambo is little changed
from Inca times. The old central square of the town, the
Mañay – racay, or
“Court of Peti-
tions,” is nearly
perfect, and one
of the Inca build-
ings, near it and
at the feet of the
precipices of the
fortress, is com-
pletely so, lack-
ing only the roof.
It is a story and
a half high, built
Of rough Stones INCA BUILDINGS, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
laid in clay, and originally stuccoed, with a solid central wall
reaching to the apex of the gables, dividing it into two apart-
ments of equal size. The corners of the building, the jambs,
and lintels of the lower doors are of cut stones. There seems
to have been no access to the upper story from the interior,
but there are two entrances to it through one of the gables,
where four flat projecting stones seem to have supported a kind
of balcony or platform, reached probably by ladders.
Nothing can exceed the regularity and taste with which the
504
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ancient town was laid out, the streets running parallel to the
stream that watered it, which was, and is, confined between
walls of stone. Regular terraces of richest soil, with flights of
steps at intervals, rise from the stream to the level terre-plein
on which the town stands, and which extends back to the cliffs
of the Pinculluna. The longitudinal streets are about fourteen
feet broad; the transverse ones nine feet. Each block is sur-
rounded by a high wall, itself forming part of the walls of a
double series of buildings, as shown in the plan; and each
series has a eentral court and three dependent ones. What
may be ealled the eentral or principal building, facing the en-
trances, is half in one group and half in the other, divided longi-
STREET
STREET
AN ANCIENT BLOCK IN OLLANTAYTAMBO.
tudinally by a wall continued up to the apex of the gables.
Like the building just described, the upper half story was enter-
ed through a door in the gable, the sill of which was a broad,
flat, projecting stone, readied by a series of flat stones set, stair-
wise, in the wall dividing the two groups of buildings forming
the “block.”
These ancient houses, substantially perfect, are still inhabited,
and in their arrangement and other respeets give us an accurate
notion of the mode in which the ancients lived. AVe detect a
rigid system and order such as might be supposed to exist in a
Fourier establishment, or a penitentiary, and suggesting a prob-
able division and subdivision of the people into ranks and or-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
505
ders. Of course the long, dull lines of walls, with no other
openings than a single, heavily janibed door-way in each block,
give the cramped streets a, gloomy, monotonous appearance, and
the eye turns from them, with a sense of relief, to the bright
sky above, and to the lofty, splintered, and snowy mountains
that terminate the view in every direction through their nar-
row vistas.
If the town of Ollantaytambo is substantially what it was
four hundred years ago, so, too, are the inhabitants—of whom
none that I encountered spoke any language except the Qui-
chua. They are a quiet, saturnine, and industrious people, not
specially addicted to the Catholic religion, I should think, in
view of the ruinous condition of their little church ; although I
must give them the credit of having followed my photographic
boxes through the plaza with uncovered lieads, kissing them
devoutly, under the mistaken notion that they contained relics
of the saints. .
A few days after our arrival the governor arranged to con-
duct us to the great porphyry quarries of the ancients, high up
on the shoulders of the mountains on the other side of the river,
at the foot of a lofty and impressive peak, almost always envel-
oped in clouds. We crossed the river on a bridge of mimh’es,
or braided withes—a suspension-bridge, in fact, but of the rudest
description—a perpetuation of those in universal use at the time
of the Conquest. There are thousands of such bridges to this
day in Peru. This particular bridge is distinguished as being
in two spans, of about forty feet each, reaching from the oppo-
site shores of the river to a pier of heavy stones, of unmistak-
able Inca workmanship, in the centre of the stream.
A great rock lies just above the pier, which tradition affirms
was placed there for its protection against the force of the cur-
rent; but we thought more likely that this natural protection
suggested the feasibility of erecting the pier, which woidd have
to be massive indeed to resist the rush of the Vilcamayo at cer-
tain seasons. As I have said, the bridge consists of several
great cables of braided withes or branches, chiefly of a tough
kind of shrub called “ioke,” placed side by side and firmly
506 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
anchored by a variety of clumsy devices to buttresses on the
banks of the river. Sticks are placed transversely across these,
and fastened to the cables with thongs of raw hide or with
vines, forming a road-way about four feet wide. Above this
rude roadway, and less for support of the bridge than as a pro-
tection against falling off the yielding, swaying, and apparently
unstable structure, are two smaller cables, elevated a few feet,
INCA BRIDGE, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
one on each side, with vines or cords reaching down to the
bridge at intervals, forming a kind of netting, but with open-
ings so far apart as to afford slight security against danger.
Not long before our visit, a drunken Indian and his wife and
mule stumbled from the bridge and were lost. Mr. D-,
however, rode his horse across with the utmost nonchalance.
These bridges are seldom level, and, besides sagging greatly,
often get lop-sided, when, in wet weather, the sticks corre-
sponding to plankings become so slippery that it is no easy
matter to retain one’s footing. There is another and greater
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
507
danger in passing the long bridges of this kind, like the famous
ones over the rivers Apurimac and Pampas ; namely, their sway-
ing to and fro, like hammoeks, when the wind sweeps through
the deep gorges, across which they are suspended at heights so
great that they appear as light and airy as cobwebs. It often
happens that they become impassable, and that travellers are
detained for days from this cause.
Past the bridge of Ollantaytambo, our road ran along a nar-
row shelf between the foot of the desolate mountain and the
river; here partly cut in the rock, and yonder supported by a
retaining-wall built up from the edge of the water. Indeed, the
river throughout, except where a sheer precipice closes in on it
from one side or the other, is confined between ancient artificial
walls of such excellent workmanship that its impetuous waters
have failed to dislodge them in the lapse of centuries. Nothing
could be more beautiful than the system of terraces supporting
the rich, level fields and meadows of Ollantaytambo on the op-
posite bank. They bend in and out with the sinuosities of the
river, in graceful curves, their stony faces relieved by the vines
and shrubs that cling up against them or droop in festoons over
their edges. No visitor can see them without being amazed at
the skill, patience, and power to whieh they bear, and will bear
for ages, a silent but impressive testimony.
At the distance of half a league, a high, rocky spur of the
mountain projected itself boldly before us, presenting a verti-
cal front to the river. Around its feet the waters swirled and
fretted in impotent rage. The path over it is narrow—so nar-
row that two animals can not pass each other—besides being steep
and stony. On the summit itself stand two towers, flanked by
an impassable rock towards the river, little smaller than those
that crown the headlands of the Mediterranean, with openings
like port-holes to complete the resemblance. The way lies be-
tween them, in a deep notch in the rock, through which a loaded
mule can barely pass. At the base of the towers, on the other
side, we noticed the remains of bnildings, the quarters, probably,
of the garrison that held this almost impregnable position in
the days of yore.
50S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Farther on, the mountain-slope is less abrupt, and its face
is terraced up for many hundreds of feet, to a comparatively
broad shelf on the mountain-side, where are the remains of an
ancient village. ‘We ascend through these andenes by a steep,
rough path, to a headland also dominating the river in front.
The path is narrow enough to flutter most nerves, and a. false
step would send man and mule whirling into the rocky bed of
the river, brawling, now almost inaudibly, below. Clambering
over the headland, we descended rapidly to a broad and beau-
tiful road, with gentle grade, winding along the flank of the
ridge, and reaching far back towards the head of a mighty ra-
vine intervening between the buttress on which we stand and
another, equally bold, a mile or two distant. This is the old
Inca road leading to the porphyry quarries, whence the giant
stones of the Fortress of Ollantaytambo wTere obtained. We
follow this to the very extremity and brow of the headland,
over which they were toppled, sliding down two thousand feet
into the valley. The plane worn in their descent is distinct,
and lying around us are blocks more or less shaped artificially,
which the apparition of the Spaniards prevented the ancient
workmen from launching down to their destination. How
these blocks were got across the swift and turbulent river, in
the bed of which some still remain, I do not attempt to explain.
Starting back along the ancient quarry-road, we constantly en-
countered blocks of porphyry, entirely or partly hewn, some in
the middle of the road, and others lying by its sides. Traces
of rude cottages, and evidences of attempts at cultivation in lit-
tle areas between the rocks, are visible at intervals.
Two miles from this, and we see rising before us, and extend-
ing across the head of the ravine, two vast walls of stone, more
than a fourth of a mile long, and from thirty to fifty feet high—
the retaining-walls of terraces designed to receive the great rocks
that man, or time, or the earthquakes may wrench or splinter
off from the impending porphyry cliffs, and prevent their tear-
ing down the steep declivity of the ravine into the valley,
where, apparently at our very feet, we discern the tile roofs
and clustering huts of the richest hacienda of Ollantaytambo.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
509
Piled on the terraces supported by these massive walls, which
incline inwards towards the mountain to secure greater strength,
are confused masses of porphyry blocks, thousands on thousands,
as if a glacier had been converted into stone. Some of these,
in their descent, have torn away portions of the retaining-walls
designed to stay their headlong course. A few have passed both
barriers, and are heaped below the lowest in threatening readi-
ness to take a final plunge into the smiling vale three thousand
feet below.
Perched on some of the largest of these rocks are dozens of
little buildings, somewhat’resembling the chulpas of the Collao,
but scarcely bigger
than the toy-houses
that children build.
They are of rough
stones laid in clay,
and roofed, or rather
arched, with other
fiat stones overlap-
ping each other like
the tiles of modern
dwellings, and pro-
jecting over the walls
so as to form a rude
cornice. Some of
these curious struct-
ures are square, but
most of them are
round, from four to
five feet high, with
° SMALL HOUSES, OLLANTAYTAMBO.
about the same di-
ameter, and all have little door-ways, opening, for the most part,
towards the ragged, threatening cliffs. A few show traces of
having been stuccoed and painted inside. Our first impression
was that they were the tombs of the ancient quarry-men; but
we found no human bones in any of them, and finally came to
the conclusion that they were shrines, like those around Vesu-
510
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
vius; but instead of containing a figure of St. Januarius or
other saint, had held some huaca, or sacred object, plaeed there
to arrest the danger of the mighty roek avalanches that had
piled up their porphyritic masses in a ragged wilderness above
and around them.
Most of the ancient stone-cutting had been done on the lower
terrace, as evinced by heaps of chippings on every side. Here
the ancient road ends. Our host insisted that the real quarry
was some hundreds of feet higher up. To reach the spot we
had to climb a lateral ridge that no one but a traveller among
the Andes would dream of being accessible, and up which we
scrambled with infinite labor and no little risk. The summit
of the ridge presented quite a broad area, in great part covered
with porphyritic rocks heaped up in the same dire confusion
that I have already described, at the foot of a bare peak of the
same material, from which they had splintered off, and which
presented towards us an absolutely precipitous face. The point
where we stood was 3240 feet above the valley, and this rocky
warder must tower up to treble that height. I have said that
its summit is usually lost in clouds; but this day it stood out
sharp and clear against the sky, revealing all its rugged feat-
ures. A few condors were circling in front of it and around
its lofty head, the only things of life to be seen. Yet here the
patient, persevering Incas had cleared the cold soil of stones,
and built up little andenes, to gain seant areas for the hardy
mountain grasses on which the llamas feed.
“We found no wrought stones here, but many which appeared
to have been split into regular blocks, chiefly parallelopipeds,
of varying dimensions. The greater number were from eight
inches to a foot square at the ends, and from six to ten feet
long; but there’ were others much longer, and Which, tradition
insists, were intended to be girders for the bridge which we
had passed in the morning. I measured one of these, and
found it to be 20 feet 0 inehes long, by 2 feet 1 inch broad, and
1 foot 9 inches thick. I can hardly believe that these were
produced by natural cleavage; yet, as before said, there are no
traces of tools on them.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
511
Our descent to the valley was rapid enough, but not compos-
ing to the nerves. At the hacienda we found the cura of the
village, who had just returned from Cuzeo, and was anxiously
awaiting los Franceses. All foreigners in the Sierra are sup-
posed by the mixed population to be French by nationality, and
peddlers of jewellery, by occupation. He advised us not to go
clown the valley to Santa Ana, adding, significantly, that the
peones had ascertained the real value of the glittering wares
which the last Franceses had disposed of there. And then he
wanted to see what trinkets we had with us, and intimated the
possibility of making a purchase. It was with difficulty that I
convinced him that we were not peddlers, when he inquired,
what, in the name of the Most Holy Trinity, had brought us
to Ollantaytambo? “Antigiledades/” he repeated after me,
with unfeigned astonishment, became suddenly silent, and left
the room. Directly after this, he returned to the door, ancl
beckoned me to come out to a remote corner of the court
among the horses. Like the cura of Tiahuanuco, he, too, was
weary of life in an Indian village ; he knew the soil was stuffed
with treasure, ancl understood perfectly the object of our visit.
It was well enough to disguise it from the people generally
and the governor in particular; but now we might just as well
take him into our confidence, and divide the spoils we had come
so far to obtain. Like the cura of Tiahuanuco—and, for that
matter, like all the curas in the Sierra—he was maudlin, and
wept. I respected his tears, and, thinking from my silence that
my heart was touched and the seals of my confidence melted,
he became finally composed; ancl then I shocked him by insist-
ing that antiguedades, and only antiguedades, had brought us
to Ollantaytambo. This was too much; the face of the Lord’s
minister became livid under the starlight, and he strode away
with the ominous suggestion, “All the roads are bad that lead
from Ollantaytambo!”
I described our interview to the governor, who did not seem
to regard it as a laughing matter, and was not at all reassuring
when he said that the cura was a great scoundrel, and quite
capable of attempting harm. It was good for that priest that
35
512 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
we did not meet him in any of the narrow passes on our road
back to Urubamba, for we very likely would have shot him
before inquiring the reason of his being there.
After what I have said and intimated about the priesthood
in Peru, it is perhaps supererogatory to add a paragraph con-
cerning them from the “Apuntes y Observaciones” of Don
Juan Bustamente, a native and resident of the Sierra. ” It is
sixty years,” says Don Juan, ” since the Department of Puno
has seen a bishop, and, as a consequence of this strange aban-
donment, the curas live according to their fancies, gratifying
their passions without restraint or fear of any kind, carrying
their scandals to the extent of living publicly with their concu-
bines and bastards.” The reason assigned by Don Juan for the
demoralization of the clergy of Puno certainly can not apply
in the Department of Cuzeo, where there have been bishops
enough, but where about the same lax condition of things pre-
vails that he so loudly deplores.
No portion of my stay in Peru was more pleasant or profita-
ble than that passed in Ollantaytambo. It was in the season
called winter, and the winds that swept through the valley were
fierce, yet most of the trees retained their foliage, and the
bushes along the azequias were green and blooming with flow-
ers, among whieh toyed at morn and even-tide snch numbers
of humming-birds as I have rarely seen, even in the tangled
thickets of Nicaragua, where prolific Nature exhausts her ener-
gies in swelling the sum of animal and vegetable life. Doves
and pigeons of many kinds cooed among the branches, and lit-
tle cues sknrried along the terrace-walls, or in a tame condition
nestled around our feet, inspiring constant fear that an unlucky
step might crush out their innocent and busy lives. On every
hand were traces and monuments of ancient art, industry, and
intelligence. Enigmatical buildings, towers, and terraces im-
pended on the mountain-sides; fortresses in positions skilfully
selected, and themselves artfully designed, closed every ap-
proach and frowned from every crag; while in the centre, over-
hanging the ancient town, rose the stately citadel. In the val-
ley, art had levelled every inequality, and raised hundreds of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
513
miles of terraces, filled with earth scraped from hill-slopes and
mountain-side, and watered by azequias whose channels were
carried along the faces of inaccessible cliffs, or tunnelled through
rocky projections which it was impossible to turn. And high
over all, a square building, in which was the Inti-huatana, or
Gnomon of the Sun, by means of which the solstices and equi-
noxes, the seasons of planting and harvests, and the periods
of the great festivals, were determined and their arrival pro-
claimed.
Ollantaytambo was the frontier town and fortress of the In-
cas in the valley of the Ucayale, as it is to-day of their con-
querors. There were outlying works some leagues lower down
the river at Havaspampa, but the bulwark of the empire against
the savage Antis in this direction was here. It is around Ol-
lantaytambo also that cling the traditions of Ollantay, the love-
lorn chieftain, whose thwarted affections drove him into rebel-
lion against the Vicegerent of the Sun, and whose suffering and
adventures form the basis of the nearest perfect and the best
of all the dramas of Ancient America that have descended to
our dajTs.
Cusi-Coyllur, the Joyful Star, was the daughter of the Inca
Pachacutic. Ollantay was a brave and handsome chieftain of
the Inea’s army, who had carried the Inca power farther down
towards the Amazonian plains than any other of the Inca gen-
erals. But he was not of royal blood. Returning in triumph
to Cnzco, he was received with unprecedented honors in the
Huacapata; but in the very hour when his fame was highest and
his ambition most elated, he caught sight of the Joyful Star, and
became the prey of a passion guilty alike in the eyes of religion
and the law.’ ISlone but Incas could ally themselves with those
of Inca lineage, and whoever outside of the royal line should
aspire to such distinction wTas adjudged guilty of sacrilege,
and visited with the severest punishment. I scarcely need tell
the rest of it—the old, old story. Thwarted in his suit igno-
miniously, where any one less distinguished would have been
slain, the young chieftain, mad with disappointment and burn-
ing for revenge, returns to his army, and in passionate words
514 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
recounts his wrongs, and asks his soldiers to assist in avenging
them. In flying from the capital, however, he pauses on the
heights above it, and exclaims :
” Ah, Cuzeo! ah, beautiful city !
Thou art filled with my enemies.
Thy perverse bosom will I tear ;
Thy heart give to the condors !
Ah, haughty enemy! ah, proud Inca!
I will seek the ranks of mine Antis;
I will review my victorious soldiers;
I will give them arrows!
And when on the heights of Saesahuaman
My men shall gather like a cloud,
There shall they light a flame,
Thence shall descend as a torrent!
Thou shalt fall at my feet, proud Inca !
You will ask me, ‘ Take my daughter!
On my knees I implore my life!'”
The army responds to his fiery appeals, and hails him Inca.
He places on his own head the imperial scarlet llautu, and
marches on Cnzco. Midway, howTever, he hears of the .approach
of the old, astute, and invincible Inea General Rumifiani, whose
name of ‘; Stony-eye ” fairly indicates his cold, implacable char-
acter. Ollantay, impetuous, but cautious, does not undervalue
his powerful and wary antagonist, but seizes on the important
position destined to bear his name in future times, fortifies him-
self, and establishes a firm base for his operations against his
sovereign. For ten years he maintains himself here, until, by
a wonderful act of treachery, he is made prisoner, and brought
to Cnzco to suffer death. But meantime the stern old Inca has
died, and his son, whose younger heart can better appreciate
the tender passion, touched by the rebel warrior’s story, not
only pardons him, but consents to his marriage with the Joy-
ful Star, who had all this time been confined in the Aclla-
huasi, or Convent of the Vestals. And they lived to a good
old age, and were as happy and prolific as the hero and heroine
of any modern novel.
And such, according to the old Quichua drama, was the ori-
gin of Ollantaytambo. The site of Ollantay’s palace is not only
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
515
pointed out, standing on a series of charming terraces overlook-
ing the smiling valley, but its remains are still distinct, and
some parts of it almost entire. It was elaborate in plan, as the
PLAN OF PALACE OF OLLANTAY.
reader will see; and it shows also that Inca architecture did
not, as has been alleged, balk at the task of raising buildings of
more than a single story.
VIEW OF PAP.T OF PALACE OF OLLANTAY.
516
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Apropos of the drama of Ollantay, I may add that the Qui-
ehua language is one of remarkable beauty and scope, plaintive
and soft to the ear. As the language of the Ineas, it was spread
wherever they carried their arms from Quito to Chili, and is
still the ruling tongue of the Sierra. As an example, I subjoin
a harvest-song from the drama referred to, with Mr. Mark-
ham’s translation. It is addressed to the mischievous little
black-and-yellow tuya, a bird that robs the corn-ñelds.
QU1CHUA.
• Ama pisco mieuychu
Ñustallipa chacranta
Marian hiua tucuichu
Hillacunan saranta.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
Panaccaymi rurumi
Ancha cconi nmnispa
Nucmunaccmi uccumi
Llullunacmi raphinpa
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
Phurantatac mascariy
Cuchusaccmi silluta
Puppasccayquin ccautapas
Happiscayquin ccautapas.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
Hinasccatan ricunqni
Hue rurunta chapchacctin
Ilinac taccmi ricunqui
Hue llallapas chincacctin.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!”
ENGLISH.
‘ 0 bird! forbear to eat
The crops of my princess:
Do not thus rob
The maize that is her food!
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
The fruit is white,
And the leaves are tender;
As yet they are delicate:
I fear your perching on them.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
Your wings shall be cut,
Your nails shall be torn,
And you shall be taken
And closely encaged.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
This shall be done to you,
When you eat a grain :
This shall be done to you
When a grain is lost.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!”
It was with a pang that I bade farewell forever to Ollantay-
tambo, equally garden and fortress, with its climate of endless
spring, framed in by the mightiest mountains of our continent,
as bare and stern as the valley itself is bright ancl verdant.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
517
CHAPTER XXV.
THE VALLEY OF YUCAY.-PISAC.
Excursion to Pisac.—The Sacred Rock at Calca.—The Circular Building.—Serpen-
tine Channel in the Rock.—Its Design.—Worship of Isolated Rocks.—The Boun-
dary of the Inca Dominion.—The Great Frontier Fortress of Pisac.—Its Com-
manding Position.—The Approaches to it.—The Inti-huatana, or Solstitial Tur-
ret, the best preserved in Peru.—Other Inti-huatanas.—Gareilasso’s Account of
them.—Ascent to the Fortress of Pisac.—Complex and Elaborate Character of
the Works.—Auxiliary Fortifications.—The Burial-place.—Desiccated Corpses.—
Character of Peruvian Defensive Works.
OUR return from Ollantaytambo to Urubamba was rapid,
and we spent several days there in examining the remains of
the palaces and baths of the Incas in and around the pictur-
esque little village of Yucay. Thence up the rich and beauti-
ful valley to the town of Pisac, over which impends the won-
derful fortress of the same name.
Almost every step in the valley is marked by monuments of
the ancient inhabitants; but I should exhaust the patience of
my readers were I to undertake even to enumerate them. I
cannot omit, however, to notice some remarkable remains near
the village of Calca, which illustrate the craft of the Inca priest-
hood, while giving us a peculiar form of Inca architecture.
They occupy that favorite site to which I have had occasion
before to allude, the neck of a promontory whence extensive
views may be commanded, and over which the roads of a valley
like that of Yucay would naturally pass.
The most conspicuous structure is a round building, too low
to be called, strictly speaking, a tower. It stands upon a rocky
knoll, is 24 feet in diameter, and its walls are 18 feet high to
the cornice, which has an exterior projection of 10 inches, and
an interior one of 8 inches. The walls are 2 feet 4 inches in
518
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
thickness at their base. It is built of rough stones, or stones
only partly broken into shape, laid in the same tenacious mate-
‘ rial which I have called clay, and which seems to me to be noth-
ing else. Originally it wras stuccoed inside and out. The door-
way, 3 feet 8 inches wide, opens fifteen degrees west of south;
and there are false doors or niches corresponding with it in di-
mensions at every quadrature of the circle formed by the plan,
through each of which opens a small window. Over each of
these, as well as over the door, are inverted T’s, like the Egyp-
tian Tan (x), of which there are also three in each section be-
tween the principal niches. These are entirely peculiar to this
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
519
structure. In the interior, within reach of the hand, and sym-
metrically distributed, are eight oblong niches, as shown in the
plan. The lintels of the doors and niches still remain. They
are composed of sticks of wood about the size of a man’s arm,
closely wound with coarse ropes of pita, or the fibre of the
agave, evidently for the purpose of securing an adhesive surface
for the smooth coating of stueeo that was applied as a finish.
This was a common device in buildings of rough stones, con-
crete, and adobes. We resort substantially to the same thing
in our lathing. The height of this structure was probably not
much greater than now, and it may be assumed that it was
roofed in similar manner with the Sondor-huasi in Azangero.
Its purposes can only be inferred from the character of the
adjacent, and apparently dependent, remains, which are both
sufficiently singular and suggestive. They are situated GO feet
distant from the tower or circular building, and consist of a
number of rectangular structures covering an area of about 100
feet square, raised around a great limestone boulder, GO feet
long, 30 broad, and 25 feet high above the ground. The walls
of the buildings come up to the roek, and are built against it.
Indeed, near the extremities they were carried over it, so as to
leave only the ends of the roek exposed. These present their
natural surfaces, excepting the northern end, in which is cut a
groove, or channel, of from three to four inches wide, and about
three inches deep. This winds around and down the rock in ser-
pentine form for a length of twenty feet, and disappears through
one of the transverse walls built against the roek, reappearing
in one of the side-buildings or rooms where the rock projects
something like the eaves of a house, and there terminates in a
kind of spout, carved rudely in the form of a serpent’s head.
Any liquid poured into the ehannel at any part would run to
this point, and be discharged into whatever vessel might be
placed here. That the groove was designed to represent a ser-
pent is obvious from the manner in which it tapers to the tail
ancl widens elsewhere, and from its sinuosities as well as from
its sculptured head.
That isolated roeks were held in great veneration by the an-
520
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
eient Peruvians, were often strangely carved, and frequently,
had structures of some sort raised around them, ancl had offer-
ings made to them or the spirit supposed to dwell in them, ad-
mits of no dispute. I saw hundreds of such rocks in the coun-
try ; and, to this day, there is hardly one at all remarkable for
shape or position on any of the highways of the Sierra, to which
the Indians do not take off their hats and bow with reverence,
uttering in a low voice some words of adjuration. Often this
ceremony is accompanied by removing the quid of coea from
the mouth and casting it against the rock. Occasionally the
Indian searches for a little pebble, which he throws against the
rock, generally at one point, so that, in the course of ages, con-
siderable cavities have been worn in the stone by this process.
The boulder under notice, from its position and size, is a
consjfienous object, and, surrounded as it was by so considera-
ble a pile of edifices, was clearly an object of much sanctity.
And as we know sacrifices by libations were common in all
parts of Peru, we can readily believe that the serpentine groove
around this rock was intended to receive the offerings of chicha
that might be made by the travellers obliged to pass this spot
in their journeys through the valley. It was cut at a judicious
height above the ground, about breast-high, so as to facilitate
the contributions of the faithful, who probably were never told
what became of their offerings after they had flowed away into
the recesses of the adjacent buildings to inspire the oraele that
spoke to them from the sacred roek. Among the remains of
ancient Greece and Pome the antiquarian has often smiled to
find the convenient chamber of the priest behind the statues of
the dead gods, and the cunningly devised tubes connecting with
their marble lips, through which came words oracular and po-
tent to the trembling questioner who had duly made his offer-
ing at their shrines.
I have said that the Incas, with all their power, were unable
to extend their empire far to the eastward, or very far down the
Amazonian valleys, into the regions of the savage Chunchas or
Antis. They stopped short when they reached the thick for-
ests, ancl at those points raised great fortresses to protect them-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
521
selves against insult ancl to resist invasion. One of the most
severely contested of the valleys was that of Paucartambo, lying
parallel to that of Yucay, only eight leagues distant, hut sep-
arated from it hy an impassable snowy range of the Andes.
Through this range there is but a single pass, formed by the in-
terlocking valleys, or rather gorges, of two considerable streams,
one flowing into the Rio Paucartambo, and the other into the
Yilcamayo or Yucay, at a point where stands the town of Pisac.
VIEW OF POINT OF FORTRESS, PISAC.
At both ends of this pass were gigantic forts ; that dominating
Pisac being most formidable, ancl, taken as a whole, quite as re-
markable as that of the Saesahuaman, ancl only to be paralleled
in the Old World by the great hill forts of India.
Let us imagine a bold headland of mountain, projecting out
from the great snowy masses of the Andes, an irregular oval
in shape, three miles long, and at its most elevated point four
thousand feet high. It is separated by gorge and valley from
the parent mountains, except at one point, where it subsides
522
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
into a relatively low and narrow ridge, scarcely a hundred paces
broad. It is rough and forbidding in outline, here running up
into splintered peaks, yonder presenting to the valley enormous
beetling cliffs, and here and there holding open, level spaces
and gentle slopes in its rocky embrace. Except at three points
it is absolutely inaccessible. Two of these arc on the side tow-
ards the valley of Yucay, which it was mainly designed to de-
fend ; and the third is at the narrow neck or ridge connecting
it with the parent mountain.
“Wherever, while in its natu-
ral condition, it might have
been possible for a bold
mountaineer to clamber up,
there the Incas built up lofty
walls of stone against the
roek, so as to leave neither
foothold nor support for ad-
venturer or assailant. The
aseent on the side of the
town is by a stairway partly
cut in the rock and partly
composed of large stones,
which winds and zigzags
along the face of the rocky
escarpment, in places hanging
over dizzy precipices, next
turning sharp around pro-
jecting bastions of rock, on
STAIRWAY, PISAC.
every one of which are towers for soldiers, with their magazines
of stones ready to be hurled down on an advancing assailant.
At long intervals up the laborious ascent, and where some
friendly shelf gives room, are resting-[daces—paved or rocky
areas, fifteen to twenty feet square, surrounded by stone seats,
but always dominated by some sinister tower, with a door-way
opening to its foundation, just within which, or projecting out
ominously, you may see the great stone that requires only to be
moved a little to crash down upon your bead.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
523
At about half-way up the mountain the lower series of cliffs
are surmounted, and there are some considerable slopes, which
are artificially terraced up with great skill and beauty. These
terraces extend to the very edge of the precipices. They are
ascended by flights of steps, through the centre of which run
narrow conduits, or azequias, down which the water wTas con-
ducted, not only for irrigating the terraces, but to supply the
reservoirs connected with the lower series of fortifications. But
here also we find every
projection or escarp-
ment of rock, not only
faced up artificially
with stones so as to be
inaccessible, but crown-
ed with towers, general-
ly round, with openings
for looking out, and
others through which
weapons might be dis-
charged and stones hurl-
ed down. On occasional
natural shelves, reached
in some instances only
by stairways, are clus-
ters of buildings, long
and narrow, with tall
gables, placed close to-
gether, with character-
istic economy of space.
FORTIFIED PASS, PISAC.
In a word, every rood of surface that
can be propped up by terraces and cultivated is carefully ded-
icated to agriculture; every avenue of ascent, except such as the
engineers determined to leave open, is closed, and every com-
manding and strategic spot is elaborately fortified. There is
not a point to the very summit of the first peak of the moun-
tain which is not somewhere commanded or somehow protected
by a maze of works which almost defy the skill of the engineer
to plan, and which baffle description.
I
524: INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Between the first and second peaks there is, of course, a de-
pression or saddle—a crest, rather narrow, hut so terraced up
and levelled as to afford space for a group of structures of beau-
tifully eut stones, and which were undoubtedly religious—for
the great mountain fortress of Pisac was almost a province, sup-
porting not only a garrison, but a considerable population. I
estimate that the terraces sustaining its andenes, supplied with
water by aqueducts carried along the face of the cliffs, through
passages excavated in the rock, and artfully from slope to slope
of the mountain, would, if extended, reach more than one hun-
dred miles. It had its minor fortifications—forts within forts,
its isolated buildings, villages, and, it would appear, its temple,
and its priests, warriors, and laborers, and was impregnable and
self-sustaining.
The most interesting feature of this group of remains is the
Inti-huatana; and as it is best preserved of any of the similar
contrivances of Peru—thanks to its almost inaccessible position
—I will endeavor to explain it. Etymologieally, Inti-huatana
resolves itself into Inti, sun, huatana, the place where, or thing
with which, anything is tied up. It also signifies a halter. The
whole, therefore, is equivalent to ” place wdiere the sun is tied
up.” These Inti-huatana seem to have always been formed out
of a rock, the summit of which was carefully levelled or chis-
elled away, leaving only in its centre a projection very nearly
of the shape and size of a truncated sugar-loaf. These rocks
were not only almost always in conspicuous positions, but also
within the courts of temples or buildings plainly religious in
origin,’or else standing near such structures, within separate en-
closures of stone, open to the sky, and clearly such as were nev-
er covered by roofs.
In this instance the principal bulk and most elevated part of
the rock is enclosed by a wall of finely cut and accurately fitted
stones, resembling in outline the letter D. (See A in the plan,
p. 527.) The rock fills what may be called the curved side of
the letter, and here the wall is built close up against it, the in-
ner faces of the stones being cut to fit the irregularities of the
rock, while the outer face of the wall is regular and smooth.
•IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS. 525
On this side the wall is about twenty feet high. On the straight
side of the letter the wall is prolonged in one direction, and
then bends around on itself so as to form a second enclos-
ure—an irregular triangle in outline, covering a lower portion
of the rock already mentioned. Within this are several inter-
esting features, connected, perhaps, with the astronomy of the
Incas, but which it is not necessary to my purpose to describe.
The entrance to the principal and most elevated enclosure is
through a door-way of the usual form, which is reached from
the outside by a flight of stone steps. Passing this, the ex-
plorer finds himself in an irregular, oblong area, with the rock,
THE INTI-HUATANA OE PISAC.
hewn with some regularity on his right, and rising to the level
of the outer walls. Steps in the rock lead to its summit, which
is cut perfectly smooth and level, affording an area IS feet long
by 16 broad. In the centre of this area, and rising from the
living rock, of which it is part, is the Inti-huatana of Pisac. It
is in the form of a cone, sharply cnt and perfectly symmetrical,
11 inches in diameter at its base, 9 at its summit, and 16 inches
high. I was told by the Governor of Pisac, who accompanied
me on my visit, that this column, or gnomon, was formerly
surrounded by a flat ring of chumpe, or Peruvian bronze, sev-
eral inches wide, which he had often seen when a boy.
526
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Near the Temple of Guitera, in the upper valley of the river
Pisco, occupying the summit of a ridge projecting at right an-
gles into the valley, and commanding an extensive view both
up and down it, as well as dominating the temple, is another
Inti-huatana, hut in a ruined condition. Instead of being sur-
rounded by artificial walls, it is encircled by a parapet formed
by digging away the solid rock around it, so as to leave an
area of about fifteen feet in diameter. Another, somewhat sim-
ilar to that at Pisac, enclosed in a square of cut stones, overlooks
the great fortress and ancient town of Ollantaytambo. Still
another, cut from a limestone rock, which had also been built
in, exists on the banks of the Podadero or Tullamayo, near the
foot of the terraces of the Colcompata, in Cuzeo; and I am con-
fident that a similar rock existed within the circular part of the
great Temple of the Sun itself, in the imperial city. That part
is now filled in solid behind the great altar of the Church of
Santo Domingo, which occupies the place assigned to the gold-
en effigy of the Sun. On an eminence in front of the original
Temple of the Sun, in the sacred island of Titicaca, is an Inti-
huatana, which appears to have been a natural formation of the
limestone rock, which has itself been considerably modified ar-
tificially. I need not recur to other examples. Almost every
place of importance in the more ancient parts of the Inca em-
pire seems to have had its Inti-huatana.
Garcilasso says, “Iluata is a word which signifies a year, and
the same word, without change in its pronunciation or accent,
‘is a verb signifying to tie.” Inti-huata would thus become
” Sun-yearand according to De Velaseo, who wrote towards
the close of the last century, the solar year was distinguished
in Quito by precisely this name, as distinguished from the lunar
year, or Quilla-huata. It is possible that the name was in part
accepted because of a concurrent double, and therefore, to su-
perstitious minds, mysterious, significance.
Of the public, and probably sacred, character of the edifices
surrounding the Inti-huatana, there can be but little doubt. It
is evidenced by their position and peculiarities of structure.
Now, in all references to the astronomical ideas and achieve-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
527
merits of the Incas of Peru, we read of certain devices and con-
trivances by means of whieh they determined the solstices and
equinoxes. We are told by the early chroniclers—Garcilasso de
la Vega, Cieza de Leon, Aeosta, Betanzos, Gemelli, and others
—that on the eminences around Cnzco and Quito were built
what Garcilasso calls towers and Betanzos pyramids, so placed
that by noting their shadows, or by taking observations between
them, the periods of the solstices and the length of the solar
year could be accurately determined. Garcilasso states that at
Cnzco there were sixteen of these towers, the largest equal in
size to the watch-towers of Spain, eight to the east and eight
to the west of the city: Aeosta says there were twelve; and
Betanzos, four. Their site, so far as it is fixed by any of these
authorities, was on the hill of Carmenea, dominating Cuzeo on
the north-west, where Garcilasso says they were standing in
1560. I was unable, however, to find any traces of them on
that eminence.
Besides these solstitial towers, reference is made by the
36
52S
INCIDENTS OF TEAVEL AND EXPLORATION
chroniclers to certain single columns or pillars “for determining
the equinoxes.” These, Garcilasso tells us, were of sculptured
stones, richly worked, and placed in the open courts of the tem-
ples of the Sun. It was the duty of the priests, on the approach
of the equinox, to watch the shadows of these columns, which
were in the centre of circles embracing the whole area of the
courts of the temples. Through the centre of each circle (and
its column) was drawn a line due east and west. On the day
when the centre of the shadow followed this line from sunrise to
sunset, and when, at noon, the rays of the sun fell full on the
column, and it was “bathed in light,” casting no shadow, the
priests declared that the equinox had arrived, and proceeded to
decorate the gnomon with flowers and offerings, placing on it
“the Chair of the Sun.”
Garcilasso refers to Cieza de Leon and Aeosta as confirming
his statements, which, however, they are very far from doing.
The latter tells us that on one of the hills near Cuzeo there
were “twelve pillars [instead of sixteen], set in order, and at
such distance one from the other, that every month one of the
pillars noted the rising and the setting of the sun. They call
them succanga, by means whereof they fixed the feasts and sea-
sons for sowing and reaping, and to do other things; and they
performed certain sacrifices to these pillars of the sun.” I know
of no such word as succanga in the Quichua language; and it
is probably printed for micana, ” a finger,” which makes the
application intelligible. They were sun-fingers, or pointers.
Cieza fixes the place of these pillars, columns, or towers, which
he calls torricelli, on the hill of Carmenca, to the north-west of
Cnzco, and merely observes that they ” served to show the mo-
tion of the sun.”*
* Velasco, in bis history of Quito, affirms that the year was”determined in that
city by twelve pillars, whieh served as gnomons to mark the commencement of each
month, and that the priests ornamented the pillar with flowers on the day when it
indicated the commencement of each month. He quotes Aeosta as his authority for
saying that in Cuzeo there were twelve towers for the same purpose. He states that
in Quito there were two columns instead of four, as at Cuzeo, which marked the sol-
stices, when they gave no shadow. Of course he means the equinox.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
529
Making due allowance for the probable exaggerations and
misinformation of Garcilasso, we may readily believe that the
towers of which he speaks—the pillars mentioned by Aeosta,
and the torricelll of Cieza—were simply Inti-huatanas. This
conclusion is supported by the negative fact that no remains of
such structures as he describes now exist on the hill of Car-
menca or any of the others around Cuzeo, while there are many
carved, and hewn rocks, some of which might have served, and
some of which certainly did serve, as Inti-huatanas, or sun-fin-
gers, where the sun might appear to be stopped, or tied up for
a moment in his course; and on which, in his passage through
the zenith, he might sit down in all his glory.
We have here the undoubtedly correct explanation of the
purposes of the Inti-huatana of Pisac, which is no doubt a true
type of the “columns” of which the chroniclers speak, and
through the aid of which the Peruvians were able to ascertain
the periods of the solstices and the arrival of the sun in the
zenith. The Mexicans and Central Americans seem to have
made greater advances in astronomy and the computation of
time than the Peruvians.
From the undoubtedly religious structures of which the Inti-
huatana of Pisac forms part, we climb the great central peak of
the fortress. The path is steep and devious, under constantly
recurring towers, and along narrow paths, skirting the faces of
cliffs a thousand feet sheer down on one side, and five hundred
feet straight up on the other; where the brain grows dizzy, and
where it is impossible for two men to pass abreast. Along such
narrow pathways, where the condor sails level with yon above
the abyss below, and where you lean inwards till your shoulder
grazes the rock, along such paths as these, which from the valley
do not form even a line on the face of the precipice, the visitor
to Pisac must make his perilous way.
My companions absolutely refused to attempt the passage,
and I was left to undertake it accompanied by a single silent
alguazil. At the end of a quarter of a mile, I breathed freer,
as the shelf, in most parts artificial, widened a little, and we
came to a flight of steps, ascending, perhaps, one hundred and
530
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
fifty feet, to a small tower, standing like a sentinel by the side
of one of the great rocky ribs of the mountain, past whieh we
could not see. Just beyond this tower, and perfectly command-
ed from its port-holes, the path is excavated through the comb
of rock, so as to allow but one person to pass at a time, and
then only in a crouching position. It is only by this difficult
and perilous route that access can be had from the central to
the eastern peak or division of the mountain fortress. This
central peak or division is accessible only from the two other
divisions, and is consequently less elaborately fortified. Its
summit, or extreme topmost point, is a level area of about a
quarter of an acre, supported by walls of cut stones, ancl is, by
the barometer, 4250 feet above the river in the valley of Yncay.
Here are numerous traces of fire, and from this commanding
point it is probable signal-fires telegraphed important intelli-
gence from the heights over Paucartambo to those overlooking
the capital.
Another narrow and fortified crest connects this central bulk
of the fortress with the lower or western one, which adjoins
the snowy spnr of the Andes. This is, perhaps, the most elab-
orately fortified of all. Not only is there carried across the
crest connecting it with the mother-mountain a great cyclopean
wall of limestone, only second to that of the Saesahuaman in di-
mensions, but there are inner walls ancl fortified barracks, with
outlooks and port-holes, all admirably situated for defence, with
covered parades and granaries, abodes for servants, and the ma-
terial protection for a garrison of two thousand men. Quaint
symbols cnt on the rocks, needless stairways built up against
them, dilettante elaboration of door-ways, and a hundred other
evidences exist here of the unforced occupations of an idle and
enmiye garrison. Put the designers of this great fortress were
not content with its obvious and absolute strength. They built
outworks on the opposing mountain, which modern warfare,
with all its appliances, would find it difficult to force. They
carried subterranean aqueducts from the rivulets formed by
the melting snows throughout the length ancl breadth of the
fortress, not merely to supply its defenders, but to water the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
531
gardens they had reared in mid-air on the flanks of the moun-
tain.
On the opposite side of the deep and rugged ravine which
isolated them from the mother-mountain and cut them off from
it, on a vast promontory, or headland, in many a niche and crev-
ice, under projecting strata of sandstone and limestone, tier on
tier, in solitary cells or populous chambers, plastered up like the
nests of the mud-swallows, they buried their dead. The cliff,
which, for the length of a mile, and for the height of hundreds
ROCK TOMBS, PISAC.
of feet, is literally speckled with the white faces of tombs, is
called Tantana Marca (” the Steeps of Lamentation “). Some of
the tombs were elaborately built up of cut stones, the roek be-
ing dug away behind them, so as to form large chambers; but
these have all been broken into and rifled. Many of the others
have also been desecrated, but most remain intact. They con-
tain the desiccated, or dried, bodies of the dead, bent in a sitting
posture, with their heads resting on their hands, and their hands
532
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
on their knees, wrapped in coarse cotton cloth or mats of rushes,
with a few rude household or other utensils and implements
surrounding them. The dry, rarefied air of this elevation acts
on the dead body very much as do the dry air and sandy and
nitrous soil of the coast. Protected from the rain when rain
falls, all flesh here dries up and hardens, and, enclosed in tombs
like those of the Steeps of Lamentations, bodies may be pre-
served for many centuries.
I might endeavor to describe at any length the various singu-
lar and interesting features of the gigantic mountain fortress of
Pisac, and yet fail to give an adequate idea of its extent and
strength, or of the skill in design and ability in execution dis-
played by its builders. The purpose is similar to that of the
fortresses of Saesahuaman and Piquillacta, which I have already
described, but the plan is different. Taken together, all of them
will illustrate the general system of defence practiced by the
ancient Peruvians.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
533
CHAPTER XXVI.
OVER THE CORDILLERA, FROM CUZCO TO THE COAST.
Departure from Cuzeo.— Our two Extra Horses, El Nevado and Napoleon.— The
Plain and Town of Anta.— Surita, and its Post-keeper.— Limatambo, and its
Ruins.—Mollepata.—Guarding our Auimals by Night.—Mountain Paths.—Perils
of the Road.—Approach to La Banca.—An Aqueduct built upon Arches.—The-
Lieutenant Post-keeper.—Drunkenness and Goitres.—The Hacienda of Bellavista.
—Its Excellent Proprietress.—Waiting for Mules.—The Artist is afraid to cross
the Hanging Bridge over the Apurimac.—La Banca again.—More Delays about
Mules.—Gesticulating with the Lips.—Our Hostess comes to the Rescue.—Our
Artist separates from us.—The Ancient Inca Roads.—Exaggerated Accounts of
them.—They must have followed the Present Lines of Travel.—Character of the
Road from Cuzeo to the Valley of Yucay.—Obstacles to Travel among the Cor-
dilleras.—The Rivers.—Few Stone Bridges.—Hanging Bridges of Withes.—Pres-
ent Mode of Construction and Maintenance.—The Great Hanging Bridge over
the Apurimac.—The’ Approach to it.—Its True Dimensions.—Crossing it.—The
Tunnel Beyond.—Meeting a Mule-train.—Curahuasi.—Waiting for the Artist.—
A Strange Visitor.—Searching for the Artist.—Ultimate Tidings of his Fate.—
Abancay.— Sculptured Rock at Concacha.—Inta-huatana near Abancay.—Stone
Bridge over the Pachachaca. — Andahuaylas. — Talavera. — Moyobamba. — A
Stormy Ride.— Chinche.ro.— Hanging Bridge over the Rio Pampas.— Ocras.—
Ayacucho, formerly Guamanga.—Scene of an Important Battle, December 9th,
1624.—Reported Subterranean Palace, with Statues, at Guinoa.—The Cordillera
de la Costa.—Through the Despoblado.—A Five Days’ Ride.—Lose our Mules.
—A Perilous Night Adventure.—The Posada of San Antonio.—First Sight of
the Pacific.—Descent to the Coast.—Arrival at Pisco.—Homeward-bound from
Lima.
THE morning broke bright ancl pleasant on which I was to
bid a final adieu to imperial Cuzeo, where I had passed many
weeks with the same unabated interest with which I had first
commenced my explorations, the day after my arrival. But
my work here was now done, and imperative duty called me
to other fields and to my far-distant home. There were lofty
mountains to climb, great rivers to cross, and then the almost
534
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
endless waters of two oceans stretched between me and that
home.
Although the morning was bright and beautiful, it was twelve
o’cloek before we finally started. We were accompanied for a
league by a large eavaleade of friends who wished to see us
well on our way. They brought out with them a plentiful sup-
ply of ale, with whieh some of the party became so exhilarated
that we were not sorry to bid them all a final good-bye, and
commence our journey in dead earnest.
Besides H-and myself, there Avere D-and C-, gov-
ernment engineers, who had been sent out upon surveying duty
and were returning to Lima. Before leaving Cuzeo, Colonel
Vargas, the comandante, had supplied D-and myself with
two extra horses, selected from his own stock. They were
valuable as having already twice made the difficult and trying-
descent to the coast, a hazardous experiment for animals bred
in the Sierra. Mine was a dark bay, his back sprinkled over
with white spots, like snow-flakes, ancl hence called “El Neva-
do.” He was a gentle, intelligent, and hardy animal, to whom
I became deeply attached. The other was a gray, not so good-
tempered, but equally hardy, and, for some whimsical reason,
named “Napoleon.” Both had been brought up together on
the same estate, and were inseparable when free, and unhappy
when apart. My wonderful breeeh-loading rifle, which had
excited the astonishment ancl admiration of all Peru, was to
be sent back to Colonel Vargas from Lima.
The road for four leagues was clown a small valley leading
into the plain of Anta. The town of that name stands upon a
promontory, or headland, projecting into the plain, which is
broad, low, ancl in some parts swampy- It was on this plain,
also called Xa Xa, that young Almagro was defeated ancl taken
prisoner; and henee he was carried to the place of his execu-
tion in the great square of Cuzeo. We reached Surita, three
leagues from Anta, over the plain, towards noon, ancl found the
master of the port drunk ancl in ill-humor; ancl although we
were accompanied by a special messenger from the sub-prefect,
we were unable to do anything with him. I left D-and
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
535
C- behind with the boys and baggage, and with II-
pushed on ahead towards Limatambo to examine the ancient
remains at that spot, while the others were coming up.
On the divide between the waters flowing into the Vilca-
mayo and those of the Apurimac, a magnificent view is ob-
tained of the Ancles, including the great snowy peaks of Sal-
jantai and Umantai. The descent for two leagues from this
point was very steep, and it was quite dark when we reached
the hacienda of Tarahuasa, where we passed the night. In the
morning we rode on to the village to obtain post-mules, but
were told the old story grown familiar to our ears, for we had*
heard it in every part of Peru—”Mañana /” (to-morrow). “We
tried the effect of a little harsh language, but it fell on impas-
sive hearers.
We then proceeded to examine the ruins of Limatambo.
These consist entirely of terraces, built up in the manner of oth-
ers which have been described. They are cyclopean in style,
faced with finely cut stone, admirably fitted together; the sur-
face even with the terrace being accurately cut and levelled.
What has been spoken of by some travellers as a palace or tem-
ple is really only a terrace, with a niched wall ; though a tem-
ple or structure of some kind may once have been built upon
it; but of this there are now no traces. The outer terrace is 20
feet high and S00 feet long, commanding the valley, which is
here very narrow, so that it was probably intended for a forti-
fication.
Pursuing our route down the narrow valley, we came at
nightfall to the village of Mollepata. It is a collection of
wretched huts, on a high shelf of the mountain, with a tumble-
down church, a drunken governor, who is also keeper of the
hovel called a post-house, and a priest as dissolute as the gov-
ernor. The country around the village is bare, and we had
great difficulty in procuring a little water ancl a bushel of maize
for our animals, for which we paid the modest sum of three
dollars. There was to .be a bull-baiting the next clay, ancl the
village was full of drunken, sinister-looking vagabonds from far
and near, most of them in a state of beastly intoxication. They
536
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
crowded around us, stared at our mules and equipments, and
arranged among themselves, in Quichua, which of our animals
they should severally steal — so at least Ignacio, who under-
stood their language, informed us. As the patio of the house
in which we stopped was open on two sides, we determined to
stand guard all night, keeping regular watches, armed to the
teeth. It was well we did so, for several attempts were made
to steal or stampede our animals. We left early, glad to escape
from a place unsurpassed in evil repute by any in Peru.
Our road now wound around the high, rocky peak of Molle-
■pata, and ran up each ravine that seamed its sides to its head,
then wound back again almost to the place of divergence, so
that in a ride of two miles we accomplished an actual advance
of but a few hundred yards. The mountain became steeper
and steeper, and we found ourselves at last on a narrow shelf
worn by the feet of mules in the mountain-side, and away down
below us we discovered the river Apurimac, appearing, in the
distance, no larger than a meadow-brook.
Describing half the circumference of the mountain of Molle-
pata, we came upon a profound ravine, separating the mountain
from a high ridge on the other side, on the flanks of which we
could discern the red-tile roofs of the extensive hacienda of
Bellavista, surrounded by emerald fields of lucern and great yel-
low patches,,of sugar-cane. A league to the right of the haci-
enda, extending across a depression in the crest of the ridge, ap-
peared a line of arches, something like those stretching across
the Campagna of Pome, and a cluster of huts, which our arriero
pronounced to be the post-houses of La Banca, to which we
were bound. Accustomed as we had already become to the
wonderful ins and outs of mountain travel in Peru, it was nev-
ertheless a question in our minds how we were to cross the
deep, dark chasm, with its steep, rocky, and in some places ab-
solutely precipitous sides, which separated us from La Banca.
It certainly was a long and tedious process. Our course was by
a plunging path, skirting the side of the ravine, here and there
turning back on itself, and, by a series of sharp zigzags, achiev-
ing a descent of a hundred or more feet at points where a child
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
537
might toss a pebble over the heads of the entire cavalcade into
the abyss below. Thus descending, and gradually working our
way towards the head of the ravine, we finally came within
hearing of the noise of running waters, shut out from view,
however, by a vigorous growth of wild olive-trees, canes, and
other shrubbery. We soon entered these, and, still plunging
downwards under the cool shadows, and among damp and
mossy rocks, reached the Rio ‘de la Banca, a strong and rapid
torrent, chilled by the melting snows. At the ford it spread
out into a broad and quiet pool, and there was a level, trod-
den space on its banks, showing that this was a favorite resting-
place for travellers and muleteers. Only a few yards below,
the stream makes a bold leap down a sheer precipice of great
height, and falls in a series of cataracts through the black ra-
vine into the Apurimac. Birds were numerous among the
trees in this deep gorge, and joined their music to the rough
melody of the stream. Our arriero told us that bears were
sometimes found in the shrubbery higher up; but we saw no
animals except a grayish – yellow fox, which thrust its snout
around a neighboring rock for an instant, and then disap-
peared. A shaded spot like this is so rarely to be found in
Peru, that we were loath to leave it to encounter the long and
painful ascent to La Banca.
The ascent was, nevertheless, achieved, not without much
trouble from our cargo-mules, some of which gave out in the
attempt. Before reaching the post-houses, on a sort of shelf
of the great ridge, we came upon a few molle and some other
trees, sustained by a small, trickling spring. Here, gray and
ruined, were the crumbling walls of an Inca tambo, with its
well-made adobes and its Egyptian – like doors and windows.
These remains indicated, apart from the physical conformation
of the country% that we were still on the great route of commu-
nication between Cnzco and the northern provinces of the Inca
empire. A rough scramble up a steep bank brought us to the
huts of La Banca, and beneath the shadow of the arches which
had looked so Romanesque from the other side of the great
barranca. We found them belonging to a grand azequia,
53S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
which extended from the foot of the snow-line in the great
mountains of Yileaeonga, and whieh irrigated the hacienda of
Bellavista, whose owners had restored ‘it, on the line adopted by
its original Inea builders. By carrying the azequia on arches
over a depression in the ridge, they were able to distribute the
water at a higher elevation than the Incas had done, and thus
render productive a larger area of ground.
At this point the ridge was narrowed to a knife-like crest,
and the huts of La Banea, crowded for room, were built partly
against and partly under the arches. The ravines on either
sideAvere thousands of feet deep, and, standing here, one expe-
rienced a sensation akin to that which a man must feel when
perched on the ridge of a narrow-gabled house. There was
barely room for our animals in the little corral of the post-
house. The keeper .of the post was awTay at Mollepata, swell-
ing the crowd of drunkards in that village, and his represent-
ative, whose personal attractions were not heightened by an
enormous goitre, was in a state of blear-eyed intoxication. He
responded to all our inquiries by insisting that we should take
a gourdful of turbid chicha, which, so far as we could make
out, was “muy bueno” because made from the berries of the
molle-tree. The condition of the lieutenant postmaster was
that of the remaining few inhabitants of La Banca, male and
female, goitre included, with the exception of one matron, who
advised us not to stop there, where, she said, there was nothing
for man or beast except chicha, and that of the poorest kind,
but to go to the hacienda.
We endeavored to secure from the acting master of the post,
who by law is obliged to have mules always ready, some ani-
mals with which to pursue our journey; and showed him the
express and special orders of the Government in our favor.
These he disdained to look at; and, with that contempt of Gov-
ernment which is universal in Peru, except when its authority
is visibly manifested in the shape of an armed force, he con-
signed us to the bottomless pit, and staggered off to his den, in
which a couple of filthy sheepskins served him for a bed. We
were compelled to temporize; and, finally, on the promise of
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
539
double pay, he agreed to have the necessary cargo-mules at the
hacienda early on the following morning.
With this assurance, drawn rather incoherently from the fel-
low, we started for Bellavista, following the embankment of the
azequia, which for most of its length was lined with willows.
These, nourished by the water, had struck their roots deep in
the ground, and formed the principal support of the embank-
ment in places where it seemed next to impossible to carry an
acpieduet except sustained by high and expensive wTalls of ma-
sonry. A rapid ride of half an hour brought us to Bellavista,
a great, low building surrounding a quadrangular court, and con-
taining within its single wide and heavily built gate-way the
apartments of the family, a church, the stables, and the offices
of an establishment, itself the nucleus of a considerable village
of adobe and cane-built huts, the residences of the laborers on
the estate.
Here we met a welcome whieh anywhere would be generous
as well as cordial, but which in Peru has a higher appreciation
from its rarity. The proprietress is a widow, somewhat ad-
vanced in years, and suffering (if the term may be used in ref-
erence to an affection which is painless) from the goitre, which
afflicts all the women, young and old, at Bellavista as well as at
La Banca, and gives warrant to the hypothesis that it is some-
times, if not generally, superindnced by the use of snow-water.
Her husband had been a man of enterprise, and had established
a sugar and aguardiente estate here, after first restoring and im-
proving upon the old Inea works for irrigating the previously
barren lands of the hacienda. This covers the whole of a broad
headland, connected with the Vilcaconga Mountains by the nar-
row crest of La Banca, and slopes down, through almost every
degree of temperature, to the deep, narrow bed of the Apuri-
mac, where the fervid sun creates a more than tropical climate.
Here, wherever there is a patch of soil, tropical products
flourish with more than tropical luxuriance. The water is judi-
ciously distributed over this slope, whieh looks like a green gem
in a setting of dull, amber-colored mountains. Connected with
the dwelling is a garden, somewhat neglected, but full of peach
540
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
and apple trees, and gay with flowers. On one side of the court
is a series of well-furnished apartments, but closed and unoccu-
pied, whieh our good hostess told us, with moist eyes, belonged
to her children, now absent in Lima, where a son was Deputy
ancl a son-in-law Senator.
The admirable lady of Bellavista conducted all the compli-
cated business of a large estate with a promptitude, clearness,
ancl composure that would do credit to the highest administra-
tive talent of any country. In the morning, seated at her win-
dow, separated by a screen from the corridor, she called togeth-
er all the young people of the hacienda to recite their morning
lessons; and the quaint little church, which occupied one cor-
ner of the court, never failed to open its rude doors at fixed
hours, to admit her humble dependents to worship before the
dimly lighted but chaste altar supporting the symbols of their
faith.
Of course, the mules promised by the deputy-postman at La
Banea did not make their appearance in the morning; ancl it
was resolved that the engineers should improve the inevitable
delay in examining a point on the Apurimac supposed to be
favorable for building a bridge, and whieh was accessible from
the haeienda, while I undertook to return to La Banca armed
with our Government letters, and secure mules for the follow-
ing clays.
II-, our artist, went with the engineers. “While in Cuzeo
he had expressed his belief that he would be unable to cross the
great swinging bridge over the Apurimac, and the extravagant
stories which he heard there of the difficulties and dangers at-
tending the passage had so excited his apprehensions, that he
declared, in advance, his determination not to make the attempt.
It was in vain we urged him to wait until he reached the
bridge before committing himself so decisively, representing
that the stories about it were doubtless exaggerations, and that
this difficulty, like many others whieh had been held up to us
by way of terror, would probably disappear on being confronted.
lie adhered to his purpose, and announced that if he could not
cross the river by swimming, at Iluaynarima, he could go no
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
541
farther. To determine this, he accompanied the engineers in
their expedition. After a long and difficult descent, in which
they passed a cliff of variously colored salt, the party reached
the Apurimac, where the ravine through which it flows widened
out a little, affording* a narrow interval, covered with scrubby
acacias and spiny cactuses, hot as an oven, and swarming with
sand-flies. The river was low, and C-swam across it with-
out difficulty, carrying a line wherewith to determine its width.
The town of Curahuasi, on the other side of the river, but
perched some thousands of feet above, and distant little more
than three leagues, was visible from this point. It would have
been easy for H-to have crossed, with the aid of his com-
panions ; and it would not have been difficult for him to have
reached Curahuasi before nightfall, where we would have over-
taken him on the following day. But for some inexplicable
reason he declined to cross then, and returned with the party
to the hacienda.
My visit to La Banca, meanwhile, was a provoking one. All
there were drnnk, as on the previous day, and, as usual, the dep-
uty-postman was incoherent, and I could extract neither infor-
mation nor promises from him. His blear eyes lighted up mo-
mentarily with a gleam of malignant contempt when I pro-
duced the letters of the Government, instructing all prefects
and sub-prefects and local governors incontinently to seize on
and imprison all contumacious masters of the jjosts, or those
who failed to furnish us with horses or mules as provided for
by law. From the by-standers, male and female, I failed equal-
ly to get any satisfactory information. One declared that there
were no animals; another that they were 11 muy arriba” (high
up), projecting his lips in the direction of the overhanging
mountains; another that they were 11 muy lejos” (very distant),
and he projected his lips down the valley. Instead of pointing
out an object with the hand or finger, these people use their
lips, puckering them up and pouting them out with a forward
jerk of the head in the direction they wish to indicate. Half
an hour of alternate expostulation, threats, and entreaty failed
to elicit anything satisfactory, and I returned to the hacienda
542 INCIDENTS OF TEAYEL AND EXPLORATION
with the unpleasant conviction that we might be detained there
for an indefinite period; perhaps, indeed, until the rains had
fairly set in, when it would be impossible to cross the swollen
torrents in our route. Our good hostess, however, came to our
rescue, and sent her mayordomo with a party of stout young
fellows, accompanied by Ignacio, to La Banca, instructed to find
the post-mules, and bring them to us that night; which the}*
did by main force.
In the morning the postman made his appearance, looking
remarkably seedy; but he was very officious and obsequious.
We gave him but little attention, rejected all his offers of as-
sistance, and scouted his ‘demand for double pay, based upon
our promise of two days before. We paid him the least the
law allowed, and comforted him with the assurance that he
should be faithfully reported to the sub-prefect at Abancay.
H-declined to accompany us, and insisted on going afoot
to Huaynarima, and there swim the river. lie also declined
our proffer of a guide and assistant. I gave him an India-
rubber life-preserver, and, with a cheerful assurance that he
would reach Curahuasi first, he went his way. We saw him
no more.
The great and elaborate highways, or public roads, which the
chroniclers, and the historians, following their authority, tell us
were constructed by the Incas throughout their vast empire, all
radiating, north, east, south, and west, from the imperial city of
Cuzeo, if they existed at all in Central and Southern Peru, have
disappeared, leaving here and there only short sections or frag-
ments, hardly justifying the extravagant praise that has been
bestowed on them. The modern mule-paths, miscalled roads,
must, necessarily, follow nearly, if not exactly, the routes of the
Indians under the Empire. The physical conformation of the
country is such that communication between puna and pn)ia,
and from valley to valley, must always be made by the same
passes. All these passes over the mountains are marked, by
huge piles of stone raised like the cairns of Scotland and Wales,
by the contribution of a single stone from each traveller as an
offering to the spirits of the mountains, and as an invocation
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
543
for their aid in sustaining the fatigues of travel. These great
stone-heaps still exist, and will remain to the end of time, mon-
uments marking forever the routes of travel in the days of the
Ineas.
We know, therefore, from these rude monuments very nearly
what were the ancient lines of communication. These are also
further indicated by remains of the tambos, which occur at in-
tervals all through the country, and oftenest in places remote
from supplies, in cold and desert districts, where the traveller
stands most in need of food and shelter.
The modern voyager would consider himself supremely fort-
unate were he to find one in a hundred of these tambos now
in existence; for travelling in Peru is infinitely more difficult
and dangerous than it was in the days of the Incas: more dif-
ficult, because the facilities are less; more dangerous, because
the laws are more lax, and the moral standard of the people
lower. The influence of Spain in Peru has been every way del-
eterious ; the civilization of the country was far higher before;
the Conquest than now.
As I have said, few traces of the Inea roads, such as are de-
scribed by the early writers, and such as Humboldt saw in North-
ern Peru, are now to be found in the southern part of that
country; and as the modern pathways must follow the ancient
lines, I infer that they never existed here, for there is no rea-
son why they should have suffered more from time and the ele-
ments in one part of the country than in another.
Between Cuzeo and the sweet valley of Yucay, there are nu-
merous traces of an ancient road, some sections of which are
perfect. These sections coincide in character with the long
reaches in the direction of Quito. They consist of a pathway
from ten to twelve feet wide, raised slightly in the centre, paved
with stones, and the edges defined by lines of larger stones sunk
firmly in the ground. Where this road descends from the ele-
vated puna—a sheer descent of almost four thousand feet into
the valley of Yucay — it zigzags on a narrow shelf cut in the
face of the declivity, and supported here and there, where foot-
hold could not otherwise be obtained, by high retaining-Avails
37
544
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of cut stone, looking as perfect and firm as when first built cen-
turies ago.
High mountain-ranges and broad and frigid deserts, swept
by fierce, cold winds, are not the sole obstacles to intercommu-
nication in the Altos of Peru, and among those snow-crowned
monarchs of the Andes and Cordilleras. There are deep val-
leys, gorges, and ravines among these mountains, or cut deep
in the plains that alternate with them, in which flow swelling
rivers or rapid torrents, fed by the melting snows in the dry
season, and swollen by the rains in the wet season. They are
often unfordable; but still they must somehow be passed by
the traveller. A few bridges of stone were constructed by the
Spaniards, some after the Conquest, and a few others have been
erected by their descendants; but, as a rule, the rivers and moun-
tain torrents are passed to-day by the aid of devices the same as
were resorted to by the Incas, and at points which they selected.
Had the principle of the areh been well understood by the an-
cient inhabitants, who have left some of the finest stone-cutting
and masonry to be found in the world, there is no doubt the
interior of Peru would have abounded in bridges rivalling those
of Pome in extent and beauty. As it was, occupying a coun-
try destitute of timber, they resorted to suspension-bridges, no
doubt precisely like those now constructed by their descend-
ants and successors—bridges formed of cables of braided withes,
stretched from bank to bank, and called 2nien^es de mhnbres
(bridges of withes). “Where the banks are high, or where the
streams are compressed between steep or precipitous rocks, these
cables are anchored to piers of stone. In other places they are
approached by inclined causeways, raised to give them the nec-
essary elevation above the water. Three or four cables form
the floor and the principal support of the bridge, over which
small sticks, sometimes only sections of cane or bamboo, are
laid transversely, and fastened to the cables by vines, cords, or
thongs of raw hide. Two smaller cables are sometimes stretched
on each side, as a guard or hand-rail. Over these frail and sway-
ing structures pass men and animals, the latter frequently with
their loads on their backs.
liKIOOK OF THE APURIMAC*.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
545
Each bridge is usually kept up by the municipality of the
nearest village; and as it requires renewal every two or three
years, the Indians are obliged at stated periods to bring to the
spot a certain number of withes of peculiar kinds of tough
wood, generally of that variety called ioke, which are braided
by experts, and then stretched across the stream or river by the
united exertions of the inhabitants. Some of the larger and
most important structures of this kind are kept up by the Gov-
ernment, and all passengers and merchandise pay a fixed toll.
Such is the case with the great bridge over the Apurimac, on
the main road from the ancient Guamanga (now Ayacucho) to
Cuzeo.
The Apurimac is one of the head-waters of the Amazon,
a large and rapid stream, flowing in a deep valley, or, rather,
gigantic ravine, shut in by high and precipitous mountains.
Throughout its length it is crossed jxt only a single point, be-
tween two enormous cliffs, whieh rise dizzily on both sides, and
from the summits of which the traveller looks down into a
dark gulf. At the bottom gleams a white line of water, whence
struggles up a dull but heavy roar, giving to the river its name,
Apu-rimac, signifying, in the Quiehua tongue, ” the great speak-
er.” From above, the bridge, looking like a mere thread, is
reached by a path which on one sido traces a thin, white line
on the face of the mountain, and down which the boldest trav-
eller may hesitate to venture. This path, on the other side, at
once disappears from a rocky shelf, where there is just room
enough to hold the hut of the bridge – keeper, and then runs
through a dark tunnel cut in the rock, from which it emerges
to trace its line of many a steep and weary zigzag up the face
of the mountain. It is usual for the traveller to time his day’s
journey so as to reach this bridge in the morning, before the
strong wind sets in; for, during the greater part of the day,
it sweeps “up the canon of the Apurimac with great force, and
then the bridge sways like a gigantic hammock, and crossing is
next to impossible.
It was a memorable incident in my travelling experiences,
the crossing of this great swinging bridge of the Apurimac. I
546 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
shall never forget it, even if it were not associated with a cir-
cumstance which, for the time, gave me much uneasiness and
pain. The fame of the bridge over the Apurimac is coexten-
sive with Peru, and every one we met who had crossed it was
full of frightful reminiscences of his passage: how the frail
structure swayed at a dizzy height between gigantic cliffs over a
dark abyss, tilled with the deep, hoarse roar of the river, and how
his eyes grew dim, his heart grew faint, and his feet unsteady as
he struggled across it, not daring to east a look on either hand.
Our road to the bridge was circuitous and precipitous, lead-
ing down the steeper side of the ridge of La Banca, where it
seemed hardly possible for a goat to find foothold. It was a
succession of abrupt zigzags, here and there interrupted by a
stretch of horizontal pathway. To see our cavalcade it was
necessary to look up or down, not before or behind. It was
like descending the coils of a flattened corkscrew. In places
the rocks encroached on the trail, so that it was necessary to
crouch low on the saddle-bow to pass beneath them, or else
throw the weight of the body upon the stirrup overhanging the
declivity of the mountain, to avoid a collision. The most dan-
gerous parts, however, were where land-slips had occurred, and
where it was impossible to construct a pathway not liable at
any moment to glide away beneath the feet of our animals.
The gorge narrowed as we descended, until it was literally shut
in by precipices of stratified rock strangely contorted; while
huge masses of stone, rent and splintered as from some terrible
convulsion of nature, rose sheer before us, apparently prevent-
ing all exit from the sunless and threatening ravine, at the
bottom of which a considerable stream struggled, with a hoarse
roar, among the black boulders.
There was foothold for neither tree nor shrub ; and our mules
picked their way warily, with head and ears pointed downwards,
among the broken and angular masses. The occasional shouts
of the arrieros sounded here sharp and percussive, and seemed
to smite themselves to death against the adamantine walls.
There was no room for echo. Finally the ravine became so
narrowed between the precipitous mountain-sides as barely to
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
547
afford room for the stream and our scant party. Here a roar,
deeper, stronger, and sterner than that of the stream which we
had followed, reached our ears, and we knew it was the voice of
” the Great Speaker.” A little farther on, we came in view of
the river and two or three low huts built on the circumscribed
space, where the two streams come together. Our muleteers
were already busy in unloading the baggage, preparatory to its
being carried across the bridge on the cicatrized backs of the
occupants of the huts.
To the left of the huts, swinging high in a graceful curve, be-
tween the precipices on either side, looking wonderfully frail
and gossamer-like, was the famed bridge of the Apurimac. A
steep, narrow path, following for some distance a natural shelf,
formed by the stratification of the rock, and for the rest of the
way hewn in its face, led up, for a hundred feet, to a little plat-
form, also cut in the rock, where were fastened the cables sup-
porting the bridge. On the opposite bank was another and
rather larger platform partly roofed by the rock, where was the
windlass for making the cables taut, and where, perched like
goats on some mountain shelf, lived the custodians of the
bridge. The path could barely be discovered, turning sharp
around a rocky projection to the left of this perch, then reap-
pearing high above it, and then, after many a zigzag, losing it-
self in the dark mouth of a tunnel.
My companions and myself lost no time in extracting the
measuring-tapes and sounding-lines from our alforjas, and hur-
riedly scrambled up the rocky pathway to the bridge. It was
in bad condition. The cables had slacked so that the centre of
the bridge hung from twelve to fifteen feet lower than its ends.
and, then, the cables had not stretched evenly, so that one side
was considerably lower than the other. The cables on either
hand, intended to answer the double purpose of stays and para-
pets, had not sunk with the bridge, and were so high up that
they could not be reached without difficulty; and many of the
lines dropping from them to the floor, originally placed widely
apart, had been broken, so that practically they were useful
neither for security nor for inspiring confidence.
54S
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
Travelling in the Andes soon cures one of any nervousness
about heights and depths, and is a specific against dizziness.
Nevertheless, we all gave a rather apprehensive glance at the
frail structure before us, but we had no difficulty in crossing
and reerossing—as we did several times—except on approach-
ing the ends, to which our weight transferred the sag of the
eables, and made the last few yards rather steep. A stiff breeze
swept up the canon of the river, and caused a vibration of the
bridge from side to side of at least six feet. The motion, how-
ever, inspired no sense of danger.
We carefully measured the length and altitude of the bridge,
and found it to be, frem fastening to fastening, 148 feet long,
and at its lowest part 118 feet above the river. Mr. Markham,
who crossed it in 1S55, estimated the length at 90 feet and the
height at 300 feet. Lieutenant Gibbon, who crossed it in 1S57,
estimated the length 324 feet and the height 150 feet. Our
measurements, however, are exact. The height may be in-
creased perhaps ten feet when the cables are made taut. They
are five in number, twisted from the fibres of the eabuya, or
maguey plant, and are about four inches thick. The floor is
of small sticks and canes, fastened transversely with raw-hide
strings. The Indians eoining from Andahuaylas and other
districts, where the cabuya grows, generally bring a quantity of
leaves with them, wherewith to pay their toll. These are pre-
pared and made into rope by the custodians of the bridge, who
must be glad of some occupation in their lone and lofty eyrie.
Our baggage was carried over the bridge, and the animals
were then led across one by one, loaded and started up the
mountain. The space is too limited to receive more than two
loaded mules at a time, and instances are known of their hav-
ing been toppled off the precipice from overcrowding. AVe
led our horses over without difficulty, except in getting them
on the bridge. But once fairly on the swaying structure, they
were as composed as if moving on the solid ground. Perhaps
even to the lowest animal intelligence it must be apparent that
the eentre of the bridge of the Apurimac is not the place for
antics, equine or asinine.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
549
Mounted once more, we commenced our steep and difficult
ascent. At one place the sheer precipice presented itself on
one side, and a vertical wall on the other; next it was a scram-
ble up a ladder or stairs, partly cut in the rock and partly built
up with stones against it; then a sudden turn, with a parapet
built around it in a semicircle, to prevent descending animals
from being carried into the abyss below by their own momen:
turn. Our cargo-mules toiled up painfully above us, stopping
every few steps to breathe, while the muleteers braced them-
selves against their haunches to afford them some support and
rest.
We had scarcely reached half-way to the mouth of the tunnel,
which enters the mountain at the base of a vast, vertical mass
of rock, when our attention was arrested by the shouts of our
men, and a commotion among the animals above us. It was
occasioned by a descending train of loaded mules, just plunging
out of the black throat of the tunnel. The mountain mule al-
ways seeks to take the wall of the animal it meets, being per-
fectly aware of the danger of trying to pass on the outer side
of the pathway; and it sometimes happens that neither will
give way under any amount of persuasion or blows. The mule-
teers have to unload the animals, which may then be got past
each other. A similar difficulty occurred now, and the con-
ductor of the advancing train hurried down to warn us to dis-
mount and seek the widest part of the path, or some nook by
its side, and there await the passage of his mules. He had
hardly done speaking when we saw one of our own mules, load-
ed with our trunks, come plunging down the narrow zigzagging
way, evidently in fright, followed wildly by its driver. Just
before reaching the place where we stood the animal fell, going
literally heels over head, and would have been carried over the
little platform of rock into the river, had not the master of the
descending train caught the falling mule by its fore-leg, and in
this way saved it from tumbling over. He at once placed his
whole weight on its ears, thus preventing it from struggling,
and thus obviating its destruction, while we detached its cargo.
A foot farther, and the mule would inevitably have been lost.
550
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
It was with no little satisfaction that we saw the last mule of
the train pass us, and resumed our ascent. We found the tun-
nel a roomy one, two or three hundred yards in length, with
openings from the face of the precipice for the admission of
light and air. Through these we caught brief glimpses of the
grand and solemn mountains on the opposite side of the canon,
and through them came in also, hoarse and sullen, the dee])
voice of the river. I am uncertain as to how far this tunnel
may be ascribed to the Incas, but feel sure that their bridge
across the Apurimac was at precisely the same point with the
present one.
We were fully two hours in ascending the steeps, and reach-
ing the high mountain-circled plain in which stands the strag-
gling town of Curahuasi, a well-watered village buried among
the trees and shrubbery. Although more than eight thousand
feet above the sea-level, we noticed several fields of sugar-cane
near the village. We had no letters to Curahuasi, and went
straight to the post-house, a squalid hut indeed, with but two
rooms, one of whieh was kitchen and dormitory, shared equally
by the family, dogs, liens, and guinea -pigs. The other, or
guests’ room, had a rickety table as its complement of furniture,
and its mud floor was piled with rubbish of all descriptions,
dust-covered and repulsive, showing that no one had occupied
it for a long time.
Our men cleared a space wide enough for our beds, and here
we awaited the arrival of II-. That he had not reached the
posta did not surprise us, as it was still early, and it was not
impossible that he had found some better stopping-place in the
village. So we rambled out inquiring of every body we met
whether he had been seen, but heard nothing of him. Night
came, and we recklessly burned our last candle, and kept alter-
nate watch for him in the street. It was past midnight before
we gave up our expectations of his arrival, and went to bed,
counting on seeing him early in the morning. Towards day-
light, but while it was still dark, we were startled by a loud
pounding at the door. Supposing that it proceeded from our
missing companion, I rose hastily, struck a light, and removed
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
551
trie brace against the door, when the strangest figure entered
that I ever saw in my life. It was that of a man, tall and skele-
ton-like. His limbs were bare and deeply scarred, and his long,
tangled hair was bleached by sun and weather. Beneath his
left arm he carried a miscellaneous collection of sticks, bones,
pieces of rope, and other rubbish, and in his right hand a long
and gnarled stick. Altogether, with his deeply sunken eyes
and parchment skin, he might have passed for one of Macbeth’s
witches, and was not a pleasant object for one to encounter
when just awaking from sleep. I perceived at once that he
was insane, but, as insane men have disagreeable freaks, I was
not sorry to find that my friends were also awake and at my
side. Our visitor, however, showed no violence, but commenced
talking rapidly and incoherently.
We thought for a while that he intended to communicate
something to us about H-, but we coidd extract nothing
coherent from him. He seemed to comprehend that we were
foreigners, and repeated frequently the word “Tngleses” (Eng-
lishmen). We gave him the fragments of our supper, and he
left. Next day wTe ascertained that he was a Spaniard, who
had been at one time largely engaged in mining in the vicinity.
but had become completely demented some years ago in conse-
quence of death in his family and financial troubles.
Morning brought no news of the missing artist. We climbed
the hills back of the town in a vain effort to discover some ap-
proaching figure in the direction whence he was expected. At
ten o’clock, after great difficulty, we succeeded in finding the
syndic, and in despatching Indian couriers to Huaynarimac,
where H-had proposed to cross the river, with instructions
to scour the banks as far as they could be followed, and to ex-
plore every hut on the way. Another courier was sent back
to Bellavista, to ascertain if, failing in his attempt, he had re-
turned thither.
It was useless for my friends to remain waiting in our
wretched quarters, and it was arranged that they should leave
at noon, and wait for me in Abancay, nine leagues distant. I
passed the day anxiously, my apprehensions increasing hour-
552
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
ly; and when some of the couriers returned at night without
bringing any news of our missing friend, I felt deep alarm.
The night, in the filthy little posta, was long and dreary, and
my feelings were in no degree soothed by the circumstance
that my servant, Ignacio, had improved the idle day in getting
dead-drunk.
Morning came, and still no intelligence. By ten o’clock the
Indians had all come in, having failed to obtain the slightest
news or trace of the missing man, and the belief was reluctant-
ly forced upon me that he had been swept down by the current
of the river into the deep canon through which it flows, and
where it would be impossible to follow, even with boats. The
syndic agreed with me that I could do no more; and, arrang-
ing with him to send a courier to me at Abancay, if he suc-
ceeded in obtaining any information as to the fate of our
friend, I determined to start for that place, and enlist the
power of the sub-prefect in making further investigations. I
found myself almost powerless in Curahuasi, even with the aid
of the syndic, and could excite no kind of interest among the
stolid and sullen Indians, in the object of my solieitude.
At Abancay the sub-prefect took up the matter with zeal,
and issued imperative orders to all the authorities within his
jurisdiction to spare no efforts to ascertain the fate of the miss-
ing artist. We remained for several days in Abancay; but,
hearing nothing relating to the lost man, we were compelled to
pursue our journey over the mountains to the coast, in the full
eonviction that the worst had happened.
Some time after my return to the United States, I received
the following letter from Professor Paimondi, who had been
my fellow-voyager in the open-boat exploration of Lake Titica-
ca. It is dated from Cuzeo:
“As regards our friend, Mr. IT-, I have received the most
extraordinary story. It seems that he did swim the Apurimac
in safety, and, finding the water pleasant, under the great heat
of the valley, he placed his clothes on a rock overhanging the
stream, and amused himself by taking a longer bath. Unfortu-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
553
nately, a sudden gust of wind tumbled bis bundle of clothing,
containing also his shoes, into the river. His efforts to recover
it were fruitless, and, after receiving several severe bruises
among the rocks in the attempt, he was glad to get ashore
again, naked as our father Adam. Here, on the arid, treeless
bank, among sharp rocks, spiny cactuses, and thorny aeaeias, un-
der a fervid sun, and swarmed all over by venomous sand-flies,
he commenced his search for some inhabited place. His feet,
however, soon became cut up by the sharp stones, and his per-
son blistered by the heat. His only relief consisted in throw-
ing water from time to time over his body, until night, with its
dews, came on, and sheltered his nakedness. The heat in the
close quebrada of the Apurimac, although intense by day, gives
place to rather severe eold after sundown, and Mr. H-, to
protect himself from this, was obliged to dig a bed in the
warm sand, where he passed the night. The next day he re-
sumed his painful journey, but night again came on without
his being able to reach any human habitation. For three whole
days he wandered about in this primitive condition, without
nourishment of any kind. His feet were cut in pieces, and his
body raw with the heat, bites of insects, and the scratches of
shrubbery. Finally he reached a wretched hut, but his mis-
eries did not end here.
“It should be premised that this quebrada is notorious for
its insalubrity. Fever here reigns supreme, and has inspired
the few Indians who live here with the greatest dread. Hav-
ing little conception of things not material, they have come to
give even to diseases a physical form, and the fever is embod-
ied in a human figure. Consequently, when Mr. II- ap-
proached the hut, its occupants imagined that the dreaded fever
had made its palpable appearance. Some of them fled in ter-
ror; but others, more valiant, caught up stones wherewith to
attack and drive off the horrible apparition, so that he had a
narrow escape with his life. After much delay and trouble,
the fears of the Indians were allayed, and the sufferer was ad-
mitted to such shelter and food as the wretched hut could af-
ford. Here he was subsequently found by the men in search
554
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of him, taken to Curahuasi, and thence to Abancay, where he
was hospitably treated. It was, however, some months before
he became able to move about. I venture the prediction that
lie will never again flinch from the imaginary dangers of the
swinging bridges of Peru.”
As I have said, I never saw H–after our parting at the
Hacienda Bellavista; but many months after my return to the
United States, he forwarded to me from Lima many drawings
and sketches which he had made after our separation. One of
these is here reproduced.
THE ARTIST AND THE INDIANS.
The road from Curahuasi led us still upwards for three
leagues, till we reached the highest point since leaving Cuzeo.
Then we commenced our descent to the small but industrious
town of Abancay, which we reached about dark, just at the
commencement of a heavy thunder-storm, which continued un-
interruptedly during the night.
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
555
At the elevated and retired point known as Concacha, near
Abancay, is one of the many remarkable sculptured rocks of
Peru. It is of limestone, about twenty feet long, fourteen
broad, and twelve high. The top is cut into what appears to
be a series of seats, reached by a broad flight of steps, at the
side of which is a flight of smaller but narrower steps, which
could hardly have been intended for purpose of ascent, since
that purpose is fully answered by the larger and broader stairs.
THE ROCK OP CONCACHA-FRONT AND BACK.
The upper surface of the smaller, or southern, end of the rock
is raised a few inches above the general level of the summit,
and has sunk in it a number of round and oval bowl-shaped
cavities, varying from four to nine inches in diameter, and from
three to six inches deep. From one of these nearest the edge
of the rock leads off a little canal, which conducts over the side
of the rock, where it branches, leading into four reservoirs cut
in the stone, in the style of pockets, the two larger ones capable
556
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
of holding half a gallon each. “Water poured into the upper-
receptacle would flow out and find its way into these singular
side receptacles. M. Desjardins, having before him a sketch
and description of this rock, does not hesitate to connect it with
human sacrifices, and seems satisfied that the blood of the vic-
tims was shed on the top of the rock, and that the manner in
which it flowed into one receptacle or another, or over the sides
into the side reservoirs, in sonic way decided the divinations of
the priests. He, however, wholly begs the question concerning
human sacrifices, the existence of which in Peru is certainly not
yet proved. I am more inclined to think that the purpose of
the rock was not far different from that of the one which we
saw in the valley of Yucay ; and that here, as there, were poured
out libations of chicha, which thirsty priests thriftily collected
in the various receptacles, while those who made the offering
devoutly believed that it was absorbed by the oracle which dwelt
in the rock. That one dwelt there on occasion is pretty clear,
since we find, on the side of the rock opposite the stairwa}’ or
ascent a deep niche cut in the stone, large enough to receive a
man. The stone slab with which the niche was closed when
requisite lies to-day before it. Traces of a building of stone,
surrounding the rock, still remain, and there are many other
rocks in the neighborhood cut in the forms of enormous seats.
We see that the Inca priests were nearly as skilful and crafty
as their more polished ancient brethren beyond the seas, and
that the great trade of imposing on the credulity and weak-
nesses of humanity has flourished in all times, is indigenous to
all climes, and is confined to no age or family of men.
About a mile north of the town of Abancay is a high lime-
stone rock, faced round with masonry to the height of twenty-
five feet on two terraces. It has been called an Inca fort, but
in fact is an Inti-huatana. There is a graded way or steps lead-
ing up the north-west side, and from the top there is a fine viewT
of the valley in all directions. There are traces of a small
building upon the top, about fifty feet square.
From Abancay the road descends rapidly, through sugar-es-
tates, to the river Pachachaca, which we crossed on a fine stone
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
557
bridge of a single arch, and bearing the date of 1564. By its
side are some remains of a suspension-bridge, probably of Inca
origin. We spent a day in Andahuaylas, for the simple reason
that there were no mules to be had to enable us to get away.
We sueeeeded with difficulty in getting a promise of those nec-
essary animals for the following clay, Sunday. We were enter-
tained by the sub-prefect during the night.
Though it rained in the morning, when he at last obtained
the mules, we had lost too much time to make any further stay,
and we started on our way, noticing, as we passed along, the yel-
low Flor del Inca. We rode through the town of Talavera,
and, if physiognomy is any test, the looks of its inhabitants ful-
ly justified their bad reputation. Again our route ascended,
and then, at a distance of four leagues, we reached Moyobamba,
a post station, consisting of a couple of rude buildings of rough
stone, entirely untenanted. No time was lost in making a fire
and in sending out some of the party to obtain necessary fod-
der for our jaded animals. Every thing around us was cold
and desolate, and, though we seemed in absolute solitude, we
prudently fastened up the entrance as wrell as we eould with
ropes, and then sought our couches. Considering our accom-
modations, we passed a very comfortable night, thankful to be
even thus sheltered from the rain, which poured incessantly.
Nor had it ceased in the morning, when we had to resume our
journey over a road that was scarcely in a condition for travel,
even by our experienced animals. As we made our toilsome
way up to the high, bleak puna, the rain ehanged to sleet, hail,
and snow, which seemed to envelop us, and to come from all
directions. It was all our poor beasts could do to make head
against the storm; they slipped fearfully, but toiled patiently
on to t\\e p>una above. Here, for the first time since leaving
the plain of Tiahuanuco, we saw flocks of vicunas.
From this elevated point, our road now ran clown, steep and
slippery, to the Rio Pampas; and, late in the afternoon, we en-
tered the tumble-down town of Chinehero. The governor, to
whom the sub-prefect had written, was, of course, absent; but
we were directed to a house on the plaza. This, however,
38
558 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
proved to be carefully locked, and we bad to wait with what
patience we could command. Two hours exhausted all we pos-
sessed. We then picked the lock and entered, but deemed it
most prudent to keep watch over our beasts, which we did in
turn, all the long, rainy night.
HANGING BRIDGE OVER THE RIO PAMPAS.
The weather clearing late in the morning, we started and de-
scended a long and difficult crest to the Eio Pampas, which
flows through a somewhat wider valley than we usually met in
the mountains. We rode through the uninhabited valley for a
league, between perpendicular, conglomerate cliffs, to the sus-
pension-bridge of the Bio Pampas, after crossing which we
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
559
camped for the night. This bridge is next in interest to that
over the Apurimac. The surrounding scenery, if less grand, is
still magnificent. The bridge is picturesquely situated, and is
135 feet in length, and 45 feet high, in the centre, above the
rapid ancl broken waters of the river. At the time of our visit
the bridge had sagged somewhat to one side, but not to an ex-
LOOKING ACROSS THE BRIDGE.
tent that made it at all dangerous, and our animals crossed with-
out giving us any difficulty.
The morning enabled us to take some fine views, though car-
rying the photographic apparatus across this frail structure
swaying in the wind was by no means an easy matter. At ten
o’clock we were again in the saddle, and toiled upwards a long
560 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
‘HIE POST-HOUSE AT OCRAS.
and tiresome four-league way, over a desolate and parched coun-
try, nothing appearing to remind us of human existence except a
few traces of former Inca
occupancy. The misera-
ble little town of Ocras,
when we reached it, offered
us a post-house alive with
fleas innumerable. The
rain without compelled us
to keep them company, but
I cannot say that we passed
a eomfortable night. Yet
it was decidedly superior to
the night following, when
we tried to sleep under the
lee of a hut which was reputed to be a post-house, but which
was too repulsive for us to think of entering, and could afford
no food for man or beast.
The next day’s ride was over a dreary, barren country of
steep ascents and headlong descents. It was by far the most
miserable that we had yet passed in Peru, but at its close, eight-
een days after our start from Cnzco—days of adventure as well
as fatigue—we entered Ayacucho, a considerable town of ten
thousand inhabitants. Letters were to have reached us here;
but we were sadly disappointed at failing to receive them.
Near this town is the battle-field of Ayacueho, where the
viceroy Laterna, with the royalists of Spain under his com-
mand, met the so-called patriot army, under General Sucre.
The battle took place December 9th, 1S24, and ended in the
capitulation of the royalists, eleven thousand in number, to the
patriot army of seven thousand. This overthrow put an end
to the power of Spain in South America. “When they first
came to Peru, the Spaniards called this city Guamanga; but
the republicans changed its name to Ayaeucho, in honor of their
decisive victory. The houses are of two stories, with court-
yards and large rooms. The whole city, indeed, is laid out and
built on a grand scale, but there are unmistakable signs of a
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
561
gradual decline in wealth and population. Ayacucho boasts of
a cathedral and twenty-two churches; but that which interested
me most was the Church of San Cristobal, in which were laid
the remains of the Corregidor Holguin, who captured Guate-
mozin, on the Lake of Mexico. In the plaza, where yon can
buy of the Indians barley, wheat, maize, ancl fruits brought
from the farther side of the eastern ridge, is a fountain, wTith
a statue of Liberty, which to me was emblematic of the coun-
try, as it stood there, without a head to direct or an arm to en-
force or defend.
In regard to some of the remains in the vicinity of Ayacucho,
we find the following account, by one of the early native writers.
I did not have the time to investigate the truth of the state-
ment if I had had the inclination, and only give it as a literary
curiosity, and for what it may be worth:
” In the year 1637, in the town of Guinoa, two leagues from
the ancient Guamanga, was accidentally discovered a subter-
ranean palace, with grand portals of stone and sumptuous edi-
fices. In this was found a stone, with an inscription that could
not be read ; and there were statues of men, also in stone,
which, after the style of pilgrims, carried their hats suspended
to their shoulders. Among them wTas one mounted on a horse.
with lance in rest, and a shield on his left arm. These remains
were examined by the aid of torches, a thread being carried in
from ^the entrance as a guide by which to return. I do not
affirm the existence of this palace, because I have not seen it:
the witness thereof is Señor Pinelo, wTho assures us of the fact.
If this author did not see what he describes, or was imposed on
by others, it must be easy to find out, in the town of Guinoa,
if such famous monuments really exist.”
We recruited a week at Ayacucho before starting over the
Despoblado intervening between this ancient and historical
town and the coast — a region in no place less than fourteen
thousand, and generally not less than eighteen thousand, feet
above the sea. The journey is a long, tedious, and exhaustive
one, and for several days after leaving Ayacucho lies over the
broad, lofty mountain billow, distinguished from the Andes
562
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
proper by the name of the Cordillera de la Costa. There are
neither towns nor refuges, except caverns, in this cold, arid, des-
olate region—no wood, and, for long distances, neither grass nor
water. To be overtaken here by storms, or to have your ani-
mals succumb to fatigue or the dreaded soroche, involves, as its
least consequence, great suffering, and often loss of life, as the
thousands of skeletons and desiccated bodies of men and ani-
mals scattered over the savage punas and among the lofty
passes of the mountains too plainly suggest to the adventurous
traveller.
For five days we struggled over the bleak hills and barren
plains, through a savage scenery which only the pencil of Dore
eould depict, with no shelter except such as our little photo-
graphic tent afforded, and without food, except such as Ave car-
ried with us, or was afforded by the flesh of a few biscachas,
vicunas, and huanacos, the only animals to be found here. The
rainy season was commencing, and the bitter winds howled
in our ears, and drove the sand, like needles, into our tumid
faces, while the snow flurried around the high, rugged peaks
that lifted their splintered crests on every hand.
On the sixth day after leaving Ayacucho, our arriero halted
us on the brow of a tremendous ravine, up the walls of which
we had scrambled for two weary hours, with imminent peril to
life and limb. It was only two o’clock ; and although the ani-
mals drooped their heads and breathed heavily—for we were
nearly sixteen thousand feet above the sea—I felt impatient at
the halt, especially as I saw that he had eommeneed unloading
the mules with the evident intent of going into camp.
“Why,” I asked, “are we stopping here at this hour?”
He did not answer in words, but waved his hand in the di-
rection of the vast, open, but most dreary and desolate broken
plain, that seemed to spread out interminably before us. A
plain without a blade of grass or sign of life, bare, bleak, and
looking as if furrowed by the searching winds that had swept
out every grain of sand from between the jagged edges of the
rocks that projected, like decaying fangs, above its surface.
” But we have got to cross it—why not now ?”
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
503
“No hay agua—nada /” (There is no water—nothing).
“We succeeded, however, in carrying our point. Our arriero,
with unconcealed disgust and some muttered words in Qui-
chua, which we did not understand, but which were significant
enough, repacked the animals and started them off, at a rapid
pace, over the rough and repulsive puna.
How he kept our already weary animals at the tremendous
pace across the puna that he did, I do not know. I only know
that we had a brief race on the edge of the plain after a
wounded vicuna, and that we .halted only once or twice to bag
a stray biscacha. Yet,’long before dark, we could barely detect
our baggage-animals, looking like ants in the distance. C-
had gone on with them. As it grew darker we changed our
saddles, and took a bearing upon our friends before they were
out of sight.
It was well that we did so; for a minute afterward they had
disappeared behind a swell in the land. I had been riding “EI
Nevado ” all the clay, leaving my mule to run free, while D-
had left “Napoleon” to do the same—the free animals running
with their halters fastened to our cruppers. But as this was
a rather unnecessary precaution, ancl, when moving rapidly, an
obstruction, we packed the slaughtered vicuna and biscachas on
the liberated animals, and cast them loose, ancl then started at a
round pace to overhaul our train. ” El Nevado ” and his com-
panion fell a little behind, but not to such a distance as to alarm
us, especially as we soon struck the trail. Sometimes we lost
sight of our followers behind some inequality of the ground,
but always discovered them pacing after us when we ascended
the swells of the land.
It was getting dark, and we could with difficulty make out
the track, at best but lightly marked in the flinty soil. Our
chief guides were the white skeletons of animals that had suc-
cumbed, and had been left by the side of the path as prey for
the condors.
We did not doubt that ” El Nevado ” would follow us, espe-
cially as his foster-brother was ahead. As soon as it became
absolutely dark, we slackened our pace, and peered ahead to
564 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
discover our companions, and behind to discern our horses, but
equally without result. All traee of our road disappeared.
AVe dismounted, and literally felt our way. I resorted to the
Indian expedient of putting my ear to the ground, to detect the
step of man or animal, but in vain. There was but one thing
left to do; so I tired a round from my -rifle. A seeond or so
afterwards a faint response, so faint that we thought it an ex-
hausted echo, seemed to rise from some place deep down to our
left. I fired another round, and we listened intently. A mo-
ment more, and a faint report struggled up, as from the bottom
of a well.
“We found that our arriero had plunged into a ravine that
might be called an abyss, because there was a little water there,
a few tufts of coarse iehu grass, and, what was of no little im-
portance, some heaps of vicuna dung, whieh answered for fuel.
D- and myself, after a sumptuous supper of charqui and
coffee, scrambled up to the plain again in a vain search for our
missing animals. We went to bed (if stretching one’s self on
the bare ground may be called going to bed) under hopeful as-
surance from our arriero that the bestias would find us before
morning.
Morning came, raw ancl damp, and the animals had not made
their appearanee. While breakfast was preparing, D- ancl
myself climbed the steep sides of the ravine again, only won-
dering how we ever got up or clown in the dark.
We mounted the rocks and ranged our glasses around the
horizon, in vain effort to discover the animals. Scrambling
down again, we instructed the train to push ahead, unburdened
ourselves of our alforjas ancl water-proof over-garments, retain-
ing only our pistols: in short, put ourselves in light-marching
order, and, telling our friends that we would overtake them
before night, started off again to seour the plain in search of
“El Nevado” and his errant companion.
We rode for two hours, back over the dreary plain, looking
for the trail of our missing animals, and were about giving them
up, when we came suddenly upon their tracks. It was past noon,
but to give up now, on the very threshold of success, was not to
IN THE LAND OP THE INCAS.
505
be thought of a second time. Up, up for half a mile, where
foot of man or horse had perhaps never gone before, to the
rough crest of a rocky peak that seemed to dominate the forest
of similar eminences around it, and which broke olf in an ab-
solute precipice on the other side.
AVe followed a narrow, lightly worn path, the merest trace in
the steep declivities of the barren hills, winding out and in, now
around the heads of lateral ravines, and then clown into the dry,
stony beds of torrents. Suddenly, on turning a sharp bend,
some object started from the path in front, ancl began with
deer-like fleetness to ascend the mountain. It only needed a
second glance to perceive that the object was an Indian dressed
in vicuna skins, and with a head-dress of flossy alpaca, which
drooped behind him in the form of the conventional fool’s cap.
AVe shouted for him to stop, but he paid no attention to our
command, until D-threw u]5 the loose dirt a few yards in
advance of him with a bullet from his revolver. Then he came
down, meekly enough, holding his alpaca cap in both trembling
hands.
We reassured him as well as we could, ancl were delighted
that he knew a few words of Spanish, in virtue of whieh we
made out that the stray animals were just around a projecting
ledge in another barranca. He led the way, ancl, after a tough
scramble, we came in sight of a poor hut of stones sunk in the
earth, with the exception of its conical roof of iehu grass, and
hardly distinguishable from the hard and barren soil. On the
instant ” Napoleon ” set up a shrill, interrogative neigh, which
was responded to by an affirmative winnow from “El Nevado,”
safely tethered behind the Indian hut, whose occupants, an un-
kempt woman with two equally unkempt children, suddenly
projected their heads, like rabbits, from a low orifice at the base
of the hut, and as suddenly withdrew them.
The Indian, who was the shepherd of some llama and alpaca
flocks that found a scanty support in a neighboring valley, had
encountered the animals that morning, struggling on the blind
path to his hut, and had tethered them there, not knowing what
else to do with them. AVe found that his wages were eight
566
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
dollars a year, and bis means of support such llamas and alpacas
as might die, and a little quinoa that he was able to cultivate
in a distant quebrada. The vicuna and biscachas that he had
found still strapped on the backs of our mules were a bountiful
and unexpected addition to his scanty stores; and I have no
doubt he had already made sacrifice of a quid of coca to the
Indian god corresponding to the genius of Good Fortune.
We rewarded our new acquaintance as we were able, and he
undertook to guide us back to the trail we had left, a good
league and a half distant.
We recovered our horses, but we nearly lost our lives. It
was late in the afternoon when we struck out again on the
horrible waste which we had traversed twice before. The sky
was sullen and threatening, and every portent was of cold and
storm. The prospect was not provocative of conversation; and
we urged our animals, which seemed to comprehend the situa-
tion, at the top of their powers over the stony puna. Directly
rain began to fall, changing rapidly to sleet, which fell in blind-
ing sheets, and froze on our garments. Every indication of the
trail soon disappeared, and an icy waste spread around us as far
as we could see. To stand still was to freeze; to go on was to
wander off in an unknown desert.
We gave ourselves up to the guidance of our horses, ” Napo-
leon ” heroically leading the way. On, on we trudged, the icy
crust crackling under our tread, until it became pitch-dark,
when we discovered, by the zigzagging course and downward
plunge of our animals, that we were descending rapidly. They
ultimately stopped, and we supposed that we had reached the
place of our previous night’s bivouac. But by the light of a
twisted roll of paper, ignited by the solitary match that had
escaped being wetted in D-‘s pocket, we found that we
were in a ravine full of great rocks, and that the animals were
at a dead fault as to how to get on farther. They huddled
close to us, and we stood leaning on their rimy necks all that
long and dreary night—oh, how long and dreary!—until the
sun struggled through the clouds, surcharged with snow, and
thawed, our stiff, unyielding garments. It was nearly noon
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
567
before we could find the trail, which we followed until late
in the afternoon, when we were met by an Indian, carrying
charqui and bread, one of several messengers whom C-
had sent back from his camp under the friendly rock whieh
our arriero described with grim irony as the ” Posada de San
Antonio/’ AVe found C- in great distress on account of
our absence. He had kept awake all night, and had repeat-
edly fired his gun to guide us to camp.
We were now upon the banks of a small rivulet, the source
of the river Pisco, and from a high point, the highest in the
Western Cordilleras, caught our first view of the Pacific. The
descent was now very rapid, and in a few hours we were among
some fine alfalfa estates. At 7 P.M. we reached the estate of La
Quinya, where we were hospitably permitted to sleep in the
corridor.
The next day, at an early hour, we arrived at Pisco, after ex-
periencing an earthquake in the morning, which lasted a few
seconds, and to which I have already referred. AVe were thirty
days in making tjie journey from Cuzeo to Pisco, which in-
cludes five days’ stoppage at Ayacucho. At Pisco we met the
welcome letters and papers from home.
After two years, spent in exploring the country, during
which we crossed and reerossed the Cordillera and the Andes,
from the Pacific to the Amazonian rivers, sleeping in rude Ind-
ian huts or on bleak punas, in the open air, in hot valleys, or
among eternal snows, gathering with eager zeal all classes of
facts relating to the country, its people, its present and its past,
I found myself surrounded with my trophies of travel, on the
deck of a steamer in the harbor of Callao, homeward-bound,
brown in color and firm in muscle.
56S
INCIDENTS OF TKAVEL AND EXPLORATION
CHAPTER XXVII.
CONCLUSION.
Inca Civilization.—The People, as found by the Spaniards.—Rapidity of their Con-
quest.— The Civilization of Peru Indigenous.— Nature of Inea Superiority.—
Originally Several Tribes.—Quichuas and Aymaras.—Their Differences not solely
owing to Physical Conditions.—Probable Course of Union and Development.—
Growth of Separate Historical Legends, merging into each other.—Legends as
transmitted by Garcilasso and Montesinos.—How the Traditions were perpetu-
ated.—Their Quippus very Imperfect Means of Record.—Consequent Importance
of the Monuments.—What we may learn from them.—Probable Course of the
Inca Empire, without the Spanish Conquest.—Date of the Peruvian Monuments
wholly Uncertain.—Some of them among the Oldest existing.—Reasons why they
arc not more Numerous.—No Evidence that the Peruvians came originally from
Abroad.
IN this chapter I shall present a rapid resume of some of the
conclusions to which I have been led as to the ancient civiliza-
tion of Pern, and especially of the Incas, from my examination
of their works which still remain. The Spanish conquerors
found in America nations far advanced in the arts, who had
constructed great works of public utility, and who had founded
imposing systems of government and religion. Among these
there were two, far in advance of all the others: the Mexicans,
who occupied the lofty table-land of Anahuac; and the Peruvi-
ans, who had spread themselves among the valleys and down the
slopes of the Andes. Prescott, following the Spanish chroni-
clers, has traced the story of the overthrow of these empires;
but this overthrow was so sudden ancl complete that the chron-
iclers had hardly time to set clown the events which took place
before their own eyes, and had little leisure, or perhaps inclina-
tion, to make a careful investigation into the principles of their
civil and religious polity. This work has devolved upon the la-
borious students and archaeologists of a later time.
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
50!)
That the civilization of the ancient Peruvians was indigenous
admits of no reasonable doubt. Wherever we find its traces,
whether in the bolsones of the mountains or in the valleys run-
ning down to the coast, it presents everywhere peculiar and dis-
tinct traces. I have endeavored to show how far, and in what
manner, these peculiarities were induced by the physieal char-
acter of the region. Up to the time when the Incas were able
to commence that system of aggrandizement which resulted in
the establishment of their great empire, civilization seems to
have gone on, with almost equal steps, in all those parts of South
America in which the natural conditions were favorable to its
development. The superiority of the Incas was more apparent
than real; or, rather, their superior traits were more the out-
growth of their new condition and relationships than of any in-
nate superiority in themselves. Warfare never produces mili-
tary capaeity which has not before existed in times of peace;
and the Incas did not commence to be conquerors until they
had first shown themselves to be statesmen: and when they
were fairly brought into contact with the other families, they
showed that they had already become strong.
There can be no doubt that, in very remote times, there were
numerous petty tribes isolated—loeked up, as it were—in the
narrow valleys and secluded bolsones. Some writers have un-
dertaken to group these numerous families into the Chinchas
of the coast, and the Quichuas, ITuancas, and Aymaras in the
interior. D’Orbigny, one of the best of these writers, divides
the indigenous population of what was the Inca empire into the
Quichuas and the Aymaras; the former occupying the region
from the river Andasmayo, above Quito, to the Rio Maure in
Chili, with the exception of a transverse section extending from
the western base of the Andes, overlooking the great basin oi
Lake Titicaca, and reaching to the coast, thus completely cut-
ting in two the territory which he assigns to the Quichuas.
But even while making this division, he tells us that, ” consid-
ered in their physical and moral character,” the Quichuas and
Aymaras were evidently of the same stock, and that their lan-
guages were only dialects of a common tongue.
570
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
I. am not prepared to admit the accuracy of these generaliza-
tions, even while recognizing the great differences which cer-
tainly existed among them. These differences are too great
to be referred wholly to the influence of climate and physical
conditions, and may be fairly considered as amounting to dis-
tinctions of race. The Quichuas and Aymaras were, indeed,
Indians, and both South American Indians, as distinguished
from the aborigines of North America. But they differed from
each other as widely as the Germans differ from the French;
and both differed widely from the present degenerate natives
of the coast. There was, indeed, a certain blending of the va-
rious families, or races, and a certain predominance of the Qui-
chua language, which was that of the Incas; but this was less
than can be reconciled with the accounts which we have of the
persistent and energetic efforts of the Incas to assimilate all the
peoples who fell under their sway.
If we recognize the full weight of all the conditions which
I have indicated, and presuppose that the different portions of
what ultimately became the Inca empire had reached indepen-
dently certain degrees of development, which, in course of time,
acted and reacted upon each other, we can perceive how it hap-
pened that their various historical legends grew to be contradic-
tory and apparently irreconcilable. Let us suppose, for exam-
ple, that a family or group, established in the bolson of Cuzeo,
attained a preponderance of power under local chiefs, and that
they finally broke over their ancient narrow bounds, reduced
other families under their rule, and assumed the supremacy
over them. Evidently, then, two sets of traditions would grow
up among a people so constituted ; and these traditions would
also group themselves into two distinct epochs. These, in time,
would naturally tend to merge together; for the predominant
race would seek to attribute to themselves the great achieve-
ments of the others, and at length it would be hard to say where
the history of one race ended and that of the other began. In
this way, we may account, at least partially, for the contradic-
tions in legendary Peruvian history, and for the differences in
the tables of Inca lineage, as given by Garcilasso de la Vega
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
571
and by Montesinos, the former of whom gives fourteen Inca
sovereigns, whose dynasty commenced in the eleventh century ;
while the latter mentions one hundred and one wearers of the
imperial llautu, whose reign goes back to within five hundred
years of the Deluge. In other words, it seems evident that the
legendary histoiy of the various principalities, if we may so
style them, which went to make up the Inca empire is one
thing, and that of the empire itself is quite another. The for-
mer is very ancient, going back, probably, as far into antiquity
as that of any other people on the globe, while the latter is com-
paratively modern.
Perhaps the traditions of the Incas were preserved with as
much care as those of any other nation which depended solely
upon oral means of preservation. They were confided to the
keeping of the amautes, or wise men, who taught them in the
schools of Quito. Probably, so far as they related to the com-
paratively modern history of the Incas and their empire, prop-
erly so called—the succession of the princes and their conquests
—they were substantially correct. But it is by no means cer-
tain that they were faithfully reported to the Spanish chroni-
clers, through whom they come to us, or that these chroniclers
even took the pains faithfully to set them down as they were
given to them. \Ve have no means, for example, of knowing
certainly that Garcilasso, who is our principal authority, had
good foundation for the genuineness of the accounts which he
has transmitted; for it must be borne in mind that the quijp-
pus, or knotted cords, which were used to continue the records,
were a very clumsy and inadequate contrivance for perpetuating
dates and numbers. They were, at best, only aids to memory,
about on a par with Pobinson Crusoe’s notched calendar, or the
chalked tally of an illiterate tapster. Even if they had a prop-
er numerical significance (and this is by no means certain), they
were in every other respect inferior to the rudest pictured sym-
bols of our North American Indians, and still far inferior to the
painted records of the Mexicans, or the probably syllabo-phonetic
writings of the aborigines of Central America.
In this virtual absence of all written documents, the study of
572
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
the architectural monuments of the Peruvians becomes of the
highest importance in the investigation of their histoiy and civ-
ilization. These are, indeed, of the greatest value. They show
clearly the state of their arts in almost- every department. AVe
have evident remains of what they could do in architecture.
Their reservoirs and aqueducts give us a clear insight into their
agricultural system. Their bridges, roads, ancl tambos tell us of
their means of intercommunication. Their great fortresses and
other public works show that the rulers had at their disposal
the labor of a numerous and industrious population. And the
very absence of any remains of the habitations of the eommon
people shows us conclusively what must have been the condi-
tion of the masses. These monuments also illustrate the profi-
ciency to whieh they had attained in what may be called the
sciences. AVe have, for instance, the very means which they
used for determining the solstices and the passage of the sun
through the heavens. From the position and character of the
great fortresses, as at Ollantaytambo and Pisac, we can learn
much of the military condition of the empire. Events vaguely
recited by tradition assume a historical character when we find
the ruins of such and such a town, which such ancl sueh an Inea
is said to have built or destroyed, or of works which he is said
to have constructed. Fortifications, if on a grand scale, natu-
rally occur near the frontiers of an empire, and in the direction
from which an attack might be anticipated. These ruins also
throw much light upon customs, modes of life, and political, so-
cial, and domestic organization. AVe know how crimes were
punished, from the elaborate prisons; how executions were per-
formed, from the ruins of structures which unmistakably indi-
cate the purpose of their construction. The sites of their vil-
lages, ancl the indications of the quarters of the cities, show
how closely the people must have been crowded together in
their narrow homes. AVe have remains which indicate the
general character of their household implements ancl the text-
ure of their garments. Their chulpas ancl tombs give evidence
of their belief in a future life. The field thus, and in a thou-
sand other ways, opened to us is a wide one; and I may confi-
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
573
dently trust that my researches and explorations furnish many
valuable aids for its further investigation. It is not too much
to hope that patient labor in this department will enable some
future student to reconstruct for us the vanished empire of the
Incas. What we already know is enough to awaken the desire
to know more.
It would be a curious, possibly an unprofitable, speculation
to consider what might have been the future of Peru had not
the empire been subverted by the Spanish Conquest. The
monuments show that fortresses and towns, roads and bridges,
were in course of erection when that untoward event oceurred.
I call it untoward because there was, under the Incas, a better
government, better protection for life, and better facilities for
the pursuit of happiness than have existed since the Conquest,
or do exist to-day. The material prosperity of the country
was far in advance of what it is now. There were greater fa-
cilities of intercourse, a wider agriculture, more manufacture,
less pauperism and vice, and—shall I say it ?—a purer and more
useful religion. But one sinister fact darkened the future of
the empire. Under Huayna Capac it had spread’to its grandest
proportions. He could have said, with more truth than Alex-
ander, ” Alas, there are no more worlds to conquer!” But his
unhappy departure from the prescriptions of his fathers had
given him one son by the daughter of the conquered chief of
Quito, and he had another by his wife and sister, in the sacred
city and capital. His vain attempt to divide the administration
of the government of the empire between the son of his love
and the true heir to the crimson llautu, between Atahualpa and
Huasear, brought on civil war, and facilitated a conquest that
not even the apparition of horses and the apparent control of
the thunder and lightning could have effeeted otherwise.
How far this civil war, without the Spanish intrusion, would
have changed the political and social condition of the empire,
we can hardly conjecture. It seems probable that it would
have ended in nothing worse than a division of the long and
narrow country; the establishment of two great principalities,
each of which would have followed its own career of develop-
39
574 INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
inent—a development which, if commensurate with that of the
preceding three hundred years, would have carried Peruvian
civilization to the highest point of aboriginal American develop-
ment. The only requisite would have been a written language to
place the Peruvians on a level with the best of Oriental nations.
That the empire would, under any circumstances, have great-
ly extended beyond what it was under Huayna Capac is not
probable, unless, indeed, the rulers of Cuzeo might have chained
the Chibchas or Muyscas of Columbia to their car of conquest;
for they never seem to have been able to fight successfully
against the savages who inhabited the forests at the foot of
the Andes, or to extend their dominions into the broad fertile
plains below their mountain homes. The narrow-bladed Ameri-
can axe, victorious over the forests of a continent, was an im-
plement to which they had not attained. How a people who
had grown up to existence in regions where every foot of
ground which could be made to produce a stalk of maize or a
handful of quinoa would have developed in the boundless
plains so near to them and yet so far, is a problem which will
never have a solution.
It may fairly be asked, What approximate date should be
assigned to the remains and monuments which have been de-
scribed? Here are vast and elaborate structures, ruined, it is
true, but still evidencing great skill and labor. From what
epoch do they date? They were, of course, the results of
gradual development; they are the later mile-stones of progress.
Put where are the anterior mile-stones — where the antecedent
monuments marking the stages of development? And in de-
fault of these, it may be asked with apparent, if not with real
triumph, “Were not these the works erected, inspired, or sug-
gested by a matured and exotic people; by emigrants or teach-
ers from older and distant centres of civilization—of a civiliza-
tion of which this is a copy, a reflex, or a caricature ?”
To this I may answer, without even advancing an hypothesis,
much less propounding a theory, and certainly without dogma-
tism, that there are some, not to say many, evidences in Peru
of an early and comparatively rude past. Combined with the
IN THE LAND OF THE INCAS.
575
stupendous and elaborate remains of Tiahuanuco—remains as
elaborate and admirable as those of Assyria, of Egypt, Greece,
or Rome—there are others that are almost exact counterparts of
those of Stonehenge, and Carnac in Brittany, to which is as-
signed the remotest place in monumental history. The rude
sun-circles of Sillustani, under the very shadow of some of the
most elaborate, and architecturally the most wonderful, works
of aboriginal America, are indistinguishable counterparts of
the sun-circles of England, Denmark, and Tartary. Place them
in Scandinavia, and close indeed would be the criticism that
would detect the slightest difference between them.
It is true there are but few and slight traces of early Peru-
vian towns and buildings, and we might generalize that Inca
civilization, or that out of which it grew, was young or im-
planted. But we must remember that the habitable and ar-
able area of Peru was, as it is, small, and that under the benef-
icent rule of the Incas the population became redundant. The
utmost wisdom of the rulers was exercised to find room and
support for their numerous and increasing subjects; and, as
we have already seen, they in every way economized the pre-
cious earth. Profound indeed must have been the reverence,
deep indeed the superstition, that would have prevented this,
the most practical and utilitarian of American nations as well
as the most progressive, from sweeping away the remains, rude
and uncouth, of an earlier people, albeit their own progenitors,
to give room and scope for their people, to whom they ac-
knowledged their obligation to supply water and food, as their
parent, the Sun, furnished light and warmth. The only modern
nation that, in its polity, its aggressiveness, its adaptation, ancl,
above all, its powers of assimilation, as well as in its utter dis-
regard of traditions and of monuments, at all comparable to
the Incas is our own. Does the most ancient of cemeteries
stand in our way ? Do we respect monuments if they inter-
fere with our notions of utility? Let us suppose, then, that
we were rapid or even gradual in growth, but circumscribed by
deserts and mountains; would we respect the rude structures,
public or private, of our fathers ? It is only wonderful that so
576
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
many remains of a remote antiquity survive in Peru, where,
more than in any country in the world, the necessities of the
people required the utilization of every inch of ground on
which grain or grass could grow or a human habitation be
built.
I shall make no attempt to assign dates, or even eras, for Pe-
ruvian civilization, much less a date for Peruvian origin. But I
do assert the existence in Peru of monuments coincident in char-
acter, if not in time, with those which the unanimous verdict
of science gives to the earliest of what we call the Old World ;
and I claim that if more of these do not remain to this day, it
is because the limits of the country available for population
were so small that their removal, and the substitution of other
structures more fitted for a later and more numerous people, be-
came a rigorous necessity. All that can now be safely said-is
that these monuments are old, very old; but how old we can-
not, at least at present, ascertain. And, further, that there is no
valid evidence that within any period known to human records
the progenitors of the Peruvians reached their country from
abroad, or that their civilization was imparted to them by any
other race. Even if it be assumed that the wrhole human fami-
ly sprung from a single pair, and that their original seat was
in the highlands of Armenia, whence they have overspread the
globe, still it remains true that the period of their advent in
Peru antedates all human record. The attemj)t to make them
Hindoos because inta is the Quichua name for the sun, and In-
dia has the same meaning in Hindostanee, is simply absurd.
APPENDIX
A.
THE trepanned skull mentioned on page 457 was taken from an Inca
cemetery in the valley of Yucay, within one mile of the ” Baths of the
Incas.” There is no doubt of its ante-Columbian date.
M. Broca presented to the Anthropological Society of Paris the follow-
ing paper, after a critical examination of the trepanned skull. He says:
” The walls of the skull are very thick, and it presents characteristics
which could only belong to an Indian of Peru. And I shall j>roceed to
show that the trepanning was practised during life.
” Upon the left side of the external plate of the frontal bone there is a
large white spot, quite regular, almost round, or rather slightly elliptical,
forty-two millimetres long and forty-seven broad. The outlines of this
spot are not irregular or sinuous. The surface is smooth, and presents the
appearance of an entirely normal bone. Around this, to the edges, the
general color of the skull is notably browner, and is perforated with a
great number of small holes, caused by dilatation of the canaliculi. The
line of demarkation between the smooth and cribriform surfaces is abrupt,
and it is perfectly certain that the smooth surface had been denuded of
its periosteum several days before death. It is thus, in truth, that denuda-
tions of the cranium behave. In the denuded points, the superficial layer
of the external table, deprived of vessels, and thus deprived of life, under-
goes no change, and preserves its normal structure; while the surrounding
parts, in undergoing the’ effects of traumatic inflammation, become the seat
of the ostitis.
” After considering the development of these perforations (pwosites) of
the external table of the denuded surface, it seems to me impossible to ad-
mit that the subject could have survived the denudation less than seven
or eight days. M. Nelaton, who examined the srjecimen, thinks he may
have survived fifteen days.
” The trepanning was performed in the centre of the denuded part; but
57S
APPENDIX.
the four incisions, which circumscribe the removed portion, extend at their
extremities to the very limits of the denudation. It is, from this, certain
that the separation of the periosteum was produced by the surgeon who
performed the operation ;. for the denudation, more regular than it could
be as the result of an accident, presents exactly, neither more nor less, the
dimensions and form necessitated by the operation done upon the bone.
” This operation consists of four linear incisions, two of which are hori-
zontal and two perpendicular — the horizontal lines cutting the vertical
ones at right angles, and sufficiently separated to include a rectangular
portion of the bone fifteen millimetres long and seventeen wide; the rect-
angular portion of bone included by the lines was entirely removed down
to the dura mater, and the result is a loss of bone, whose absolute extent
corresponds very nearly to that produced by our circular trephines of or-
dinary size.
“At their middle part the fQur incisions in the bone occupy its entire
thickness, which at this point is six millimetres; ancl beyond the limits of
the removed portion they become more and more superficial, and termi-
nate in a slight depression on the surface of the bone at the limits of the
denudation. The width of the incisions is about two millimetres in their
middle and superficial part. This width diminishes in the deep parts, so
that the bottoms of the cuts become linear: it diminishes in the same way
in approximating the extremities of the incisions. * * *
” There is evidently no resemblance between this mode of trepanning
and that which has been known from time immemorial in Indo-European
surgery. This is not, however, the first time that we have shown how very
different in America and the Old World were the first sources of industry,
of sciences, and arts.
” In conclusion, I call attention to another question. For what motive
has this trepanning been performed ? There is no fracture or fissure of
either external or internal table. We notice, it is true, on the internal ta-
ble several very delicate linear cracks, but these present all the ordinary
characters of those produced by time, and which are found in the majority
of old crania. There was, then, no fracture; and the surgeon who per-
formed the operation could consequently only be governed by the func-
tional troubles in diagnosing the existence of an intra-cranial lesion. Was
this diagnosis correct? Did the operation succeed in evacuating a fluid
poured into the cranium ? I am far from affirming this, but am tempted to
believe it. In truth, the internal table around the opening is the seat of
a very different alteration from that which existed on the external table
around the denudation. It is in patches, the scat of little perforations (po-
rosites), which attest -the existence of an ostitis; but this does not seem to
have been the result of the trepanning, because it is not at all regularly
distributed around the opening. It is entirely wanting above the opening,
APPENDIX.
579
it is slight below, a little better marked on the outside, and is only really
well pronounced about a centimetre and a half on the inner side of the in-
ternal border of the opening. These peculiarities and several others, which
would take too long to detail, are well explained, if we suppose that there
had been for some days before the oj^eration an effusion of blood under the
dura mater.
” What astonishes me is not the bolduess of the operation, as ignorance
is often the mother of boldness. To trepan on an apparent fracture at the
bottom of a wound is a sufficiently simple conception, and does not neces-
sitate the existence of advanced surgical art; but here the trepanning was
performed on a point where there was no fracture, or probably even no
wound, so that the surgical act was preceded by a diagnosis. That this
diagnosis was exact, as is probable, or that it was false, we are in either
case authorized to conclude that there was in Peru, before the European
epoch, an advanced surgery; and this idea, an entirely new one, is not
without interest in American anthropology.”
NOTE 1.—”After examining carefully this interesting skull, and reading
the able opinion of M. Broca, an idea occurred to me, which may afford
an explanation of the nature of the injury that led to the operation, and
the reasons for which it was performed. According to the account of M.
Broca, there is no satisfactory reason for the performance of so bold an op-
eration. He has made no allusion to the probability of & punctured wound,
one made with a small sharp-pointed instrument. Very small perforations
of a skull are sometimes made by a bayonet, dirk, etc., without fracture.
They, however, often cause extravasation of blood within the cranium, vio-
lent inflammation, suppuration, delirium, coma, etc. A punctured wound,
followed by such symptoms, would clearly indicate trepanning to a sur-
geon of our day. The operation, too, would remove the whole of the in-
jured bone, and leave no trace behind of fracture or other bone injury.
” Such, to my mind, is the rational explanation of the kind of injury in-
flicted, and of the symptoms, which justified the operation. — Dr. J. C.
NOTT.”
NOTE 2.—The spear, lance, and arrow-heads of the ancient Peruvians
were generally of bronze, sharply pointed. I have in my collection a
bronze lance-head, with a socket at one end for the reception of a staff or
handle. At this point it is round, measuring a trifle over half an inch in
diameter. The socket extends inwards five and a half inches, and from
the point where it terminates the solid portion of the lance gradually as-
sumes a square form, and tapers regularly to a point. The whole length
of this lance-head is twenty-three inches. What may be called spear-heads
are heavier, thicker, and not so long. The arrow-heads are of similar form
with the lance-heads, usually about five inches long; also fitted with a
5S0
APPENDIX.
socket for receiving the shaft of the arrow. Among the ruins of Grand
Chimu, where, according to tradition, was fought the final decisive battle
between the Chimus (Yuncas) and the Ineas, I found a vast number of
skeletons, the skulls of most of whieh showed evidence of violence. Some
were crushed in, as if from the blows of a club ; others were cleft, as if by
the stroke of a battle-axe, and others perforated, as if by lances or arrows,
exhibiting a small square hole corresponding precisely with what would
probably be made by the weapons I have described. In fact, I found a
skull thus perforated, with a bronze arrow still sticking in it. The orifice
was a clear one, with no radiating fissures. I regret that this interesting
specimen was lost, with other valuable relies, on its way to the United
States. These facts, it appears to me, tend to sustain the hypothesis of
Dr. Nott in regard to the wound or injury leading to the operation of tre-
panning in the skull from Yucay.—E. G. S.
B.
IN the fourth annual report of the Peabody Museum of American Archae-
ology and Ethnology, at Cambridge, Massachusetts, the late Professor Wy-
man, the curator, gives some ;’ Observations on Crania,” with comparative
measurements of fifty-six skulls from Peru, presented by Mr. Squier. He
remarks:
” The Peruvian crania present the two modes of artificial distortion com-
monly seen; those from chulpas. or burial-towers, and other places in the
neighborhood of Lake Titicaca, being lengthened, while those from nearly
all the other localities are broadened and shortened by the flattening of
the occiput. They are, on the whole, massive and heavy. Many of the
measurements usually recorded in describing ordinary crania have been
omitted, since they would, in those under consideration, depend upon the
degree to whieh the distortion has been carried, and would therefore give
artificial and not natural dimensions.
” “We find nothing in these crania which sustains the view once admit-
ted, but afterwards abandoned, by Dr. Morton, and more recently revived
by Mr. John II. Blake and Dr. Daniel Wilson, in regard to the existence
of naturally long (dolichocephalic) Peruvian skulls. Dr. Wilson bases his
belief in the existence of such upon some crania in the collection of the
late Dr. J. C. Warren, which Mr. Blake brought from Peru. He thinks
their forms must be natural, because, in crania artificially distorted to the
APPENDIX.
581
extent that these are,’ the retention of anything like the normal symmet-
rical proportions is impossible.’ AVe find, however, that the lengthened
Peruvian crania in our collection showing unequivocal marks of circular
pressure are, contrary to Dr. Wilson’s opinion, quite symmetrical. Circular
pressure could hardly produce any other than a symmetrical change of
form. Through the kindness of Dr. John Collins Warren, we have been
able personally to examine the crania above referred to in Dr. Warren’s
collection, and have been led to adopt the view of Dr. J. Barnard Davis,
based on Dr. Wilson’s figures, viz., that the lengthening in the alleged dol-
ichocephalic Peruvians is artificial, since the indications of circular press-
ure are obvious.
” Although the crania from the several localities, as seen in Tables I.-
VII., show some differences as regards capacity—e. (/., those from Casma,
Cajamarquilla, and Truxillo, as compared with those from Grand Chimu,
Amacavilca, and Paehaeamae—yet inxmost other respects they are alike.
The average capacity of the fifty-six crania measured agrees very closely
with that indicated by Morton and Meigs, viz., 1230 c. c., or 75 cubic
inches, which is considerably less than that of the barbarous tribes of
America, and almost exactly that of the Australians and Hottentots as
given by Morton and Meigs, and smaller than that derived from a larger
number of measurements by Davis. Thus we have, in this particular, a
race which has established a complex civil and religious polity, and made
great progress in the useful and fine arts—as its pottery, textile fabrics,
wrought metals, highways and aqueducts, colossal architectural structures,
and court of almost imperial splendor, prove—on the same level, as regards
the quantity of brain, with a race whose social and religious conditions are
among the most degraded exhibited by the human race.
” All this goes to show, and cannot be too much insisted upon, that the
relative capacity of the skull is to be considered merely as an anatomical,
and not as a physiological, characteristic; and unless the quality of the
brain can be represented at the same time as the quantity, brain-measure-
ment cannot be assumed as an indication of the intellectual position of
races any more than of individuals. From such results, the question is
very naturally forced upon us whether comparisons based upon cranial
measurements of capacity, as generally made, are entitled to the value usu-
ally assigned them. Confined within narrower limits, they may perhaps be
of more importance. But even in this case the results are often contradic-
tory. If the brains of Cuvier and Schiller were of the maximum size, so
were those of three unknown individuals from the common cemeteries of
Paris ; while that of Dante was but slightly above the mean, and Byron’s
was probably even below it.”
The tables given on the four following pages are those alluded to by
Professor Wyman in his report:
5S2
APPENDIX.
TABLE I.
SIX CRANIA OF AYMARAS FROM BURIAL-TOWERS, OR CHULPAS, NEAR LAKE TITICACA.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Capacity……………………..
Circumference………………..
Length………………………
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch………………….
Longitudinal arch……………..
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal……………..
Length of occipital…………….
Zygomatic diameter…………..
1415
490
173
130
154
93
‘ 2S4
358
380
130
128
127
144
1292
460.3
160
128.5
138.7
S7.2
807
86S
266.85
309
368
126.5
118.8
118
129.5
1155
432
148
125
130
81
257
326
34S
120
108
106
124
290
58
25
11
24
12
27
32
38
10
20
21
20
TABLE II.
FOURTEEN CRANIA FROM CASMA.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Capacity……………………..
Circumference………………..
Length ………………………
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch………………….
Longitudinal arch…………….
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal…………….
Length of occipital……………
Zygomatic diameter…………..
14.55
482
171
150
140
97
295
352
303
123
129
145
143
1254
471.8
154
146
128.6
91.4
948
835
276.3
336.2
337
116
112.3
107.5
130.3
1050
450
143
130
118
83
305
305
308
105
90
93
131
■ 405
33
38
2G
22
15
30
47
54
18
39
53
32
I
APPENDIX.
583
TABLE III.
SIXTEEN CRANIA FROM AMACAVILCA.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Circumference………………..
Length………………………
Breadth ……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch………………….
Longitudinal arch…………….
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal…………….
Length of occipital……………
Zygomatic diameter……………
1320 ..
49L
159
149
134
100
296 .
338 .
344
122
112
124
141
1176.2
. 460.3
149.7
.144.1 .
129
92.4
902
861
276.4
324.5
321.7 .
111.5
105.1
106.6
127.5
1055
440
144
136
118
88
255
303
300
102
87
97
99
205
51
15
13
10
12
41
35
44
20
25
27
42
TABLE IV.
SEVEN CRANIA FROM GRAND CHIMU.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Capacity……………………..
Circumference………………..
Length………………………
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch………………….
Longitudinal arch……………..
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal……………..
Length of occipital ..’………….
Zygomatic diameter…………..
1460
512
165
168
126
107
305
357
350
128
119
115
143
1094.28
474.85
153.71
149.28
123.85
94
964
805
279.71
331
316.57
114.57
108
108.14
131
1005
440
137
131
117
83
261
305
309
105
94
95
104
395
72
28
37
9
24
44
56
14
23
25
20
39
oSi APPENDIX.
TABLE V.
FOUR CRANIA FROM PACHACAMAC.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Capacity……………………..
Circumference………………..
Length………….’…………..
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch…………………
Longitudinal arch…………….
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal…………….
Length of occipital……………
Zygomatic diameter…………..
13G5
500
164
150
131
98
294
331
342
120
117
126
140
1195
4S4
158.5
145.4
127.5
92.5
923
804
281.5
326.75
330.5
118
111.25
113
130.33
1035
472
155
.142
119
83
207
315
327
114
109
103
129
330
28
9
8
12
15
27
16
15
6
8
23
11
TABLE VI.
FIVE CRANIA FROM CAJAMARQUILLA.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Capacity……………………..
Circumference………………..
Length………………………
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal……………..
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch…………………
Longitudinal arch……………..
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal……………..
Length of occipital…………….
Zygomatic diameter…………..
1410
490
170
143
131
93
287
332
301
125
120
119
139
1208.75
478.6
101.4
138.2
127
91
556
780
278
322.0
347
117.4
115.4
113
122.8
1155
459
150
136
125
88
268
315
330
109
111
98
91
355
31
30
6
G
5
19
17
31
1G
9
31
48
APPENDIX.
585
TABLE VII.
FOUR CRANIA FROM TRUXILLO.
Maximum.
Mean.
Minimum.
Range.
Circumference………………..
Length………………………
Breadth……………………..
Height………………………
Breadth of frontal…………….
Index of breadth………………
Index of height……………….
Index of foramen magnum……..
Frontal arch………………….
Parietal arch………………….
Occipital arch………………..
Longitudinal arch……………..
Length of frontal……………..
Length of parietal…………….
Length of occipital……………
Zygomatic diameter…………..
1325
500
177
140
135
95
294
330
359
119
123
125
1230
482.7
158.5
141.7
120.7
93
890
793
280
326.2
341.25
116.75
116
106.25
1135
473
150
132
117
90
275
. 321
324
114
110
195
190
27
27
14
18
5
19
9
35
5
13
20
c.
A LARGE share of the attention of the world that has lately been at-
tracted to Peru has been directed to the marvellous railway schemes that
have been devised in the country, some of which have been carried into
execution, while others remain incomplete. It may be well to mention a
few of these, and the course of events that has brought them about and
made them possible. I find that I have left but little space for what, at
the best, could be only au outline of the present material resources of
Peru.
It is true that at the time of the Conquest the Spaniards drew large
amounts of gold and silver from the country, so that its name became al-
most a synonyme for boundless riches. The harvest, however, swept off
by Pizarro and his followers left the country bare of the precious metals.
The mines and washings whence the Indians drew their supplies were
5S6
APPENDIX.
gradually discovered, and made wonderfully productive. Potosi, for its
yield of silver, became as celebrated as Golconda for its diamonds; but its
glory, like that of Golconda, has departed. Cerro de Pasco is now the
great silver-mining centre, and affords the principal supply of silver to
Peru. These mines are 13,800 feet above the sea, and 200 miles from the
coast. Coal has been discovered in the vicinity, which affords some amel-
ioration to the dwellers in that desolate region.
The mines on the shores of Lake Titicaca, near Puno, which at one time
yielded quite a million and a half ounces annually, have for many years
produced little or nothing. The opening of the railway to Puno will, no
doubt, put them in operation once more. There is no lack of mines in
other parts of Peru; but they mostly lie beyond the vast barriers of the
Cordilleras, in desolate regions, where their development is almost impos-
sible. The great quicksilver mines of Huancavelica, whieh formerly yield-
ed, in seven years, 600,000 pounds of mercury, are now practically aban-
doned, and mercury from California is carried by the mines to work the
silver veins beyond.
Gold does not seem to be liberally distributed in Peru. It is reported
to be abundant in the remote province of Carabaya, lying beyond Lake
Titieaea, where the Indians have some washings. No roads lead to them,
and the region is destitute of labor. Tin and copper ores of great purity
are found in Southern Peru and Bolivia, between the ranges of the Cordil-
leras and the Andes. They occur in the singular form of little nodules in
the drift strata, are obtained by washing, and are mostly, if not entirely,
shipped to England for reduction there.
The principal wealth of Peru, or, rather, that whieh has been most avail-
able, and which has contributed much towards the corruption of the coun-
try, is its guano. The deposits of guano are found on the Chincha Islands
in the south, and on the Guanajos and Lobos on the north, not to mention
some smaller ones on other islands and the main-land. As it can be ship-
ped easily, and at low cost, it has been almost as available a source of rev-
enue as gold in the treasury. As it is, it forms the basis of extensive loans,
which are only limited in amount by the demand and supply of the guano.
Guano is the excrement of sea-fowl intermixed with their eggs and de-
composed bodies, and the remnants of seals. It was known to the Incas
as a valuable manure, and the birds were protected by them during their
breeding season. The guano now accumulating at the various islands is
deposited almost entirely by birds. The seals have been so much hunted
in years past, that they now venture but a short distance inland. They
frequent the shores, caves, and low rocks whieh are washed by the waves,
and where they can quickly secure safety by taking to the water. For-
merly they travelled to the very centre, and climbed to the highest points
of the islands, as is shown by the deposits of their skins and bones. At
APPENDIX.
587
the Lobos Islands and the Macabis the birds are still increasing the depos-
its very rapidly.
There are several species of sea-birds that inhabit the islands, but they
do not all contribute in like degree to the formation of the guano. Sea-
birds of the size of the peynero (a little smaller than a goose) will deposit
from four to six ounces of excrement per day; and in the space of ten
weeks, which is the length of their breeding season, from eighteen to
twenty-eight pounds. The guano found in Bahia de Ferrol is formed ex-
clusively by seals, and is so filled with seal-skins aud bones as to be worth-
less for exportation.
A source of wealth to the country has lately come into development, and
with a promise to fall short of none except the guano. This is the great
deposits of nitrate of soda in the southern departments. (Iquique is one of
the small ports where vessels can take in their cargoes.) Its uses are multi-
plying yearly, and it is now extensively employed as a fertilizer. However,
no anxiety need be felt about the supply, as, at the present rate of con-
sumption, there is enough to last the world for hundreds of years. Among
the many other valuable productions of Peru may be mentioned its alpaca
wool, of which the supply of the whole world is obtained here, and sugar
and cotton.
Perhaps the most useful to mankind of all the natural productions of
Peru is the cinchona, or Peruvian bark, from which the drug quinine is
extracted. This tree can be found in the most inaccessible spots in all the
mountain wildernesses, towering above all other trees, at an elevation of
from three to five thousand feet above the sea. The bark is sent down
to the coast on the backs of mules and llamas, and shipped to Europe and
parts of America, where the quinine is manufactured.
With the large accessions of revenue from the sale of guano, vast proj-
ects of public works have been started, surveys made, plans elaborated,
and work commenced. Judiciously administered, the guano should be
able to overcome the difficulties of communication between the coast and
the interior, and put the country in a condition to be permanently pros-
perous, when the guano deposits shall have become exhausted. To this
end it has been proposed to construct several lines of railway to scale the
Cordilleras and Andes. The plan of any such work must necessarily be a
bold one. No other country in the world has greater need of roads than
Peru, and if the Peruvian Government has made any mistake, it has been
in building railways where there should have been good mule-paths or
carriage-roads. Part of these railways are owned by private companies,
and are principally the shorter and more profitable lines. The Peruvian
Government has invested about one hundred and fifty million dollars in
these enterprises, and proposes to invest about as much more in similar
works.
58S
APPENDIX.
Many of the roads are finished, and in working order; others are partly
constructed; and still others have been surveyed, or merely projected. •
An idea can be Formed of the immense expense and labor of building
these roads, when we are told that it is necessary to bring all the supplies
for grading and laying the tracks from abroad. The ties are brought
from the United States, and the rails from England. To penetrate far into
the interior, the Cordilleras must be overcome, which necessitates heavy
grades, and many tunnels and bridges. The Oroya road, on a length of
line of 78 miles, attains the unparalleled elevation of 15,645 feet, passing
the divide through a tunnel. There are, on this single road, no fewer than
63 tunnels, with an aggregate length of 21,000 feet.
The road from Arequipa to Puno crosses the Andes at an elevation of
14,660 feet, and it is proposed to continue the road to La Paz, with a
branch, 210 miles in length, to Cuzeo. Whether any or all of these rail-
ways will ever pay the smallest percentage on cost is doubtful. One thing
is certain — they do not pay at present. The most of the Government
roads were contracted for and built by Mr. Henry Meiggs.
The following are the Peruvian railroads (Government) now built:
Mollendo to Arequipa, 107 miles; Arequipa to Puno, 218 miles; Chim-
bote to Huaraz and Recuay, 172 miles; Pacasmayo to La Vina, 93 miles; Ho
to Moquegua, 63 miles; Callao and Lima to Oroya, 145 miles, 82 of which
are finished.
Among those proposed are the Juliaca to Cuzeo, now partly graded, 230
miles; Salavery to Truxillo, with branches, 85 miles; Paita to Piura, 63
miles; 19a to Pisco, 48 miles; Lima to Ancon, 43 miles; and that from
Puno to La Paz.
The private roads have an aggregate length of about 500 miles.
Whether these many roads and great expenditures of treasure will bring
a large agricultural people to the high table-lands of Peru, the Thibet of
America, and to the immense and interesting basin of Titicaca, of which
we have had so many occasions to speak; whether they will make the
deserts of the coast “bloom and blossom like the rose;” whether they
u will develop new life in the people, and will be a new source of wealth to
the country,” remains to be seen.
D.
THE coat of arms appearing on the title-page of this book is copied
from Mr. C. R. Markham’s “Peru and India,” and is the one granted to the
royal Inca family by Charles V. of Spain, after the’Conquest.